Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 21, 2005.

Registration No. 333-            


UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Seaspan Corporation

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)


Republic of the Marshall Islands   4412   N/A

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

Seaspan Corporation

Attention: Gerry Wang

Room 503, 5/F, Lucky Commercial Center

103 Des Voeux Road West

Hong Kong

China

(852) 2540 1686

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Puglisi & Associates

850 Library Avenue

Suite 204

Newark, Delaware 19711

(302) 738-6680

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)


Copies to:

Mike Rosenwasser

Charles E. Carpenter

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

666 Fifth Avenue

25th Floor

New York, New York 10103

(212) 237-0000

 

George D. Burke

Judith B. Downes

Bull, Housser & Tupper LLP

3000 Royal Centre

1055 W. Georgia Street

Vancouver, British Columbia

Canada V6E 3R3

(604) 687-6575

 

W. Clayton Johnson

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

Worldwide Plaza

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

(212) 474-1000


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:     As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.


If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.   ¨


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of
Securities to Be Registered
   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price
     Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Shares, including preferred share purchase rights, par value $0.01 (1)

   $ 854,230,000 (2)    $ 100,545

(1)   Includes common shares issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Rights to purchase preferred shares initially will trade together with the common shares. The value attributable to the rights, if any, will be reflected in the price of the common shares.
(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.



Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 21, 2005

 

P R O S P E C T U S

 

28,570,000 Common Shares

 

LOGO

 

Seaspan Corporation

 


 

We are selling 28,570,000 of our common shares. This is the initial public offering of our common shares. We are a Marshall Islands corporation recently formed to acquire Seaspan Container Lines Limited’s business as an international provider of containerships under long-term charters to container liner operators. We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 4,285,500 additional common shares to cover over-allotments.

 

We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $20.00 and $22.00 per share.

 

Our common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol “SSW.” Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares.

 

Concurrently with this offering, we are selling 7,145,000 subordinated shares to members of the Washington family, or trusts set up on their behalf, to our chief executive officer, Gerry Wang, and to an entity owned by Graham Porter, a director of our Manager, at a per share price equal to the initial public offering price for our common shares.

 

Investing in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 15.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 


 

     Per Share

   Total

Initial public offering price

   $                     $                 

Underwriting discounts (1)

   $      $  

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

   $      $  

 

(1)   Excludes structuring fees payable to Citigroup Global Markets Inc. of $1.5 million, or $1.7 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full.

 

Each of our common shares includes one right that, under certain circumstances, entitles the holder to purchase from us a unit consisting of one-thousandth of a preferred share at a purchase price of $25.00 per unit, subject to specified adjustments.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares to purchasers on or about                     , 2005.

 


 

Citigroup    Merrill Lynch & Co.

 


 

Lehman Brothers    UBS Investment Bank

 


 

Fortis Securities LLC   Legg Mason Wood Walker   Wachovia Securities
                           Incorporated    
DnB NOR Markets   Dahlman Rose & Company

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2005.


Table of Contents
LOGO   LOGO
CSCL Dalian   CSCL Ningbo
LOGO
LOGO   LOGO
CSCL Hamburg   CSCL Hamburg

Pursuant to our charter agreements, the charterer has the right to place its name and logo on each of our vessels. The above vessels are chartered to China Shipping (Group) Company.


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer is not permitted. Information contained on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   1

RISK FACTORS

   15

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

   39

DIVIDEND POLICY

   40

FINANCIAL FORECAST AND CASH AVAILABLE FOR DIVIDENDS

   43

USE OF PROCEEDS

   57

CAPITALIZATION

   58

DILUTION

   59

SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

   60

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   62

THE INTERNATIONAL CONTAINERSHIP INDUSTRY

   74

BUSINESS

   86

ACQUISITION OF OUR CONTRACTED FLEET

   101

MANAGEMENT

   106

OUR MANAGER AND MANAGEMENT RELATED AGREEMENTS

   111

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   120

OUR CREDIT FACILITY

   121

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

   125

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   126

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

   128

MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

   139

UNITED STATES TAX CONSIDERATIONS

   142

NON-UNITED STATES TAX CONSEQUENCES

   150

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

   151

UNDERWRITING

   152

LEGAL MATTERS

   155

EXPERTS

   156

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   157

INDUSTRY DATA

   157

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

   157

GLOSSARY OF SHIPPING TERMS

   158

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   F-1

 


 

Until                     , 2005 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This section summarizes material information that appears later in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. As an investor or prospective investor, you should carefully review the entire prospectus, including the risk factors and the more detailed information that appears later.

 

Unless we specify otherwise, all references and data in this prospectus to our business, our containerships and our contracted fleet refer to our fleet of ten containerships that we will purchase upon the completion of this offering from ten wholly owned subsidiaries of Seaspan Container Lines Limited, or SCLL, and an additional 13 containerships that we have agreed to acquire from 13 other wholly owned subsidiaries of SCLL over approximately the next 25 months, in each case, upon their completion and delivery. Those 23 subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the VesselCos. Unless we otherwise specify, when used in this prospectus, the terms “Seaspan Corporation,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Seaspan Corporation, and, for periods before the offering, our predecessor. References to our Manager are to Seaspan Management Services Limited and its wholly owned subsidiaries that provide us with technical, administrative and strategic services.

 

For the definition of certain shipping terms used in this prospectus, see the “Glossary of Shipping Terms” at the end of the prospectus. We use the term “twenty foot equivalent unit,” or “TEU,” the international standard measure of containers, in describing the capacity of our containerships, which are also commonly referred to as vessels. Our 4250 TEU class vessels, 8500 TEU class vessels, and 9600 TEU class vessels have an actual capacity of 4253 TEU, 8468 TEU, and 9580 TEU, respectively. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to currency amounts in this prospectus are in U.S. dollars.

 

Overview

 

We are Seaspan Corporation, a newly incorporated Marshall Islands corporation formed to acquire all of the containership business of Seaspan Container Lines Limited, or SCLL. Our business is to own containerships, charter them pursuant to long-term, fixed-rate charters and seek additional accretive vessel acquisitions. We deploy all our vessels on long-term, fixed-rate time charters to take advantage of the stable cash flow and high utilization rates that are typically associated with long-term time charters. The charters on the ten vessels in our initial fleet have an average remaining initial term of 9.1 years. Our primary objective is to grow our business in order to increase distributable cash flow per share.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, we will acquire ten containerships consisting of eight 4250 TEU vessels and two 8500 TEU vessels from the VesselCos. We refer to these ten containerships as our initial fleet. In addition, we have entered into a purchase agreement with certain of the VesselCos to acquire an additional 13 new containerships as they are completed and delivered, over approximately the next 25 months. The additional 13 containerships will consist of eleven 4250 TEU vessels and two 9600 TEU vessels. We refer to these 23 vessels collectively as our contracted fleet. Our contracted fleet will have approximately 116,900 TEU in total capacity. In order to complete the acquisition of the additional 13 containerships, we expect to borrow $663.0 million under our credit facility and to raise net proceeds of $156.8 million from the sale of additional common shares. We expect to complete the sale of the additional common shares within 18 months after the completion of this offering. If we are not able to sell the additional common shares in a timely manner, and in the amount and at a price per share at least approximately equal to the price per share in this offering, our ability to maintain our dividend on our subordinated shares and then our common shares may be adversely affected. As discussed in further detail in this prospectus, we have the option to issue common shares, valued at a net price equal to 95% of

 

1


Table of Contents

the initial public offering price, in payment for up to $100.0 million of the purchase price for the final four containerships in our contracted fleet. We also should have the ability to borrow additional amounts under our credit facility for the purchase of the additional 13 containerships if we do not raise this amount of equity.

 

Our operations will be managed by our Manager, Seaspan Management Services Limited, under the supervision of our board of directors. We have entered into a long-term management agreement pursuant to which our Manager and its affiliates will provide us with technical, administrative and strategic services. Our Manager is owned, directly or indirectly, by trusts established for members of the Dennis Washington family and an entity owned by directors and officers of our Manager and SCLL. SCLL is primarily owned by an entity controlled by a director of SCLL and an entity that is a member of the Washington Marine Group. The Washington Marine Group is a group of companies engaged in marine transportation and ship building, and is affiliated with the Washington Companies. The Washington Companies invest in and operate railway, mining, environmental remediation, aviation technology and other infrastructure businesses in North America. Dennis Washington is an industrialist who controls the Washington Companies.

 

The container shipping industry has experienced an increasing trend towards “chartering-in” capacity whereby container liner companies are chartering a portion of their vessels from third parties as opposed to purchasing the vessels. We believe we are well positioned to benefit from the ongoing trend of container liner companies that are chartering-in greater percentages of their fleets. Chartered-in vessels accounted for approximately 47% of the top ten container liner companies’ capacity in 2004 compared to approximately 30% in 1999.

 

Our customer selection process is targeted at well-established container liner companies that are growing in their trade routes, and that charter-in vessels on a long-term basis as part of their fleet expansion strategy. Our initial fleet is currently under time charters with China Shipping (Group) Company, or China Shipping, which has subchartered them to China Shipping Container Lines Company, Limited (CSCL). CSCL is a majority-owned subsidiary of China Shipping. These charters have an average remaining initial term of 9.1 years. CSCL, the 8th largest container shipping company in the world, has a market capitalization of approximately $2.6 billion. CSCL primarily operates in the China trade routes, which, in the past few years, have experienced significant growth. The additional 13 vessels under construction are also subject to long-term, fixed-rate charters. Four of these vessels are chartered to China Shipping under charters with terms of 12 years. Nine of the additional 13 vessels are under time charters with a subsidiary of CP Ships Limited, or CP Ships, for initial terms of three years that automatically extend for up to an additional seven years in successive one-year extensions, unless CP Ships elects to terminate the charters with two years prior written notice. Given that the subsidiary of CP Ships is required to pay a substantial fee to terminate a charter at the end of the initial term, that our charter hire rates are presently substantially below those rates offered in the spot market or short-term market, and that the charters automatically renew unless terminated upon two years’ prior notice, we believe it is likely that the subsidiary of CP Ships will extend the charters beyond the initial terms. CP Ships, the 17th largest container shipping company in the world, has a market capitalization of approximately $1.4 billion. CP Ships principally services the Transatlantic trade routes.

 

Our Fleet

 

Each vessel in our contracted fleet has been or is being built based upon standard designs from Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd., or Samsung, customized by SCLL and our Manager in consultation with the charterers of the vessels and two classification societies, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, or Lloyd’s, and Det Norske Veritas, or Det Norske. These designs, which include certain technological advances, make our containerships efficient with respect to both voyage speed and loading when compared to many vessels operating

 

2


Table of Contents

in the industry. Our 8500 TEU vessels are capable of speeds of 25.9 knots on design drafts, making them among the fastest containerships. The average age of the ten vessels in our initial fleet is 1.9 years and upon the scheduled delivery of the last vessel in our contracted fleet as of August 31, 2007, the average age of our contracted fleet will be 2.3 years. The following chart details the number of vessels in our fleet based on size as we take scheduled delivery:

 

Vessel Size


   Upon
Closing of
Offering


   Third
Quarter
2005


   Fourth
Quarter
2005


   Year Ending
December 31,


   Total

            2006

   2007

  

4250 TEU Class

   8    9    11    16    19    19

8500 TEU Class

   2    2    2    2    2    2

9600 TEU Class

   —      —      —      —      2    2
    
  
  
  
  
  

Operating Vessels

   10    11    13    18    23    23
    
  
  
  
  
  

Capacity (TEU)

   50,960    55,213    63,719    84,984    116,903    116,903

 

The total purchase price for our initial fleet will be equal to the net proceeds from the sale of the 28,570,000 common shares in this offering and the concurrent sale of 7,145,000 subordinated shares to members of the Washington family, or trusts set up on their behalf, to our chief executive officer, Gerry Wang, and to an entity owned by Graham Porter, a director of our Manager, less the portion of such proceeds to be used to fund formation and offering related expenses, $7.5 million in costs related to our credit facility, $0.5 million to repay SCLL for certain of our pre-offering expenses and a cash balance of approximately $33.8 million to be retained by us. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $21.00 per common share, we estimate the purchase price for the initial fleet will be approximately $664.7 million. We expect to pay for the initial fleet at the time of the completion of this offering or soon thereafter. The purchase price of the additional 13 containerships is approximately $849.3 million and is expected to be paid as the vessels are delivered: approximately $162.2 million in 2005, approximately $284.5 million in 2006 and approximately $402.6 million in 2007. We intend to finance the purchase price for the additional 13 containerships with borrowings under our credit facility, the proceeds of a future equity offering or offerings and with approximately $29.6 million from the net proceeds of this offering.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths that will allow us to capitalize on the growth opportunities in the containership shipping industry, including the following:

 

    Long-term, fixed-rate time charters.     Each vessel in our contracted fleet is subject to a long-term, fixed-rate time charter. As a result, the revenues from our vessels are protected from the volatility of spot rates and short-term charters. In order to further mitigate our risk, we have historically placed newbuilding orders only when we have concurrently entered into long-term time charters with our customers.

 

    Full-service solutions approach to securing charters.     We provide integrated solutions for customers that desire to add multiple vessels in order to enter new trade routes or materially expand existing trade routes. Our Manager has the ability to provide ship design, drawing approval, construction supervision and brokering services to our customers. We believe this full-service solutions approach benefits our container liner customers in the form of lower operating and maintenance costs and improved service levels.

 

   

Strong customer relationships.     We have long-standing relationships with our current customers, CSCL and CP Ships. We have played an important role in their growth, and upon delivery of our contracted fleet, we expect our vessels will represent in excess of 15% of CSCL’s containership fleet

 

3


Table of Contents
 

and CP Ships’ containership fleet. Our relationship with CSCL provides us with exposure to the high-growth China trade market. We believe that we will continue to be a significant provider to these two major container liners as they continue to grow their businesses. In addition, we have extensive relationships with many other leading container liners, which we believe will lead to future business.

 

    Uniform and newly built fleet.     Our fleet consists exclusively of ships that have been ordered based upon standard designs from Samsung and customized by SCLL and our Manager in consultation with the charterers of the vessels and two leading classification societies. The nineteen 4250 TEU vessels are sister ships and will be uniform in all material respects. In addition, all of our ships will have the same or similar equipment. This should provide us with significant efficiencies and economies of scale in operations, maintenance and crew training and provide our customers with efficiencies in stowage and scheduling.

 

    Experienced management.     Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer each have over 25 years of professional experience in the shipping industry. In addition, the core management from our Manager has experience with many companies in the international ship management industry, including China Merchants Group, Maersk Sealand, Neptune Orient Lines, American President Lines, Safmarine, Columbia Ship Management and Bell Ships. Our Manager’s staff has skills in all aspects of ship management, including design, operations and marine engineering, among others. We were the first to order the 8500 TEU vessels and the 9600 TEU vessels. We also believe our Manager’s relationship with the Washington Marine Group will enhance our ability to identify and pursue future growth opportunities.

 

Our Business Strategies

 

We will seek to increase distributable cash flow per share by employing the following business strategies:

 

    Pursue long-term, fixed-rate charters.     We intend to continue to pursue long-term, fixed-rate charters, which provide us with stable future cash flows. Further, container liner companies typically employ long-term charters for strategic expansion into major trade routes while employing spot charters for shorter term discretionary needs. As container liner companies expand their services into these major trade routes, we believe that we will be well positioned to participate in their growth.

 

    Expand our customer relationships.     We intend to expand our relationships with CSCL and CP Ships, as well as add new customers as container liner companies continue to expand their use of chartered-in vessels to add capacity in their existing trade routes and establish new trade routes. We believe that we will benefit from the continued growth of worldwide container demand, especially in certain high-growth markets, such as China, where we have strong existing customer relationships. We also believe that our Manager’s experience in working with container liners to provide ship design, drawing approval, construction supervision and brokering services will improve our ability to secure new customers.

 

    Make strategic acquisitions.     We intend to increase the size of our fleet beyond our contracted fleet through timely and selective acquisitions of new and secondhand containerships that we believe will be accretive to distributable cash flow per share. Historically, SCLL and our Manager have acquired containerships at a time when the demand for newbuilding construction and associated newbuilding prices were low . We intend to continue this strategy to the extent market conditions permit, as it will enable us to minimize initial capital costs, enhance returns and reduce rechartering and residual value risk.

 

    Concentrate on multiple vessel charters .    We will continue to focus on entering into multiple vessel charters with our customers. We believe that container liner companies prefer the convenience of sourcing multiple vessel charters from a full-service provider rather than relying on multiple providers.

 

4


Table of Contents
    Maintain financial flexibility.     We intend to pursue a financial strategy that aims to preserve our financial flexibility so that we will be able to pursue acquisition and expansion opportunities to take advantage of market conditions in the future. We intend to use cash from operations to pay dividends, as well as to reinvest in our business and acquire new vessels.

 

An investment in our common shares involves risks. Our growth depends on our ability to make accretive acquisitions, expand relationships with existing charterers and obtain new charters. Substantial competition may hamper our business strategy. Our growth also depends upon continued growth in demand for containerships. A reduction in demand for containerships, increased competition or an inability to make accretive acquisitions, may lead to reductions and volatility in charter hire rates and profitability. In addition, we may be unable to realize expected benefits from acquisitions, and implementing our growth strategy through acquisitions may harm our business, financial condition and operating results. We urge you to consider carefully the factors set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.

 

Industry Trends

 

The container shipping industry represents an important and increasingly significant part of the global seaborne movement of goods. As the industry has grown, charter owners, like us, have increased their share of the global containership fleet ownership and have been responsible for a substantial portion of contracted containership capacity as container liner companies seek to reduce their capital requirements and have greater fleet flexibility. Chartered-in vessels accounted for approximately 47% of the top ten container liner companies’ capacity in 2004. The performance of the container shipping industry is closely tied to the level of worldwide economic trade. Clarkson Research Services Limited, or CRS, currently estimates that container trade is set to grow (in volume as measured by TEU) by 11.0% in 2005 and 10.1% in 2006, subject to limitations and risks dependent upon developments in the world economy and global trade patterns.

 

According to CRS, the container shipping industry has been expanding as follows:

 

    In the last three years, the demand for container shipping has accelerated strongly, with estimated volume growth (as measured in TEU) in world container trade reaching 10.5% in 2002, 11.3% in 2003 and 13.9% in 2004, which is in contrast to the 2.5% growth in 2001, which resulted in a negative impact on time charter rates;

 

    Recent growth in the container shipping market has been relatively rapid in comparison with other major shipping sectors, such as tankers and bulk carriers;

 

    The container trades on the major east-west routes are the world’s largest in volume terms, with the Transpacific route forming the world’s largest container route with 17% of the total volume in 2004, followed by the Far East-Europe route and the Transatlantic route; and

 

    Chinese trade remains the key factor behind expanding container trade, and in 2004 estimated trade volumes on the eastbound Transpacific route grew by approximately 17% and on the westbound Far East-Europe route by approximately 16%.

 

Independent charter owners have invested over $20.0 billion in containerships in the past two years. Since the beginning of 2002, there has been significant upward movement in time charter rates. As a result, the containership charter market grew from an estimated total value of $8.0 billion in 2003, to an estimated $13.7 billion in 2004.

 

We cannot offer assurances as to charter rates or vessel values in any period or that the industry trends described above will continue following the completion of this offering.

 

5


Table of Contents

Dividend Policy

 

Our board of directors has adopted a dividend policy to pay a regular quarterly dividend of $0.425 per share on our common and subordinated shares while reinvesting a portion of our operating cash flow in our business. We intend to pay the first dividend in November 2005 on a pro rated basis for the remainder of the calendar quarter following the closing of this offering, and thereafter to pay dividends on a quarterly basis. Declaration and payment of dividends is at the discretion of our board of directors and there can be no assurance we will not reduce or eliminate our dividend.

 

We estimate that throughout the period of the delivery of our contracted fleet, we will pay aggregate dividends approximately equal to our operating cash flow (which includes a deduction for drydocking costs and other expenses pursuant to our management agreement). As we complete the acquisition of our contracted fleet and achieve a more balanced capital structure, we expect our operating cash flow per share to increase, which will enable us to retain a portion of our cash flow for reinvestment in our business while continuing to pay quarterly dividends. Retained cash flow may be used, among other things, to fund vessel or fleet acquisitions, other capital expenditures and debt repayments, as determined by our board of directors. Our dividend policy reflects our judgment that by retaining a portion of our cash flow in our business, we will be able to provide better value to our shareholders by enhancing our longer term dividend paying capacity. It is our goal to grow our dividend through accretive acquisitions of additional vessels beyond our contracted fleet of 23 containerships. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in meeting our goal.

 

Concurrently with this offering, we are selling to members of the Washington family or trusts set up on their behalf, to our chief executive officer, Gerry Wang, and to an entity owned by Graham Porter, a director of our Manager, 7,145,000 subordinated shares at a per share price equal to the initial public offering price for the common shares. The terms of our subordinated shares are intended to provide added assurance that we will be able to pay quarterly dividends on our common shares equal to $0.425 per share during the delivery period of our contracted fleet. In general, our common shares will receive regular quarterly dividends of $0.425 per share, plus any arrearages from prior quarters, before our subordinated shares will receive any dividends. Our subordinated shares will not be entitled to arrearages. Each of our subordinated shares will convert into a common share after the end of the subordination period, which extends until the first day of any quarter after September 30, 2008 that both of the following tests are met:

 

  (1)   we have paid quarterly dividends an amount at least equal to $0.425 per share on both our common and subordinated shares for the immediately preceding four-quarter period; and

 

  (2)   the cash generated from operations available to pay the dividends during the four-quarter period referred to above equaled on a quarterly basis at least $0.425 per share on all of our outstanding common and subordinated shares on a fully diluted basis during that period.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the subordination period will end immediately prior to the occurrence of a change of control as such term is defined in our articles of incorporation.

 

As compensation for providing strategic services, our Manager will receive 100 incentive shares. The purpose of the incentive shares is to incentivize the Manager to increase the amount of distributable cash flow per share. The incentive shares will share in incremental dividends only after quarterly dividends on the common and subordinated shares exceed $0.485 per share as follows:

 

    first, 90% of incremental dividends to all common shares and subordinated shares, pro rata, and 10% of incremental dividends to the incentive shares, until each common and subordinated share has received a total of $0.550 for that quarter;

 

    second, 80% of incremental dividends to all common shares and subordinated shares, pro rata, and 20% of incremental dividends to the incentive shares, until each common and subordinated share has received a total of $0.675 for that quarter; and

 

6


Table of Contents
    after that, 75% of the incremental dividends to all common shares and subordinated shares, pro rata, and 25% of incremental dividends to the incentive shares.

 

Please read “Our Manager and Management Related Agreements—Our Manager’s Incentive Shares” for a more detailed description of how we intend to pay dividends on the incentive shares.

 

You may not receive dividends in the intended amounts described above, or at all. Please read “Dividend Policy” and “Risk Factors—Risks Inherent In Our Business—We may not have sufficient cash from our operations to enable us to pay dividends on our shares following the payment of fees and expenses and the establishment of any reserves,” “—The amount of cash we have available for dividends on our common shares will not depend solely on our profitability,” “—Over the long-term, we will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to preserve the operating capacity of our fleet, which could result in a reduction or elimination of our ability to pay dividends,” “—We will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to complete the acquisition of our contracted fleet and to expand the size of our fleet, which may cause our ability to pay dividends to be diminished, our financial leverage to increase or our shareholders to be diluted” and “—Risks Relating to the Offering—Our ability to pay our base dividend throughout the forecast period depends on, among other things, our ability to complete future equity offerings at approximately the same price per share as the initial public offering price” for a more detailed description of various factors that could reduce or eliminate our ability to pay dividends.

 

Our Manager and Management Related Agreements

 

Initially, we will not have any employees, other than our chief financial officer. Our Manager will provide us with all of our staff and all of our other officers. Our board of directors has the authority to hire additional employees as it deems necessary.

 

Our Manager currently supervises the operation of a fleet of 13 vessels, including the ten vessels in our initial fleet. In addition to these services, our Manager provides or has provided ship design, drawing approval and construction supervision services to a number of vessel-owning companies and container liner operators, including its affiliates.

 

Our Manager will manage our business pursuant to the terms of a long-term management agreement. The management agreement contains three management components: a technical component, an administrative component and a strategic component. Technical management of our ships will include, among other services, ship operation and maintenance, crewing and drydocking. Administrative management will include, among other services, support services for accounting, legal, human resources, employee benefit administration, health, safety and environmental services. Strategic management will include, among other services, identifying charterers and negotiating charters, as well as providing advice on acquisitions, chartering strategies and financing. In return for providing technical management services, our Manager will receive a fixed daily operating fee per vessel, which we believe is a fair market fee. The initial technical services fees will be in effect until December 31, 2008, after which they will be subject to renegotiation every three years. In return for providing us with administrative management, our Manager will be entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by it and its affiliates in providing us with such services, plus a monthly services fee, not to exceed $6,000 per month. Our Manager will also be entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by it and its affiliates for providing us with strategic services. In connection with providing us with strategic services, our Manager will also receive 100 incentive shares, which will be entitled to incremental dividends based on specified sharing ratios if dividends on our common and subordinated shares exceed certain target levels.

 

Corporate Information

 

We maintain our principal executive offices at Room 503, 5/F, Lucky Commercial Center, 103 Des Voeux Road West, Hong Kong. Our telephone number at that address is (852) 2540 1686.

 

7


Table of Contents

Organizational Structure After this Offering

 

The following diagram depicts our organizational structure after giving effect to this offering assuming the underwriters do not exercise the over-allotment option.

 

LOGO

 


(1)   Represent percentages of our total common shares and subordinated shares to be outstanding immediately following this offering.

 

8


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common shares offered

•      28,570,000 shares.

 

 

•      32,855,500 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full.

 

Shares outstanding immediately after this offering

28,570,000 common shares, 7,145,000 subordinated shares and 100 incentive shares. The purpose of the subordinated shares is to provide added assurance that during the subordination period there will be available cash to pay dividends on our common shares. In general, our subordinated shares will not receive any dividends until our common shares have received a regular quarterly dividend of $0.425 per share plus any arrearages from prior quarters. Each of our subordinated shares will convert to a common share after the expiration of the subordination period as described below.

 

Use of proceeds

Primarily to fund the purchase price of our initial fleet. The purchase price of our initial fleet will be equal to:

 

    the proceeds from our sale of 28,570,000 common shares in this offering net of the underwriting discount and structuring fee (estimated at $562.5 million), plus

 

    the proceeds from the sale of our 7,145,000 subordinated shares (estimated at $150.0 million), less

 

    our formation and offering related expenses (estimated at $6.0 million) some of which are payable after closing, less

 

    a specified cash balance of $33.8 million to be used by us as described below, less

 

    $7.5 million in upfront costs related to our credit facility, less

 

    $0.5 million to repay SCLL for certain of our pre-offering expenses that it has funded.

 

 

We expect to use the specified cash balance to fund approximately $4.1 million of the dividends on our subordinated shares we expect to pay in the initial three quarters following the closing of this offering and the remainder of the specified cash balance to fund part of the purchase price of the additional 13 containerships in our contracted fleet. The balance of the funds needed to acquire the additional 13 containerships is expected to come from our credit facility and a future offering or offerings of our common shares. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, those net proceeds will be added to the specified cash balance.

 

Option to issue common shares for vessels

We have the option to issue common shares in payment of up to $100.0 million of the purchase price for the last four of the additional 13 containerships. We must provide notice that we will exercise this option 30 days prior to the delivery of the respective vessel. Such

 

9


Table of Contents
 

common shares would be issued to the relevant VesselCo on the closing date of the purchase of the applicable vessel and would be valued at a net price equal to 95% of the initial public offering price in this offering. The VesselCos are not obligated to accept the common shares if we are in material default under our credit facility on the relevant closing date. If the VesselCos do not accept the common shares in such a case, we are not obligated to purchase the respective vessel. Our option to issue such common shares terminates upon a change of control of us. Otherwise, the option cannot be revoked by the VesselCos. Assuming the final four vessels are delivered on their contractual delivery dates and the option is exercised on each such vessel, the common shares will be issued in the second and third fiscal quarters of 2007.

 

Offering conditioned on our credit agreement

The closing of the offering is conditioned upon the execution and delivery of our $1.0 billion credit agreement and such agreement being in full force and effect.

 

Dividends

Declaration and payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of our board of directors. We intend to pay a regular quarterly dividend on both our common and subordinated shares of $0.425 per share, or $1.70 per year, to the extent that we have sufficient available cash after the payment of expenses. However, there is no guarantee that we will pay dividends on our shares in any quarter. In general, we will pay quarterly dividends on our common and subordinated shares in the following manner:

 

 

first , 100% to all common shares, pro rata, until they receive $0.425 per share;

 

 

second , 100% to all common shares, pro rata, until they have received any unpaid arrearages in the $0.425 per share dividend for prior quarters;

 

 

third , 100% to all subordinated shares, pro rata, until they have received $0.425 per share;

 

 

after that, 100% to all common and subordinated shares, pro rata, as if they were a single class, subject to the right of the incentive shares to share in incremental dividends at specified sharing ratios once dividends on the common and subordinated shares reach specified target levels of $0.485, $0.550 and $0.675 per share.

 

 

During the subordination period, our common shares will accrue dividend arrearages to the extent they do not receive a quarterly dividend of $0.425 per share. Our subordinated shares will not accrue any arrearages.

 

 

After the subordination period, the subordinated shares will convert to common shares and all dividends will be paid equally on all of our common shares.

 

 

Please read “Financial Forecast and Cash Available for Dividends” for the basis for our dividend, “Description of Capital Stock” for a

 

10


Table of Contents
 

more detailed description of our common and subordinated shares and “Our Manager and Management Related Agreements—Our Manager’s Incentive Shares” for a more detailed description of our incentive shares.

 

Tax considerations

We believe that, under current U.S. federal income tax law, some portion of the distributions you receive from us will constitute dividends, and if you are an individual citizen or resident of the United States or a U.S. estate or trust and meet certain holding period requirements, then such dividends are expected to be taxable as “qualified dividend income” subject to a maximum 15% U.S. federal income tax rate (through 2008). Other distributions will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in your common shares and, thereafter, as capital gain.

 

 

We estimate that if you hold the common shares that you purchase in this offering through the period ending December 31, 2008, the distributions you receive, on a cumulative basis, that will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be less than 20% of the total cash distributions you receive for that period. For example, if you receive an annual dividend of $1.70 per share during this period, we estimate that no more than $0.34 of such amount will constitute dividends, which will be taxable as “qualified dividend income” if you meet the eligibility requirements. Please read “United States Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Ratio of Dividend Income to Distributions” for the basis for this estimate. Please read “United States Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Distributions” for information regarding the eligibility requirements for the receipt of “qualified dividend income.” Please also read “Risk Factors—Tax Risks” for a discussion of proposed legislation regarding qualified dividend income.

 

Subordination period

Each of our subordinated shares will convert to a common share after the end of the subordination period, which extends until the first day of any quarter after the quarter ending September 30, 2008 that both of the following tests are met:

 

  (1)   we have paid quarterly dividends in the amount at least equal to $0.425 per share on both our common and subordinated shares for the immediately preceding four-quarter period; and

 

  (2)   the cash generated from operations available to pay the dividends during the four-quarter period referred to above equaled on a quarterly basis at least $0.425 per share on all of our outstanding common and subordinated shares on a fully diluted basis during that period.

 

 

Notwithstanding the above, the subordination period will end immediately prior to the occurrence of a change of control as such term is defined in our articles of incorporation.

 

11


Table of Contents

NYSE listing

Our common shares have been approved for listing on The New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol “SSW.”

 

Risk factors

Investment in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in our common shares.

 

Unless we indicate otherwise or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

 

12


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data

 

The following summary historical combined financial and operating data presents financial and other operating data of our predecessor, being the combination of ten existing Republic of Cyprus incorporated wholly owned subsidiaries of SCLL, which currently own our initial fleet.

 

The summary combined financial data set forth below as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our audited predecessor combined financial statements included in this prospectus. The summary combined financial data set forth below as of December 31, 2002 have been derived from our predecessor combined financial statements not included in this prospectus. The summary combined financial data set forth below as of March 31, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 have been derived from our unaudited interim predecessor combined financial statements for such periods included in this prospectus. The unaudited financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of our predecessor’s financial position and results of operations for the interim periods presented.

 

As discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, significant changes will occur to our operating structure upon completion of the offering and the acquisition of our initial fleet. Accordingly, the summary historical combined financial data are not indicative of the results we would have achieved had we historically operated as an independent company or of our future results. This information should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by, our historical predecessor combined financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     December 31,

    March 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

    2005

 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Statements of operations data (period ended):

                                        

Revenue (1)

   $ 20,993     $ 35,011     $ 35,933     $ 8,733     $ 13,978  

Operating expenses:

                                        

Ship operating

     4,560       6,577       7,157       1,495       2,543  

Depreciation

     5,217       8,587       8,808       2,147       3,529  

General and administrative (2)

     131       208       207       56       69  
    


 


 


 


 


Operating earnings

     11,085       19,639       19,761       5,035       7,837  

Other expenses (earnings):

                                        

Interest expense

     7,799       12,193       11,804       2,905       4,776  

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps (3)

     14,218       (5,808 )     (1,416 )     1,235       (8,461 )

Other (4)

     200       147       3,304       49       155  
    


 


 


 


 


Net earnings (loss)

   $ (11,132 )   $ 13,107     $ 6,069     $ 846     $ 11,367  
    


 


 


 


 


Statements of cash flows data (period ended):

                                        

Cash flows provided by (used in):

                                        

Operating activities

   $ 9,646     $ 16,860     $ 18,540     $ 3,694     $ 7,701  

Investing activities

     (26,294 )     (236,369 )     (8,692 )     213       (14,886 )

Financing activities

     25,070       212,320       (8,279 )     (4,907 )     10,656  

Balance sheet data (at period end):

                                        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,686     $ 2,497     $ 4,066             $ 7,537  

Vessels

     221,021       452,141       454,862               467,126  

Total assets

     238,022       466,069       476,321               495,825  

Long-term debt (5)

     155,359       347,946       376,999               391,861  

Owner’s equity (deficiency)

     (28,824 )     (15,707 )     (9,638 )             1,729  

Other data:

                                        

Number of vessels in operation at period end (1)

     5       5       6       5       8  

TEU capacity at period end

     21,265       21,265       29,733       21,265       42,454  

Average off-hire days per vessel (6)

     0.40       0.07       0.06       0.00       0.00  

 

13


Table of Contents

(1)   The commencement of our active operations began with the delivery of two 4250 TEU vessels in 2001. Four additional 4250 TEU vessels were delivered in June, September, October 2002 and February 2005, respectively. Our first 8500 TEU vessel was delivered in December 2004 and our second in January 2005. Each of these vessels has been in operation since delivery. Subsequent to March 31, 2005, two additional 4250 TEU vessels were delivered.
(2)   The predecessor combined financial statements include the general and administrative expenses incurred by the predecessor related to its operations. Subsequent to the completion of this offering and the acquisition of the initial fleet, we will incur additional administrative expenses, including legal, accounting, treasury, rent, securities regulatory compliance and other costs normally incurred by a listed public entity. Accordingly, general and administrative expenses incurred by and allocated to the predecessor do not purport to be indicative of future expenses.
(3)   Our predecessor entered into interest rate swap agreements to reduce its exposure to market risks from changing interest rates. These derivative instruments have been recognized on the predecessor combined balance sheets at their fair value. As our predecessor did not designate the interest rate swap agreements as hedging instruments in accordance with the requirements in accounting literature, changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps have been recognized in current period earnings. These changes occur due to changes in market interest rates for debt with substantially similar credit risk and payment terms. These interest rate swaps, together with the underlying debt, will be settled by the predecessor and not assumed by us on completion of the offering and the acquisition of the initial fleet.
(4)   Other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004 include a $3.1 million write-off on debt refinancing.
(5)   Excludes current portion of long-term debt. All predecessor long-term debt will be settled and not assumed by us.
(6)   There was no drydocking of the vessels during the periods presented.

 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

Any investment in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risk factors, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, before making an investment in our common shares. Any of the risk factors described below could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition or operating results, which may reduce our ability to pay dividends and lower the trading price of our common shares. You may lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Inherent in Our Business

 

We may not have sufficient cash from our operations to enable us to pay dividends on our shares following the payment of fees and expenses and the establishment of any reserves.

 

We intend to pay regular quarterly dividends. We may not, however, have sufficient cash available each quarter to pay dividends. The amount of dividends we can pay depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which may fluctuate based on, among other things:

 

    the rates we obtain from our charters;

 

    the level of our operating costs;

 

    the number of unscheduled off-hire days for our fleet and the timing of, and number of days required for, scheduled drydocking of our containerships;

 

    delays in the delivery of new vessels and the beginning of payments under charters relating to those ships;

 

    prevailing global and regional economic and political conditions;

 

    the effect of governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards on the conduct of our business; and

 

    changes in the basis of taxation of our activities in various jurisdictions.

 

The amount of cash we have available for dividends on our common shares will not depend solely on our profitability.

 

The actual amount of cash we will have available for dividends also will depend on many factors including the following:

 

    changes in our operating cash flow, capital expenditure requirements, working capital requirements and other cash needs;

 

    the charter rates on new vessels and those obtained upon the expiration of our existing charters;

 

    modification or revocation of our dividend policy by our board of directors;

 

    restrictions under our credit facility and, in any future debt agreements;

 

    the amount of any cash reserves established by our board of directors; and

 

    restrictions under Marshall Islands law.

 

In addition, before we can determine the amount of cash available for the payment of dividends, we must pay fees to our Manager for the technical management of our vessels, must pay a monthly administrative services fee not to exceed $6,000 per month and must reimburse our Manager for all reasonable costs in providing us with administrative and strategic services.

 

The amount of cash we generate from our operations may differ materially from our net income or loss for the period, which will be affected by non-cash items. We may incur other expenses or liabilities that would reduce or eliminate the cash available for distribution as dividends. Our credit facility will also restrict our

 

15


Table of Contents

declaration and payment of dividends if an event of default has occurred and is continuing or if the payment of the dividend would result in an event of default. In addition, Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares) or while a company is insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend and any such dividend may be discontinued at the discretion of our board of directors. In addition, if our quarterly cash dividend exceeds $0.485 per common and subordinated share, our Manager will share in incremental dividends through the incentive shares based upon specified sharing ratios, which will reduce the cash available for dividends on our common and subordinated shares. Please read “Our Manager and Management Related Agreements—Our Manager’s Incentive Shares.” As a result of these and the other factors mentioned above, we may pay dividends during periods when we record losses and may not pay dividends during periods when we record net income.

 

The assumptions underlying the forecast of available cash for distribution we include in “Financial Forecast and Cash Available for Dividends” are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those forecasted.

 

The forecast of available cash for distribution set forth in “Financial Forecast and Cash Available for Dividends” includes our forecast of operating results and cash flows for the six-month period ending December 31, 2005 and each of the three years ending December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008. The financial forecast has been prepared by management and we have not received an opinion or report on it from our or any other independent auditor. The assumptions underlying the forecast are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those forecasted. If we do not achieve the forecasted results, we may not be able to pay our expected regular quarterly dividend of $0.425 per share per quarter or any amount on the common shares or subordinated shares, in which event the market price of the common shares may decline materially.

 

Over the long-term, we will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to preserve the operating capacity of our fleet, which could result in a reduction or elimination of our ability to pay dividends.

 

We must make substantial capital expenditures over the long-term to preserve our capital base. If we do not retain funds in our business in amounts necessary to preserve our capital base, over the long-term, we will not be able to continue to refinance our indebtedness or maintain our dividends. Our forecast indicates that for 2008, the first full year after the acquisition of all of our contracted fleet, we should generate $15.5 million of cash after paying both our operating expenditures for the year and regular quarterly dividends of $0.425 per share. On an annual basis we will likely need at some time in the future to retain funds in addition to such amount to provide reasonable assurance of maintaining our capital base over the long-term. There are a number of factors that will not be determinable for a number of years, but that will enter into our board of directors’ future decisions regarding the amount of funds to be retained in our business to preserve our capital base. For a description of these factors, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Ongoing Capital Expenditures and Dividends.” Unless we are successful in making accretive acquisitions with outside sources of financing, which add a material amount to our cash available for retention in our business or unless our board of directors concludes that we will likely be able to recharter our fleet when our current charters expire at rates higher than the rates in our current charters, our board of directors will likely determine at some future date to reduce, or possibly eliminate, our dividend in order to be able to have reasonable assurance that it is retaining the funds necessary to preserve our capital base. When we refer to accretive acquisitions, we mean acquisitions that will increase our distributable cash flow per share.

 

We will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to complete the acquisition of our contracted fleet and to expand the size of our fleet, which may cause our ability to pay dividends to be diminished, our financial leverage to increase or our shareholders to be diluted.

 

In order to complete the acquisition of our contracted fleet, we have agreed to purchase an additional 13 containerships, incrementally over approximately the next 25 months, at an aggregate cost of $849.3 million

 

16


Table of Contents

from the VesselCos. Our obligation to purchase the additional 13 vessels is not conditional upon our ability to obtain financing for such purchase. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $21.00 per share, we expect that $29.6 million of proceeds from this offering and concurrent sale of our subordinated shares, as well as $750.0 million of funding from our credit facility, will be available, leaving $69.7 million of additional financing required. We have the option to issue common shares in payment of up to $100.0 million of the purchase price for the last four of the additional 13 containerships. Such common shares would be valued at a net price equal to 95% of the initial public offering price in this offering. In addition, we intend to make substantial capital expenditures to increase the size of our fleet beyond our initial 23 vessels.

 

To fund the remaining portion of these and other capital expenditures, we will be required to use cash from operations or incur borrowings or raise capital through the sale of additional equity. We intend to raise funds through the issuance of additional equity in order to complete the funding of the acquisition of our contracted fleet. Use of cash from operations will reduce cash available for dividends to our shareholders. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering and the covenants in our existing debt agreements, as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain the funds for necessary future capital expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay dividends. Even if we are successful in obtaining the necessary funds, the terms of such financings could limit our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders. In addition, incurring additional debt may significantly increase our interest expense and financial leverage, and issuing additional equity securities may result in significant shareholder dilution and would increase the aggregate amount of cash required to distribute a consistent level of dividends from earnings to our shareholders, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to pay dividends.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to borrow amounts under our credit facility and restrictive covenants in our credit facility will impose financial and other restrictions on us, including our ability to pay dividends.

 

On or prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter in a new $1.0 billion secured credit facility of which $750.0 million will be available to complete the acquisition of our contracted fleet and the balance of $250.0 million will be available to fund the acquisition of any additional new or used containerships. There are restrictions on the amount that can be advanced to us under the credit facility based on the market value of the vessel or vessels in respect of which the advance is being made and, in certain circumstances, based additionally on the TEU capacity of the vessel, and the price at which we acquired the vessel and other factors. Our credit facility has a maturity date of the earlier of (x) the seventh anniversary of the final delivery date of the last of the 23 containerships comprising the contracted fleet or (y) October 31, 2014. Based on our forecasted borrowings in our financial forecast, which does not include any borrowings under the $250.0 million tranche, the balloon payment at maturity under our credit facility will be approximately $513.0 million. If we utilize the $250.0 million tranche to make additional acquisitions prior to December 31, 2006, our balloon payment will be greater. For more information, please read “Our Credit Facility.”

 

Our ability to borrow amounts under our credit facility will be subject to the execution of customary documentation relating to the facility, including security documents, satisfaction of certain customary conditions precedent and compliance with terms and conditions included in the loan documents. Prior to each drawdown, we will be required, among other things, to meet specified financial ratios and other requirements. To the extent that we are not able to satisfy these requirements, we may not be able to draw down the full amount under our credit facility. We may be required to prepay amounts borrowed under our credit facility if we, or in certain circumstances, our charterers, experience a change of control.

 

Our credit facility will also impose operating and financial restrictions on us and will require us to comply with certain financial covenants. These restrictions and covenants may limit our ability to, among other things:

 

    pay dividends if an event of default has occurred and is continuing under our credit facility or if the payment of the dividend would result in an event of default;

 

17


Table of Contents
    incur additional indebtedness, including through the issuance of guarantees;

 

    change the flag, class or management of our vessels;

 

    create liens on our assets;

 

    sell our vessels without replacing such vessels or prepaying a portion of our loan;

 

    merge or consolidate with, or transfer all or substantially all our assets to, another person; or

 

    change our business.

 

Therefore, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders’ interests may be different from ours and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain our lenders’ consent when needed. If we do not comply with the restrictions and covenants in our credit agreement, we will not be able to pay dividends to you, finance our future operations, make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any future indebtedness incurred under our credit facility.

 

We intend to finance our future fleet expansion program with secured indebtedness drawn under our credit facility. While we intend to refinance amounts drawn under our credit facility with the net proceeds of future debt and equity offerings, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so at an interest rate or on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. If we are not able to refinance these amounts with the net proceeds of debt and equity offerings at an interest rate or on terms acceptable to us or at all, we will have to dedicate a portion of our cash flow from operations to pay the principal and interest of this indebtedness. If we are not able to satisfy these obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans. The actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers, any defaults by them, and the market value of our fleet, among other things, may materially affect our ability to obtain alternative financing. In addition, debt service payments under our credit facility or alternative financing may limit funds otherwise available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations, or if we otherwise default under our credit facility or an alternative financing arrangement, our lenders could declare the debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and foreclose on our fleet, which could result in the acceleration of other indebtedness that we may have at such time and the commencement of similar foreclosure proceedings by other lenders.

 

We will derive all of our revenues from two charterers, and the loss of either charterer, any time charter or any vessel could result in a significant loss of revenues and cash flow.

 

China Shipping and its majority-owned subsidiary, CSCL (by virtue of China Shipping’s subcharters to it), are currently our only customers. During 2003 and 2004 and the first quarter of 2005, China Shipping and CSCL accounted for 100% of our predecessor’s containership revenues. China Shipping and CSCL will account for 100% of our containership revenues until December 14, 2005, when our first vessel chartered by Lykes Lines Limited LLC, or Lykes, a subsidiary of CP Ships, is scheduled to be delivered to us. Even after the acquisition of our contracted fleet, CSCL and Lykes will continue to represent a substantial majority of our revenues. Upon delivery of our contracted fleet, we will derive all of our revenues and cash flows from CSCL and Lykes. All of the vessels that we are to acquire are chartered to charterers under long-term time charters, and these charterers’ payments to us will be our sole source of operating cash flow. At any given time in the future, cash reserves of the charterers may be diminished or exhausted, and we cannot assure you that the charterers will be able to make charter payments to us. If the charterers are unable to make charter payments to us, our results of operations and financial condition will be materially adversely affected.

 

We could lose a charterer or the benefits of a time charter if:

 

    the charterer fails to make charter payments because of its financial inability, disagreements with us, defaults on a payment or otherwise;

 

18


Table of Contents
    at the time of delivery, the vessel subject to the time charter differs in its specifications from those agreed upon under the ship building contract with Samsung;

 

    the charterer exercises certain specific limited rights to terminate the charter;

 

    under our time charters with Lykes, the charters terminate upon a change of control of our company if Lykes’ fails to consent to such change of control; or

 

    under our time charters with Lykes, the charterer terminates the charter because the ship fails to meet certain guaranteed speed and fuel consumption requirements and we are unable to rectify the situation or otherwise reach a mutually acceptable settlement.

 

If we lose a time charter, we may be unable to re-deploy the related vessel on terms as favorable to us. In the worst case, we may not receive any revenues from that vessel, but we may be required to pay expenses necessary to maintain the vessel in proper operating condition.

 

The loss of any of our charterers, time charters or vessels, or a decline in payments under our charters, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

 

We currently depend on China Shipping, and its majority-owned subsidiary CSCL, each of which is a Chinese company, for all of our revenues and therefore we are exposed to Chinese economic, political and legal risks.

 

China Shipping, and its majority-owned subsidiary CSCL, are currently the only charterer or subcharterer of our vessels. Both China Shipping and CSCL are Chinese companies. Accordingly, our business is exposed to all the economic, political and other risks inherent in doing business in China. Changes in the economic, political, legal and other conditions in China could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

A decrease in the level of China’s exports of goods or an increase in trade barriers to China’s exports will have a material adverse impact on our charterers’ business and, in turn, affect our business and results of operations.

 

There are many more goods exported out of China than are imported. Most of our charterers’ container shipping business revenue is derived from the shipment of goods from the Asia Pacific region, primarily China, to various overseas export markets including the United States and Europe. Any reduction in or hindrance to the output of China-based exporters could have a material adverse effect on the growth rate of China’s exports and on our charterers’ business.

 

Furthermore, increasing trade protectionism in the markets that our charterers serve has caused an increase in: (i) the cost of goods exported from China, (ii) the length of time required to deliver goods from China and (iii) the risks associated with exporting goods from China. These increases also affect the quantity of goods to be shipped, shipping time schedules, voyage costs and other associated costs.

 

Any increased trade barriers or restrictions on trade with China would have an adverse impact on our charterers’ business, operating results and financial condition and could thereby affect their ability to make timely charter hire payments to us and to renew and increase the number of their time charters with us. This could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

19


Table of Contents

Changes in the economic and political environment in China and policies adopted by the Chinese government to regulate its economy may adversely affect China Shipping and CSCL, which may adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.

 

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most countries belonging to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”) in such respects as structure, government involvement, level of development, growth rate, capital reinvestment, allocation of resources, rate of inflation and balance of payments position. Prior to 1978, the Chinese economy was a planned economy. Since 1978, increasing emphasis has been placed on the utilization of market forces in the development of the Chinese economy. Annual and five-year State Plans are adopted by the Chinese government in connection with the development of the economy. Although state-owned enterprises still account for a substantial portion of the Chinese industrial output, in general, the Chinese government is reducing the level of direct control that it exercises over the economy through State Plans and other measures. There is an increasing level of freedom and autonomy in areas such as allocation of resources, production, pricing and management and a gradual shift in emphasis to a “market economy” and enterprise reform. Limited price reforms were undertaken, with the result that prices for certain commodities are principally determined by market forces. Many of the reforms are unprecedented or experimental and may be subject to revision, change or abolition based upon the outcome of such experiments. We cannot assure you that the Chinese government will continue to pursue a policy of economic reform.

 

The operations and financial results of China Shipping, CSCL and CP Ships could be adversely affected by changes to these economic reforms by the Chinese government, as well as by changes in political, economic and social conditions or other relevant policies of the Chinese government, such as changes in laws, regulations or export and import restrictions, all of which could affect their ability to make timely charter payments to us. These circumstances could, in turn, adversely affect our business, operating results and financial position.

 

The legal system in China is not fully developed and has inherent uncertainties that could limit the legal protections available to us.

 

The Chinese legal system is based on written statutes and their legal interpretation by the standing Committee of the National People’s Congress. Prior court decisions may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value. Since 1979, the Chinese government has been developing a comprehensive system of commercial laws, and considerable progress has been made in introducing laws and regulations dealing with economic matters such as foreign investment, corporate organization and governance, commerce, taxation and trade. However, because these laws and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited volume of published cases and their non-binding nature, interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties. Although our time charters with China Shipping, which are subchartered to CSCL, are governed by English law, if we are required to commence legal proceedings against China Shipping or CSCL with respect to the provisions of a time charter, we may have difficulties in enforcing any judgment obtained in such proceedings against China Shipping or CSCL in China.

 

We depend on our Manager to operate our business.

 

We are a newly formed company with no current plans to have any employees other than our chief financial officer. Pursuant to the management agreement, our Manager and certain of its affiliates will provide us with certain of our officers and with technical, administrative and strategic services (including vessel maintenance, crewing, purchasing, shipyard supervision, insurance, assistance with regulatory compliance and financial services). Our operational success and ability to execute our growth strategy will depend significantly upon our Manager’s satisfactory performance of these services. Our business will be harmed if our Manager fails to perform these services satisfactorily. In addition, if the management agreement were to be terminated or if its terms were to be altered, our business could be adversely affected, as we may not be able to immediately replace such services, or even if replacement services are immediately available, the terms offered may be less favorable than the ones currently offered by our Manager.

 

20


Table of Contents

Our ability to compete for and to enter into new charters and expand our relationships with our charterers will depend largely on our relationship with our Manager and its reputation and relationships in the shipping industry. If our Manager suffers material damage to its reputation or relationships, it may harm our ability to:

 

    renew existing charters upon their expiration;

 

    obtain new charters;

 

    successfully interact with shipyards during periods of shipyard construction constraints;

 

    obtain financing on commercially acceptable terms;

 

    maintain satisfactory relationships with our customers and suppliers; or

 

    successfully execute our growth strategy.

 

If our ability to do any of the things described above is impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

 

Delays in deliveries of our additional 13 containerships could harm our operating results.

 

The additional 13 containerships that we have agreed to purchase are scheduled to be delivered at various times over approximately the next 25 months. Each of these vessels is being built at the shipyard in South Korea owned by Samsung. The delivery of these vessels, or any other newbuildings we may order, could be delayed, which would delay our receipt of revenues under the time charters for the containerships and therefore adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

The delivery of the newbuildings could be delayed because of:

 

    work stoppages or other labor disturbances or other event that disrupts Samsung’s operations;

 

    quality or engineering problems;

 

    changes in governmental regulations or maritime self-regulatory organization standards;

 

    lack of raw materials;

 

    bankruptcy or other financial crisis of Samsung;

 

    a backlog of orders at Samsung;

 

    hostilities, political or economic disturbances in South Korea, where the containerships are being built;

 

    weather interference or catastrophic event, such as a major earthquake or fire;

 

    our requests for changes to the original containership specifications;

 

    shortages of or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel;

 

    our inability to obtain requisite permits or approvals; or

 

    a dispute with Samsung.

 

In addition, each of the ship building contracts for the additional 13 containerships contains a “force majeure” provision whereby the occurrence of certain events could delay delivery or possibly terminate the contract. If delivery of a containership is materially delayed or if a ship building contract is terminated, it could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

 

21


Table of Contents

We are relying on the VesselCos to pay all costs for the additional 13 containerships in our contracted fleet that we will not own until after completion of this offering.

 

The VesselCos are responsible for all costs relating to the construction and delivery of the additional 13 containerships that we have contracted to purchase, but that have not yet been delivered from, the shipyard. When the vessels have been delivered and have passed inspection, we will purchase the vessels at a specified price. If the VesselCos fail to continue to make construction payments for these containerships, we could lose access to the containerships as a result of the default or we may need to finance these containerships before they begin operating and generating revenues, which could harm our business and reduce our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

 

Due to our lack of diversification, adverse developments in our containership transportation business could reduce our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

 

We rely exclusively on the cash flow generated from our charters that operate in the containership transportation business. Due to our lack of diversification, an adverse development in the container shipping industry would have a significantly greater impact on our financial condition and results of operations than if we maintained more diverse assets or lines of business.

 

Our growth depends upon continued growth in demand for containerships and the ocean-going shipping container industry may be at or near the peak of its upward trend and charter hire rates are at or near historical highs; these factors may lead to reductions and volatility in charter hire rates and profitability.

 

Our articles of incorporation limit our business to the chartering or rechartering of containerships to others and any other lawful act or activity customarily conducted in conjunction with the chartering or rechartering of containerships to others, although our business purpose may be modified by our board of directors subject to, for as long as the management agreement with our manager is in effect, the approval of the holders of our incentive shares. Our growth will generally depend on continued growth in world and regional demand for chartering marine container shipping.

 

The ocean-going shipping container industry is both cyclical and volatile in terms of charter hire rates and profitability. The current industry’s upward trend may be at or near its peak and charter hire rates are at or near historical highs. In the future, rates may contract. Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply and demand for ship capacity and changes in the supply and demand for the major products internationally transported by containerships. The factors affecting the supply and demand for containerships and supply and demand for products shipped in containers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.

 

The factors that influence demand for containership capacity include:

 

    supply and demand for products suitable for shipping in containers;

 

    changes in global production of products transported by containerships;

 

    the distance container cargo products are to be moved by sea;

 

    the globalization of manufacturing;

 

    global and regional economic and political conditions;

 

    developments in international trade;

 

    changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including changes in the distances over which container cargoes are transported;

 

    environmental and other regulatory developments;

 

22


Table of Contents
    currency exchange rates; and

 

    weather.

 

The factors that influence the supply of containership capacity include:

 

    the number of newbuilding deliveries;

 

    the scrapping rate of older containerships;

 

    the price of steel and other raw materials;

 

    changes in environmental and other regulations that may limit the useful life of containerships;

 

    the number of containerships that are out of service; and

 

    port congestion.

 

Our ability to recharter our containerships upon the expiration or termination of their current time charters and the charter rates payable under any renewal or replacement charters will depend upon, among other things, the then current state of the containership market. If the containership market is in a period of depression when our ships’ charters expire, we may be forced to recharter our ships at reduced rates or even possibly a rate whereby we incur a loss, which may reduce our earnings or make our earnings volatile. The same issues will exist if we acquire additional vessels and attempt to subject them to a long-term time charter arrangement as part of our acquisition and financing plan.

 

An over-supply of containership capacity may lead to reductions in charter hire rates and profitability.

 

The market supply of containerships has been increasing and the containerships orderbook reached a new record level as of June 1, 2005. An over-supply of containership capacity may result in a reduction of charter hire rates. If such a reduction occurs upon the expiration or termination of our containerships’ current time charters, we may only be able to recharter our containerships for reduced rates or unprofitable rates or we may not be able to recharter our containerships at all.

 

Our growth depends on our ability to expand relationships with existing charterers and obtain new charterers, for which we will face substantial competition.

 

One of our principal objectives is to acquire additional containerships in conjunction with entering into additional long-term, fixed-rate time charters for such ships. The process of obtaining new long-term time charters is highly competitive and generally involves an intensive screening process and competitive bids, and often extends for several months. Container shipping charters are awarded based upon a variety of factors relating to the vessel operator, including:

 

    shipping industry relationships and reputation for customer service and safety;

 

    container shipping experience and quality of ship operations (including cost effectiveness);

 

    quality and experience of seafaring crew;

 

    the ability to finance containerships at competitive rates and financial stability generally;

 

    relationships with shipyards and the ability to get suitable berths;

 

    construction management experience, including the ability to obtain on-time delivery of new ships according to customer specifications;

 

    willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, such as allowing termination of the charter for force majeure events; and

 

    competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.

 

23


Table of Contents

We expect substantial competition for providing new containership service from a number of experienced companies, including state-sponsored entities and major shipping companies. Many of these competitors have significantly greater financial resources than we do, and can therefore operate larger fleets and may be able to offer better charter rates. We anticipate that an increasing number of marine transportation companies will enter the containership sector, including many with strong reputations and extensive resources and experience. This increased competition may cause greater price competition for time charters. As a result of these factors, we may be unable to expand our relationships with existing customers or to obtain new customers on a profitable basis, if at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

 

Over time, containership values may fluctuate substantially and, if these values are lower at a time when we are attempting to dispose of a containership, we may incur a loss.

 

Containership values can fluctuate substantially over time due to a number of different factors, including:

 

    prevailing economic conditions in the market in which the containership trades;

 

    a substantial or extended decline in world trade;

 

    increases in the supply of containership capacity; and

 

    the cost of retrofitting or modifying existing ships, as a result of technological advances in vessel design or equipment, changes in applicable environmental or other regulations or standards, or otherwise.

 

If a charter terminates, we may be unable to re-deploy the vessel at attractive rates and, rather than continue to incur costs to maintain and finance the vessel, may seek to dispose of it. Our inability to dispose of the containership at a reasonable price could result in a loss on its sale and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

 

We may be unable to draw down the full amount of our credit facility if the market value of our vessels declines.

 

There are restrictions on the amount that can be advanced to us under our credit facility based on the market value of the vessel or vessels in respect of which the advance is being made and, in certain instances, additionally based on the amount of TEU capacity of the vessel, the price at which we acquired the vessel and other factors. If the market value of our fleet declines, we may not be able to draw down the full amount of our credit facility, or obtain other financing or incur debt on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. We may also not be able to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing.

 

We may be unable to make or realize expected benefits from acquisitions, and implementing our growth strategy through acquisitions may harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

Our growth strategy includes selectively acquiring new containerships, existing containerships, containership related assets and container shipping businesses. Factors that may limit the number of acquisition opportunities in the containership industry in the near term include the relatively small number of independent containership fleet owners and the limited number of modern containerships with appropriate characteristics not subject to existing long-term charters. In addition, competition from other companies could reduce our acquisition opportunities or cause us to pay higher prices.

 

Any acquisition of a vessel or business may not be profitable to us at or after the time we acquire it and may not generate cash flow sufficient to justify our investment. In addition, our acquisition growth strategy exposes us to risks that may harm our business, financial condition and operating results, including risks that we may:

 

    fail to realize anticipated benefits, such as new customer relationships, cost savings or cash flow enhancements;

 

24


Table of Contents
    be unable, through our Manager, to hire, train or retain qualified shore and seafaring personnel to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;

 

    decrease our liquidity by using a significant portion of our available cash or borrowing capacity to finance acquisitions;

 

    significantly increase our interest expense or financial leverage if we incur additional debt to finance acquisitions;

 

    incur or assume unanticipated liabilities, losses or costs associated with the business or vessels acquired;

 

    incur other significant charges, such as impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, asset devaluation or restructuring charges; or

 

    not be able to retain our ability to pay substantial regular dividends.

 

Unlike newbuildings, existing containerships typically do not carry warranties as to their condition. While we would inspect existing containerships prior to purchase, such an inspection would normally not provide us with as much knowledge of a containership’s condition as we would possess if it had been built for us and operated by us during its life. Repairs and maintenance costs for existing vessels are difficult to predict and may be substantially higher than for vessels we have operated since they were built. These costs could decrease our cash flow and reduce our liquidity and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

 

We are subject to regulation and liability under environmental laws that could require significant expenditures and affect our cash flows and net income.

 

Our business and the operations of our containerships are materially affected by environmental regulation in the form of international conventions, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which our containerships operate, as well as in the country or countries of their registration, including those governing the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup of oil spills and other contamination, air emissions, water discharges and ballast water management. Because such conventions, laws, and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with such requirements or the impact thereof on the resale price or useful life of our containerships. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may materially adversely affect our operations. We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, certificates and financial assurances with respect to our operations. Many environmental requirements are designed to reduce the risk of pollution, such as oil spills, and our compliance with these requirements can be costly.

 

Environmental requirements can also affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels, require a reduction in cargo capacity, ship modifications or operational changes or restrictions, lead to decreased availability of insurance coverage for environmental matters or result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports, or detention in certain ports. Under local, national and foreign laws, as well as international treaties and conventions, we could incur material liabilities, including cleanup obligations and natural resource damages, in the event that there is a release of petroleum or other hazardous materials from our vessels or otherwise in connection with our operations. We could also become subject to personal injury or property damage claims relating to the release of hazardous materials associated with our existing or historic operations. Violations of, or liabilities under, environmental requirements can result in substantial penalties, fines and other sanctions, including in certain instances, seizure or detention of our vessels.

 

The operation of our containerships is also affected by the requirements set forth in the IMO’s International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires shipowners and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and

 

25


Table of Contents

procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. Failure to comply with the ISM Code may subject us to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected ships, and may result in denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

 

In addition, in complying with existing environmental laws and regulations and those that may be adopted, we may incur significant costs in meeting new maintenance and inspection requirements and new restrictions on air emissions from our containerships, in developing contingency arrangements for potential spills and in obtaining insurance coverage. Government regulation of vessels, particularly in the areas of safety and environmental requirements, can be expected to become stricter in the future and require us to incur significant capital expenditures on our vessels to keep them in compliance, or even to scrap or sell certain vessels altogether. As a result of accidents such as the November 2002 oil spill relating to the loss of the m.t. Prestige , a 26-year old single-hull product tanker unrelated to us, we believe that regulation of the shipping industry will continue to become more stringent and more expensive for us and our competitors. Substantial violations of applicable requirements or a catastrophic release of bunker fuel from one of our containerships could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders. For additional information on these and other environmental requirements, you should carefully review the information contained in “Business—Environmental and Other Regulations.”

 

Increased inspection procedures, tighter import and export controls and new security regulations could cause disruption of the business.

 

International container shipping is subject to security and customs inspection and related procedures, or inspection procedures, in countries or origin, destination, and trans-shipment points. These inspection procedures can result in cargo seizure, delays in the loading, offloading, trans-shipment, or delivery of containers and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against exporters or importers and, in some cases, charterers.

 

Since the events of September 11, 2001, United States and Canadian authorities have more than doubled container inspection rates to over 5% of all imported containers. Government investment in non-intrusive container scanning technology has grown and there is interest in electronic monitoring technology, including so-called “e-seals” and “smart” containers, that would enable remote, centralized monitoring of containers during shipment to identify tampering with or opening of the containers, along with potentially measuring other characteristics such as temperature, air pressure, motion, chemicals, biological agents and radiation.

 

It is unclear what changes, if any, to the existing inspection procedures will ultimately be proposed or implemented, or how any such changes will affect the industry. It is possible that such changes could impose additional financial and legal obligations, including additional responsibility for inspecting and recording the contents of containers. Changes to the inspection procedures and container security could result in additional costs and obligations on carriers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of goods by container uneconomical or impractical. Additional costs may arise from current inspection procedures or future proposals may not be fully recoverable from customers through higher rates or security surcharges.

 

Governments could requisition our containerships during a period of war or emergency, resulting in loss of earnings.

 

A government of a ship’s registry could requisition for title or seize our containerships. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a ship and becomes the owner. Also, a government could requisition our containerships for hire. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a ship and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency. Government requisition of one or more of our containerships may negatively impact our revenues and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

 

26


Table of Contents

Terrorist attacks and international hostilities could affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Terrorist attacks such as the attacks on the United States on September 1l, 2001, and the continuing response of the United States to these attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks, continue to cause uncertainty in the world financial markets and may affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. The recent conflict in Iraq may lead to additional acts of terrorism, regional conflict and other armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all.

 

Terrorist attacks targeted at sea vessels, such as the October 2002 attack in Yemen on the VLCC Limburg , a ship not related to us, may in the future also negatively affect our operations and financial condition and directly impact our containerships or our customers. Future terrorist attacks could result in increased volatility of the financial markets in the United States and globally and could result in an economic recession affecting the United States or the entire world. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our operating results, revenue and costs.

 

Changing economic, political and governmental conditions in the countries where we are engaged in business or where our vessels are registered could affect us. Hostilities in South Korea could constitute a force majeure event under our contracts with Samsung and could impact the construction of our newbuildings or result in their inability to perform under the contracts. In addition, future hostilities or other political instability in regions where our vessels trade could affect our trade patterns and adversely affect our operations and performance.

 

An economic slowdown in the Asia Pacific region could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

A significant number of the port calls made by our containerships involve the loading or discharging of containerships in ports in the Asia Pacific region. As a result, a negative change in economic conditions in any Asia Pacific country, and particularly in China or Japan, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations, as well as our future prospects. In particular, in recent years, China has been one of the world’s fastest growing economies in terms of gross domestic product. We cannot assure you that such growth will be sustained or that the Chinese economy will not experience contraction in the future. Moreover, any slowdown in the economies of the United States, the European Union or certain Asian countries may adversely affect economic growth in China and elsewhere. Our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as our future prospects, will likely be materially and adversely affected by an economic downturn in any of these countries.

 

Risks inherent in the operation of ocean-going vessels could affect our business and reputation, which could adversely affect our expenses, net income and share price.

 

The operation of ocean-going vessels carries inherent risks. These risks include the possibility of:

 

    marine disaster;

 

    environmental accidents;

 

    grounding, fire, explosions and collisions;

 

    cargo and property losses or damage;

 

    business interruptions caused by mechanical failure, human error, war, terrorism, political action in various countries, labor strikes or adverse weather conditions; and

 

    piracy.

 

27


Table of Contents

Such occurrences could result in death or injury to persons, loss of property or environmental damage, delays in the delivery of cargo, loss of revenues from or termination of charter contracts, governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business, higher insurance rates, and damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally. Any of these circumstances or events could increase our costs or lower our revenues, which could result in reduction in the market price of our common shares. The involvement of our vessels in an environmental disaster may harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.

 

Our insurance may be insufficient to cover losses that may occur to our property or result from our operations due to the inherent operational risks of the shipping industry.

 

We procure insurance for our fleet against risks commonly insured against by vessel owners and operators. Our current insurance includes hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance and protection and indemnity insurance (which includes environmental damage and pollution insurance). We can give no assurance that we are adequately insured against all risks or that our insurers will pay a particular claim. Even if our insurance coverage is adequate to cover our losses, we may not be able to timely obtain a replacement vessel in the event of a loss. Under the terms of our credit facility, we will be subject to restrictions on the use of any proceeds we may receive from claims under our insurance policies. Furthermore, in the future, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our fleet. We may also be subject to calls, or premiums, in amounts based not only on our own claim records but also the claim records of all other members of the protection and indemnity associations through which we receive indemnity insurance coverage for tort liability. Our insurance policies also contain deductibles, limitations and exclusions which, although we believe are standard in the shipping industry, may nevertheless increase our costs.

 

In addition, we do not carry loss-of-hire insurance, which covers the loss of revenue during extended vessel off-hire periods, such as those that occur during an unscheduled drydocking due to damage to the vessel from accidents. Accordingly, any loss of a vessel or extended vessel off-hire, due to an accident or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

 

Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flow.

 

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against that vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lienholder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay large sums of funds to have the arrest lifted.

 

In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our ships.

 

The aging of our fleet may result in increased operating costs in the future, which could adversely affect our earnings.

 

In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. As our fleet ages, we will incur increased costs. Older vessels are typically less fuel efficient and more costly to maintain than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations and safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may also require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage. Although our initial fleet of ten vessels has an average age of 1.9 years, we cannot

 

28


Table of Contents

assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

 

As we expand our business, our Manager may need to improve its operating and financial systems and will need to recruit suitable employees and crew for our vessels.

 

With the acquisition of the additional 13 containerships, we will more than double the size of our fleet. Our Manager’s current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we implement our plan to expand the size of our fleet, and attempts to improve those systems may be ineffective. In addition, as we expand our fleet, our Manager will need to recruit suitable additional seafarers and shoreside administrative and management personnel. While our Manager has not experienced any difficulty in recruiting to date, we cannot guarantee that it will be able to continue to hire suitable employees as we expand our fleet. If our Manager encounters business or financial difficulties, our Manager may not be able to adequately staff our vessels. If our Manager is unable to grow its and our financial and operating systems or to recruit suitable employees as we expand our fleet, our financial performance may be adversely affected and, among other things, the amount of cash available for dividends to our shareholders may be reduced.

 

We may have more difficulty entering into long-term, fixed-rate time charters if a more active short-term or spot container shipping market develops.

 

One of our principal strategies is to enter into additional long-term, fixed-rate container time charters. As more vessels become available for the spot or short-term market, we may have difficulty entering into additional long-term, fixed-rate time charters for our vessels due to the increased supply of vessels and possibly cheaper rates in the spot market and, as a result, our cash flow may be subject to instability in the long-term. A more active short-term or spot market may require us to enter into charters based on changing market prices, as opposed to contracts based on a fixed rate, which could result in a decrease in our cash flow in periods when the market price for container shipping is depressed or insufficient funds are available to cover our financing costs for related vessels.

 

Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be very costly and may adversely affect our business.

 

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the Safety of Life at Sea Convention. The operational 4250 TEU vessels we have agreed to purchase are currently enrolled with Det Norske and the operational 8500 TEU vessels we have agreed to purchase are currently enrolled with Lloyd’s. All of these vessels have been awarded ISM certification.

 

A vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Each of the vessels in our initial fleet is on a special survey cycle for hull inspection and a continuous survey cycle for machinery inspection. These vessels have qualified within their respective classification societies for drydocking once every five years for inspection of the underwater parts of such vessel.

 

If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey or special survey, the vessel will be unable to trade between ports and will be unemployable and we could be in violation of certain covenants in our loan agreements. This would negatively impact our revenues.

 

29


Table of Contents

Because we are a newly formed company with no separate operating history, our historical financial and operating data may not be representative of our future results.

 

We are a recently formed entity and have no performance record or operating history upon which you can evaluate us. Our predecessor has only been operating for five years and its historical financial statements included in this prospectus have been prepared on a carve-out basis and reflect the historical business activities of our predecessor relating to the portion of our initial fleet operating during those periods. Such financial statements may not be representative of our future results. Furthermore, none of our executive officers has previously been a member of management of a public company or a company that had a rapid growth strategy or dividend policy that is similar to ours. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in implementing our business strategy.

 

Our Manager will engage in other businesses and may compete with us.

 

Pursuant to an omnibus agreement, our Manager, Seaspan International Ltd. and Norsk Pacific Steamship Company Limited, generally will agree, and will cause their controlled affiliates (which does not include us and our subsidiaries), not to engage in the business of chartering or rechartering containerships to others during the term of the management agreement. The omnibus agreement, however, contains significant exceptions that may allow these entities to compete with us. Please read “Our Manager and Management Related Agreements—Omnibus Agreement—Non-competition.”

 

Our officers will not devote all of their time to our business.

 

Our Manager and its affiliates as well as certain of our officers will be involved in other business activities that may result in their spending less time than is appropriate or necessary in order to manage our business successfully. Our chief executive officer has entered into an employment agreement with our Manager whereby he has agreed to serve as our chief executive officer for an initial term of three years that is renewable annually thereafter by mutual consent. Pursuant to this employment agreement, our chief executive officer will devote substantially all of his time to us and our Manager on our business and affairs. Our chief financial officer will be employed by us and not by our Manager and will devote all of his time to our matters. Other officers appointed by our Manager may spend a material portion of their time providing services to our Manager and its affiliates on matters unrelated to us. Please read “Management.”

 

Our Manager and its affiliates have conflicts of interest and limited fiduciary and contractual duties, which may permit them to favor their own interests to your detriment and ours.

 

Conflicts of interest may arise between our Manager and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us and holders of our common shares, on the other hand. As a result of these conflicts, our Manager may favor its own interests and the interests of its affiliates over the interests of the holders of our common shares. These conflicts include, among others, the following situations:

 

    the asset purchase agreement, the management agreement and the omnibus agreement and other contractual agreements we have with our Manager and its affiliates were negotiated prior to this offering and were not the result of arm’s length negotiations, and the negotiation of these agreements may have resulted in prices and other terms that are less favorable to us than terms we might have obtained in arm’s-length negotiations with unaffiliated third parties for similar services;

 

    our chief executive officer and certain of our directors may also serve as executive officers or directors of our Manager;

 

    our Manager will advise our board of directors about the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, capital expenditures, borrowings, issuances of additional common shares and reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is available for dividends to our shareholders and the payment of dividends on the incentive shares;

 

30


Table of Contents
    our Manager may recommend that we borrow funds in order to permit the payment of cash dividends, even if the purpose or effect of the borrowing is to pay a dividend on the subordinated shares;

 

    other than our chief financial officer, our officers, including our chief executive officer, will not spend all of their time on matters related to our business; and

 

    our Manager will advise us of costs incurred by it and its affiliates that it believes are reimbursable by us.

 

Our business depends upon certain employees who may not necessarily continue to work for us.

 

Our future success depends to a significant extent upon our chief executive officer, Gerry Wang, and certain members of our senior management and that of our Manager. Mr. Wang has substantial experience in the container shipping industry and has worked with our Manager for many years. Mr. Wang and others employed by our Manager are crucial to the development of our business strategy and to the growth and development of our business. If they were no longer to be affiliated with our Manager, or if we otherwise cease to receive advisory services from them, we may fail to recruit other employees with equivalent talent and experience, and our business and financial condition may suffer as a result. Although Mr. Wang has an employment agreement with our Manager, he does not have an employment agreement with us. As such, it is possible that Mr. Wang will no longer provide services to us and that our business may be adversely affected by the loss of such services.

 

Even if our board of directors or our shareholders are dissatisfied with our Manager, there are limited circumstances under which the management agreement can be terminated by us. On the other hand, our Manager has substantial rights to terminate the management agreement and, under certain circumstances could receive very substantial sums in connection with such termination.

 

The management agreement will have an initial term of 20 years and will automatically renew for subsequent five-year terms provided certain conditions are met. Our Manager has the right after five years following this offering to terminate the management agreement on twelve months’ notice, although the covenant limiting our Manager’s ability to compete with us will continue for two years following such termination. Our Manager also has the right to terminate the management agreement after a dispute resolution if we have materially breached the management agreement, in which case none of the covenants would continue to apply to our Manager.

 

The agreement with our Manager will terminate upon the sale of substantially all our assets to a third party, our liquidation or after any change of control of our company occurs. If the management agreement is terminated as a result of an asset sale, our liquidation or change of control, then our Manager may be paid the fair market value of the incentive shares as determined by an appraisal process. Any such payment could be substantial.

 

In addition, our rights to terminate the management agreement are limited. Even if we are not satisfied with the Manager’s efforts in managing our business, unless our Manager materially breaches the agreement, we may not be able to terminate the management agreement until 15 years into the term. This early termination right requires a two-thirds approval of our independent directors, and if we elect to do so, or if we elect to terminate the management agreement at the end of the 20-year term or a subsequent renewal term, our Manager will continue to receive dividends on the incentive shares for a five-year period from the date of termination.

 

Our Manager could receive substantial sums based on its ownership of the incentive shares if our quarterly dividends to our shareholders are increased, reducing the amount of cash that would otherwise have been available for increased dividends to our shareholders.

 

Our Manager will share in incremental dividends, based on specified sharing ratios, on its incentive shares if and to the extent that the available cash from operating surplus paid by us exceeds specified target dividend levels. Because these incentive dividends are taken from the total pool of dividends payable to holders of common and subordinated shares, such dividends will reduce the amount of cash which would otherwise have

 

31


Table of Contents

been available to increase the amount to be paid as dividends to our shareholders. Please read “Our Manager and Management Related Agreements—Our Manager’s Incentive Shares.”

 

Our Manager is a privately held company and there is little or no publicly available information about it.

 

The ability of our Manager to continue providing services for our benefit will depend in part on its own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could impair our Manager’s financial strength, and because it is a privately held company, information about its financial strength is not available. As a result, an investor in our shares might have little advance warning of problems affecting our Manager, even though these problems could have a material adverse effect on us. As part of our reporting obligations as a public company, we will disclose information regarding our Manager that has a material impact on us to the extent that we become aware of such information.

 

Our substantial debt levels may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing and in pursuing other business opportunities.

 

Following the completion of the acquisition of all of our contracted fleet of 23 containerships, we will have substantial indebtedness. As indicated in our financial forecast, we expect that upon the delivery of our contracted fleet we will have approximately $663.0 million of indebtedness outstanding under our credit facility. We also expect to incur more indebtedness in connection with future acquisitions. Our level of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

 

    our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;

 

    we may need to use a substantial portion of our cash from operations to make principal and interest payments on our debt, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations, future business opportunities and dividends our shareholders;

 

    our debt level could make us more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures or a downturn in our business or the economy generally; and

 

    our debt level may limit our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions.

 

Our ability to service our debt will depend upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing dividends, reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital or bankruptcy protection. We may not be able to effect any of these remedies on satisfactory terms, or at all.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could make it difficult for our shareholders to replace or remove our current board of directors or have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, which could adversely affect the market price of our common shares.

 

Several provisions of our articles of incorporation and our bylaws could make it difficult for our shareholders to change the composition of our board of directors in any one year, preventing them from changing the composition of management. In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable.

 

These provisions include:

 

    authorizing our board of directors to issue “blank check” preferred shares without shareholder approval;

 

    providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;

 

32


Table of Contents
    prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

    authorizing the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for those directors;

 

    prohibiting shareholder action by written consent unless the written consent is signed by all shareholders entitled to vote on the action;

 

    limiting the persons who may call special meetings of shareholders;

 

    establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by shareholders at shareholder meetings; and

 

    restricting business combinations with interested shareholders.

 

In addition, upon a change of control, our Manager may elect to have us purchase the incentive shares, which could result in a substantial payment to our Manager and discourage a change of control that might otherwise be beneficial to shareholders.

 

We have also adopted a shareholder rights plan pursuant to which our board of directors may cause the substantial dilution of the holdings of any person that attempts to acquire us without the approval of our board of directors.

 

These anti-takeover provisions, including the provisions of our shareholder rights plan, could substantially impede the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common shares and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

 

The nineteen 4250 TEU vessels in our contracted fleet have been, or will be, built in accordance with custom designs and are the same in all material respects. In addition, all of our vessels have, or will have, the same or similar equipment. As a result, any latent design defect discovered in a 4250 TEU vessel will likely affect all of our 4250 TEU vessels and any equipment defect discovered will likely affect all of our vessels.

 

All of the nineteen 4250 TEU vessels that we have agreed to purchase are, or will be, based on standard designs from Samsung and customized by SCLL and our Manager in consultation with the charterers of each vessel and the classification societies, Lloyd’s and Det Norske, and are, or will be, uniform in all material respects. As a result, any latent design defect discovered in one of our 4250 TEU vessels will likely affect all of our other vessels in that class. Although the oldest of these 4250 TEU vessels has been operating since 2001 with no evidence of any material defects, we cannot assure you that latent defects will not be discovered in these vessels. In addition, all of the vessels we have agreed to acquire have, or will have, the same or similar equipment. As a result, any equipment defect discovered may affect all of our vessels. Any disruptions in the operation of our vessels resulting from these defects could adversely affect our receipt of revenues under time charters for the vessels affected.

 

There are greater than normal construction, delivery and operational risks with respect to the 9600 TEU vessels that we have agreed to purchase .

 

The two 9600 TEU vessels on order that we have agreed to purchase are some of the first vessels of this type to be built. Because no other company has built, serviced or operated such a vessel before, there are unknown and possibly greater than normal construction, delivery and operational risks associated with these vessels. Deliveries of these vessels could be delayed and problems with operation of these vessels could be encountered, either of which would adversely affect our receipt of revenues under time charters for these vessels, as well as their future resale value.

 

33


Table of Contents

Increased competition in technological innovation could reduce our charter hire income and the value of our vessels.

 

The charter hire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to be loaded and unloaded quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. Physical life is related to the original design and construction, maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new containerships are built that are more efficient or flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced containerships could adversely affect the amount of charter hire payments we receive for our vessels once their initial charters are terminated and the resale value of our vessels. As a result, our cash available for the payment of dividends could be adversely affected.

 

Our ability to obtain additional debt financing for future acquisitions of vessels may be dependent on the performance of our then existing charters and the creditworthiness of our charterers.

 

The actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers, and any defaults by them, may materially affect our ability to obtain the additional capital resources that we will require to purchase additional vessels or may significantly increase our costs of obtaining such capital. Our inability to obtain additional financing at all or at a higher than anticipated cost may materially affect our results of operation and our ability to implement our business strategy.

 

We are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well developed body of corporate law.

 

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Republic of the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain United States jurisdictions. Shareholder rights may differ as well. While the BCA does specifically incorporate the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction. For more information with respect to how shareholder rights under Marshall Islands law compare with shareholder rights under Delaware law, please read “Marshall Islands Company Considerations.”

 

Because we are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, it may be difficult to serve us with legal process or enforce judgments against us, our directors or our management.

 

We are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, and all of our assets are located outside of the United States. Our principal executive offices are located in Hong Kong. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against our directors or our management in the United States if you believe that your rights have been infringed under securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Marshall Islands and of other jurisdictions may prevent or restrict you from enforcing a judgment against our assets or our directors and officers. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Marshall Islands, please read “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”

 

34


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to the Offering

 

Our ability to pay our base dividend throughout the forecast period depends on, among other things, our ability to complete future equity offerings at approximately the same price per share as the initial public offering price.

 

Our financial forecast is based on the assumption that we will raise at least $156.8 million of net proceeds from common share offerings at the beginning of the first quarter of 2007 at approximately the same price per share as the price we receive in this offering. This amount would be decreased to the extent the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option. It could also be decreased by up to $100.0 million if we exercise our option to issue common shares to the VesselCos as part of the purchase price for the final four vessels. If we are unable to raise this amount of equity at such a price, it may require us to issue a larger number of common shares than the number of shares assumed in our forecast. This will result in a decrease in distributable cash flow per share which could adversely affect our ability to pay the quarterly base dividend on our subordinated shares and then our common shares. Our ability to raise this amount of equity capital is dependent on many factors, including the price of our common shares at such time and the profitability of the container shipping industry, each of which may be volatile as discussed below in “—There is no guarantee that an active and liquid public market will develop for you to resell our common shares.” Also please read “Financial Forecast and Cash Available For Dividends—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Forecast Assumptions—Note 3: Significant Forecast Assumption—Payments of Dividends on Common and Subordinated Shares,” for a more detailed discussion of the effect on our ability to pay dividends on our common and subordinated shares upon a decrease in the market value of our common shares if we exercise the option to issue shares to the VesselCos.

 

There is no guarantee that an active and liquid public market will develop for you to resell our common shares.

 

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common shares. A liquid trading market for our common shares may not develop. If an active, liquid trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common shares you buy. The initial public offering price will be determined in negotiations between the representatives of the underwriters and us and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market.

 

The price of our common shares after this offering may be volatile, and may fluctuate due to factors such as:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in quarterly and annual results;

 

    mergers and strategic alliances in the shipping industry;

 

    payment of dividends;

 

    market conditions in the industry;

 

    changes in government regulation;

 

    shortfalls in our operating results from levels forecasted by securities analysts;

 

    announcements concerning us or our competitors; and

 

    the general state of the securities market; and

 

    other developments affecting us, our industry or our competitors.

 

The containership sector of the shipping industry has been highly unpredictable and volatile. The market price for our common shares may also be volatile. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our common shares at prices equal to or greater than those paid by you in this offering.

 

35


Table of Contents

We may issue additional common shares without your approval, which would dilute your ownership interests and may depress share prices.

 

Assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, upon closing of the offering, 7,145,000 subordinated shares that are convertible into common shares, or approximately 20% of our total shares, will be outstanding. Subject to the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, we may also issue additional common shares of equal rank, without shareholder approval, in a number of circumstances.

 

The issuance by us of additional common shares or other equity securities of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

 

    our shareholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

    the amount of cash available for dividends payable on common and subordinated shares may decrease;

 

    because a lower percentage of total outstanding shares will be subordinated shares, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of the base dividend will be borne by our common shareholders will increase; and

 

    the market price of our common shares may decline.

 

You will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering and may experience additional dilution in the future.

 

We expect the initial public offering price per share of our common shares to be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common shares, after adjustments for our acquisition of our initial fleet upon completion of this offering. As a result, you would incur immediate and substantial dilution of $6.97 per share, representing the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $21.00 per share and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share at March 31, 2005. Please read “Dilution” for a more detailed description of how dilution may affect you.

 

Tax Risks

 

In addition to the following risk factors, you should read “United States Tax Considerations” for a more complete discussion of expected material U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common shares.

 

We may have to pay tax on United States source income, which would reduce our earnings.

 

Under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, 50% of the gross shipping income of a ship owning or chartering corporation, such as ourselves, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not begin and end, in the United States is characterized as U.S. source shipping income and as such is subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Both before and immediately after this offering, we expect that we will qualify for this statutory tax exemption and we will take this position for U.S. federal income tax return reporting purposes. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption after this offering and thereby become subject to U.S. federal income tax on our U.S. source income. For example, immediately after this offering, 5% shareholders could own the majority of our outstanding shares. This would preclude us from being eligible for the Section 883 exemption unless we can establish that among those 5% shareholders, there are sufficient 5% shareholders that are qualified shareholders for purposes of Section 883 to preclude non-qualified 5% shareholders from owning 50% or more of each class of our shares for more than half the number of days during the taxable year. If 5% shareholders acquire the majority of our outstanding shares,

 

36


Table of Contents

there can be no assurance that a sufficient number of those shareholders will be qualified shareholders for purposes of Section 883 to enable us to continue to be eligible for the Section 883 exemption.

 

If we or our subsidiaries are not entitled to this exemption under Section 883 for any taxable year, we or our subsidiaries would be subject for those years to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on our U.S. source shipping income. The imposition of this taxation could have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our shareholders. However, if we are subject to the 4% gross basis tax on our U.S. source shipping income, the charterers are obligated under the charters to reimburse us for that tax.

 

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders.

 

A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes if at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income,” or at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.” U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.

 

Based on our assets, income and operations as of the completion of this offering, we do not believe that we are, nor do we expect to become, a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. Since we expect to derive substantially all of our income each year from time chartering and voyage chartering activities, we believe that such income will be treated for relevant U.S. federal income tax purposes as services income, rather than rental income. Correspondingly, such income should not constitute “passive income,” and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income, in particular our vessels, should not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC in any taxable year.

 

While there are legal uncertainties involved in this determination, our counsel, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., is of the opinion that we should not be a PFIC based on certain assumptions made by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as well as certain representations we made to them regarding the composition of our assets, the source of our income, and the nature of our operations following this offering. However, no assurance can be given that the Internal Revenue Service will accept this position or that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if there were to be changes in our assets, income or operations.

 

The enactment of proposed legislation could affect whether dividends paid by us constitute qualified dividend income eligible for the preferential rate.

 

Legislation was recently introduced in the United States Senate that would deny the preferential rate of federal income tax currently imposed on qualified dividend income with respect to dividends received from a non-U.S. corporation, unless the non-U.S. corporation either is eligible for benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States or is created or organized under the laws of a foreign country which has a comprehensive income tax system. Because the Marshall Islands has not entered into a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States and imposes only limited taxes on corporations organized under its laws, it is unlikely that we could satisfy either of these requirements. Consequently, if this legislation were enacted the preferential rate of federal income tax discussed at “United States Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Distributions” may no longer be applicable to dividends received from us. As of the date hereof, it is not possible to predict with any certainty whether the proposed legislation will be enacted.

 

37


Table of Contents

We may become a resident of Canada and have to pay tax in Canada on our worldwide income, which could reduce our earnings, and shareholders could then become taxable in Canada in respect of their ownership of our shares. Moreover, as a non-resident of Canada we may have to pay tax in Canada on our Canadian source income, which could reduce our earnings.

 

Under the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the Canada Tax Act), a corporation that is resident in Canada is subject to tax in Canada on its worldwide income, and shareholders of a corporation resident in Canada may be subject to Canadian capital gains tax on a disposition of its shares and to Canadian withholding tax on dividends paid in respect of such shares.

 

Our place of residence, under Canadian law, would generally be determined on the basis of where our central management and control are, in fact, exercised. It is not our current intention that our central management and control be exercised in Canada but, even if it were, there is a specific statutory exemption under the Canada Tax Act that provides that a corporation incorporated, or otherwise formed, under the laws of a country other than Canada will not be resident in Canada in a taxation year if its principal business is the operation of ships that are used primarily in transporting passengers or goods in international traffic, all or substantially all of its gross revenue for the year consists of gross revenue from the operation of ships in transporting passengers or goods in that international traffic, and it was not granted articles of continuance in Canada before the end of the year.

 

We expect that we will qualify for this statutory exemption. Based on our intended operations as of the completion of this offering, we do not believe that we are, nor do we expect to be, resident in Canada for purposes of the Canada Tax Act, and we intend that our affairs will be conducted and operated in a manner such that we do not become a resident of Canada under the Canada Tax Act. However, if we were or become resident in Canada, we would be or become subject under the Canada Tax Act to Canadian income tax on our worldwide income. Further, shareholders who are non-residents of Canada may be or become subject under the Canada Tax Act to tax in Canada on any gains realized on the disposition of our shares and would be or become subject to Canadian withholding tax on dividends paid or deemed to be paid by us, subject to any relief that may be available under a tax treaty or convention.

 

Generally, a corporation that is not resident in Canada will be taxable in Canada on income it earns from carrying on a business in Canada and on gains from the disposition of property used in a business carried on in Canada. However, there are specific statutory exemptions under the Canada Tax Act that provide that income earned in Canada by a non-resident corporation from the operation of a ship in international traffic, and gains realized from the disposition of ships used principally in international traffic, are not included in a non-resident corporation’s income for Canadian tax purposes where the corporation’s country of residence grants substantially similar relief to a Canadian resident. A Canadian resident corporation that carries on business in the Republic of the Marshall Islands is exempt from income tax under the current laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

 

We expect that we will qualify for these statutory exemptions under the Canada Tax Act. Based on our intended operations as of the completion of this offering, we do not believe that we are, nor do we expect to be, carrying on a business in Canada for purposes of the Canada Tax Act other than a business that would provide us with these statutory exemptions from Canadian income tax. However, these statutory exemptions are contingent upon reciprocal treatment being provided under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. If in the future as a non-resident of Canada, we are carrying on a business in Canada that is not exempt from Canadian income tax, or these statutory exemptions are not accessible due to changes in the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or otherwise, we would be subject to Canadian income tax on our non-exempt income earned in Canada which could reduce our earnings available for distribution to shareholders.

 

Please read “Non-United States Tax Consequences—Canadian Federal Income Tax Consequences” for a discussion of expected material Canadian federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common shares.

 

38


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Our disclosure and analysis in the prospectus concerning our operations, cash flows, and financial position, including, in particular, the likelihood of our success in developing and expanding our business, include forward-looking statements. Statements that are predictive in nature, that depend upon or refer to future events or conditions, or that include words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “will,” “may,” “potential,” “should,” and similar expressions are forward-looking statements. Although these statements are based upon assumptions we believe to be reasonable based upon available information, including projections of revenues, operating margins, earnings, cash flow, working capital and capital expenditures, they are subject to risks and uncertainties that are described more fully in this prospectus in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus and are not intended to give any assurance as to future results. As a result, you are cautioned not to rely on any forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this prospectus. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to:

 

    future operating or financial results;

 

    our expectations relating to dividend payments and forecasts of our ability to make such payments;

 

    pending acquisitions, business strategy and expected capital spending;

 

    operating expenses, availability of crew, number of off-hire days, drydocking requirements and insurance costs;

 

    general market conditions and shipping market trends, including charter rates and factors affecting supply and demand;

 

    our financial condition and liquidity, including our ability to obtain additional financing in the future to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate activities;

 

    estimated future capital expenditures needed to preserve our capital base;

 

    our expectations about the availability of ships to purchase, the time that it may take to construct new ships, or the useful lives of our ships;

 

    our continued ability to enter into long-term, fixed-rate time charters with our customers;

 

    our ability to leverage to our advantage our Manager’s relationships and reputation in the containership industry;

 

    changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;

 

    potential liability from future litigation; and

 

    other factors discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

 

We expressly disclaim any obligation to update or revise any of these forward-looking statements, whether because of future events, new information, a change in our views or expectations, or otherwise. We make no prediction or statement about the performance of our common and subordinated shares.

 

39


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

Overview

 

Our board of directors has adopted a dividend policy to pay a regular quarterly dividend of $0.425 per share on our common and subordinated shares while reinvesting a portion of our operating cash flow in our business. We intend to pay the first dividend in November of 2005 on a pro rated basis for the portion of the quarter following the closing of this offering. Declaration and payment of dividends is at the discretion of our board of directors. There are a number of factors that can affect our ability to pay dividends and there is no guarantee that we will pay dividends in any quarter. Please read “Possible Changes in Quarterly Dividends” below, “Risk Factors” and “Financial Forecast and Cash Available for Dividends” for a detailed discussion of these factors. In addition, we will not be allowed to pay dividends in the event we are in default under any of the covenants in our credit facility. Please read “Our Credit Facility” for a detailed description of the covenants.

 

We estimate that throughout the period of the delivery of our contracted fleet, we will pay aggregate dividends approximately equal to our operating cash flow (which includes a deduction for drydocking costs and other expenses pursuant to our management agreement). As we complete the acquisition of our contracted fleet and achieve a more balanced capital structure, we expect our operating cash flow per share to increase, which will allow us to retain a portion of our cash flow for reinvestment in our business while continuing to pay quarterly dividends. Retained cash flow may be used, among other things, to fund vessel or fleet acquisitions, other capital expenditures and debt repayments, as determined by our board of directors. Our dividend policy reflects our judgment that by retaining a portion of our cash flow in our business, we will be able to provide better value to our shareholders by enhancing our longer term dividend paying capacity. It is our goal to further grow our dividend through accretive acquisitions of additional vessels beyond our contracted fleet. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in meeting our goal.

 

We will sell in a separate transaction concurrently with this offering 7,145,000 subordinated shares to members of the Washington family, or trusts set up on their behalf, to our chief executive officer, Gerry Wang, and to an entity owned by Graham Porter, a director of our Manager, at a per share price equal to the initial public offering price for our common shares. The terms of our subordinated shares are intended to provide added assurance that we will be able to pay regular quarterly dividends on our common shares equal to $0.425 per share during the delivery of our contracted fleet. In general, during the subordination period, we will pay quarterly dividends on our common and subordinated shares from operating surplus (as defined in our articles of incorporation) in the following manner:

 

first , 100% to all common shares, pro rata, until they receive $0.425 per share;

 

second , 100% to all common shares, pro rata, until they have received any unpaid arrearages in the $0.425 per share dividend for prior quarters;

 

third , 100% to all subordinated shares, pro rata, until they have received $0.425 per share; and

 

after that , 100% to all common and subordinated shares, pro rata, as if they were a single class.

 

If our quarterly cash dividend from operating surplus exceeds specified target dividend levels beginning with $0.485 per common and subordinated share, our Manager’s incentive shares will share in incremental dividends based upon specified sharing ratios. Please read “Our Manager and Management Related Agreements—Our Manager’s Incentive Shares” for a more detailed description of how we intend to pay dividends on the incentive shares.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will be initially capitalized entirely with equity. While we expect to generate from our operations more than enough cash to pay our initial dividend on our common shares, we expect to use proceeds from our offering of approximately $4.1 million to be able to pay our dividend on subordinated shares for the initial three quarters following this offering. In general, pursuant to our articles of incorporation, we cannot use more than a maximum of $15.0 million from non-operating sources to pay dividends on our subordinated shares. The anticipated shortfall in initial coverage of the subordinated dividend is largely caused by the fact that we

 

40


Table of Contents

have funded the purchase of our initial fleet entirely with equity, which has a higher cash carrying cost based upon our expected dividends, than debt. We believe that this funding strategy, together with our planned future use of our committed, undrawn bank financing and a planned offering of additional equity to acquire the additional 13 vessels, is the most prudent way to fund the acquisition of our contracted fleet. As we acquire the additional 13 vessels and draw down on our credit facilities, we will achieve a more cost effective capital structure and expect to be able to fully cover dividends on both our common and subordinated shares with operating cash flow while at the same time increasing our ability to retain cash in our business.

 

Possible Changes in Quarterly Dividends

 

We believe that our forecast provides a reasonable basis for our expected initial quarterly dividends of $0.425 per share at least through December 31, 2008. It is our goal to increase our distributable cash flow per share through accretive acquisitions of additional vessels. If we are successful, our board of directors will consider an increase in our dividend. It is our plan, however, not to increase our dividend unless the board concludes we are retaining adequate funds in our business to assure that we are preserving our capital base and our long-term dividend paying ability. Our forecast indicates that, assuming we continue to pay a regular quarterly dividend of $0.425 per share on our common and subordinated shares, we may not be retaining sufficient amounts to assure we are preserving our capital base. As a result, it is likely that we will not increase our dividend until we have made accretive acquisitions. Further, if we are not able to successfully implement our growth strategy or recharter our fleet when our current charters expire at higher rates, we may not be able to continue our current dividend for the long-term.

 

There are a number of factors that could affect our dividends in the future. As a result of these factors, you may not receive dividends in the intended amounts or at all. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    we may not have enough cash to pay dividends due to changes in our operating cash flow, capital expenditure requirements, working capital requirements and other cash needs;

 

    the amount of dividends that we may pay is dependent upon the charter rates on new vessels and those obtained upon the expiration of our existing charters;

 

    while the dividend policy adopted by our board of directors contemplates the distribution of a substantial portion of our cash available to pay dividends, our board of directors could modify or revoke this policy at any time;

 

    even if our dividend policy is not modified or revoked, the actual amount of dividends distributed under the policy and the decision to make any distribution will remain at all times entirely at the discretion of our board of directors;

 

    the amount of dividends that we may distribute is limited by restrictions under our senior secured credit facilities, and indebtedness incurred in the future from the refinancing of our existing debt or debt incurred for growth could contain restricted payment covenants that are even more restrictive. In addition, our credit facility requires us to comply with various financial covenants, and prohibits the payment of dividends if an event of default has occurred and is continuing under our credit facility or if the payment of the dividend would result in an event of default. For a more detailed description of the various financial covenants under our credit facility, please read “Our Credit Facility.”

 

    the amount of any cash reserves established by our board of directors;

 

    the amount of dividends that we may distribute is subject to restrictions under Marshall Islands law; and

 

    our shareholders have no contractual or other legal right to dividends, and we are not otherwise required to pay dividends.

 

In order to complete the acquisition of the additional 13 containerships, we expect to borrow $663.0 million under our credit facility and to raise $156.8 million from the sale of additional common shares. We expect to complete the sale of additional common shares within 18 months after the completion of this offering. If we are not able to sell the additional common shares in a timely manner, and in the amount and at a price per share at least approximately equal to the price per share in this offering, our ability to maintain our dividend on our subordinated

 

41


Table of Contents

shares and then our common shares may be adversely affected. SCLL and certain VesselCos have agreed to mitigate this additional financing risk by providing us the option to issue common shares in payment of up to $100.0 million of the purchase price for the last four of the additional 13 containerships in our contracted fleet. Such common shares would be valued at a net price equal to 95% of the initial public offering price in this offering.

 

Under the terms of our credit facility, we are required to make only interest payments during the first 5.3 years and are required to repay the principal amount beginning 5.3 years after the date of delivery of the last vessel in our contracted fleet. As discussed above, we cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance this debt, or, if we are able to refinance the debt, that the interest rate and covenants under any new credit facility will be as favorable as our current credit facility. As a result, we may need to use funds from operations or funds from the sale of vessels to repay our debt, which will decrease the amount of available cash to pay dividends to our shareholders. Further, the interest rate provided under our credit facility may increase under specified circumstances. Any increase in the interest rate would reduce cash available for dividends.

 

Our growth strategy contemplates that we will fund the acquisition of additional vessels beyond our contracted fleet through a combination of debt and equity financing. If financing is not available to us on acceptable terms, our board of directors may determine to finance or refinance acquisitions with cash from operations, which would reduce or even eliminate the amount of cash available for the payment of dividends. We may also enter into new financing agreements in connection with our growth that will reduce our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

 

All of the containerships in our contracted fleet are subject to long-term time charters. These charters were all entered into over the last several years. The charter rates in those charters are all substantially below the charter rates that would currently be available in the market. Charter rates for vessels have been volatile and there can be no assurance as to what charter rates will be when our current charters expire. If some or all of our vessels are hired at rates lower than our current charter rates, then our ability to sustain our dividend will be adversely affected.

 

As our vessels age, their cost of operation and maintenance will likely increase. Changes in legal requirements regarding the operation of our vessels, accidents, higher financing costs, inflation and other factors could materially increase our costs and result in a reduction in our ability to pay dividends.

 

Our board of directors will continually review our dividend policy and make adjustments that it believes are appropriate taking into consideration the foregoing factors. There are a number of risks that could prevent us from meeting our goals or even sustaining for the short-term our current dividend. Please read “Risk Factors” and “Financial Forecast and Cash Available for Dividends.”

 

Tax Considerations

 

We believe that, under current U.S. federal income tax law, some portion of the distributions you receive from us will constitute dividends, and if you are an individual citizen or resident of the United States or a U.S. estate or trust and meet certain holding period requirements, then such dividends are expected to be taxable as “qualified dividend income” subject to a maximum 15% U.S. federal income tax rate (through 2008). Please also read “Risk Factors—Tax Risks” for a discussion of proposed legislation regarding qualified dividend income. Other distributions will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in your common shares and, thereafter, as capital gain.

 

We estimate that if you hold common shares that you purchase in this offering through the period ending December 31, 2008, the distributions you receive, on a cumulative basis, that will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be less than 20% of the total cash distributions you receive for that period. For example, if you receive an annual distribution of $1.70 per share during this period, we estimate that no more than $0.34 of such amount will constitute dividends, which will be taxable as “qualified dividend income” if you meet the eligibility requirements. Please read “United States Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Ratio of Dividend Income to Distributions” for the basis for this estimate. Please read “United States Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Distributions” for information regarding the eligibility requirements for the receipt of “qualified dividend income.”

 

42


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL FORECAST AND CASH AVAILABLE FOR DIVIDENDS

 

Forecasted Available Cash

 

We believe that, following completion of this offering, we will have sufficient available cash to allow us to pay a $0.425 quarterly dividend on our outstanding common and subordinated shares for each quarter through December 31, 2008. Our belief is based on a financial forecast of our expected results of operations and cash flows for the six months ending December 31, 2005 and the years ending December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008. Our financial forecast presents, to the best of our knowledge and belief, our expected results of operations and cash flows for the forecast period.

 

Our financial forecast reflects our judgment as of the date of this prospectus of conditions we expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take during the period ending December 31, 2008. The assumptions disclosed on pages 49 through 54 are those that we believe are significant to our financial forecast. We believe our actual results of operations and cash flows will approximate those reflected in our financial forecast; however, we can give you no assurance that our forecast results will be achieved. There will likely be differences between our forecast and the actual results and those differences could be material. If the forecast is not achieved, we may not be able to pay the $0.425 quarterly dividend or any amount on our common and subordinated shares.

 

Our financial forecast is a forward-looking statement and should be read together with the historical and pro forma financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our financial forecast has been prepared by and is the responsibility of our management. KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has neither examined nor compiled the accompanying financial forecast information and, accordingly, KPMG LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The KPMG LLP report included in this prospectus relates only to our historical financial statements. That report does not extend to the financial forecast information and should not be read as if it does.

 

When considering our financial forecast, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements under the heading “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus. Any of the risks discussed in this prospectus could cause our actual results of operations to vary significantly from our financial forecast.

 

We are providing the financial forecast to supplement our pro forma financial statements and historical financial statements in support of our belief that we will have sufficient available cash to allow us to pay the $0.425 quarterly dividend on all of our outstanding common and subordinated shares through the period ending December 31, 2008.

 

Our financial forecast is subject to a number of assumptions including the following:

 

    We will not make any vessel acquisitions in addition to our contracted fleet of 23 vessels. Although making acquisitions is part of our strategy, we have assumed we will not make any acquisitions during the forecast period because we have not determined to pursue any specific additional acquisitions at this time. If we acquire additional vessels during the forecast period, our actual results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could differ substantially from the financial forecast;

 

    All of the additional 13 containerships we will acquire from the VesselCos after the closing of this offering will be delivered and acquired by us on schedule, will be acquired for the current contract purchase price without any purchase price adjustment, will operate under the charters for the vessels at the charter rates specified therein, and will operate for the remainder of the forecast period;

 

    Our initial fleet of 10 vessels will be in operation for the entire forecast period;

 

    Our customers will perform in accordance with, and not default under, our charters;

 

    Our vessels will have the number of off-hire days set forth in the forecast;

 

43


Table of Contents
    The management agreement will be in effect for the entire forecast period;

 

    Our debt will bear interest at the rate set forth in our credit facility and we have entered into an interest rate swap agreement that will meet the criteria to be accounted for as a hedging instrument under the accounting literature and will effectively fix the LIBOR portion of the interest rate on our debt, at the rate set forth in the forecast, during the forecast period;

 

    There will be no net change in our non-cash working capital during the forecast period and dividends will be paid on the last day of the respective quarter;

 

    Our credit facility will be available for purchasing the additional 13 containerships; and we will have satisfied all of the related terms and conditions of our credit facility, we will not be in default under our credit facility and we will not be required to prepay our credit facility in accordance with its terms during the forecast period;

 

    We will not make any capital expenditures other than in connection with the purchase of our contracted fleet. Maintenance capital expenditure items (other than extraordinary items), such as drydocking and replacement of equipment, are covered by the technical services component of our management fee, which will be accounted for as an operating expense. The forecast assumes we will not have any extraordinary items;

 

    We will not incur any ship operating expenses or expenditures, including repair and maintenance costs, other than those that are covered by the technical services component of our management fee;

 

    We will issue an additional 7,857,143 common shares at the beginning of the first quarter of 2007 at a net price (to include a 5% discount for underwriters and other offering costs) equal to 95% of the initial public offering price of the common shares in this offering;

 

    We qualify for the exemption under Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder; and

 

    The underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option in connection with this offering, except as specifically described in the forecast.

 

Please read note 3, “Significant Forecast Assumptions,” for further information as to the assumptions we have made for the financial forecast.

 

Unanticipated events may occur which could adversely affect the actual results we achieve during the forecast period. Consequently, our actual results of operations, cash flows and financial condition during the forecast period will vary from the forecast and such variations may be material. Prospective investors are cautioned to not place undue reliance on the forecast and should make their own independent assessment of our future results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

 

We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the results of any future revisions we may make to the financial forecast or to update this financial forecast to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus. Therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information.

 

44


Table of Contents

Statement of Forecasted Consolidated Results of Operations and Cash Flows

 

   

Six Months

Ending

December 31,

2005


    Year Ending December 31,

 
      2006

    2007

    2008

 
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Revenue

  $ 41,144     $ 109,591     $ 151,728     $ 170,971  

Operating expenses:

                               

Ship operating

    9,804       26,534       36,498       40,443  

Depreciation

    8,304       24,016       35,578       40,800  

General and administrative expenses

    1,923       4,346       3,948       4,064  
   


 


 


 


Operating earnings

    21,113       54,695       75,704       85,664  

Other expenses (earnings):

                               

Interest expense

    1,134       14,950       29,656       37,011  

Amortization of deferred financing fees

    1,000       2,000       667       667  

Interest income

    (115 )     (28 )     (729 )     (437 )

Undrawn credit facility fee

    1,298       2,065       591       310  
   


 


 


 


Net earnings

    17,796       35,708       45,519       48,113  

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net operating activities cash flows:

                               

Depreciation

    8,304       24,016       35,578       40,800  

Amortization of deferred financing fees

    1,000       2,000       667       667  
   


 


 


 


Cash flows from operating activities

    27,100       61,724       81,764       89,580  
   


 


 


 


Investing activities cash flows:

                               

Expenditures for vessels

    (162,236 )     (284,467 )     (402,592 )     —    
   


 


 


 


Financing activities cash flows:

                               

Draws of credit facility

    132,682       284,467       245,842       —    

Sale of common shares, net of fees

    —         —         156,750       —    

Dividends on common shares

    (24,285 )     (48,569 )     (61,926 )     (61,926 )

Dividends on subordinated shares

    (6,073 )     (12,147 )     (12,147 )     (12,147 )
   


 


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities

    102,324       223,751       328,519       (74,073 )
   


 


 


 


Increase (decrease) in cash from forecasted operating, investing and financing activities operating, investing and financing activities

    (32,812 )     1,008       7,691       15,507  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    33,812 (1)     1,000       2,008       9,699  
   


 


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 1,000     $ 2,008     $ 9,699     $ 25,206  
   


 


 


 


Shares outstanding (common and subordinated)

    35,715       35,715       43,572 (2)     43,572  

Earnings per share, basic

  $ 0.50     $ 1.00     $ 1.04 (2)   $ 1.10  

(1)   Amount consists of opening cash balance from net offering proceeds, please read “Use of Proceeds” for details.
(2)   Assumes that the offering occurs January 1, 2007.

 

Please read the accompanying summary of significant accounting policies and forecast assumptions.

 

45


Table of Contents

Statement of Forecasted Selected Consolidated Balance Sheets Data

 

     As of December 31,

     2005

   2006

   2007

   2008

     (in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,000    $ 2,008    $ 9,699    $ 25,206

Vessels

     623,494      883,945      1,250,959      1,210,159

Long-term debt

     132,682      417,149      662,991      662,991

Shareholders’ equity

     498,812      473,804      602,000      576,040

 

Please read the accompanying summary of significant accounting policies and forecast assumptions.

 

46


Table of Contents

Seaspan Corporation

 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Forecast Assumptions

 

Note 1: Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

 

Description of Business

 

We are a newly incorporated Marshall Islands corporation formed to acquire all of SCLL’s current and future containership business. Upon completion of this offering, we expect to acquire from ten subsidiaries of SCLL, our initial fleet, which is currently operating. Following the completion of this offering, over approximately the next 25 months, we expect to acquire an additional 13 containerships currently on order from Samsung from 13 other subsidiaries of SCLL (all 23 subsidiaries are collectively referred to as VesselCos). Our initial fleet and four of our additional 13 containerships will be on long-term time charters to China Shipping or CSCL, a majority-owned subsidiary of China Shipping, and the remaining nine of our additional 13 containerships will be on long-term charters with Lykes, a subsidiary of CP Ships. Our contracted fleet consists of nineteen 4250 TEU vessels, two 8500 TEU vessels and two 9600 TEU vessels. Our Manager will provide services to us pursuant to a management agreement.

 

Our forecast assumes the offering of 28,570,000 of our common shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $21.00 per share in this offering and the sale of 7,145,000 of our subordinated shares at an assumed price of $21.00 per share.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

This forecast is based on management’s knowledge, belief and assumptions as more fully described herein.

 

Our financial forecast has been prepared in conjunction with the planned initial public offering of common shares described above and reflects only the assets, liabilities and operations to be acquired from subsidiaries of SCLL in connection with our contracted fleet. Our financial forecast presents, to the best of management’s knowledge and belief, our expected results of operations and cash flows for the six months ending December 31, 2005 and the years ending December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008. Accordingly, our forecast represents management’s judgment as of the date of this prospectus of expected business and industry conditions for the forecast periods. The assumptions disclosed herein are subject to significant business, economic, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those forecasted. Please read “Risk Factors.”

 

We do not intend to update or otherwise revise the forecast to reflect events or circumstances existing or arising after the date of this prospectus, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. Our assumptions with respect to the acquisition of our contracted fleet are based solely upon certain of our own estimates. Although the forecast is presented with numerical specificity, the assumptions are inherently subject to significant economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies beyond our control.

 

The forecast does not reflect any period for which we have actual operating results. Unanticipated events may occur that could adversely affect our operating results and, consequently, our actual results of operations during the forecast period may vary from the forecast, and these variations may be material.

 

The discussion below reflects the accounting policies of Seaspan Containerships on a going forward basis. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for the accounting policies used by our predecessor.

 

In addition to the methods of application of the significant accounting policies disclosed in the notes to our historical predecessor’s combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, for purposes of applying the policies to this forecast:

 

    We have reviewed the estimated useful lives of the vessels based on current technology and structure with an industry consultant. As a result of this process, the useful lives of the vessels for accounting purposes are estimated to be 30 years throughout the forecast period;

 

47


Table of Contents
    We have entered into interest rate swap agreements to reduce our exposure to market risks from changing interest rates. The swap agreements fix LIBOR at 4.6325% based on expected drawdowns through July 2012. The swaps will be accounted for as hedging instruments as they are expected to be effective in mitigating the risks of changes in interest rates over the term of the debt. As a result, changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements are excluded from earnings until settled. Our predecessor recorded the changes to the fair value of its interest rate swaps in current period earnings as it had not designated the interest rate swap agreements as hedging instruments in accordance with the requirements of the applicable accounting literature; and

 

    Our management agreement includes a technical services fee, which covers the costs to drydock our vessels. During the forecast period this cost will be included in our daily operating expense rate for each vessel. As such, this amount will be treated as an expense in the period incurred and accrued in the same manner as our other ship operating expenses. Our predecessor’s policy was to capitalize drydocking costs as incurred and depreciate these costs over the period to the next scheduled drydocking, although our predecessor has not incurred any drydocking costs for any of its vessels. Our predecessor did not have a comparable agreement that covered drydocking.

 

Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet dates and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses. Areas where estimates are significant to us include the assessment of the recoverability of the carrying value of vessels, which are subject to future market events. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue from charter hire services is recognized as services are rendered and collection is reasonably assured. Any expected losses on shipping contracts are provided for as they become known. Cash received in excess of earned revenue is recorded as deferred revenue.

 

Ship Operating Expenses

 

Under the management agreement, our Manager will bear the ship operating expenses in exchange for the monthly payment of a daily operating expense rate. We have assumed that the agreement will be in effect for the entire forecast period. Ship operating expenses include crewing, victualling, stores, lube oils, communication expenses, repairs and maintenance, insurance and other expenses related to the technical management of the vessels. Also as part of this agreement, the Manager will be responsible for the periodic drydocking of our vessels. All amounts related to the aforementioned items are included in the technical services fee we pay our Manager. The technical services fee does not include certain extraordinary items.

 

Cash Equivalents

 

Cash equivalents include highly liquid securities with terms to maturity of three months or less when acquired.

 

Vessels—Initial Fleet

 

The initial fleet will be carried at the historical carrying value of our predecessor, which includes capitalized interest during construction and other construction, design, supervision and predelivery costs. The difference between the purchase price of the initial fleet and the historical carrying value will be charged against shareholders’ equity at the time of the acquisition, which will be immediately after this offering.

 

48


Table of Contents

Vessels—Additional Fleet

 

The additional 13 vessels will be recorded at their cost to us, reflecting the fair value of the consideration we pay upon their acquisition. For purposes of this forecast we have assumed that we will pay cash, which cash amounts are estimated to reflect fair value at the time of each vessel acquisition. If we exercise our option to issue $100.0 million of common shares in partial payment for the last four vessels, such portion of the acquisition cost will equal the fair value of the common shares issued at the time of each vessel acquisition.

 

Vessels—Depreciation

 

Depreciation is provided on a straight line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset, which is 30 years for all of our vessels.

 

Deferred Financing Fees

 

Deferred financing fees represent the unamortized up-front costs incurred upon entering into our credit facility. Amortization is provided on an interest yield basis over the term of the underlying obligation.

 

Derivative Instruments

 

We have entered into interest rate swap agreements to reduce our exposure to market risks from changing interest rates. These swap agreements will be accounted for as hedging instruments as they are expected to be effective in mitigating the risk of changes in interest rates over the term of the related debt. We will recognize these derivative instruments on the balance sheet at their fair value. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps are excluded from earnings until settled.

 

Income Taxes

 

There are no taxes on income in the jurisdiction in which we are incorporated. We have assumed that we will not be subject to taxes on our income in any other jurisdiction where we operate.

 

Note 3: Significant Forecast Assumptions

 

Vessels

 

We have assumed our initial fleet of 10 vessels is operational for the entire forecast period.

 

Our forecast assumes that the remaining 13 vessels will be delivered on their contractual delivery date as outlined in the table below. A delay in the delivery of any of the vessels currently under contract for delivery could adversely affect our forecast.

 

49


Table of Contents

Revenues

 

Our forecast assumptions are based on contracted daily rates for each vessel, and 363 operating days per calendar year of expected operations, less any additional off-hire days related to drydocking as outlined in the table below. As of December 31, 2004, there have been an average of 0.17 days of off-hire days per vessel annually since delivery. Among other things, the amount of actual number of off-hire days depends upon the time a vessel spends in drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection, equipment breakdowns or delays due to accidents, crewing strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems as well as our failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew. The table below details the daily rate for each vessel in the forecast.

 

Delivered Vessels

 

Vessel Name


  

Time Charter

(years)


  

Options

(years)


  

Commencement of

Charter


   Daily Rate (1)

 
                    (in
thousands)
 

CSCL Hamburg

   10    2    July 2001    $ 18.0 (2)

CSCL Chiwan

   10    2    September 2001      18.0 (3)

CSCL Ningbo

   10    2    June 2002      19.9 (4)

CSCL Dalian

   10    2    September 2002      19.9 (5)

CSCL Felixstowe

   10    2    October 2002      19.9 (6)

CSCL Oceania

   12    3    December 2004      29.5  

CSCL Africa

   12    3    January 2005      29.5  

CSCL Vancouver

   12    —      February 2005      17.0  

CSCL Sydney

   12    —      April 2005      17.0  

CSCL New York

   12    —      May 2005      17.0  

(1)   Refers to daily rate in effect for the forecast period.
(2)   This daily rate will increase to $18.3 as of July 2006.
(3)   This daily rate will increase to $18.3 as of September 2006.
(4)   This daily rate will decrease to $19.7 as of June 2007.
(5)   This daily rate will decrease to $19.7 as of September 2007.
(6)   This daily rate will decrease to $19.7 as of October 2007.

 

Vessels under Construction

 

Vessel Name


  

Time Charter

(years)


   

Options

(years)


  

Contractual
Delivery Date (2)


   Daily Rate (3)

                     (in
thousands)

CSCL Melbourne

   12     —      August 31, 2005    $ 17.0

CSCL Brisbane

   12     —      October 15, 2005      17.0

CP Kanha

   3+7 (1)   2    December 14, 2005      18.0

CP Corbett

   3+7 (1)   2    March 14, 2006      18.0

Containership Banyan

   3+7 (1)   2    April 14, 2006      18.0

Lykes Merchant

   3+7 (1)   2    June 14, 2006      18.0

TMM Morelos

   3+7 (1)   2    September 14, 2006      18.0

Containership Margosa

   3+7 (1)   2    November 14, 2006      18.0

Lykes Victor

   3+7 (1)   2    January 14, 2007      18.0

TMM Nuevo Leon

   3+7 (1)   2    April 14, 2007      18.0

Containership Cassia

   3+7 (1)   2    June 14, 2007      18.0

CSCL Zeebrugge

   12     —      May 31, 2007      34.0

CSCL Long Beach

   12     —      August 31, 2007      34.0

 

50


Table of Contents

(1)   For these charters, the initial terms are three years that automatically extend for up to an additional seven years in successive one-year extensions, unless CP Ships elects to terminate the charters with two years prior written notice. The charterer is required to pay a termination fee of approximately $8.0 million per vessel to terminate a charter at the end of the initial term. This termination fee declines by $1.0 million per year in years four through nine.
(2)   The charters will commence upon delivery of the vessel.
(3)   Refers to daily rate in effect for the forecast period.

 

We expect to drydock our vessels once every five years. During the forecast period, we have assumed the following related to drydocking our vessels:

 

Vessel


  

Assumed Additional

Off-hire Days


  

Quarter of

Drydocking


CSCL Hamburg

   8    Q3 2006

CSCL Chiwan

   8    Q4 2006

CSCL Ningbo

   8    Q3 2007

CSCL Dalian

   8    Q3 2007

CSCL Felixstowe

   8    Q4 2007

 

Ship Operating Expenses

 

Historically, our predecessor was responsible for and incurred all ship operating expenses. For our forecast, ship operating expenses are borne by our Manager under the management agreement. Our operating expenses per vessel will be equal to the number of days in the year, multiplied by the applicable daily operating expense rate. As these payments are at a fixed daily operating expense rate, any volatility in actual ship operating expenses will be absorbed by our Manager, except for certain extraordinary costs that are not covered by our Manager’s technical services fee. We have assumed we will incur no extraordinary costs during the forecast period. As a result, this forecast could vary significantly if any extraordinary costs are incurred.

 

Our forecasted ship operating expenses are derived from contractual payments to our Manager which cover all operating expenses, including crewing, drydocking, victualling, stores, lube oils, communication expenses, repairs and maintenance, insurance and other expenses related to the technical management of the vessels. The daily operating expense rate commences on the contractual delivery date for the related vessel and is set forth in the following table.

 

Vessel Name


  

Daily Operating

Expense Rate


     (in thousands)

CSCL Hamburg

   $ 4.5

CSCL Chiwan

     4.5

CSCL Ningbo

     4.5

CSCL Dalian

     4.5

CSCL Felixstowe

     4.5

CSCL Oceania

     6.0

CSCL Africa

     6.0

CSCL Vancouver

     4.5

CSCL Sydney

     4.5

CSCL New York

     4.5

CSCL Melbourne

     4.5

CSCL Brisbane

     4.5

CP Kanha

     4.5

CP Corbett

     4.5

 

51


Table of Contents

Vessel Name


  

Daily Operating

Expense Rate


     (in thousands)

Containership Banyan

   $ 4.5

Lykes Merchant

     4.5

TMM Morelos

     4.5

Containership Margosa

     4.5

Lykes Victor

     4.5

TMM Nuevo Leon

     4.5

Containership Cassia

     4.5

CSCL Zeebrugge

     6.5

CSCL Long Beach

     6.5

 

Depreciation

 

Depreciation for the initial fleet acquired at the closing of this offering continues through the forecast period and is based upon its historical cost to SCLL. Depreciation for vessels acquired after this offering is based on each vessel’s respective contracted purchase price and begins upon vessel delivery. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method and an estimated useful life of 30 years for each vessel.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

In the future, our Manager will provide us with all our administrative services on a cost reimbursement basis plus a monthly services fee not to exceed $6,000 per month. These services will include support services for legal, accounting, treasury, tax and securities regulatory compliance as well as premises and other administrative needs.

 

We have assumed we will incur approximately $3.9 million to $4.3 million of total general and administrative expenses per year. Part of this amount relates to the increased cost of being a public company, and includes board of director costs, executive compensation, director and officer insurance, investor relations, registrar and transfer agent fees and increased legal and accounting costs related to our compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX). These amounts include one-time costs in 2005 and 2006 to implement SOX requirements and other public entity responsibilities.

 

Although we anticipate adopting equity compensation plans, we have not established the types or amounts of any awards and do not have an estimate of expenses that may be associated with these plans. Therefore, we have not included in the forecast possible expenses associated with these plans.

 

Interest Expense, Undrawn Facility Fee and Interest Income

 

The forecast assumes that we will increase our debt drawn under our credit facility to finance the purchase of the additional 13 vessels as they are delivered. Our credit facility requires that we pay interest of LIBOR plus a margin, which is based on our loan to asset value. Please read “Our Credit Facility.” We have entered into interest rate swap agreements to fix the LIBOR portion of our interest rate. The table below outlines the average expected interest rate for each period based on our expected margin and the swapped fixed LIBOR.

 

    

Six Months

Ending

December 31,

2005


    Year Ending December 31,

 
           2006    

        2007    

        2008    

 

Swapped LIBOR

   4.6325 %   4.6325 %   4.6325 %   4.6325 %

Forecasted margin

   0.7500     0.8125     0.9125     0.9500  
    

 

 

 

Total forecasted interest rate

   5.3825 %   5.4450 %   5.5450 %   5.5825 %
    

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

Our forecast assumes the interest rate swaps will be effective hedges for accounting purposes for all periods presented. As our loan to asset value ratio increases, the margin increases in accordance with our credit facility. The market value of any vessel is determined as the average of two independent valuations on a charter-free basis and assuming an arm’s-length sale on normal commercial terms. These valuations are subject to market fluctuations. For more information on market fluctuations, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Inherent in Our Business—Our growth depends upon continued growth in demand for containerships and the ocean-going shipping container industry may be at or near the peak of its upward trend and charter hire rates are at or near historical highs; these factors may lead to reductions and volatility in charter hire rates and profitability.” Therefore, we cannot reasonably forecast what the market value of our fleet will be in each forecast period. We have assumed that the value of our vessels are initially equal to their purchase price and will decline in straight line intervals over 30 years from the date of delivery. We believe that the current valuations of our vessels on a charter-free basis are higher than the purchase price of the vessels used in the forecast. Under our credit facility, the range of the margin is limited to being between 0.75% and 1.25%; therefore, the largest change possible in the margin is 0.50% (50 basis points). The table below demonstrates our forecast of how a 10 basis point (0.10%) change in our interest rate margins would affect our net operating cash flows for each forecasted period.

 

Effect of a 10 Basis Point (0.10%) Increase in Margin for Credit Facility

 

    

Six Months

Ending

December 31,

2005


   Year Ending December 31,

            2006    

       2007    

       2008    

     (in thousands)

Decrease in net operating cash flows

   $ 77    $ 318    $ 573    $ 663
    

  

  

  

 

Under our $1.0 billion credit facility, we pay a commitment fee of 37.5% of the applicable margin on the difference of our total credit facility and our outstanding principal amounts under the credit facility. These amounts will be recorded as an undrawn credit facility fee expense. The $750.0 million Tranche A of our $1.0 billion credit facility extends throughout the forecast period and beyond. The $250.0 million Tranche B for additional acquisitions extends through December 31, 2006 and thus we only pay an undrawn credit facility fee through that time period.

 

For all forecast periods, we have assumed we earn interest income at an annual rate of 2.5% on our cash and cash equivalents balances.

 

Payments of Dividends on Common and Subordinated Shares

 

The following table sets forth our forecasted dividend payments on our common and subordinated shares based on a $0.425 per share quarterly dividend and assumes that we will issue an additional 7,857,143 common shares at the beginning of the first quarter of 2007 at a net price (to include a 5% discount for underwriters and other offering costs) equal to 95% of the assumed initial public offering price of the common shares in this offering.

 

    

Six Months

Ending

December 31,

2005


   Year Ending December 31,

        2006

   2007

   2008

     (in thousands, except per share amounts)

Total common shares

     28,570      28,570      36,427      36,427

Total subordinated shares

     7,145      7,145      7,145      7,145

Dividends per share on common and subordinated shares

   $ 0.85    $ 1.70    $ 1.70    $ 1.70

Total dividends on common shares

   $ 24,285    $ 48,569    $ 61,926    $ 61,926

Total dividends on subordinated shares

     6,073      12,147      12,147      12,147
    

  

  

  

Total dividends on common and subordinated shares

   $ 30,358    $ 60,716    $ 74,073    $ 74,073
    

  

  

  

 

As market conditions can change, there is no guarantee that we will be able to complete the additional offering in 2007, or at any time, at a price equal to or greater than our initial public offering price. The table

 

53


Table of Contents

below demonstrates the additional cash we would require to pay dividends on our common shares if the price of the shares we issue in our proposed secondary offering is less than the forecasted offering price after giving effect to the exercise of the option described in the paragraph below the table.

 

Additional Cash Required for Common Share Dividends

 

     Year Ending December 31,

         2007    

       2008    

     (in thousands)

Decrease in offering price per share

             

10%

   $ 585    $ 585

15%

     929      929

20%

     1,315      1,315

25%

     1,754      1,754

 

We have the option, subject to certain conditions, to issue common shares in payment of up to $100.0 million of the purchase price for the last four of the additional 13 containerships. Such common shares would be issued to the relevant VesselCo on the closing date of the purchase for the applicable vessel and would be valued at a net price equal to 95% of the initial public offering price of the common shares in this offering. For a more complete description of our option to issue additional common shares in payment of up to $100.0 million of the purchase price for the last four of the additional 13 containerships, please read “Acquisition of Our Contracted Fleet—Asset Purchase Agreement.”

 

We have also assumed that our underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option in this offering, which, if exercised in full, would result in an additional 4,285,500 shares being sold to the public. If the underwriters exercise the over-allotment, we expect to use the proceeds from the sale as part of the purchase price for the additional 13 vessels, which would reduce the equivalent number of common shares we need to issue in the first quarter of 2007. The exercise of the over-allotment will not affect the expected amount of our outstanding indebtedness at the end of the forecasted period. We may amend our swap agreements to reflect the delayed borrowing under our credit facility in the event the over-allotment is exercised.

 

Forecast of Available Cash For Distribution

 

The following table sets forth our calculation of the approximate amount of forecasted available cash for distribution generated by our operations for the six months ending December 31, 2005 and for each of the years ending December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 based on the statement of forecasted results of operations and cash flows set forth above.

 

    

Six Months

Ending

December 31,

2005


    Year Ending December 31,

 
       2006

    2007

    2008

 
     (in thousands)  

Net earnings

   $ 17,796     $ 35,708     $ 45,519     $ 48,113  

Add:

                                

Depreciation

     8,304       24,016       35,578       40,800  

Interest expense

     1,134       14,950       29,656       37,011  

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     1,000       2,000       667       667  
    


 


 


 


Net operating cash flows before cash interest payments

     28,234       76,674       111,420       126,591  

Less:

                                

Cash interest paid

     (1,134 )     (14,950 )     (29,656 )     (37,011 )
    


 


 


 


Forecast of available cash for distribution

   $ 27,100     $ 61,724     $ 81,764     $ 89,580  
    


 


 


 


 

54


Table of Contents

The amount of available cash needed to distribute the $0.425 per share on the common shares and subordinated shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering as well as 7,857,143 additional common shares we expect to issue in the first quarter of 2007 is as follows:

 

    

Six Months

Ending

December 31,

2005


   Year Ending December 31,

            2006    

       2007    

       2008    

     (in thousands)

Common shares

   $ 24,285    $ 48,569    $ 61,926    $ 61,926

Subordinated shares

     6,073      12,147      12,147      12,147
    

  

  

  

Total dividends

   $ 30,358    $ 60,716    $ 74,073    $ 74,073
    

  

  

  

 

If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, we would expect the available cash for distribution to be $27.8 million and $66.1 million for the six months ending December 31, 2005 and year ending December 31, 2006. As a result of the exercise of the over-allotment option, dividends required would increase to $34.0 million and $68.0 million for the six months ending December 31, 2005 and year ending December 31, 2006. The impact on the forecast of the over-allotment option being exercised is limited beyond 2006 because of the resulting reduction in the required size of the subsequent equity offering.

 

We have forecasted that we will use cash proceeds from our offering to pay a portion of the dividends on our subordinated shares in 2005 and the first quarter of 2006 since the forecasted cash available from operating surplus is less than our forecasted required dividends on common and subordinated shares for such periods.

 

There are numerous risks that could result in our generating less than the amount of forecasted available cash for distributions set forth above. Please read the assumptions on which the forecast is based as well as “Risk Factors.” There are factors that could result in the available cash exceeding the forecast. These include the charter hire beginning sooner than expected on some or all of the remainder of our contracted fleet as a result of early delivery of those vessels from Samsung, or the successful completion of accretive acquisitions. We can provide no assurance that any of these factors will occur.

 

Forecast of Compliance with Debt Covenants

 

Our ability to pay dividends could be affected if we do not remain in compliance with the covenants of our credit facility. There are certain financial covenants that govern our credit facility. Our EBITDA coverage covenant requires that EBITDA, as defined in our credit facility, is at least 2.50 times our required interest payments when there are no principal payments due and 1.10 times our required principal and interest payments when principal payments are due. During our forecast period there are no required principal payments. Therefore, we have only demonstrated our compliance with the first part of this covenant. Our credit facility has additional covenants that are not set out in the table below. We have assumed we will be in compliance with such covenants. Please read “Our Credit Facility.” The table below outlines the calculations for our EBITDA coverage covenant and our forecasted compliance during the forecast period.

 

    

Six Months

Ending

December 31,

2005


    Year Ending December 31,

 
       2006

    2007

    2008

 
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

EBITDA Coverage

                                

EBITDA (1)

   $ 29,417     $ 78,711     $ 111,282     $ 126,464  

Interest expense

   $ 1,134     $ 14,950     $ 29,656     $ 37,011  

Coverage ratio

     25.94 x     5.26 x     3.75 x     3.42 x

Required coverage ratio

     2.50 x     2.50 x     2.50 x     2.50 x

(1)  

EBITDA means our net earnings before net interest (including the amortization of deferred financing costs and our undrawn credit facility fee), taxes, depreciation, amortization, extraordinary items and any amount

 

55


Table of Contents
 

attributable to minority interests, and taking no account of any revaluation of an asset or any loss or gain over book value arising on the disposal of an asset (other than in the ordinary course of trading) by us. EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. We present EBITDA because it is a component of a financial covenant in our credit facility. EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net earnings or cash flows from operating activities. We may not have calculated EBITDA in a manner consistent with other companies. Set out below is a reconciliation of forecasted EBITDA to forecasted net earnings and cash flows from operating activities.

 

    

Six Months

Ending
December 31,

2005


    Year Ending December 31,

 
       2006

    2007

    2008

 
     (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of forecasted EBITDA to forecasted
net earnings

                                

Net earnings

   $ 17,796     $ 35,708     $ 45,519     $ 48,113  

Depreciation

     8,304       24,016       35,578       40,800  

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     1,000       2,000       667       667  

Interest expense

     1,134       14,950       29,656       37,011  

Interest income

     (115 )     (28 )     (729 )     (437 )

Undrawn credit facility fee

     1,298       2,065       591       310  
    


 


 


 


EBITDA

   $ 29,417     $ 78,711     $ 111,282     $ 126,464  
    


 


 


 


Reconciliation of forecasted EBITDA to forecasted cash flow from operating activities

                                

Cash flows from operating activities

   $ 27,100     $ 61,724     $ 81,764     $ 89,580  

Interest expense

     1,134       14,950       29,656       37,011  

Interest income

     (115 )     (28 )     (729 )     (437 )

Undrawn credit facility fee

     1,298       2,065       591       310  
    


 


 


 


EBITDA

   $ 29,417     $ 78,711     $ 111,282     $ 126,464  
    


 


 


 


 

56


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The proceeds from this offering are expected to be used primarily to fund the purchase price of our initial fleet. Assuming an initial public offering price of $21.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the expected offering price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, the purchase price of our initial fleet will be equal to:

 

    the proceeds from our sale of 28,570,000 common shares in this offering net of the underwriting discount and structuring fee (estimated at $562.5 million), plus

 

    the proceeds from our concurrent sale of 7,145,000 subordinated shares (estimated at $150.0 million), less

 

    our formation and offering related expenses (estimated at $6.0 million) some of which are payable after closing, less

 

    a specified cash balance of $33.8 million to be used by us as described below, less

 

    $7.5 million in upfront costs related to our credit facility, less

 

    $0.5 million to repay SCLL for certain of our pre-offering expenses that it has funded.

 

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $21.00 per share, we estimate the purchase price for our initial fleet will be $ 664.7 million. We expect to use the specified cash balance in the third bullet above to fund approximately $4.1 million of the dividends we expect to pay in the initial three quarters following the closing of this offering and the remainder of the specified cash balance to fund part of the purchase price of the additional 13 containerships in our contracted fleet, which is approximately $849.3 million. The balance of the funds needed to acquire the additional 13 containerships is expected to come from our credit facility and a future offering or offerings of our common shares. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, those net proceeds will be added to the specified cash balance. We have the option to issue common shares in payment of up to $100.0 million of the purchase price for the last four of the additional 13 containerships. We must provide notice that we will exercise this option 30 days prior to the delivery of the respective vessel. Such common shares would be issued to the relevant VesselCo on the closing date of the purchase of the applicable vessel and would be valued at a net price equal to 95% of the initial public offering price in this offering. The VesselCos are not obligated to accept the common shares if we are in a material default under our credit facility. If the VesselCos do not accept the common shares in such a case, we are not obligated to purchase the respective vessel. The option terminates upon a change of control of us. Otherwise, the option is not revocable by the VesselCos.

 

We are acquiring our contracted fleet from wholly owned subsidiaries of SCLL and the purchase price was determined between us and SCLL before this offering. For more information on this affiliated transaction, including information on each of the VesselCos that are selling vessels to us, please read “Acquisition of Our Contracted Fleet.”

 

57


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated capitalization as of March 31, 2005:

 

    on an actual basis; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis giving effect to this offering, the sale of our subordinated shares and the use of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

The following should be read in conjunction with the historical combined financial statements and pro forma consolidated balance sheet and the related notes thereto in this prospectus as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     Actual

  

Pro Forma,

As Adjusted


 
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,537    $ 33,812  

Restricted cash (1)

     9,862      —    
    

  


Total cash and restricted cash

   $ 17,399    $ 33,812  
    

  


Secured debt (2)

   $ 415,048    $ —    

Secured credit facility (3)

     —        —    
    

  


Total debt

     415,048      —    
    

  


Shareholders’ equity (4)

               

Common shares, par value $0.01 per share, 200,000,000 shares authorized; 28,570,000 shares issued and outstanding as adjusted

     —        286  

Subordinated shares, par value $0.01 per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 7,145,000 shares issued and outstanding as adjusted

     —        71  

Incentive shares, par value $0.01 per share, 100 shares authorized; 100 shares issued and outstanding as adjusted

     —        —    

Additional paid-in capital

     —        508,081 (5)

Predecessor owner’s equity

     1,729      —    
    

  


Total shareholders’ equity

     1,729      508,438  
    

  


Total capitalization

   $ 416,777    $ 508,438  
    

  



(1)   Certain of our predecessor’s bank accounts are subject to restrictions under credit agreements, which give priority to principal and interest payments and limit the amount of cash available for operations. Our credit facility does not place restrictions on our cash balances.
(2)   Actual secured debt includes long-term debt, including the current portion thereof, and comprises bank loans and junior loans. The indebtedness is not guaranteed. Please read note 7 to the historical combined financial statements.
(3)   Our credit facility will be undrawn on a pro forma as adjusted basis.
(4)   At March 31, 2005, we do not have, and upon completion of the acquisition of our initial fleet and this offering we will not have, any options, warrants or other dilutive securities outstanding, other than our option to issue common shares in payment of up to $100.0 million of the purchase price for the last four of the 13 additional containerships.
(5)   Reflects the $197.6 million excess of the purchase price of the initial fleet over our predecessor’s carrying value, which is recorded as a charge to equity.

 

58


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

After giving effect to the sale of 28,570,000 common shares in this offering and the concurrent sale of 7,145,000 subordinated shares, both at an assumed offering price of $21.00 per share, and the issuance of the 100 incentive shares, our pro forma net tangible book value at March 31, 2005, would have been $500.9 million or $14.03 per share. This represents an immediate dilution of net tangible book value of $6.97 per share to investors in this offering. The following table illustrates the pro forma per share dilution at March 31, 2005:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

   $ 21.00

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

   $ 14.03
    

Dilution per share to investors (1)

   $ 6.97
    


(1)   The pro forma net tangible book value per share includes an adjustment for the aggregate $197.6 million of excess of the purchase price of the ten vessels that we have agreed to acquire (which is assumed to be $664.7 million) over the predecessor’s historical carrying value ($467.1 million). For accounting purposes, this excess has been recorded as a reduction of shareholders’ equity and represents a deemed distribution by us to the VesselCos. Pro forma net tangible book value per share also includes an adjustment for the expenses estimated to be incurred in connection with this offering and the other transactions described in this prospectus. The impact of these adjustments is illustrated in the following table.

 

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our tangible net worth, which consists of tangible assets less liabilities, by the number of common shares, subordinated shares and incentive shares outstanding. Dilution is determined by subtracting the net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share.

 

Adjustment attributable to difference between purchase price and historical carrying value

   $ 5.53

Expenses in connection with the transactions

   $ 1.44
    

     $ 6.97
    

 

59


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

 

The following selected historical combined financial and operating data presents financial and other operating data of our predecessor, being the combination of ten existing Republic of Cyprus incorporated wholly owned subsidiaries of SCLL, which currently own our initial fleet.

 

The selected combined financial data set forth below at December 31, 2003 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our audited predecessor combined financial statements included in this prospectus. The selected combined financial data set forth below at December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001 have been derived from our predecessor combined financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected combined financial data set forth below as of March 31, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 have been derived from our unaudited interim predecessor combined financial statements for such periods included in this prospectus. The unaudited financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of our predecessor’s financial position and results of operations for the interim periods presented.

 

As discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, significant changes will occur to our operating structure upon completion of the offering and the acquisition of our initial fleet. Accordingly, the selected historical financial data are not indicative of the results we would have achieved had we historically operated as an independent company or of our future results. This information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, our historical predecessor combined financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

    December 31,

    March 31,

 
    2000

    2001

    2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

    2005

 
    (in thousands)  

Statements of operations data (period ended):

                                                       

Revenue (1)

  $ —       $ 5,140     $ 20,993     $ 35,011     $ 35,933     $ 8,733     $ 13,978  

Operating expenses:

                                                       

Ship operating

    —         1,346       4,560       6,577       7,157       1,495       2,543  

Depreciation

    —         1,311       5,217       8,587       8,808       2,147       3,529  

General and administrative (2)

    —         128       131       208       207       56       69  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Operating earnings

    —         2,355       11,085       19,639       19,761       5,035       7,837  

Other expenses (earnings):

                                                       

Interest expense

    —         1,070       7,799       12,193       11,804       2,905       4,776  

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps (3)

    —         11,066       14,218       (5,808 )     (1,416 )     1,235       (8,461 )

Write-off on debt refinancing

    —         7,805       —         —         3,135       —         —    

Other

    —         116       200       147       169       49       155  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net earnings (loss)

  $ —       $ (17,702 )   $ (11,132 )   $ 13,107     $ 6,069     $ 846     $ 11,367  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Statements of cash flows data (period ended):

                                                       

Cash flows provided by (used in):

                                                       

Operating activities

  $ 34     $ 1,716     $ 9,646     $ 16,860     $ 18,540     $ 3,694     $ 7,701  

Investing activities

    (175,697 )     (23,012 )     (26,294 )     (236,369 )     (8,692 )     213       (14,886 )

Financing activities

    175,663       22,560       25,070       212,320       (8,279 )     (4,907 )     10,656  

 

60


Table of Contents
    December 31,

    March 31,

    2000

  2001

    2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

  2005

    (dollars in thousands)

Balance sheet data (at period end):

                                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ —     $ 1,264     $ 9,686     $ 2,497     $ 4,066         $ 7,537

Current assets

    14,173     14,364       15,433       9,100       13,258           20,269

Vessels

    178,013     200,373       221,021       452,141       454,862           467,126

Total assets

    201,198     216,461       238,022       466,069       476,321           495,825

Current liabilities (excluding current portion of long-term debt)

    3,883     1,760       3,925       4,135       5,481           4,905

Current portion of long-term debt (4)

    —       6,698       11,984       12,848       19,773           23,187

Long-term debt (4)

    168,013     164,528       155,359       347,946       376,999           391,861

Due to related party

    29,292     49,678       69,440       96,883       64,822           63,744

Fair value of interest rate swaps (3)

    —       11,066       25,284       19,476       18,860           10,399

Owner’s equity (deficiency)

    10     (17,692 )     (28,824 )     (15,707 )     (9,638 )         1,729

Other data:

                                               

Number of vessels in operation at period end (1)

    —       2       5       5       6     5     8

TEU capacity at period end

    —       8,506       21,265       21,265       29,733     21,265     42,454

Average off-hire days per vessel (5)

    N/A     0.00       0.40       0.07       0.06     0.00     0.00

(1)   The commencement of our active operations began with the delivery of two 4250 TEU vessels in 2001. Four additional 4250 TEU vessels were delivered in June, September, October 2002 and February 2005, respectively. Our first 8500 TEU vessel was delivered in December 2004 and our second in January 2005. Each of these vessels has been in operation since delivery. Subsequent to March 31, 2005, two additional 4250 TEU vessels were delivered.
(2)   The predecessor combined financial statements include the general and administrative expenses incurred by the predecessor related to its operations. Subsequent to the completion of this offering and the acquisition of the initial fleet, we will incur additional administrative expenses, including legal, accounting, treasury, premises, securities regulatory compliance and other costs normally incurred by a listed public entity. Accordingly, general and administrative expenses incurred by and allocated to the predecessor do not purport to be indicative of future expenses.
(3)   Our predecessor entered into interest rate swap agreements to reduce their exposure to market risks from changing interest rates. These derivative instruments have been recognized on the predecessor combined balance sheet at their fair value. As our predecessor did not designate the interest rate swap agreements as hedging instruments in accordance with the requirements in accounting literature, changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps have been recognized in current period earnings. These changes occur due to changes in market interest rates for debt with substantially similar credit risk and payment terms. These interest rate swaps, together with the underlying debt, will be settled by the predecessor and not assumed by us on completion of the offering and the acquisition of the initial fleet.
(4)   All predecessor long-term debt will be settled and not assumed by us.
(5)   There was no drydocking of the vessels during the periods presented.

 

61


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our historical predecessor combined financial statements, which we call our combined financial statements, and the related notes, and the financial and other information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information. Our predecessor combined financial statements represent the combination of ten existing Republic of Cyprus incorporated wholly owned subsidiaries of SCLL, otherwise collectively known as our predecessor, which currently owns our initial fleet. Unless we otherwise specify, the terms “Seaspan Corporation,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Seaspan Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries, and for periods before the offering, our predecessor. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and are presented in U.S. dollars.

 

This discussion contains forward-looking statements based on assumptions about our future business. Our actual results will likely differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements and such differences may be material. Please read “Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

Overview

 

We are a newly incorporated Marshall Islands corporation formed to acquire all of SCLL’s containership business. Our business is to own and charter containerships pursuant to long-term charters to container lines.

 

As our revenues are generated through long-term fixed-rate charters and our operating expenses will be substantially fixed, our financial results will be (and for our predecessor have been) most significantly impacted by the delivery date of containerships. The charter agreements have, to date, all commenced with delivery of each vessel. All of the current vessel construction agreements have contracted delivery dates. A change in the date of delivery of a vessel will significantly impact our results of operations.

 

Under long-term time charters, we earn a daily charter hire rate and the charterer bears all voyage expenses, including the cost of bunkers (fuel oil) and canal and port charges. During the periods of our predecessor’s operations, our predecessor was responsible for paying the historical actual ship operating expenses, including the cost of crewing, insuring, repairing and maintaining each vessel. Subsequent to this offering, such costs will be incurred by our Manager and we will pay our Manager a fixed daily operating expense rate per vessel for the technical services the Manager provides in respect of ship operating expenses.

 

The commencement of our active operations began with the delivery of two 4250 TEU vessels in 2001. Four additional 4250 TEU vessels were delivered in June, September, October 2002 and February 2005, respectively, the first 8500 TEU vessel was delivered in December 2004 and the second in January 2005. Each of these vessels has been in operation since delivery. Subsequent to March 31, 2005, the two remaining 4250 TEU vessels that comprise the balance of our initial fleet were delivered. Approximately every five years, a vessel is drydocked for an average of eight days at which time major repairs and retrofittings are undertaken. As all of our vessels have been delivered within the last four years, there have been no drydocking costs.

 

62


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes key facts regarding the eight vessels in operation at March 31, 2005 and during some or all of each of the three years and three months then ended, all of which were chartered to China Shipping (Group) Limited, or China Shipping, and subchartered to CSCL.

 

Predecessor Company Name


 

Vessel Name


  Vessel Size

 

Commencement Date


 

Length of Time

Charter


  Initial Daily
Charter Rate


                    (in
thousands)

CSCL Hamburg Shipping

Company Limited

  CSCL Hamburg   4250 TEU   July 3, 2001   10 Years + one 2-year option   $ 18.0
CSCL Chiwan Shipping Company Limited   CSCL Chiwan   4250 TEU   September 20, 2001   10 Years + one 2-year option     18.0
CSCL Ningbo Shipping Company Limited   CSCL Ningbo   4250 TEU   June 15, 2002   10 Years + one 2-year option     19.9
CSCL Dalian Shipping Company Limited   CSCL Dalian   4250 TEU   September 4, 2002   10 Years + one 2-year option     19.9
CSCL Felixstowe Shipping Company Limited   CSCL Felixstowe   4250 TEU   October 15, 2002   10 Years + one 2-year option     19.9
Clorina Marine Company Limited   CSCL Oceania   8500 TEU   December 4, 2004   12 Years + one 3-year option     29.5
Elia Shipping Company
Limited
  CSCL Africa   8500 TEU   January 24, 2005   12 years + one 3-year option     29.5
Vancouver Shipping Company Limited   CSCL Vancouver   4250 TEU   February 16, 2005   12 years     17.0

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

 

We prepare our combined financial statements in accordance with GAAP, which requires us to make estimates in the application of our accounting policies based on our best assumptions, judgments and opinions. We base these estimates on the information currently available to us and on various other assumptions we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Following is a discussion of the accounting policies that involve a high degree of judgment and the methods of their application. For a further description of our material accounting policies, please read note 2 to our combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Charter revenue is generated from long-term time charters for each vessel and commences as soon as the vessel is delivered. Time charter revenues are recorded on a straight-line basis over the initial term of the charter arrangement. The charters provide for a per vessel fixed daily charter hire rate. We do not enter into spot voyage arrangements with respect to any of our vessels. Although our charter revenues are fixed, and accordingly little judgment is required to be applied to the amount of revenue recognition, there is no certainty as to the daily charter rates or other terms that will be available upon the expiration of our existing charter party agreements.

 

Vessel Lives

 

Our vessels represent our most significant assets and we state them at our historical cost, which includes capitalized interest during construction and other construction, design, supervision and predelivery costs, less accumulated depreciation. We depreciate our vessels using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. We review the estimate of our vessels useful lives on an ongoing basis to ensure they reflect current technology, service potential, and vessel structure. On a prospective basis, for accounting purposes, we estimate the useful life of the vessels will be 30 years. Should certain factors or circumstances cause us to revise our estimate of vessel service lives in the future, depreciation expense could be materially lower or higher. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the extent of cash flows generated from future charter arrangements, changes in international shipping requirements, and other factors many of which are outside of our control.

 

63


Table of Contents

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

 

We evaluate the net carrying value of our vessels for possible impairment when events or conditions exist that cause us to question whether the carrying value of the vessels will be recovered from future undiscounted net cash flows. An impairment charge would be recognized in a period if the fair value of the vessels was less than their carrying value. Considerations in making such an impairment evaluation would include comparison of current carrying value to anticipated future operating cash flows, expectations with respect to future operations, and other relevant factors.

 

Derivative Instruments

 

Historically, we entered into interest rate swap agreements to reduce exposure to cash flow risks from changing interest rates. We have recognized these derivative trading instruments on the balance sheet at their fair value. As we have not designated the interest rate swap agreements as hedging instruments in accordance with the requirements in accounting literature, we have recognized changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps in current period earnings. These changes occur due to changes in market interest rates for debt with substantially similar credit risk and payment terms. We have not held or issued, and will not hold or issue, derivative financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes. In connection with our credit facility, we have entered into interest rate swap agreements to reduce our exposure to cash flow risks from changing interest rates. The swaps will be accounted for as hedging instruments as they are expected to be effective in mitigating the risks of changes in interest rates over the term of the debt. As a result, changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps will be excluded from earnings until settled.

 

Results of Operations

 

Three months ended March 31, 2005 compared to three months ended March 31, 2004

 

We operated five 4250 TEU vessels during the three months ended March 31, 2004. We took delivery of the first 8500 TEU vessel in December 2004, a second 8500 TEU vessel in January 2005 and an additional 4250 TEU vessel in February 2005. Accordingly, the results for the three months ended March 31, 2005 reflect the operation of five 4250 TEU vessels for three months, one 8500 TEU vessel for three months, one 8500 TEU vessel for approximately two months and one 4250 TEU vessel for approximately one month.

 

Revenue

 

Charter revenue increased 60.1%, or $5.3 million, to $14.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005, from $8.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004. The increase was due to the delivery of two 8500 TEU vessels in December 2004, the CSCL Oceania , and January 2005, the CSCL Africa , and an additional 4250 TEU vessel in February 2005, the CSCL Vancouver .

 

Ship Operating Expenses

 

Ship operating expenses increased 70.1%, or $1.0 million, to $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005, from $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004. The increase was due to the additional vessels in operation and increases in insurance costs and scheduled repairs and maintenance.

 

Depreciation

 

Depreciation on our vessels increased 64.4%, or $1.4 million, to $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005, from $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004. The increase was due to the delivery of the additional vessels in December 2004, January 2005 and February 2005.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses were $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005. In the past, the predecessor incurred general and administrative expenses in its operations. Subsequent to

 

64


Table of Contents

the completion of the offering and the acquisition of the initial fleet, we will incur additional administrative expenses, including legal, accounting, treasury, rent, securities regulatory compliance and other costs normally incurred by a listed public entity. Accordingly, general and administrative expenses incurred by and allocated to the predecessor do not purport to be indicative of future expenses.

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense increased 64.4%, or $1.9 million, to $4.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005, from $2.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004. Interest is paid on the long-term debt and operating bank loans and under the swap agreements, related to the operating vessels. In November 2004, we refinanced the five operating 4250 TEU vessels and the two 8500 TEU vessels and three 4250 TEU vessels that were under construction at the time for more favorable repayment terms. As interest expense is at floating rates, the change between the first quarter of 2004 and the first quarter of 2005 was primarily due to lower average interest rates and decreases in principal balances outstanding due to debt repayments made, offset by increased indebtedness due to the CSCL Oceania, CSCL Africa and CSCL Vancouver commencing operations in December 2004, January 2005 and February 2005, respectively. Our historical interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 represents interest expense under the bank loans prior to this offering and not under our credit facility. Accordingly, the historical interest expense is not indicative of our interest expense in the future. For a description of our credit facility, please read “Our Credit Facility.”

 

Change in Fair Value of Interest Rate Swaps

 

In the past, we entered into interest rate swap agreements to fix the interest rates payable on certain of our long-term debt. However, we did not account for such swap agreements as hedging instruments. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements, which is a non-cash item, are due to the change in the interest rate yield profile for the swap arrangements in effect from period to period. Such changes resulted in a gain of $8.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2005, and a loss of $1.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2004, due to market interest rate changes. In connection with our credit facility, we have entered into new swap agreements to hedge the interest rate under our credit facility. In connection with our new swap agreements, it is our intention to comply with hedge accounting criteria, the effect of which is that changes in the fair value of the swap agreement are excluded from earnings until settled. Accordingly, the historical changes in the fair value of our interest rate swaps are not indicative of our future results.

 

Year ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended December 31, 2003

 

We operated five 4250 TEU vessels during the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2004. We took delivery of the first 8500 TEU vessel in December 2004. Accordingly, the 2004 results reflect the operation of five 4250 TEU vessels for twelve months and one 8500 TEU vessel for approximately one month.

 

Revenue

 

Charter revenue increased 2.6%, or $0.9 million, to $35.9 million for 2004, from $35.0 million for 2003. The increase for 2004 is due to the delivery of the first 8500 TEU vessel, the CSCL Oceania , in December 2004.

 

Ship Operating Expenses

 

Ship operating expenses increased 8.8%, or $0.6 million, to $7.2 million for 2004, from $6.6 million for 2003. The increase for 2004 was due to the addition of the CSCL Oceania and increases in insurance costs and scheduled repairs and maintenance.

 

Depreciation

 

Depreciation on our vessels increased 2.6%, or $0.2 million, to $8.8 million for 2004, from $8.6 million for 2003. The increase was due to the delivery of the CSCL Oceania in December 2004.

 

65


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses were consistent between 2004 and 2003 at $0.2 million.

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense decreased 3.2%, or $0.4 million, to $11.8 million for 2004, from $12.2 million in 2003. Interest is paid on the long-term debt and operating bank loans and under the swap agreements, related to the operating vessels. In November 2004, we refinanced the five operating 4250 TEU vessels and the two 8500 TEU vessels and three 4250 TEU vessels that were under construction at the time for more favorable repayment terms. As interest expense is at floating rates, the change between 2003 and 2004 was primarily due to lower average interest rates and decreases in principal balances outstanding due to debt repayments made, offset by increased indebtedness due to the CSCL Oceania commencing operations in December 2004. Our historical 2004 and 2003 interest expense represents interest expense under the bank loans prior to this offering and not under our credit facility.

 

Change in Fair Value of Interest Rate Swaps

 

In the past, we entered into interest rate swap agreements to fix the interest rates payable on certain of our long-term debt. However, we did not account for such swap agreements as hedging instruments. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements, which is a non-cash item, are due to the change in the interest rate yield profile for the swap arrangements in effect from period to period. During 2004 and 2003, such changes resulted in gains of $1.4 million and $5.8 million, respectively, due to market interest rate increases.

 

Amortization of Deferred Financing Fees and Write Off on Debt Refinancing

 

Amortization of deferred financing fees was consistent between 2004 and 2003 at $0.2 million. Amortization of deferred financing fees is for fees and other direct costs incurred on the issuance of long-term debt and is amortized using the interest yield method over the term of the underlying obligation. In November 2004, our predecessor wrote off $3.1 million due to the debt refinancing.

 

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002

 

We operated two 4250 TEU vessels from January 2002, and took delivery of three 4250 TEU vessels in June, September, and October 2002 respectively. Accordingly, the results for 2002 reflect the operation of two TEU vessels from January 2002 until June 2002, three TEU vessels to September 2002, four TEU vessels to October 2002, and five 4250 TEU vessels to December 2002. The results for 2003 reflect five 4250 TEU vessels during the twelve months ended December 31, 2003.

 

Revenue

 

Charter revenue increased 66.7%, or $14.0 million, to $35.0 million for 2003, from $21.0 million for 2002. The increase for 2003 was due to a full year of operation for the five 4250 TEU vessels.

 

Ship Operating Expenses

 

Ship operating expenses increased 44.2%, or $2.0 million, to $6.6 million for 2003, from $4.6 million for 2002. The increase for 2003 primarily was due to a full year of operation for all five 4250 TEU vessels, but we also incurred increases in insurance costs and scheduled repairs and maintenance.

 

Depreciation

 

Depreciation on our vessels increased 64.6%, or $3.4 million, to $8.6 million for 2003, from $5.2 million for 2002. The increase is due to a full year of depreciation for the five 4250 TEU vessels delivered in 2002.

 

66


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses increased 58.8%, or $0.1 million, to $0.2 million for 2003, from $0.1 million for 2002. The increase in general and administrative expenses was required to support the growth of the fleet compared to the prior year.

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense increased 56.3%, or $4.4 million, to $12.2 million for 2003, from $7.8 million in 2002. Interest is paid on the long-term debt and operating bank loans and under the swap agreements, related to the operating vessels. The change between 2002 and 2003 is primarily due to vessels that were delivered part way through 2002 and, accordingly, have a full year’s interest expensed only in 2003.

 

Change in Fair Value of Interest Rate Swaps

 

During 2003 and 2002, our interest rate swap agreements resulted in a gain of $5.8 million, due to market rate increases in the year, and a loss of $14.2 million, respectively, due to market interest rate decreases in the year.

 

Amortization of Deferred Financing Fees

 

Amortization of deferred financing fees increased 45.2% or $0.1 million to $0.2 million for 2003, from $0.1 million for 2002. The increase in amortization of deferred financing fees is due to a full year’s amortization for vessels in service in 2003.

 

Selected Quarterly Data

 

     Three Months Ended

 
     March 31,
2003


    June 30,
2003


    September 30,
2003


    December 31,
2003


 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 8,637     $ 8,729     $ 8,817     $ 8,828  

Operating earnings

     4,954       4,959       5,126       4,600  

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps (earnings (expense))

     3,324       (3,553 )     2,887       3,150  

Net earnings

     4,981       (1,817 )     4,759       5,184  
     Three Months Ended

 
     March 31,
2004


    June 30,
2004


    September 30,
2004


    December 31,
2004


 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 8,733     $ 8,733     $ 8,833     $ 9,634  

Operating earnings

     5,043       4,814       4,720       5,184  

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps (earnings (expense))

     (1,234 )     7,509       (2,162 )     (1,902 )

Net earnings

     848       9,435       (235 )     (3,979 )

 

Inflation

 

During the past three years, price increases due to inflation have had only a minor effect on our financial results.

 

Seasonality

 

Our vessels operate under long-term charters and are not subject to the effect of seasonal variations in demand.

 

67


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity and Cash Needs

 

As of March 31, 2005, cash and cash equivalents were $7.5 million, compared to $4.1 million at December 31, 2004 and $2.5 million at December 31, 2003. At the closing of this offering, we will enter in a new $1.0 billion secured credit facility of which $750.0 million will be available to complete the acquisition of our contracted fleet and the balance of $250.0 million will be available to fund the acquisition of any additional new or used containerships. All amounts under the $750.0 million tranche for the acquisition of our contracted fleet must be drawn within three months of the delivery of the last of the 23 vessels comprising our contracted fleet, and in any event, no later than December 31, 2007. All amounts under the $250.0 million tranche for additional acquisitions must be drawn prior to December 31, 2006. There are restrictions on the amount that can be advanced to us under our credit facility based on the market value of the vessel or vessels in respect of which the advance is being made and in certain circumstances, based on the amount of TEU capacity of the vessel and the price at which we acquired the vessel, in respect of which the advance is being made.

 

The initial credit facility has a maturity date of the earlier of (x) the seventh anniversary of the final delivery date of the last of the 23 containerships comprising our contracted fleet or (y) October 31, 2014. For more information, please read “Our Credit Facility.”

 

Our primary short-term liquidity needs are to fund our operating expenses, including payments under our management agreement. Our medium-term liquidity needs primarily relate to the purchase of the additional 13 containerships. Our long-term liquidity needs primarily relate to vessel acquisitions and debt repayment. We anticipate that our primary sources of funds for our short and medium-term liquidity needs will be our committed credit facility and additional equity offerings as well as our cash from operations, while our long-term sources of funds will be from cash from operations and/or debt or equity financings. We believe that these sources of funds will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for the foreseeable future.

 

Our dividend policy will impact our future liquidity needs. Our board of directors has adopted a dividend policy to pay a regular quarterly dividend of $0.425 per share on our common and subordinated shares and initially we will use all of our operating cash flow (which includes a deduction for drydocking costs and other expenses pursuant to our management agreement) to fund our distributions to shareholders. We expect to use approximately $4.1 million of proceeds from this offering to pay dividends on the subordinated shares for the initial three quarters following this offering. Please read “Financial Forecast and Cash Available for Dividends – Forecasted Available Cash.” On an historical basis, only a small portion of our contracted fleet was in operation, and therefore we would not have been able to pay our base dividend on all of the common and subordinated shares expected to be outstanding after this offering; however, we expect to be able to pay our base dividend during the forecast period.

 

We estimate that throughout the period of the delivery of our contracted fleet, we will pay aggregate dividends approximately equal to our operating cash flow. As we complete the acquisition of our contracted fleet and achieve a more balanced capital structure, we expect our operating cash flow per share to increase, which will allow us to retain a portion of our cash for reinvestment in our business while continuing to pay dividends. Retained cash may be used, among other things, to fund vessel or fleet acquisitions, other capital expenditures and debt repayments, as determined by our board of directors. Our dividend policy reflects our judgment that by retaining a portion of our cash in our business over the long-term, we will be able to provide better value to our shareholders by enhancing our longer term dividend paying capacity. It is our goal to further grow our dividend through accretive acquisitions of additional vessels beyond our contracted fleet of 23 containerships. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in meeting our goal.

 

In the event our future liquidity needs are greater than our current forecast, it could reduce or eliminate the cash available for distribution as dividends. In such event, our board of directors may change our dividend policy.

 

68


Table of Contents

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional common shares in this offering, the net proceeds will be used to fund a portion of the acquisition of the additional 13 containerships in our contracted fleet.

 

The cost to complete the acquisition of the additional 13 containerships, is estimated to be approximately $849.3 million, which we expect to fund primarily from our secured credit facility and from the sale of additional common shares. We expect that we will complete this sale of additional common shares within 18 months after the completion of this offering. Our obligation to purchase the additional 13 containerships is not conditional upon our ability to obtain financing for such purchase.

 

SCLL and certain VesselCos have agreed to mitigate the risk of completing the sale of additional common shares within 18 months after the completion of this offering by providing us the right to issue common shares in payment of up to $100.0 million of the purchase price for the last four of the additional 13 containerships in our contracted fleet. Such common shares would be valued at a net price equal to 95% of the initial public offering price of the common shares being sold in this offering. Assuming the underwriters do not exercise the over-allotment option, based on our forecast, we will have a cash balance of approximately $29.6 million remaining from the proceeds of this offering that will be applied to the purchase of the additional 13 containerships. This cash balance, plus the issuance of the $100 million in common shares, plus the amount that will be available at such time under the $750.0 million tranche of our credit facility will be sufficient to pay for the purchase price for the additional 13 containerships.

 

China Shipping and its majority-owned subsidiary, CSCL, are currently our only customers. During 2003 and 2004 and the first quarter of 2005, China Shipping and CSCL accounted for 100% of our predecessor’s containership revenues. China Shipping and CSCL will account for 100% of our containership revenues until December 14, 2005, when our first vessel chartered by Lykes is scheduled to be delivered to us. Even after the acquisition of our contracted fleet, CSCL and Lykes will continue to represent a substantial majority of our revenues. Upon delivery of our contracted fleet, we will derive all of our revenues and cash flows from CSCL and Lykes. All of the vessels that we are to acquire are chartered to China Shipping and Lykes under long-term time charters, and these charterers’ payments to us will be our sole source of operating cash flow. At any given time in the future, the cash resources of the charterers may be diminished or exhausted, and we cannot assure you that the charterers will be able to make charter payments to us. If the charterers are unable to make charter payments to us, our results of operations and financial condition will be materially adversely affected.

 

We have good commercial relations with each of these customers and we believe they will be able to meet their commitments under their charter agreements with us. Part of our business strategy is to grow our customer base. If our existing charters with China Shipping, CSCL or Lykes were terminated, based on current charter rates, we believe we could recharter such vessels at rates higher than our existing rates over similar time periods, although we cannot assure you that this would be the case. If market rates decline and we recharter at lower rates, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 

Operating Activities Cash Flows

 

Our net cash flows from operating activities correspond directly with the number of vessels under charter. Net cash flows from operating activities increased 108.5%, or $4.0 million, to $7.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005, from $3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004. The increase for the 2005 period was primarily attributable to the delivery of the three additional vessels in December 2004, January 2005 and February 2005. Net cash flows from operating activities increased 10.0%, or $1.7 million, to $18.6 million for 2004, from $16.9 million for 2003. The increase for 2004 was due to the delivery of the first 8500 TEU vessel, the CSCL Oceania in December 2004. Our predecessor’s net cash flows from operating activities were exposed to fluctuations in operating expenses. In the future, ship operating expenses will be borne by our Manager. Pursuant to the management agreement, we will pay our Manager a daily operating expense rate per

 

69


Table of Contents

vessel for technical services it provides to us. In return for providing us with strategic and administrative management, our Manager will be entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by it and its affiliates in providing us with such services plus a monthly administrative services fee not to exceed $6,000 per month. As such, we expect that our operating cash flow will increase at a stable incremental rate as the size of our fleet increases, with minor fluctuations for normal changes in working capital balances, vessel off-hire periods, such as drydocking and repairs and maintenance activity and general and administrative expenses.

 

Financing Activities Cash Flows

 

Historically, the financing for vessels occurred at the time we entered into ship building contracts. Vessels were financed primarily with bank loans and cash advances from the vessel owners. This financing would remain in place after the vessels were delivered. Net cash flows from financing activities was $10.7 million and $(4.9) million for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. In the 2005 period, our predecessor received additional cash under its long-term debt agreements towards the financing of the acquisition of the two 4250 TEU vessels. Net cash flows from financing activities were $(8.3) million for 2004 and $212.3 million for 2003. In November 2004, our predecessor refinanced the five operating 4250 TEU vessels, two 8500 TEU vessels and three 4250 TEU vessels that were under construction at the time for more favorable repayment terms. As a result of the refinancing, we obtained additional cash and repaid to SCLL a $32.1 million cash advance for vessel construction in late 2004. As our predecessor long-term debt will be settled and not assumed by us on completion of the offering and the acquisition of the initial fleet, the historical cash flows from financing activities are not indicative of what our net cash flows from financing activities will be in the future.

 

Investing Activities Cash Flows

 

Historically, the cash payments for vessel construction begin when an order is placed to build the vessel and continues until the vessel is delivered. Net cash flows from investing activities was $(14.9) million and $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The 2005 period results primarily reflect the costs incurred on the acquisition of the two additional 4250 TEU vessels. No vessels were delivered during the comparable 2004 period. Net cash flows from investing activities was $(8.7) million for 2004 and $(236.4) million for 2003. During the 23 months from January 2003 to November 2004, two 8500 TEU vessels and three 4250 TEU vessels were still under construction and during the month of December 2004, one 8500 TEU vessel was delivered. Our predecessor’s investing cash flows are not indicative of what our net cash flows from investing activities will be in the future because we will no longer make installment payments during the construction phase of the vessels.

 

Ongoing Capital Expenditures and Dividends

 

Our operating fleet is less than five years old; as such, no significant capital expenditures for drydocking and maintenance have occurred in the past. Our Manager has included the cost of routine drydocking within the technical services fee we will pay pursuant to the management agreement in the future. Over the five years following the date of this offering, we estimate that our Manager will spend for drydocking an average of approximately $0.4 million for each 4250 TEU vessel and approximately $0.5 million for each 8500 TEU and 9600 TEU vessel.

 

The technical services fee does not cover extraordinary costs or expenses. We will be insured for certain matters, but we cannot assure you that our insurance will be adequate to cover all of these matters. For more information, please read “Our Manager and Related Agreements—Management Agreement.”

 

We must make substantial capital expenditures over the long-term to preserve our capital base. If we do not retain funds in our business in amounts necessary to preserve our capital base, over the long-term, we will not be able to continue to refinance our indebtedness or maintain our dividends. Our forecast indicates that for 2008, the first full year after the acquisition of all of our contracted fleet, we should generate $15.5 million of cash after

 

70


Table of Contents

paying our operating expenditures for the year and regular quarterly dividends of $0.425 per share on our common and subordinated shares. On an annual basis, we will likely need at some time in the future to retain funds in addition to such amount to provide reasonable assurance of maintaining our capital base over the long-term. We believe it is not possible to determine now, with any reasonable degree of certainty, when and how much of our operating cash flow we should retain in our business to preserve our capital base. We believe that the amounts we forecast to be able to retain in our business after the acquisition of our initial fleet will provide a substantial portion of our needs. There are a number of factors that will not be determinable for a number of years, but that will enter into our board of directors’ future decisions regarding the amount of funds to be retained in our business to preserve our capital base, including the following:

 

    the remaining lives of our vessels (we estimate that the vessels in our contracted fleet had or will have, as applicable, useful lives of approximately 30 years when new, but their actual useful lives could vary significantly);

 

    the returns that we generate on our retained cash flow, particularly the returns generated from investments in additional vessels (this will depend on the economic terms of any future acquisitions and charters, which are currently unknown);

 

    future market charter rates for our vessels, particularly with respect to our contracted fleet when the vessels come off charter (this will depend on various factors, including: our existing charters are not expected to expire for approximately 10-12 years from their commencement; the existing charters are at rates substantially below current spot rates and short-term charter rates; but actual market charter rates when the existing charters expire are currently unknown);

 

    our future operating and interest costs, particularly after the expiration of the initial management fees and financing arrangements described in this prospectus (our technical operating costs will be fixed until December 31, 2008 and will be subject to renegotiation thereafter; our initial financing costs are effectively hedged through 2012; but future operating and financing costs are currently unknown);

 

    our future refinancing requirements and alternatives and conditions in the relevant financing and capital markets at that time; and

 

    unanticipated future events and other contingencies. Please read “Risk Factors.”

 

Our board of directors will periodically consider these factors in determining our need to retain funds rather than pay them out as dividends. Unless we are successful in making acquisitions with outside sources of financing, which add a material amount to our cash available for retention in our business or unless our board of directors concludes that we will likely be able to recharter our fleet upon expiration of existing charters at rates higher than the rates in our current charters, our board of directors will likely determine at some future date to reduce, or possibly eliminate, our dividend in order to be able to have reasonable assurance that it is retaining the funds necessary to preserve our capital base.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The contractual obligations schedule set out below includes the existing long-term debt prior to this offering. Accordingly, the historical contractual obligations schedule is not indicative of our contractual obligations in the future. For a description of our credit facility, please read “Our Credit Facility.” The following table summarizes the long-term contractual obligations as of December 31, 2004:

 

    2005

  2006

  2007

  2008

  2009

  Thereafter

  Total

    (in thousands)

Bank term loans

  $ 19,773   $ 24,330   $ 24,330   $ 24,330   $ 24,330   $ 274,679   $ 391,772

Junior loans

    —       150     350     400     400     3,700     5,000

Ship building contracts

    18,913     —       —       —       —       —       18,913
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

  $ 38,686   $ 24,480   $ 24,680   $ 24,730   $ 24,730   $ 278,379   $ 415,685
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the initial public offering, the sale of our subordinated shares and application of the net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds,” our long-term contractual obligations as of December 31, 2004, excluding amounts payable under our credit facility and interest rate swaps, would have consisted of the following:

 

    2005

  2006

  2007

  2008

  2009

  Thereafter

  Total

    (in thousands)

Purchase agreement for additional 13 vessels

  $ 162,236   $ 284,467   $ 402,592   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ 849,295

Fixed payments to the Manager for technical and administrative services under our management agreement (1)

    9,840     26,606     36,570     40,515     40,515     648,240     802,286
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

    $ 172,076   $ 311,073   $ 439,162   $ 40,515   $ 40,515   $ 648,240   $ 1,651,581
   

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)   The technical services portion of the fees are fixed through December 31, 2008. The administrative services portion of the fees are capped at $6,000 per month. For purposes of this table only, we have assumed the same rate for 2009 to the end of the initial term of the management agreement. The amounts presented above do not include fees or reimbursements that may become payable to our Manager for administrative or strategic services provided.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through our floating-rate borrowings. Significant increases in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to service our debt. Our predecessor entered into interest rate swap agreements to reduce its exposure to cash flow risks from changing interest rates. Our predecessor accounted for derivatives and hedging activities in accordance with FASB Statement No. 133, “ Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities ,” as amended, which requires that all derivative instruments be recorded on the balance sheet at their respective fair values. Because our predecessor did not designate the interest rate swap agreements as hedging instruments, changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps were reported in current period earnings. The fair value changed as market interest rates changed.

 

As of December 31, 2004, our floating-rate borrowings totaled $396.8 million, of which we had entered into interest rate swap agreements to fix the rates on a notional principal of $235.0 million. These interest rate swaps have a fair value of $18.9 million.

 

72


Table of Contents

The table below provides information about our financial instruments at December 31, 2004 that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by expected maturity dates. See note 7 to our predecessor combined financial statements included elsewhere herein, which provides additional information with respect to our existing debt agreements. The information in this table is based upon our predecessor’s debt and does not reflect our credit facility.

 

     Principal Repayment Dates

 
     2005

    2006

    2007

    2008

    2009

    Thereafter

 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Bank term loans:

                                                

Bearing interest at variable interest rates (1)

   $ 8,023     $ 12,080     $ 12,080     $ 12,080     $ 12,080     $ 105,429  

Bearing interest at fixed interest rates (2)

   $ 11,750     $ 12,250     $ 12,250     $ 12,250     $ 12,250     $ 169,250  

Average fixed pay rate (3)

     5.51 %     5.51 %     5.51 %     5.51 %     5.51 %     5.51 %

Junior loan:

                                                

Bearing interest at variable interest rates

     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Bearing interest at fixed interest rates (4)

     —       $ 150     $ 350     $ 400     $ 400     $ 3,700  

Average fixed pay rate (3)

     —         4.43 %     4.43 %     4.43 %     4.43 %     4.43 %

(1)   Represents principal payments on bank term loans that bear interest at variable rates for which we have not entered into interest rate swap agreements to fix the LIBOR. Information on the variable interest rates we will pay is set out in note 7 to our combined financial statements.
(2)   Represents principal payments on bank term loans that bear interest at variable rates for which we have entered into interest rate swap agreements to fix the LIBOR.
(3)   The average fixed pay rate reflects our rate under interest rate swap agreements and excludes the margin we pay on our debt.
(4)   Represents principal payments on a junior loan that bears interest at a variable rate for which we have entered into interest rate swap agreements to fix the LIBOR. Information on the variable interest rate we pay is set out in note 7 of our combined financial statements.

 

In connection with our credit facility, we have entered into interest rate swap agreements to reduce our exposure to market risks of changing interest rates. The swaps will be accounted for as hedging instruments as they are expected to be effective in mitigating the risks of changes in interest rates over the term of the debt. As a result, changes in the fair value of the interest rates swap are excluded from earnings until settled.

 

Counterparties to these financial instruments expose us to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance; however, counterparties to these agreements are major financial institutions, and we consider the risk of loss due to nonperformance to be minimal. We do not require collateral from these institutions. We do not hold and will not issue interest rate swaps for trading purposes.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

 

In the past and in the future, substantially all of our operating revenues and costs have been and will be denominated in U.S. dollars. As such, historically we have not been, and in the future we will not be, exposed to the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Our predecessor did not, and we will not, enter into derivative instruments to hedge the foreign currency translation of assets or liabilities or foreign currency transactions or use financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Other than the commitments described above or in our financial forecast for contractual obligations, debt instruments and interest rate swaps, we do not have any other transactions, obligations or relationships that could be considered material off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

73


Table of Contents

THE INTERNATIONAL CONTAINERSHIP INDUSTRY

 

The information and data contained in this prospectus relating to the containership industry has been provided by Clarkson Research Services Limited, or CRS, and is taken from CRS’ database and other sources. We do not have any knowledge that the information provided by CRS is inaccurate in any material respect. CRS has advised us that this information is drawn from its database and other sources and that: (a) some information in CRS’ database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; (b) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in CRS’ database; and (c) while CRS has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures, and may accordingly contain errors.

 

Overview of the Container Shipping Market

 

Container shipping is responsible for the movement of a wide range of goods from one part of the world to another in a unitized form. Participants in the container shipping industry include “liner” companies, who operate container shipping services, containership owners, often known as charter owners, who own containerships and charter them out to the operators, and shippers who require the seaborne movement of containerized goods. Container shipping represents an important and increasingly significant part of the global seaborne movement of goods. In 2004, global container trade stood at an estimated 96 million TEU 1 . As of June 1, 2005, the global containership fleet contained 3,463 fully cellular 2 containerships, with a total standing slot capacity 3 of over 7.4 million TEU, while the total container capable fleet capacity stood at over 9.4 million TEU. Growth in the liner shipping market has been relatively rapid in comparison with other major shipping sectors such as tankers and bulkcarriers. In terms of loaded containers moved from origin to destination, estimated global container trade moved from 50.8 million TEU in 1997 to 95.8 million TEU in 2004, a compound average annual growth rate 4 of 9.5%. In the last three years demand for container shipping has accelerated strongly, with estimated growth in world container trade reaching 10.5% in 2002, 11.3% in 2003 and 13.9% in 2004.

 

LOGO

 


1   A measure of container cargo or container capacity units, TEU = twenty foot equivalent unit.
2   Equipped with fixed cell guides for containers throughout.
3   Nominal static ship container capacity.
4   All period growth rates are compound average growth rates unless stated otherwise.

 

74


Table of Contents

Global container trade is spread over a range of long-haul, regional, and intra-regional routes. The “mainlane” container trades on the major east-west routes are the world’s largest in volume terms, with the Transpacific forming the world’s largest container trade with 17% of the total volume in 2004, followed by the Far East-Europe trade and the Transatlantic. In addition to these trades there are “intermediate” trades on the mainlane east-west corridor serving the Middle East and the Indian Sub-Continent. North-South trades form the second layer of the global liner network, connecting the northern hemisphere with South America, Africa and Australasia. Additionally there also important intra-regional container trades, intra-Asia or intra-Europe, for example.

 

World Seaborne Container Trade

 

estimated, million TEU


   2003

   % share     2004

    % share     2005*

    % share     2006*

    % share  

Transpacific

   eastbound         9.7    11.6 %   11.4     11.9 %   12.8     12.0 %   14.3     12.2 %
     growth               17 %         12 %         12 %      
     westbound         4.6    5.5 %   4.9     5.1 %   5.2     4.9 %   5.7     4.8 %
     growth               7 %         7 %         8 %      

Far East-Europe

   westbound         6.4    7.7 %   7.5     7.8 %   8.3     7.8 %   9.1     7.7 %
     growth               16 %         10 %         9 %      
     eastbound         3.1    3.7 %   3.5     3.7 %   3.8     3.6 %   4.3     3.7 %
     growth               14 %         8 %         12 %      

Transatlantic

   westbound         3.1    3.7 %   3.2     3.4 %   3.4     3.2 %   3.7     3.1 %
     growth               5 %         6 %         7 %      
     eastbound         2.3    2.7 %   2.5     2.6 %   2.6     2.5 %   2.9     2.4 %
     growth               7 %         7 %         8 %      
         
        

       

       

     

Global Total

        84.1          95.8           106.3           117.1        
     growth               14 %         11 %         10 %      
         
        

       

       

     

* Forecast

Source: Clarkson Research, June 2005

 

The Transpacific and the Far East-Europe are the world’s two largest container trades. In recent years, it has been Chinese trade which has driven most of the increase in volumes out of Asia. Chinese trade remains the key factor behind expanding container trade, and in 2004, estimated trade volumes on the eastbound Transpacific trade grew by approximately 17% and on the westbound Far East-Europe trade by approximately 16%. In addition to the impact of China on global container trade, other recent growth areas include trade out of Brazil, trade in and out of Russia and the Baltic, and intra-Asian trade, which has also been largely influenced by growth in Chinese trade.

 

Containership Supply

 

Global container trade is served by a large fleet of container carrying vessels. The most significant part of this fleet are the fully cellular containerships, which as of June 1, 2005, comprised 78% of global available TEU capacity amongst 3,463 ships. The remainder of the container capable fleet is made up of a range of non-fully cellular ship types, including MPPs, Ro-Ros and General Cargo ships, which often have container carrying capacity.

 

The container carrying fleet has responded to rapid demand growth, and overall container capable standing slot capacity expanded at an annual average of 7.8% in the period 1997-2004, driven mainly by growth of the fully cellular containership fleet, which more than doubled in capacity during the same period of time. As of April 1, 2005, total capacity in the overall container capable fleet stood at 9.36 million TEU, with a total of 10,184 container capable ships.

 

75


Table of Contents

The fully cellular containership fleet is made up of a wide range of ships from below 500 TEU in capacity to 8000 TEU and above. At the top end of the scale are the “Deep Sea” containerships of 3000 TEU and above which are generally responsible for servicing the mainlane east-west trades. These are designated as Panamax or Post-Panamax according to their capability to transit the Panama Canal given their physical dimensions. “Intermediate” containerships are between 1000 TEU and 2999 TEU in capacity and generally serve intermediate, north-south and in some cases intra-regional trade. Below 1000 TEU in capacity are the “Feeder” containerships generally operated on an intra-regional basis, often relaying or “feeding” cargo within a region from or to main port hubs served by mainlane trades. A large proportion of the growth in containership capacity in recent years has been in the Panamax and Post-Panamax “Deep Sea” segments. Panamax fleet capacity rose from 1.12 million TEU at the start of 1998 to 2.07 million TEU as of June 1, 2005, while Post-Panamax capacity increased from 0.38 million TEU to 2.11 million TEU over the same period.

 

Orderbook

 

The containership orderbook as of June 1, 2005, reached a new record level of 1,187 ships, 4.41 million TEU, and represented 59.0% of the fleet in terms of capacity. For containerships with capacity of 3000 TEU or greater, this figure stood at 81.3%, with 286 Post-Panamaxes and 284 Panamaxes on order.

 

Containership Orderbook

 

          Orderbook

   By Year Of Delivery:

          Total

   2005

   2006

   2007

   2008/09

          ships

   000 TEU

   000 TEU

   000 TEU

   000 TEU

   000 TEU

Feeder

   0-999 TEU    168    134.6    40.1    57.0    30.5    7.1

Intermediate

   1000-2999 TEU    449    871.1    145.2    273.2    258.3    194.5

Deep Sea

   3000 TEU & above    570    3,399.5    421.4    977.7    895.8    1104.7
         
  
  
  
  
  

Total

        1,187    4,405.3    606.6    1,307.9    1,184.6    1,306.2
         
  
  
  
  
  

Source: Clarkson Research, June 2005

 

The Charter Market

 

The containership charter market is playing an increasingly important role in the container shipping industry as a whole. Historically, a significant share of the world’s containership capacity has been owned by the liner companies operating container shipping services. More recently these operators have chosen to charter a larger proportion of the capacity that they operate. The remainder is controlled by ship owning companies, such as Seaspan, which use the “charter market” to charter their vessels out to the liner companies. These are often referred to as “charter owners.”

 

76


Table of Contents

The rapid growth in fully cellular containership capacity has been driven by increases in contracting of containerships. Charter owners have increased their share of the fleet in recent years, and have been responsible for a substantial share of containership capacity contracted, and investment in containerships.

 

LOGO

 

With regard to removals from the containership fleet, the sale for demolition of capacity has generally been fairly insignificant relative to additions to the fleet. A substantial number of containerships are operating beyond 25 years of age. As of June 1, 2005, the containership fleet contained 382 ships built in 1980 or earlier (over 11% of the fleet in terms of ship numbers) and 130 built in 1975 or earlier.

 

The Market and Outlook

 

The containership freight market is expressed by the rate paid by shippers to move containers on various routes within the global liner network. The graph below shows the development of indicative freight rates on the peak legs of the mainlane trades i.e. out of Asia on the Transpacific and Far East-Europe, and westbound on the Transatlantic. In general, since early 2002 container freight rates have been mainly on an upward trend, bolstered by relatively rapid increases in demand.

 

LOGO

 

77


Table of Contents

Looking ahead, expansion in world container trade is estimated to reach a double-digit percentage for the fourth consecutive year in 2005. Taking into account trade volume estimations and historical relationships between trade patterns and container trade flows, it is estimated that container trade is set to grow by 10.9% in full year 2005 and 10.1% in 2006. On the supply side, in line with the heavy containership delivery schedule for that year, fully cellular containership capacity alone is estimated to increase by 12.2% in full year 2005 and 15.8% in 2006.

 

There are, of course, limitations and risks to these scenarios, dependent on future developments in the world economy and global trade patterns, and the development of ordering, deliveries and demolitions in the future. For example, in 2001, the growth in container shipping demand was only 2.5%, which was well below historical average growth rates. At the same time, the containership orderbook represented over 30% of the global containership fleet in terms of capacity at the start of the year. The impact of the differential between growth in demand and supply on the container freight market and the containership charter market was sharply negative, pushing rates acutely downwards in both cases.

 

The Containership Charter Market

 

Overview

 

As of June 1, 2005, CRS estimated that 1,769 containerships in the 3,463 strong fully cellular containership fleet were owned by charter owners such as Seaspan. The share of total capacity 1 operated by the top 10 liner companies which was chartered increased from around 15% at the start of 1993 to more than 47% at the start of 2005, as liner companies have increasingly turned to other parties for capital investment in ships, and as increasing levels of funds (largely in Germany) have become available to charter owners for investment in new containerships. In terms of charter hire revenue, the containership charter market amounted to an estimated total value of $8.0 billion in 2003, and an estimated $13.7 billion in 2004, 2 based on prevailing time charter rate levels. The value of the charter market as a whole, however, fluctuates with containership charter rates and is open to risks and limitations as discussed above.

 

LOGO

 


1   Includes all container capable “liner” capacity.
2   Estimated total charter hire revenue before operating and financing costs, based on charter owner capacity, average $/day/TEU 6-12 month time charter rates across a range of containership types, and 360 days per year.

 

78


Table of Contents

A substantial part of the containership charter market is focused on containerships of 4500 TEU or less, and the large majority of charter market activity in this sector is time charter 1 business, with charter periods ranging from months to 3 years or more. However, in other instances, and generally in the case of larger Panamax and Post-Panamax containerships, the charter owner will contract a containership newbuilding at a shipyard, which is then chartered out to one of the major container shipping lines on a long-term time charter which could be anything up to 10 or 12 years in duration.

 

Charter owners have in general increased their share of the fleet in recent years, and have been responsible for a substantial share of containership capacity contracted, and investment in containerships. The table below shows the estimated investment in the containership fleet as a whole and by size sector, along with the share of estimated investment attributable to charter owners. In the five year period 2000-2004, charter owners invested on average $7.9 billion in new containership contracts each year. The estimated level of investment in containerships with capacity of 1000 TEU and above by charter owners exceeded $10.0 billion in both 2003 and 2004, indicative of the increasing role of charter owners in the overall provision of larger containership capacity. The value of investment in containerships, however, fluctuates with containership newbuilding prices, the development of which is open to certain risks and limitations in terms of the demand for new ships, and ship building industry fundamentals.

 

Estimated Investment In Containerships (in billions)

 

            2000

    2001

    2002

    2003

    2004

 

Feeder

   Charter Owner      $ 0.5     $ 0.5     $ 0.4     $ 1.1     $ 1.3  

0-999 TEU

   Total      $ 0.5     $ 0.7     $ 0.5     $ 1.5     $ 1.5  
     Charter Owner %        91 %     71 %     79 %     74 %     87 %
           


 


 


 


 


Intermediate

   Charter Owner      $ 3.1     $ 1.2     $ 0.3     $ 3.6     $ 5.0  

1000-2999 TEU

   Total      $ 4.0     $ 1.9     $ 1.0     $ 4.5     $ 6.6  
     Charter Owner %        78 %     63 %     29 %     81 %     76 %
           


 


 


 


 


Deep Sea

   Charter Owner      $ 4.0     $ 1.9     $ 1.4     $ 9.8     $ 5.4  

3000+ TEU

   Total      $ 7.7     $ 4.2     $ 3.1     $ 18.0     $ 16.6  
     Charter Owner %        52 %     45 %     44 %     54 %     32 %
           


 


 


 


 


Total

   Charter Owner      $ 7.6     $ 3.6     $ 2.0     $ 14.5     $ 11.7  
     Total      $ 12.2     $ 6.8     $ 4.5     $ 23.9     $ 24.7  
     Charter Owner %        62 %     53 %     45 %     61 %     47 %
           


 


 


 


 



Note : Estimated investment based on capacity contracted and average per TEU newbuilding prices across a range of containership types. Based on best available historical ownership data.

Source: Clarkson Research, June 2005

 

Time Charter Rate Development

 

In the containership charter market, there has been significant upward movement in time charter rates in the period since the start of 2002. Demand for containership capacity driven by increases in global container trade has underpinned upward market movements, and the market has recovered from the falls seen in 2001 to levels beyond previous market highs. Containership economies of scale mean that the daily time charter rate per TEU for a larger containership is smaller than for a ship with lower TEU capacity. Estimated 6-12 month time charter rates 2 for a theoretical 1700 TEU geared 3 containership 4 moved from an average of $8,025/day in 2002 to an

 


1   In which the charterer hires the vessel from the owner at a per day time charter rate.
2   Based on market assessments by H. Clarkson and Co. Ltd. brokers.
3   Geared vessels have their own cranes for the purpose of loading and unloading containers, while gearless vessels do not.
4   Based on a geared fully cellular ship, 1650-1750 nominal TEU.

 

79


Table of Contents

average of $23,108/day in 2004. For a theoretical 2750 TEU gearless containership 1 the equivalent rates have moved from an average of $10,700/day in 2002 to an average of $33,850/day in 2004. For a theoretical 3500 TEU gearless containership 2 rates have moved from an average of $14,275/day in 2002 to an average of $35,361/day in 2004, and for a theoretical 4400 TEU gearless containership 3 rates have moved from an average of $23,583/day in the second half of 2002 to an average of $43,375/day in 2004. As of the start of June 2005, the 6-12 month time charter rate for a 4400 TEU containership was approximately $49,000/day.

 

The time charter rate development series featured in the graph below do not cover the very largest containerships of 8000 TEU and above, or the smaller Post-Panamax ships. These vessels are not currently chartered on the “liquid” 4 charter market. When owned by charter owners they are generally ordered as new and chartered out to containership operators on a long-term time charter in tandem with the arrangement of the newbuilding. As such, development of time charter rates for these ships do not form part of the transparent charter market, and assessments for standard deals cannot generally be meaningfully tracked.

 

LOGO

 


1   Based on a gearless fully cellular ship, 2600-2900 nominal TEU.
2   Based on a gearless fully cellular ship, 3200-3600 nominal TEU.
3   Based on a gearless fully cellular ship, 4300-4500 nominal TEU.
4   The liquid market means the relatively transparent market in which containership chartering is generally conducted. Post-Panamax containership chartering is often connected to newbuilding arrangement, and is not always concluded as part of this market.

 

80


Table of Contents

Along with the positive movements in containership charter rates during 2003 and 2004, the market has also seen an increase in average charter periods. A fixture is the term used to denote the agreement of a new charter, and the average period of reported fixtures 1 moved from 11.2 months in January 2003 to 33.8 months in January 2005, reflecting the charter owners’ ability to push for longer charter periods in a strong market for ships. The average period across reported fixtures observed on the transparent charter market, however, is generally substantially shorter than the longer charter periods seen for many large containership newbuildings chartered by charter owners to liner companies.

 

LOGO

 

During 2003 and 2004 the volume of reported fixtures was relatively high, but as demand continued to grow, and a greater number of ships were committed for longer periods than previously, the lack of supply caused the volume of fixtures to slow.

 


1   Reported fixtures for fully cellular containerships identified and collected by CRS.

 

81


Table of Contents

The charter owner containership sector is also subject to the development of containership newbuilding prices, which reflect the cost of the acquisition of new containerships by owners from the shipyards. The graph below shows the development of containership newbuilding prices 1 for three sizes of containership, expressed in dollars per TEU. Since early 2003 newbuilding prices have risen steadily. The total newbuilding price for a theoretical 2750 TEU containership increased from $29.5 million at the start of 2003 to $54.0 million at the start of June 2005. Over the same period, for a theoretical 4600 TEU containership the newbuilding price rose from $45.0 million to $82.0 million, while the newbuilding price for a theoretical 6200 TEU containership increased from $60.0 million to $105.0 million. Economies of scale in containership building mean that the cost per TEU involved in building larger containerships is smaller than for ships with smaller TEU capacity.

 

LOGO

 

The charter owner containership orderbook as of June 1, 2005, was 2.07 million TEU, representing 60.8% of the existing charter owner fleet in terms of capacity. For containerships with a capacity of 3000 TEU or greater, this figure stood at 83.0%. As of June 1, 2005, the charter owner orderbook contained 0.41 million TEU for delivery in 2005, 0.82 million TEU for 2006 delivery, and 0.52 million TEU for delivery in 2007. 0.32 million TEU of capacity is already on order for delivery in 2008 and onwards.

 


1   These newbuilding prices are based on market assessments by H.Clarkson & Co. Ltd. brokers. They can vary as to country of build, delivery date and ship specification.

 

82


Table of Contents

As of June 1, 2005, estimated charter owner investment based on the containership orderbook was $28.0 billion. The table below shows the containership orderbook in terms of total estimated investment by charter owners.

 

Charter Owner Containership Orderbook & Estimated Investment

 

    

Total

Orderbook

000 TEU


    By Year Of Delivery:

 
      

2005

000 TEU


   

2006

000 TEU


   

2007

000 TEU


   

2008/09

000 TEU


 
            

Feeder—0-999 TEU

     111.7       33.0       49.1       24.2       5.4  

Intermediate—1000-2999 TEU

     674.1       107.3       224.8       212.5       129.6  

Deep Sea—3000 TEU & above

     1,283.3       267.6       548.9       284.2       182.7  
    


 


 


 


 


Total

     2,069.1       407.8       822.8       520.9       317.6  
    


 


 


 


 


% of current charter owner fleet TEU

     60.8 %     12.0 %     24.2 %     15.3 %     9.3 %
    


 


 


 


 


Estimated investment in billions

   $ 28.0     $ 4.9     $ 10.5     $ 7.7     $ 4.9  
    


 


 


 


 



Note : Estimated investment based on estimated contract prices where information not available.

Based on best available ownership data.

Source: Clarkson Research, June 2005

 

Competition

 

The charter market can be seen as competition between a number of classes of industry participants satisfying the demand for containership capacity. Charter owners compete against the liner companies themselves (operator owners such as Maersk Sealand, MSC and Evergreen), who own container carrying vessels for the services that they operate. This differs somewhat from the traditional tanker and bulkcarrier shipping sectors where owners are providing tonnage to charterers who are mainly cargo interests or operators, less inclined to take part in ownership. Containership owning liner companies are often significant corporate entities, while charter owners are often part of wider groups involved in activities such as ship financing, management or broking. Charter owners are numerous, with over 350 owning containerships as of June 1, 2005.

 

Top Containership Charter Owners by TEU Capacity

 

     ships

   TEU

   avg. size

NSB Niederelbe

   74    267,223    3,611

E.R. Schiffahrt

   54    228,994    4,241

Zodiac Maritime

   44    170,993    3,886

Reederei C.-P. Offen

   48    138,980    2,895

Costamare

   43    137,048    3,187

NVA Norddeutsche

   28    107,369    3,835

Rickmers Reederei

   52    102,250    1,966

Danaos

   25    101,970    4,079

Peter Dohle

   47    99,343    2,114

F. Laeisz

   24    82,466    3,436

Kaisho Shipping

   14    82,416    5,887

Hanseatic Lloyd

   23    71,099    3,091

Leonhardt & Blumberg

   38    68,128    1,793

Ofer Group

   22    67,647    3,075

Schulte Group

   31    58,634    1,891

Gebab

   20    56,625    2,831

Hansa Treuhand

   14    53,192    3,799

 

83


Table of Contents
     ships

   TEU

   avg. size

Hermann Buss

   35    46,793    1,337

Seaspan Container Lines

   9    46,686    5,187

Shoei Kisen

   19    45,583    2,399

Klaus Oldendorff

   23    39,409    1,713

Technomar

   16    38,463    2,404

Ch. F. Ahrenkiel

   18    37,832    2,102

Oskar Wehr

   18    37,335    2,074

Schoeller

   31    35,630    1,149
    
  
  

Source: Clarkson Research, June 2005.

 

Within the charter owner grouping, there is a range of types of shipowner. The largest share of the charter owner containership fleet is owned by German shipowners (examples in the table above include NSB Neiderelbe, E.R. Schiffahrt, and Reederei C-P Offen). German owners in total accounted for 59.6% of the fully cellular containerships in the charter owner fleet as of June 1, 2005 and 75.3% of the containerships on order to charter owners.

 

A large number of the ships owned by these companies have been financed by the German KG 1 system, which allows tax benefits to private investors in certain ship owning companies. KG equity houses are generally responsible for collecting the funds. In some instances they are part of German shipowning and management groups, and in others they are separate operations working with external shipowning or management companies within Germany. While scheduled changes to the structure of the KG system in the next few years will eliminate the tax benefit (derived from accelerated asset depreciation) to investors, KG houses are expected to continue to promote significant investment in ships through the German tonnage tax system. Other identifiable charter owner groupings include Greek owners (examples in the table above are Costamare and Danaos), and also include companies using other financing schemes such as Scandinavian KS financing.

 


1   KG stands for ‘Kommanditgesellschaft’.

 

84


Table of Contents

Container shipping demand growth in the future, while open to risks and limitations already detailed, will require the liner shipping companies to further grow their containership capacity. As a result, although that demand could be subject to risks and limitations, the provision of containerships to the market by charter owners maintains the potential for expansion in the future.

 

LOGO

 

85


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are Seaspan Corporation, a Marshall Islands corporation that was incorporated on May 3, 2005 to acquire all of SCLL’s current containership business. Our business is to own containerships, charter them pursuant to long-term, fixed rate charters and seek additional accretive vessel acquisitions. We deploy all our vessels on long-term, fixed-rate time charters to take advantage of the stable cash flow and high utilization rates that are typically associated with long-term time charters. Our primary objective is to grow our business in order to increase distributable cash flow per share.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, we will acquire our initial fleet, consisting of eight 4250 TEU vessels and two 8500 TEU vessels from the VesselCos. In addition, we have entered into a purchase agreement with certain of the VesselCos to acquire an additional 13 new containerships as they are completed and delivered, over approximately the next 25 months. The additional 13 containerships will consist of eleven 4250 TEU and two 9600 TEU vessels being constructed by Samsung. Our contracted fleet will have approximately 116,900 TEU in capacity.

 

Our customer selection process is targeted at well-established container liner companies that are growing in their trade routes, and that charter-in vessels on a long-term basis as part of their fleet expansion strategy. Our initial fleet is currently under time charters with China Shipping Group, a state-owned shipping conglomerate that operates across different regions, different sectors and different countries. China Shipping Group is the controlling shareholder of CSCL. China Shipping has subchartered these vessels to CSCL, its majority-owned subsidiary. These charters have an average remaining initial term of 9.1 years. Both China Shipping and CSCL are Chinese companies. CSCL, the 8th largest container shipping company in the world, is listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and has a market capitalization of approximately $2.6 billion. CSCL primarily operates in the China trade routes, which in the past few years have experienced significant growth. The additional 13 vessels under construction are also subject to long-term, fixed-rate charters. Four of these vessels are chartered to China Shipping and nine are under time charters with Lykes, a subsidiary of CP Ships. CP Ships, a Canadian company and the 17th largest container shipping company in the world, is listed on the New York and Toronto Stock Exchanges and has a market capitalization of approximately $1.4 billion. CP Ships principally services the Transatlantic trade lanes. The charters with China Shipping may be assigned after the closing of this offering to a wholly-owned operating subsidiary of CSCL which would then subcharter them directly to CSCL. China Shipping would only be released from its obligations under its charters if we consent to such assignment.

 

Our operations will be managed by our Manager, Seaspan Management Services Limited, under the supervision of our board of directors. We have entered into a long-term management agreement pursuant to which our Manager and its affiliates will provide us with technical, administrative and strategic services. Our Manager is owned by trusts established for members of the Dennis Washington family and an entity owned by directors and officers of our Manager and SCLL. SCLL is primarily owned by an entity controlled by a director of SCLL and an entity that is a member of the Washington Marine Group. The Washington Marine Group is a group of companies engaged in marine transportation and ship building, and is affiliated with the Washington Companies. The Washington Companies invest in and operate railway, mining, environmental remediation, aviation technology and other infrastructure businesses in North America. Please read “Our Manager and Management Related Agreements” for a description of our Manager and of the material terms of the management agreement.

 

86


Table of Contents

Our Fleet

 

Each vessel in our contracted fleet has been or is being built based upon standard designs from Samsung customized by SCLL and our Manager in consultation with the charterers of the vessels and two classification societies, Lloyd’s and Det Norske. These designs, which include certain technological advances, make our containerships efficient with respect to both voyage speed and loading when compared to many vessels operating in the industry. Our 8500 TEU vessels are capable of speeds of 25.9 knots on design drafts, making them among the fastest containerships. The average age of the ten vessels in our initial fleet is 1.9 years and upon scheduled delivery of the last vessel in our contracted fleet as of August 31, 2007, the average age of our contracted fleet will be 2.3 years. The following chart details the number of vessels in our fleet based on size as we take scheduled delivery:

 

Vessel Size


   Upon
Closing of
Offering


   Third
Quarter
2005


   Fourth
Quarter
2005


   Year Ending
December 31,


   Total

            2006

   2007

  

4250 TEU Class

   8    9    11    16    19    19

8500 TEU Class

   2    2    2    2    2    2

9600 TEU Class

   —      —      —      —      2    2
    
  
  
  
  
  

Operating Vessels

   10    11    13    18    23    23
    
  
  
  
  
  

Capacity (TEU)

   50,960    55,213    63,719    84,984    116,903    116,903

 

The table below provides additional information about our contracted fleet.

 

Our initial fleet consists of the following vessels:

 

Vessel Name


   Size
(TEU)


   Time
Charter
(years)


  

Commencement of
Charter


   Options
(years)


  

Charterer


CSCL Hamburg

   4253    10    July 2001    2    China Shipping (1)

CSCL Chiwan

   4253    10    September 2001    2    China Shipping (1)

CSCL Ningbo

   4253    10    June 2002    2    China Shipping (1)

CSCL Dalian

   4253    10    September 2002    2    China Shipping (1)

CSCL Felixstowe

   4253    10    October 2002    2    China Shipping (1)

CSCL Oceania

   8468    12    December 2004    3    China Shipping (1)

CSCL Africa

   8468    12    January 2005    3    China Shipping (1)

CSCL Vancouver

   4253    12    February 2005    —      China Shipping (1)

CSCL Sydney

   4253    12    April 2005    —      China Shipping (1)

CSCL New York

   4253    12    May 2005    —      China Shipping (1)

 

The additional 13 containerships currently under construction consist of the following vessels:

 

Vessel Name


   Size
(TEU)


   Time Charter
(years)


  Options
(years)


  

Charterer


  

Contractual
Delivery Date


CSCL Melbourne

   4253    12   —      China Shipping (1)    August 31, 2005

CSCL Brisbane

   4253    12   —      China Shipping (1)    October 15, 2005

CP Kanha

   4253    3+7 (2)   2    Lykes    December 14, 2005

CP Corbett

   4253    3+7 (2)   2    Lykes    March 14, 2006

Containership Banyan

   4253    3+7 (2)   2    Lykes    April 14, 2006

Lykes Merchant

   4253    3+7 (2)   2    Lykes    June 14, 2006

TMM Morelos

   4253    3+7 (2)   2    Lykes    September 14, 2006

Containership Margosa

   4253    3+7 (2)   2    Lykes    November 14, 2006

Lykes Victor

   4253    3+7 (2)   2    Lykes    January 14, 2007

TMM Nuevo Leon

   4253    3+7 (2)   2    Lykes    April 14, 2007

Containership Cassia

   4253    3+7 (2)   2    Lykes    June 14, 2007

CSCL Zeebrugge

   9580    12   —      China Shipping (1)    May 31, 2007

CSCL Long Beach

   9580    12   —      China Shipping (1)    August 31, 2007

 

87


Table of Contents

(1)   These vessels are subchartered to CSCL.
(2)   For these charters, the initial terms are three years that automatically extend for up to an additional seven years in successive one-year extensions, unless CP Ships elects to terminate the charters with two years’ prior written notice. The charterer is required to pay a termination fee of approximately $8.0 million to terminate a charter at the end of the initial term. The termination fee declines by $1.0 million per year per vessel in years four through nine.

 

The foregoing table indicates the delivery date for each vessel as stated in the relevant ship building contract. However, Samsung has delivered almost all of the vessels in our initial fleet prior to their contracted delivery dates and we expect that some of the vessels under construction may also be ready for delivery prior to their contracted delivery dates. Under the relevant ship building contract, any early delivery of a vessel requires that Samsung obtain the consent of the relevant VesselCo, which in turn will require our consent pursuant to our purchase agreement with the VesselCos. Please read “Acquisition of Our Contracted Fleet—Asset Purchase Agreement.”

 

The technical specifications of the three sizes of vessels in our fleet are as follows:

 

Size (TEU)


   Service Speed
(knots)


   Length (meters)

   Breadth (meters)

   Engine (BHP)

   Approximate Crew
Size


4253

   24.5    259.8    32.2    49,680    19

8468

   25.2    334.0    42.8    93,120    22

9580

   26.1    336.7    45.6    93,120    22

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths that will allow us to capitalize on the growth opportunities in the containership shipping industry, including the following:

 

    Long-term, fixed-rate time charters.     Each vessel in our contracted fleet is subject to a long-term, fixed-rate time charter. As a result, the revenues from our vessels are protected from the volatility of spot rates and short-term charters. In order to further mitigate our risk, we have historically placed newbuilding orders only when we have concurrently entered into long-term time charters with our customers.

 

    Full-service solutions approach to securing charters.     We provide integrated solutions for customers that desire to add multiple vessels in order to enter new trade routes or materially expand existing trade routes. Our Manager has the ability to provide ship design, drawing approval, construction supervision and brokering services to our customers. We believe this full-service solutions approach benefits our container liner customers in the form of lower operating and maintenance costs and improved service levels.

 

    Strong customer relationships.     We have long-standing relationships with our current customers, CSCL and CP Ships. We have played an important role in their growth, and upon delivery of our contracted fleet, we expect our vessels will represent in excess of 15% of CSCL’s containership fleet and CP Ships’ containership fleet. Our relationship with CSCL provides us with exposure to the high-growth China trade market. We believe that we will continue to be a significant provider to these two major container liners as they continue to grow their businesses. In addition, we have extensive relationships with many other leading container liners, which we believe will lead to future business.

 

    Uniform and newly built fleet.     Our fleet consists exclusively of ships that have been ordered based upon standard designs from Samsung and customized by SCLL and our Manager in consultation with the charterers of the vessels and two leading classification societies. The nineteen 4250 TEU vessels are sister ships and will be uniform in all material respects. In addition, all of our ships will have the same or similar equipment. This should provide us with significant efficiencies and economies of scale in operations, maintenance and crew training and provide our customers with efficiencies in stowage and scheduling.

 

88


Table of Contents
    Experienced management.     Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer each have over 25 years of professional experience in the shipping industry. In addition, the core management from our Manager has experience with many companies in the international ship management industry, including China Merchants Group, Maersk Sealand, Neptune Orient Lines, American President Lines, Safmarine, Columbia Ship Management and Bell Ships. Our Manager’s staff has skills in all aspects of ship management, including design, operations and marine engineering, among others. We were the first to order the 8500 TEU vessels and the 9600 TEU vessels. We also believe our Manager’s relationship with the Washington Marine Group will enhance our ability to identify and pursue future growth opportunities.

 

Our Business Strategies

 

We will seek to increase distributable cash flow per share by employing the following business strategies:

 

    Pursue long-term, fixed-rate charters.     We intend to continue to pursue long-term, fixed-rate charters, which provide us with stable future cash flows. Further, container liner companies typically employ long-term charters for strategic expansion into major trade routes while employing spot charters for shorter term discretionary needs. As container liner companies expand their services into these major trade routes, we believe that we will be well positioned to participate in their growth.

 

    Expand our customer relationships.     We intend to expand our relationships with CSCL and CP Ships, as well as add new customers as container liner companies continue to expand their use of chartered-in vessels to add capacity in their existing trade routes and establish new trade routes. We believe that we will benefit from the continued growth of worldwide container demand, especially in certain high-growth markets, such as China, where we have strong existing customer relationships. We also believe that our Manager’s experience in working with container liners to provide ship design, drawing approval, construction supervision and brokering services will improve our ability to secure new customers.

 

    Make strategic acquisitions.     We intend to increase the size of our fleet beyond our contracted fleet through timely and selective acquisitions of new and secondhand containerships that we believe will be accretive to distributable cash flow per share. Historically, SCLL and our Manager have acquired containerships at a time when the demand for newbuilding construction and associated newbuilding prices were low . We intend to continue this strategy to the extent market conditions permit, as it will enable us to minimize initial capital costs, enhance returns and reduce rechartering and residual value risk.

 

    Concentrate on multiple vessel charters .    We will continue to focus on entering into multiple vessel charters with our customers. We believe that container liner companies prefer the convenience of sourcing multiple vessel charters from a full-service provider rather than relying on multiple providers.

 

    Maintain financial flexibility .    We intend to pursue a financial strategy that aims to preserve our financial flexibility so that we will be able to pursue acquisition and expansion opportunities to take advantage of market conditions in the future. We intend to use cash from operations to pay dividends, as well as to reinvest in our business and acquire new vessels.

 

Time Charters

 

General

 

A time charter is a contract for the use of a vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate. Under a time charter, the vessel owner provides crewing and other services related to the vessel’s operation, the cost of which is included in the daily rate; the charterer is responsible for substantially all of the vessel voyage costs.

 

Each of the vessels in our contracted fleet is subject to a long-term time charter. The initial fleet that we expect to acquire upon completion of this offering, and four of the vessels of the additional 13 containerships that

 

89


Table of Contents

we have agreed to purchase over approximately the next 25 months, are currently subject to charters with China Shipping and are subchartered to its majority-owned subsidiary, CSCL. The remaining nine vessels (of the additional 13 containerships) that we have agreed to purchase are subject to charters with Lykes, a subsidiary of CP Ships. CP Ships has provided a guarantee of the obligations and liabilities of Lykes under each time charter.

 

We have two general forms of time charters; one, with respect to charters with China Shipping and the other, with respect to charters with Lykes. The following discussion describes the material terms common to both forms, as well as material terms unique to one of the general forms.

 

Initial Term; Extensions

 

The initial term for a time charter commences on the vessel’s delivery. Under all of our time charters, the charterer may also extend the term for periods in which the vessel is off-hire, as described below. One of our charterers has a very specific right to terminate its charters prior to expiration of the original term, as described in more detail below.

 

The charter periods of our initial fleet chartered to China Shipping and subchartered to CSCL are as follows. Five of the charters for the 4250 TEU vessels have initial terms of ten years each with options, exercisable by the charterer, to extend the term of each charter for an additional two years. The two charters for the 8500 TEU vessels have initial terms of 12 years with options, in favor of the charterer, to extend the term of each charter for an additional three years. The charters for the remaining three 4250 vessels currently in operation and the two 4250 TEU vessels under construction have terms of 12 years. The two 9600 TEU vessels under construction are subject to charters with terms of 12 years.

 

The initial term of each of the time charters with Lykes is three years. Lykes has the right to extend each of the charters for up to an additional seven years in successive one-year extensions. Each one-year extension is automatic, unless Lykes provides written notice to the contrary to us not later than two years prior to the commencement of the respective extension period. If Lykes provides notice of its intention not to extend a time charter at the end of its initial three-year term, it must pay to us, at the end of the term, a termination fee of approximately $8.0 million. The termination fee declines by $1.0 million per vessel in years four through nine. If the term of a time charter is extended for the full ten years, Lykes has an option to extend the term for two additional one-year periods.

 

In the case of our charters with Lykes, while the initial term is only three years, we consider these charters to be long-term charters. Given that Lykes is required to pay a termination fee of approximately $8.0 million to terminate a charter at the end of the initial term, that the charter hire rates are substantially below those rates presently offered in the spot market and short-term time charter market, and that the charters automatically renew unless terminated upon two years prior notice, we believe it is likely that Lykes will extend the charters beyond the initial term.

 

Hire Rate

 

“Hire rate” refers to the basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel. Under all of our time charters, hire is payable, in advance, in U.S. dollars, as specified in the charter.

 

If a vessel’s speed is reduced as a result of a defect or breakdown of the hull, machinery or equipment, hire payments under all of our time charters may be reduced by the cost of the time lost and extra fuel consumed. Historically, SCLL has had no instances of hire rate reductions.

 

Under the time charters with China Shipping and subchartered to CSCL, the hire rate is payable in advance every 15 days at the applicable daily rate. Generally, the hire rate is a fixed daily amount which increases by a fixed amount at varying intervals during the term of the charter and/or any extension to the term.

 

90


Table of Contents

Under the time charters with Lykes, the hire rate is payable monthly in advance at the applicable daily rate. The hire rate consists of two general components: a fixed hire rate component and a fixed payment for services. Pursuant to the management services agreement we entered into with our Manager and Lykes, Lykes has agreed to make certain payments toward operating expenses directly to our Manager under our direction. Both components are fixed for the first three years of the charters and for the seven extension years and increase for the two subsequent extension terms.

 

Operations and Expenses

 

Our Manager will operate our vessels and will be responsible for ship operating expenses, which include technical management, crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication expenses, if a vessel actually disposes of garbage, garbage fees and capital expenses, which include drydocking of the vessels. Please read “Our Manager and Management Related Agreements” for a description of the material terms of the management agreement. The charterer generally pays the voyage expenses, which include all expenses relating to particular voyages, including any bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, garbage fees, agency fees and commissions.

 

Off-hire

 

Under both forms of time charter, when the vessel is “off-hire,” or not available for service, the charterer generally is not required to pay the hire rate, and we are responsible for all costs, including the cost of fuel bunkers unless the charterer is responsible for the circumstances giving rise to the lack of availability. A vessel generally will be deemed to be off-hire if there is an occurrence preventing the full working of the vessel due to, among other things:

 

    operational deficiencies;

 

    drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection;

 

    equipment breakdowns;

 

    delays due to accidents;

 

    crewing strikes, labor boycotts, certain vessel detentions or similar problems; or

 

    our failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew.

 

Under our time charters with Lykes, if a vessel is delayed, detained or arrested for 30 consecutive days due to engine or essential gear breakdown, strikes, labor stoppages, boycotts or blockades, or is requisitioned, or other causes affecting the vessel’s schedule, other than grounding, collision or similar causes, we must charter a substitute vessel and we must pay any difference in hire cost of the charter for the duration of the substitution. China Shipping and CSCL do not have similar rights under their charters with us.

 

Ship Management and Maintenance

 

Under each of our time charters, we are responsible for the operation and management of each vessel that includes maintaining the vessel, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting and performing work required by regulations. Our Manager will provide these services to us pursuant to the management agreement between us. Please read “Our Manager and Management Related Agreements” for a description of the material terms of the management agreement.

 

Termination and Suspension

 

We are generally entitled to withdraw the vessel from service to the charterers if the charterer defaults in its payment obligations, without prejudice to other claims for hire against the charterers. Under our time charters

 

91


Table of Contents

with Lykes, if a vessel consistently fails to perform to a guaranteed speed or the amount of fuel consumed to power the vessel under normal circumstances exceeds a guaranteed amount, and we are unable to rectify the situation within a reasonable period of time or otherwise reach a mutually acceptable settlement, Lykes has the right to terminate the time charter with respect to that vessel. China Shipping and CSCL do not have similar rights under their charters with us.

 

Change of Control

 

Under our time charters with Lykes, Lykes’ prior consent is required to any material change in our ownership or voting control. Lykes cannot unreasonably withhold such consent. China Shipping and CSCL do not have similar rights under their charters with us.

 

Charterers, Trade Routes and Goods Transported

 

CSCL is the 8th largest container shipping company in the world with over 280,000 TEU of capacity. CSCL is incorporated in China, is listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and has a market capitalization of approximately $2.6 billion. Currently, CSCL subcharters all of the vessels in our initial fleet from China Shipping.

 

Lykes is incorporated in the state of Delaware and is a subsidiary of CP Ships. Lykes will charter a total of nine of the vessels in our contracted fleet.

 

CP Ships is the 17th largest container shipping company in the world, with over 195,000 TEU of capacity. CP Ships is incorporated in the Province of New Brunswick, Canada, is listed on both the New York Stock Exchange and Toronto Stock Exchange and has a market capitalization of approximately $1.4 billion. CP Ships has provided a guarantee of the obligations and liabilities of Lykes under each time charter.

 

The actual voyage routes of our vessels are dependant on the demands of each of our charterers. Currently, CSCL employs the 4250 TEU vessels in trade routes between China and the west coast of North America, calling at certain major ports, including Long Beach and Oakland, California, Seattle, Washington and Vancouver, British Columbia and between China and the east coast of North America, calling at certain major ports, including Miami, Florida, Charleston, South Carolina and New York. The North American trade routes include various ports in China, such as Shanghai, Dalian, Ningbo and Xiamen, and major ports in other places, including Hong Kong and Pusan, Korea.

 

The 8500 TEU vessels are employed in trade routes between China, the Mediterranean and Europe, which include major ports such as Hamburg, Germany, Felixstowe, United Kingdom and Le Havre, France. These European trade routes also include various ports of call in China, such as Shanghai and Dalian. The North American trade routes also include various ports in China, such as Shanghai, Dalian, Ningbo and Xiamen, and major ports in other places, including Hong Kong, and Port Kelang, Malaysia.

 

The goods that are shipped by CSCL from China to North America include primarily consumer goods, including toys, electronics and clothing. The goods that are shipped from North America to China include primarily waste paper, metal scrap, wood materials and frozen foods. The goods that are shipped by CSCL from China to Europe include primarily furniture, toys, clothing, food, metal products, coffee and peanuts. The goods shipped from Europe and the Mediterranean to China include primarily machinery, industrial products, chemicals, sugar and waste paper.

 

Competition

 

We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. We compete for charters based upon price, customer relationships, operating expertise, professional reputation and size, age and condition of the vessel.

 

92


Table of Contents

Competition for providing new containership service comes from a number of experienced shipping companies. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial resources than we do, and can therefore operate larger fleets and may be able to offer better charter rates. We anticipate that an increasing number of marine transportation companies will enter the containership sector, including many with strong reputations and extensive resources and experience. This increased competition may cause greater price competition for time charters. For a more detailed description of our competitive environment and the top containership owners by fleet, please read “The International Containership Industry—The Containership Charter Market—Competition.”

 

Permits and Authorizations

 

We are required by various governmental and other agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel’s crew and the age of a vessel. We understand that all permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit the vessels we have agreed to acquire to operate have been obtained. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of us doing business.

 

Environmental and Other Regulations

 

Government regulation affects the ownership and operation of our vessels in a significant manner. We are subject to international conventions and codes, and national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered, including those governing the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup of oil spills and other contamination, air emissions, and water discharges and ballast water management.

 

A variety of government and private entities subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (United States Coast Guard, harbor master or equivalent), classification societies, flag state administrations (country of registry), charterers, and terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses and certificates for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend the operation of one or more of our vessels in one or more ports.

 

We believe that the heightened level of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers is leading to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the shipping industry.

 

Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to the stricter environmental standards. We will be required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with United States and international regulations.

 

International Maritime Organization

 

The International Maritime Organization, or IMO, has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for pollution in international waters and a signatory’s territorial waters. For example, the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL) imposes environmental standards on the shipping industry relating to oil spills, management of garbage, the handling and disposal of noxious liquids, harmful substances in packaged forms, sewage and air emissions. Annex III of MARPOL regulates the transportation of marine pollutants, including standards on packing, marking, labeling, documentation, stowage, quantity limitations and pollution prevention. These requirements have been expanded by the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code, which imposes additional standards for all aspects of the transportation of dangerous goods and marine pollutants by sea. In September 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to

 

93


Table of Contents

address air pollution from ships. Annex VI was ratified in May 2004, and became effective in May 2005. All of the vessels we have agreed to purchase are generally Annex VI compliant. Annex VI sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from ship exhausts and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances, such as chlorofluorocarbons. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions.

 

The operation of our vessels also will be affected by the requirements set forth in the IMO’s Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention, or ISM Code. The ISM Code requires ship owners and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. A Safety Management Certificate is issued under the provisions of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) to each ship with an SMS verified to be in compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a ship owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. As of the date of this prospectus, each of the operating vessels we have agreed to purchase is ISM code-certified.

 

Increasingly, various regions are adopting additional, unilateral requirements on the operation of vessels in their territorial waters. These regulations, as described below, apply to our vessels when they are in their waters and can add to the costs of operating and maintaining those vessels as well as increasing the potential liabilities that apply to spills or releases of oil or other materials or violations of the applicable requirements. What follows will describe these regulations.

 

United States

 

The United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990

 

The United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all owners and operators whose vessels trade in the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in United States waters, which includes the United States’ territorial sea and its two hundred nautical mile exclusive economic zone.

 

Under OPA, vessel owners, operators and bareboat charterers are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:

 

    natural resources damage and the costs of assessment thereof;

 

    real and personal property damage;

 

    net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees and other lost revenues;

 

    lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to property or natural resources damage; and

 

    net cost of public services necessitated by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

 

OPA limits the liability of responsible parties to the greater of $600 per gross ton or $0.5 million per containership that is over 300 gross tons (subject to possible adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was directly caused by violation of applicable United States federal safety, construction or operating regulations or by a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with oil removal activities. Although OPA is primarily directed at oil tankers (which are not operated by us), it also applies to non-tanker ships, including container ships, with respect to the fuel used to power such ships.

 

94


Table of Contents

We intend to maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operation.

 

In addition, Title VII of the Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation Act of 2004 (the “CGMTA”) recently amended OPA to require the owner or operator of any non-tank vessel of 400 gross tons or more that carries oil of any kind as a fuel for main propulsion, to prepare and submit a response plan for each vessel on or before August 8, 2005. Previous law was limited to vessels that carry oil in bulk as cargo. The vessel response plans include detailed information on actions to be taken by vessel personnel to prevent or mitigate any discharge or threat of discharge of oil from the vessel due to operational activities or casualties. We are in the process of preparing plans to comply with the requirements of the CGMTA and OPA.

 

OPA requires owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the United States Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet their potential liabilities under the OPA. Under OPA, an owner or operator of a fleet of vessels is required only to demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility in an amount sufficient to cover the vessels in the fleet having the greatest maximum liability under OPA.

 

The United States Coast Guard’s regulations concerning certificates of financial responsibility provide, in accordance with OPA, that claimants may bring suit directly against an insurer or guarantor that furnishes certificates of financial responsibility. In the event that such insurer or guarantor is sued directly, it is prohibited from asserting any contractual defense that it may have had against the responsible party and is limited to asserting those defenses available to the responsible party and the defense that the incident was caused by the willful misconduct of the responsible party. Certain organizations, which had typically provided certificates of financial responsibility under pre-OPA laws, including the major protection and indemnity organizations, have declined to furnish evidence of insurance for vessel owners and operators if they are subject to direct actions or required to waive insurance policy defenses. This requirement may have the effect of limiting the availability of the type of coverage required by the Coast Guard and could increase our costs of obtaining this insurance as well as the costs of our competitors that require such coverage.

 

The United States Coast Guard’s financial responsibility regulations may also be satisfied by evidence of surety bond, guaranty or by self-insurance. Under the self-insurance provisions, the ship owner or operator must have a net worth and working capital, measured in assets located in the United States against liabilities located anywhere in the world, that exceeds the applicable amount of financial responsibility. We intend to comply with the United States Coast Guard regulations by providing a certificate of responsibility from third party entities that are acceptable to the United States Coast Guard evidencing sufficient self-insurance.

 

OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. In some cases, states, which have enacted such legislation, have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessels owners’ responsibilities under these laws. We intend to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

 

CERCLA

 

The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA, governs spills or releases of hazardous substances other than petroleum or petroleum products. CERCLA imposes joint and several liability, without regard to fault, on the owner or operator of a ship, vehicle or facility from which there has been a release, along with other specified responsible parties. Costs recoverable under CERCLA include cleanup and removal costs, natural resource damages and governmental oversight costs. Liability under CERCLA is generally limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $0.5 million, unless the incident is caused by gross negligence, willful misconduct or a violation of certain regulations, in which case liability is unlimited.

 

95


Table of Contents

Ballast Water Management

 

In response to growing reports of harmful organisms being released into U.S. ports through ballast water taken on by ships in foreign ports, the U.S. Coast Guard requires mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks bound for U.S. ports or entering U.S. waters. In addition, a United States District Court has ruled recently that the United States Environmental Protection (or U.S. EPA) lacks the authority to exclude discharges of vessel ballast water from permitting requirements under the Clean Water Act and ordered the U.S. EPA to repeal regulations it had adopted exempting discharges of ballast water from such permitting requirements. Unless this decision is overturned on appeal or the relief in question is modified, vessels entering waters subject to the Clean Water Act’s jurisdiction would be required to have a permit to discharge ballast water. This could require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged at substantial cost and/or otherwise restrict some or all of our vessels from entering waters in the United States that are subject to this ruling. Additional federal legislation regarding invasive species has been introduced in the U.S. Congress but has not yet been enacted. If more stringent regulation is ultimately enacted, our management costs relating to invasive species could increase in the future.

 

Canada

 

Canada has established a complex regulatory enforcement system under the jurisdiction of various ministries and departments for preventing and responding to a marine pollution incident. The legislation prescribes measures to prevent pollution, mandates clean up of marine pollution, and creates civil and criminal liabilities for those responsible for a marine pollution incident.

 

The Canada Shipping Act

 

The Canada Shipping Act, or CSA, applies to all vessels operating in Canadian waters and in the exclusive economic zone of Canada and establishes the primary regulatory and liability regime for oil pollution prevention and response. CSA requires ship owners to have an oil pollution emergency response plan and an arrangement with one of the approved pollution response organizations to provide equipment for responding to an oil pollution spill. Vessels must carry a certificate of compliance with the CSA. Failure of a vessel to comply with these requirements can result in a fine of up to C$250,000. CSA also makes it a strict liability offence to discharge a pollutant, including but not limited to, oil from a vessel. Maximum fines for marine pollution range from C$250,000 to C$1 million or imprisonment from six months to three years, or both.

 

CSA also provides the authorities with broad discretionary powers to enforce its requirements. The CSA authorizes the detention of a vessel where there are reasonable grounds for believing that the vessel caused marine pollution or that an offence has been committed.

 

Migratory Birds Convention Act

 

The Migratory Birds Convention Act, or MBCA, implements Canada’s obligations under a bilateral Canada—United States treaty designed to protect migrating birds that cross North American land and water areas. MBCA prohibits the deposit of “any oil, oily wastes or other substances harmful to migratory birds in any waters or area frequented by migratory birds.” Maximum fines range from C$50,000 to C$250,000 or imprisonment from six months to five years, or both.

 

The Canadian Environmental Protection Act

 

The Canadian Environmental Protection Act, or CEPA, regulates water pollution, including disposal at sea and the management of hazardous waste. In so far as the shipping industry is concerned, CEPA prohibits the disposal or incineration of substances at sea except with a permit issued under CEPA, the importation or exportation of a substance for disposal at sea without a permit, and the loading on a ship of a substance for disposal at sea without a permit.

 

96


Table of Contents

Contravention of CEPA can result in maximum fines ranging from C$300,000 to C$1 million or imprisonment from six months to three years, or both. The penalties may be increased if damage to the environment results and the person acted intentionally or recklessly. A vessel also may be seized or detained for contravention of CEPA’s prohibitions. Costs and expenses of measures taken to remedy a condition or mitigate damage resulting from an offence are also recoverable. CEPA establishes civil liability for restoration of the environment, costs and expenses incurred relating to prevention or remedying environmental damage, or an environmental emergency. Limited defenses are provided but generally would not cover violations arising from ordinary vessel operations.

 

Bill C-15—An Act To Amend The Migratory Birds Convention Act, 1994 and the Canadian Environmental Protection Act, 1999

 

Bill C-15— An Act To Amend The Migratory Birds Convention Act, 1994 , and the Canadian Environmental Protection Act, 1999 seeks to clarify existing prohibitions, expands the investigative and enforcement powers of Environment Canada and provides the government with the ability to enforce the two statutes effectively in Canada’s Exclusive Economic Zone. The bill also creates or amends a number of strict liability offences. Other amendments effected by the bill include:

 

    the extension to every master, chief engineer, owner and operator of a vessel and, if the vessel is owned by a corporation, to certain of its directors and officers, of the duty to take reasonable steps to ensure a vessel’s compliance with the prohibition against harmful deposits;

 

    a provision allowing a foreign vessel to be detained within Canada’s Exclusive Economic Zone with the consent of the attorney general;

 

    an increased maximum fine of C$1 million or up to three years’ imprisonment, or both, for indictable offences and an increased maximum fine of C$300,000 or up to six months’ imprisonment for summary offences, which penalty provisions extend to the vessel’s owner, operator, master and chief engineer;

 

    for offences committed by a vessel in excess of 5,000 tons deadweight, a minimum fine of C$500,000 for an indictable offence and C$100,000 for a summary offence;

 

    a provision that an offence can be committed by a person or a vessel; and

 

    the grant to a court of the discretion, on application by a person who has incurred monetary loss as a result of an offence, to order the convicted party to pay compensation to that person.

 

The bill is law and will come into force upon order of Governor in Council. If the bill comes into force and one of our vessels fails to comply with its provisions, it could have an adverse effect on us.

 

Fisheries Act

 

The Fisheries Act prohibits the “spill” of a deleterious substance in waters frequented by fish. The owner of a “deleterious substance,” the person having control of the substance and the person causing the spill must report the spill and must take all reasonable measures to counteract, mitigate or remedy any adverse effects resulting from a spill and are subject to maximum fines ranging from C$300,000 to C$1 million or imprisonment from six months to three years, or both.

 

Marine Liability Act

 

The Marine Liability Act implements the 1992 International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage (the CLC or Civil Liability Convention) and the 1992 International Convention on the Establishment of an International Fund for Compensation for Oil Pollution Damage (the IOPC or Fund Convention). The Marine Liability Act creates strict liability for a vessel owner for damages from oil pollution from a ship, as well as for the costs and expenses incurred for clean up and preventive measures. Both governments and private parties can pursue vessel owners for damages sustained or incurred as a result of such an incident. Although the Act does

 

97


Table of Contents

provide some limited defenses, they are generally not available for spills or pollution incidents arising out of the routine operation of a vessel. The Act limits the overall liability of a vessel owner to amounts that are determined by the tonnage of the containership.

 

Other Regions

 

Other regions of the world also have the ability to adopt requirements or regulations that may impose obligations on our vessels and may increase our costs to operate them. We cannot assure you that compliance with these requirements will not entail significant expenditures on our part. However, these requirements would apply to the industry as a whole and should also affect our competitors.

 

Vessel Security Regulations

 

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, the Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the United States Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, or SOLAS, created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new chapter came into effect in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, most of which are contained in the newly created International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code or ISPS Code. Among the various requirements are:

 

    on-board installation of automatic information systems, or AIS, to enhance vessel-to-vessel and vessel-to-shore communications;

 

    on-board installation of ship security alert systems;

 

    the development of vessel security plans; and

 

    compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

 

The United States Coast Guard regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-United States vessels from MTSA vessel security measures provided such vessels have on board a valid International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, that attests to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. The VesselCos implemented the various security measures addressed by the MTSA, SOLAS and the ISPS Code and we intend to do so in the future.

 

Inspection by Classification Societies

 

Every seagoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

 

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

 

For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

 

    Annual Surveys .    For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant and where applicable for special equipment classed, at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

 

98


Table of Contents
    Intermediate Surveys .    Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey. Most vessels are also drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of their underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation” that must be rectified by the ship owner within prescribed time limits. By increasing the resiliency of the underwater coatings of each vessel and marking the hulls to accommodate underwater inspection by divers, our initial fleet has qualified with each of the vessel’s respective classification societies for drydocking every five years.

 

    Class Renewal Surveys .    Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the ship’s hull, machinery, including the electrical plant and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period was granted, a ship owner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five year cycle. At an owner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

 

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years.

 

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in class” by a classification society that is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies. Our lenders have a similar requirement. All of the operating 4250 TEU vessels we have agreed to acquire are certified as being “in class” by Det Norske. The operating 8500 TEU vessels we have agreed to acquire are similarly certified by Det Norske. All new and secondhand vessels that we purchase must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts. If the vessel is not certified on the date of completion of the vessel, we have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel.

 

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance

 

General

 

The operation of any container vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which imposes virtually unlimited liability upon owners, operators and demise charterers of vessels trading in the United States exclusive economic zone for certain oil pollution accidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for ship owners and operators trading in the United States market.

 

While we will maintain hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance, protection and indemnity cover, increased value insurance and freight, demurrage and defense cover for our contracted fleet in amounts that we believe to be prudent to cover normal risks in our operations, we may not be able to achieve or maintain this level of coverage throughout a vessel’s useful life. Furthermore, while we believe that our insurance coverage will be adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

 

99


Table of Contents

Hull & Machinery, Loss of Hire and War Risks Insurance

 

We will maintain marine hull and machinery and war risks insurance, which covers the risk of actual or constructive total loss, for all of our vessels. Our vessels will each be covered up to at least fair market value with certain deductibles per vessel per incident. We will also maintain increased value coverage for each of our vessels. Under this increased value coverage, in the event of total loss of a vessel, we will be entitled to recover amounts not recoverable under our hull and machinery policy due to under-insurance. Under the terms of our credit facility, we will assign these insurance policies to our lenders and will be subject to restrictions on our use of any proceeds therefrom.

 

We will not obtain loss-of-hire insurance covering the loss of revenue during extended off-hire periods. We believe that this type of coverage is not economical and is of limited value to us. However, we evaluate the need for such coverage on an ongoing basis, taking into account insurance market conditions and the employment of our vessels.

 

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

 

Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I associations, which insure our third-party and crew liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability, crew liability and other related expenses resulting from the injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by protection and indemnity mutual associations. Subject to the “capping” discussed below, our coverage, except for pollution, will be unlimited.

 

Our protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution will be $1.0 billion per vessel per incident. The fourteen P&I associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial blue-water tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. As a member of a P&I association, which is a member of the International Group, we will be subject to calls payable to the associations based on the International Group’s claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We have not been involved in any legal proceedings that may have, or have had a significant effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity, and we are not aware of any proceedings that are pending or threatened that may have a material effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity. From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. We expect that these claims would be covered by insurance, subject to customary deductibles. Those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

 

Although not directly related to us, beginning in early 2001, the Washington Group International, Inc., or WGI, an entity in which Dennis Washington was a large shareholder and is currently a director, experienced a liquidity crisis. The crisis ultimately led to the commencement, on May 14, 2001, of reorganization cases for WGI and certain of WGI’s direct and indirect subsidiaries under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. WGI reorganized and emerged from bankruptcy in January 2002.

 

Exchange Controls

 

Under Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares.

 

100


Table of Contents

ACQUISITION OF OUR CONTRACTED FLEET

 

General

 

We expect to acquire our initial fleet from certain of the VesselCos, at the time of the completion of this offering or soon thereafter, for a total purchase price of approximately $ 664.7 million. Over approximately the next 25 months, we expect to acquire an additional 13 containerships from the remainder of the VesselCos for an aggregate purchase price of $849.3 million, as each of the containerships is delivered and passes inspection. Upon acquisition of all the vessels, our contracted fleet will consist of nineteen 4250 TEU vessels, two 8500 TEU vessels and two 9600 TEU vessels. Our contracted fleet will have a total of approximately 116,900 TEU in capacity.

 

Vessels Under Construction

 

General

 

Each of the additional 13 containerships under construction is being built by Samsung at its shipyard at Koje Island, South Korea, pursuant to a ship building contract with a VesselCo. These ship building contracts will not be assigned to us by the VesselCos prior to delivery and the VesselCos will be responsible for payments due under the ship building contracts. We have the right under our asset purchase agreement with the VesselCos to perform the obligations of a VesselCo, which will reimburse us for any amounts incurred therewith, in the event of a default or an anticipated default by a VesselCo under its shipbuilding contract with Samsung. The following discussion describes the material terms common to all of the ship building contracts.

 

Vessel Specifications

 

All of the vessels that will be delivered by Samsung are ocean going single screw diesel engine driven fully cellular containerships. Eleven of the vessels that have yet to be delivered by Samsung will have the same specifications as the 4250 TEU vessels. The remaining two vessels are expected to be, at the time of their delivery, the largest operating containerships in the world. Their container capacity is expected to be 9600 TEU each and they will each have a deadweight of not less than 108,330 metric tons. These vessels will be approximately 336.7 meters long, 45.6 meters wide and 27.2 meters deep.

 

Classification

 

All of the vessels are designed and are being constructed, inspected and tested in accordance with the rules and regulations of and under special survey of Lloyd’s. It is proposed that the classification society for two for the 4250 TEU vessels, CSCL Melbourne and CSCL Brisbane , will be changed from Lloyd’s to Det Norske immediately on delivery.

 

Delivery

 

We will take delivery of each vessel under construction at the Samsung shipyard upon its completion and inspection and its purchase by the respective VesselCo. Each ship building contract provides the date by which the vessel is to be delivered to the shipyard. The scheduled delivery date for each of the additional 13 containerships on order is set out in a table under the heading “Business—Our Fleet.”

 

Delivery is effected upon acceptance by the relevant VesselCo of the vessel, in consultation with us, and by the concurrent delivery by each party of the protocol of acceptance and delivery. Title to and risk of loss of or damage to the vessel pass to the VesselCo upon delivery and acceptance of the vessel and, once accepted by the respective VesselCo, the vessel will pass to us within five business days pursuant to the terms of the containerships purchase and sale agreement.

 

101


Table of Contents

Purchase Price

 

The purchase price from Samsung for each vessel differs by contract. Generally, the purchase price is fixed and not subject to change except in certain circumstances. The purchase price of the vessels includes payment for services in the design, inspection, tests, trials, survey and classification of the vessels but does not include the cost of certain items to be supplied by the relevant VesselCo under the terms of the contract. The price also includes costs and expenses for supplying all drawings and plans, designs, machinery, engines, equipment, fittings, outfittings, appurtenances, furniture, materials, parts, spares, articles and other things required by the specifications.

 

The purchase price is paid by the relevant VesselCo to Samsung in installments, the timing of which is related to various stages of construction, with the final payment being made on delivery of the vessel. Each installment paid by the relevant VesselCo to Samsung during construction, other than the delivery installment, is guaranteed by a refund guarantor. The refund guarantor for each of the vessels is an independent bank. If the relevant VesselCo is entitled to a refund of the purchase price under the terms of the ship building contract, and if Samsung fails to pay that amount to the relevant VesselCo within a specified period, the refund guarantor is obligated to pay that amount directly to the relevant VesselCo. In such cases, our obligation to purchase such vessel will be cancelled.

 

Any adjustments to the price are made on delivery of the vessels and in accordance with the terms of the contract. The purchase price will be adjusted for any agreed to modification or change in the specifications for the vessel, for the delayed delivery of a vessel or for a deficiency in the speed, fuel consumption, deadweight or container capacity in the constructed vessel. The purchase price under the asset purchase agreement will reflect such adjustments. An adjustment to the purchase price will not be made for permissible delay, which is a delay that results from an act beyond Samsung’s control, such as acts of God, fire or war.

 

Cancellation of Contract

 

Each of the ship building contracts allows the relevant VesselCo to cancel the contract in certain circumstances. For instance, if the permissible delay is excessive, if Samsung breaches the terms of a ship building contract in a certain manner, if a court declares bankruptcy against Samsung or if insolvency proceedings prevent Samsung from completing the vessel, the relevant VesselCo may exercise its cancellation right. If the relevant VesselCo so elects to cancel the contract, then Samsung is obligated to refund the full amount of the installments paid by the relevant VesselCo together with interest. In such a case, our obligation to purchase such vessel will be cancelled.

 

There are also certain circumstances in which Samsung may cancel a contract. For instance, if the relevant VesselCo defaults in payment of an installment of the purchase price, if the relevant VesselCo fails to pay the increased proportion of the purchase price resulting from a modification to or change in the specifications of the vessel or if the relevant VesselCo fails to take delivery of a vessel that has been built in accordance with the terms of a ship building contract, Samsung may exercise its cancellation right. We have the right under our asset purchase agreement with the VesselCos to perform the obligations of a VesselCo in the event of a default or an anticipated default by a VesselCo under its shipbuilding contract with Samsung, in which case, we have a right to be reimbursed by the VesselCo for the performance of such obligation. If Samsung elects to cancel a contract, Samsung may keep the installments already paid by the relevant VesselCo and may either complete the construction of the vessel and sell it or sell it in its incomplete state. In such cases, our obligation to purchase such vessel will be cancelled.

 

Involvement in Construction

 

The relevant VesselCo may have one or more representatives at the shipyard to supervise construction of each vessel and to act on behalf of the relevant VesselCo in connection with modifications to the specifications, approval of plans and drawings, attendance to tests, inspections and trials and any other matters for which the

 

102


Table of Contents

representative is authorized. The representative will be involved in the testing and inspection of the vessel in order to ensure that construction is performed in accordance with the terms of the contract and will consult with us regarding inspections and all material decisions to be made.

 

Warranty

 

For a twelve-month period that begins once a vessel has been delivered to its relevant VesselCo, Samsung guarantees each vessel in her entirety against all defects, omissions, shortages and non-conformity, defective or unsuitable materials or equipment, faulty design and/or performance or poor workmanship provided that such defects are not the result of an accident, ordinary wear and tear, misuse, negligence or willful neglect or omissions on the part of the owner, its employees or agents. The normal twelve-month guarantee period will be extended for various components of the vessel if the manufacturer’s or supplier’s guarantee for those components extends beyond the twelve-month period. Where Samsung remedies a defect covered by the warranty, the twelve-month warranty period will apply again to the replaced parts starting from the time the defect is remedied. All such warranties, to the extent assignable, will be transferred to us with our purchase of each vessel. The warranties under the ship building contracts with Samsung will be assigned if Samsung agrees. If Samsung does not agree, the respective VesselCo will enforce the warranties on our behalf.

 

Samsung will remedy at its cost any vessel defects that are guaranteed pursuant to the terms of the contract. Samsung is not responsible for any consequential loss, damage or expense incurred by the relevant VesselCo as a result of such defects. If the defect is recurring, Samsung is obligated to investigate its cause.

 

Pre-Delivery Financing

 

The VesselCos finance the payments due under the ship building contracts through advances under existing committed bank facilities established with syndicates of lenders for this purpose. These bank facilities are currently secured by liens on the vessels that will be discharged at the time of our purchase of each respective vessel.

 

Delivered Vessels

 

Our initial fleet was delivered to certain of the VesselCos from the shipyard in South Korea owned by Samsung, during a 46-month period ending May 27, 2005. All the vessels in our initial fleet are ocean going single screw diesel engine driven fully cellular containerships constructed by Samsung. Eight of the vessels already delivered have a container capacity of 4250 TEU each. Those vessels are 260.049 meters long, 32.250 meters wide and 19.300 meters deep and have a gross tonnage of 39,941 tons. The remaining two delivered vessels have a container capacity of 8500 TEU each. Those vessels are approximately 334.0 meters long, 42.8 meters wide and 24.6 meters deep. The gross tonnage of each vessel is 90,645 tons.

 

All of the vessels in our initial fleet were designed and were constructed, inspected and tested in accordance with the rules and regulations of and under special survey of Lloyd’s. Immediately upon delivery of the eight 4250 TEU operating vessels, the classification society was changed from Lloyd’s to Det Norske. All of the vessels have been certified as being “in class” by their respective classification societies.

 

In our initial fleet, CSCL Oceania , CSCL Africa , CSCL Vancouver , CSCL Sydney and CSCL New York are each currently operating under the ship building contract warranty described above. The benefit of these warranties will be transferred to us, to the extent described above, as part of our acquisition of these vessels. The normal warranty period for CSCL Hamburg , CSCL Chiwan , CSCL Ningbo , CSCL Dalian and CSCL Felixstowe has expired.

 

103


Table of Contents

Asset Purchase Agreement

 

We have entered into an asset purchase agreement with the VesselCos and SCLL to acquire our contracted fleet. The completion of the purchase of our initial fleet will take place concurrently with this offering or soon thereafter. The completion of the purchase of each of the additional 13 containerships that are currently on order will take place over approximately the next 25 months following the date of delivery to, and acceptance by, a VesselCo of the vessel under its ship building contract with Samsung or such later date as may be mutually agreed. We will also acquire, as of the date of completion of the purchase of a vessel by us, an assignment of the time charter for that vessel, as well as all warranties and all other rights and benefits accruing to the VesselCo under the ship building contract for that vessel, to the extent Samsung agrees to such assignment. To the extent that such rights are not assignable, the relevant VesselCo will enforce such rights on our behalf. SCLL has agreed to cause each of the VesselCos to perform their obligations under the agreement.

 

We expect to acquire our initial fleet from certain of the VesselCos, at the time of the completion of this offering or soon thereafter, for a total purchase price of approximately $ 664.7 million assuming an initial public offering price of $21.00 per share. We expect to pay the entire purchase price of the initial fleet and related assets from the proceeds of this offering and the concurrent sale of our subordinated shares. The purchase price for the additional 13 containerships and related assets is $849.3 million. The purchase price for the additional 13 containerships and related assets will be funded with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, together with borrowings under our credit facility and the proceeds of a future equity offering or offerings. We expect to raise approximately $156.8 million from a future equity offering or offerings within 18 months after the completion of this offering in order to complete the funding of the aggregate purchase price for the additional 13 containerships and related assets. Our obligation to purchase the additional 13 containerships is not conditional upon our ability to obtain financing for such purchases.

 

We have the option to issue up to $100 million of common shares as part of the purchase price for the last four of the additional 13 containerships. We must provide notice that we will exercise this option 30 days prior to the delivery of the respective vessel. Those common shares will be valued at 95% of the initial public offering price of our common shares. The VesselCos are not obligated to accept the shares if we are in a material default under our credit facility. If the VesselCos do not accept the common shares in such a case, we are not obligated to purchase the respective vessel and are released from all liabilities except for certain out-of-pocket expenses. The option also terminates upon a change of control of us. Otherwise, the option is not revocable by the VesselCos. Assuming the final four vessels are delivered on their contractual delivery dates and the option is exercised on each such vessel, the common shares will be issued in the second and third fiscal quarters of 2007. Please read “Business—Our Fleet” for a description of the vessels to be acquired and “Our Credit Facility” for a description of the material terms of our credit facility.

 

The following table lists each of the VesselCos from which we have agreed to purchase our contracted fleet along with the vessel name, size in TEUs and charterer.

 

    

Company Name


  

Vessel Name


   Size
(TEUs)


  

Charterer


1    CSCL Hamburg Shipping Company Limited    CSCL Hamburg*    4250    China Shipping (1)
2    CSCL Chiwan Shipping Company Limited    CSCL Chiwan*    4250    China Shipping (1)
3    CSCL Ningbo Shipping Company Limited    CSCL Ningbo*    4250    China Shipping (1)
4    CSCL Dalian Shipping Company Limited    CSCL Dalian*    4250    China Shipping (1)
5    CSCL Felixstowe Shipping Company Limited    CSCL Felixstowe*    4250    China Shipping (1)
6    Clorina Marine Company Limited    CSCL Oceania*    8500    China Shipping (1)
7    Elia Shipping Company Limited    CSCL Africa*    8500    China Shipping (1)
8    Vancouver Shipping Company Limited    CSCL Vancouver*    4250    China Shipping (1)
9    Tofino Shipping Company Limited    CSCL Sydney*    4250    China Shipping (1)
10    Nootka Shipping Company Limited    CSCL New York*    4250    China Shipping (1)
11    Nanaimo Shipping Company Limited    CSCL Melbourne    4250    China Shipping (1)

 

104


Table of Contents
    

Company Name


  

Vessel Name


   Size
(TEUs)


  

Charterer


12    Burrard Shipping Company Limited    CSCL Brisbane    4250    China Shipping (1)
13    Seaspan King Shipping Company Limited    CP Kanha    4250    Lykes
14    Seaspan Queen Shipping Company Limited    CP Corbett    4250    Lykes
15    Seaspan Knight Shipping Company Limited    Containership Banyan    4250    Lykes
16    Seaspan Bishop Shipping Company Limited    Lykes Merchant    4250    Lykes
17    Seaspan Castle Shipping Company Limited    TMM Morelos    4250    Lykes
18    Seaspan Pawn Shipping Company Limited    Containership Margosa    4250    Lykes
19    Seaspan Ace Shipping Company Limited    Lykes Victor    4250    Lykes
20    Seaspan Eagle Shipping Company Limited    TMM Nuevo Leon    4250    Lykes
21    Seaspan Birdie Shipping Company Limited    Containership Cassia    4250    Lykes
22    Hemlock Shipping Company Limited    CSCL Zeebrugge    9600    China Shipping (1)
23    Spruce Shipping Company Limited    CSCL Long Beach    9600    China Shipping (1)

(*)   Indicates delivered vessels.
(1)   These vessels are subchartered by CSCL.

 

We are acquiring the vessels on an “as is/where is” basis provided that the VesselCos’ provide representations and warranties as to the seaworthiness, adequacy and suitability for use in the business, compliance with the requirements of class and the classification society, freedom from encumbrances and good and marketable title of the vessels. We have the right to review the vessels’ records and classification surveys prior to delivery.

 

It is a condition of our purchase of each vessel that the relevant advances from the existing credit facility of the VesselCo transferring such vessel be repaid from the purchase price and the vessel be transferred to us free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, other than those incurred in to the ordinary course of the vessel’s operations. Security interests in the vessels granted under the VesselCos’ existing credit facilities will be discharged following repayment of advances made under the facilities.

 

Completion of the purchase of each vessel is also subject to obtaining all necessary consents to assignment to us of the time charter for the vessel and certain customary conditions. If there is a change of control of us prior to the delivery of the 13 additional vessels, our successor must post a letter of credit sufficient to satisfy the remaining obligations under the asset purchase agreement.

 

Each of the VesselCos has agreed that it will not exercise any rights or options granted under the time charter or any ship building contract to which it is a party without our prior written consent. Where the structure, design, specification, tonnage, speed or fuel consumption of a vessel is or will be materially changed from that set out in the relevant ship building contract and such change or the acceptance of such vessel requires the consent of the VesselCo pursuant to that ship building contract, we may not be able to withhold our consent if the charterer under the time charter for that vessel consents to the change and will accept the vessel without any reduction in charter payments. However, if the charterer refuses to accept the vessel without a reduction in charter payments, and a substantially similar replacement charter is not procured, we are under no obligation to purchase the vessel.

 

If for any reason one or more of the additional 13 containerships that are currently on order is not delivered by Samsung to the applicable VesselCo in accordance with the ship building contract, we are not obligated to purchase the vessel and the time charter for that vessel will be excluded from the transaction.

 

The historical cost to the VesselCos of our contracted fleet will be approximately $1.1 billion. This cost represents solely the purchase price payable under the ship building contracts between the VesselCos and Samsung. The historical cost does not include any additional pre-delivery costs or carrying costs, such as interest incurred and capitalized on pre-delivery debt.

 

105


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following table provides information about our directors and executive officers. The business address of each of our directors and executive officers listed below is Room 503, 5/F, Lucky Commercial Center, 103 Des Voeux Road West, Hong Kong. Our telephone number at that address is (852) 2540 1686.

 

Our articles of incorporation provide for a board of directors serving staggered, three-year terms. The term of the Class I directors expires in 2006, Class II directors in 2007, and Class III directors in 2008. Certain biographical information about each of these individuals is set forth below.

 

Name


   Age

  

Position


Kyle Washington

   35    Chairman of the Board of Directors

Gerry Wang

   43    Chief Executive Officer and Director

Kevin M. Kennedy

   46    Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

David Korbin

   64    Director

Peter Lorange

   62    Director

Peter S. Shaerf

   51    Director

Milton K. Wong

   66    Director

 

Kyle Washington.     Kyle Washington was appointed our Chairman of the Board in May 2005. Mr. Washington is responsible for the overall corporate strategy of the Washington Marine Group and is active in developing senior level customer, supplier, competitor and governmental relationships. Mr. Washington has been with the Washington Marine Group since 1994. Within the Washington Marine Group, he is a director and the Executive Chairman of Seaspan International Ltd., a marine transportation company that is involved in shipdocking, barging and shipyard enterprises. He is also a director and the Chairman of the Board of SCLL and each of the VesselCos. Mr. Washington is also a director and Executive Chairman of our Manager and certain of its operating subsidiaries. Mr. Washington is also a director of Washington Canadian Ltd. Mr. Washington is a graduate of the University of Montana with a degree in business finance.

 

Gerry Wang.     Gerry Wang was appointed our Chief Executive Officer and Director in May 2005. Mr. Wang joined the Offshore Division of Seaspan International Ltd. in early 1990 and is currently a director, Chief Executive Officer and President of SCLL and each of the VesselCos. From 1986 to 1989, Mr. Wang was the business manager for China Merchants Group in Hong Kong. He graduated from Shanghai Maritime University in 1983 with a Bachelor’s degree in Navigation, and in 1986, he earned a Master’s degree in International Economics under the sponsorship program of the United Nations Economic and Social Council Asia Pacific. In 1993, he obtained his MBA degree from the University of British Columbia in Vancouver, BC, Canada.

 

Kevin M. Kennedy.     Kevin M. Kennedy was appointed our Chief Financial Officer and Secretary in May 2005. Mr. Kennedy is also a director of Seaboard Corp. (AMEX), and serves as the financial expert on their Audit Committee. From 1994 to 2001, Mr. Kennedy worked for the GE Capital Services Structured Finance Group Inc., where from 1999 to 2001 he served as the Managing Director and Head of Marine Financing. From 2001 to 2005, Mr. Kennedy served as a Partner in the Great Circle Fund LP, a private equity fund focused on the maritime industry. Mr. Kennedy has an MBA from Columbia University and a B.S., Nautical Science, from the U.S. Merchant Marine Academy.

 

David Korbin.     David Korbin will be appointed as a Director upon completion of this offering. Mr. Korbin presently works as a management and financial consultant. He has been a Director of E-Comm Emergency Communications for Southwest British Columbia Incorporated since 2001, serving as Chair of the board of directors since 2004 and as Chair of the audit committee from 2002 to 2003. From 1992 to 2000, he

 

106


Table of Contents

served as director of the Vancouver General Hospital and then the Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre, serving as Chair of the Vancouver General Hospital audit committee from 1993 to 1994 and Chair of the Vancouver Hospital and Health Sciences Centre from 1995 to 1998. Mr. Korbin was qualified as a Chartered Accountant in 1966. For 16 of his 25 years in the accounting profession, he was managing partner of a number of smaller firms. From 1987 to 1990, Mr. Korbin was managing partner of the Vancouver office of Deloitte Haskins and Sells and from 1990 to 1992, he was managing partner of Deloitte Touche. Mr. Korbin was also on the National Board of both Deloitte Haskins and Sells and Deloitte Touche during his tenure as managing partner.

 

Peter Lorange.     Peter Lorange will be appointed as a Director upon completion of this offering. Mr. Lorange has been President of IMD since July 1, 1993. He is Professor of Strategy and holds the Nestlé Chair. He was formerly President of the Norwegian School of Management in Oslo. Mr. Lorange was affiliated with the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania for more than a decade in various assignments, including director for the Joseph H. Lauder Institute of Management and International Studies, and The William H. Wurster Center for International Management Studies, as well as The William H. Wurster Professor of Multinational Management. He has also taught at the Sloan School of Management (M.I.T.), IMEDE (now IMD), and the Stockholm School of Economics. Mr. Lorange serves on the board of directors of several corporations including: Christiania Eiendomsselskap A/S, S. Ugelstad Shipowners A/S, StreamServe Inc., Preferred Global Health, Zaruma Resources Inc. and Copenhagen Business School. He received his undergraduate education from the Norwegian School of Economics and Business, was awarded a Masters of Arts degree in Operations Management from Yale University, and his Doctor of Business Administration degree from Harvard University.

 

Peter S. Shaerf.     Peter S. Shaerf will be appointed as a Director upon completion of this offering. Currently, Mr. Shaerf is a Managing Director at AMA Capital Partners LLC, a maritime investment bank based in New York. He started in the maritime industry over 30 years ago and has worked extensively as a broker of container and dry cargo vessels through The Commonwealth Group, a company he founded. He also operated a small Caribbean liner service while working for a firm of British shipowners. From 1998 to April 2002, Mr. Shaerf was a Managing Director of Poseidon Capital, an independent maritime consulting and investment company that works extensively in the investment community. At AMA, he has continued developing relationships in the capital markets where he has worked primarily advising hedge funds and investors on a variety of maritime investments in both equity and distressed debt. Since May 2001, Mr. Shaerf has been a Director of General Maritime Corp (NYSE). Since May 2005, he has been a director of TBS International (NASDAQ), and since April 2002, a director of Trailer Bridge (NASDAQ). He served as a board member of MC Shipping (AMEX) from 1993 to 2004. He is also a Director of The Containerization and Intermodal Institute and Vice- Chairman of the Government sponsored Short Sea Shipping Co-operative (“SCOOP”) and is a member of the Maritime Law Association. Mr. Shaerf received his B.A. in International Business Law from London Guildhall University in London, England.

 

Milton K. Wong.     Milton K. Wong will be appointed as a Director upon completion of this offering. Mr. Wong is also a director of Alcan Inc., Genome British Columbia, Pacific Salmon Endowment Fund Society, The Pierre Elliot Trudeau Foundation and The Canada-US Fulbright Program. He founded M.K. Wong & Associates Ltd. (“MKW”) in 1980 to provide investment counseling services to pension plans, foundations, mutual funds and individuals. MKW was acquired by HSBC in 1996. Currently, Mr. Wong is the non-executive chairman of the board of directors of HSBC Investments (Canada) Limited and was appointed Chancellor Emeritus of Simon Fraser University in June 2005 after a six year term as Chancellor. He is a recipient of the Order of Canada and the Order of British Columbia and was awarded an Ernst & Young Lifetime Achievement Award in 2002. Mr. Wong received his Bachelor of Arts in Political Science from the University of British Columbia and was awarded an honorary Law Doctorate from Simon Fraser University.

 

107


Table of Contents

Directors and Officers of Our Manager

 

The following table provides information about the directors and officers of Seaspan Management Services Limited. As described below, our Manager and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries will provide us with technical, administrative and strategic services, pursuant to the management agreement.

 

Name


   Age

  

Position


Kyle Washington

   35    Chairman of the Board of Directors

Gerry Wang

   43    Chief Executive Officer, Managing Director and Director

Sai W. Chu

   38    Chief Financial Officer

Graham Porter

   35    Managing Director and Director

Peter Curtis

   46    Vice President

 

Kyle Washington.     Kyle Washington was appointed director and Chairman of our Manager in July 2005.

 

Gerry Wang.     Gerry Wang was appointed Chief Executive Officer, Managing Director and Director of our Manager in July 2005.

 

Graham Porter .    Graham Porter was appointed Managing Director and Director of our Manager in July 2005. Mr. Porter plays a key role in the overall strategic management services our Manager provides to us. Mr. Porter joined Seaspan International Ltd. in 1992 as part of the offshore heavy-lift and ocean towing division, and is currently a director, Managing Director and Secretary of SCLL. In 2000, Mr. Porter was part of the senior management and equity team to form SCLL, established to own and operate deep-sea container vessels. He graduated in 1992 with a degree in business, major in transportation and logistics and minor in accounting, from the University of British Columbia in Vancouver, BC, Canada.

 

Sai W. Chu.     Sai W. Chu was appointed as Chief Financial Officer of our Manager, SCLL, each of the VesselCos and Seaspan Crew Management Ltd. in May 2005 after joining our Manager as Corporate Controller in September 2004 and the Washington Marine Group as Corporate Controller in April 2004. Mr. Chu qualified as a Chartered Accountant in 1992 having articled with KPMG’s Vancouver office and also qualified as a Certified Management Accountant in 1990. From 1995 to 1998, he was the Assistant Corporate Controller with Imperial Parking Limited, an integrated parking management company with operations in Asia and North America, which, at the time, was listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Chu was Manager, Financial Reporting, of BC Gas Inc. (now Terasen Inc.), a natural gas and oil transmission and distribution utility, which is listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange. From 2000 to April 2004, he was Controller of Datawest Solutions Inc., a technology provider of banking and payment solutions, which, at the time, was listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange.

 

Peter Curtis.     Peter Curtis was appointed Vice President of Seaspan Ship Management Limited in April 2001. He is responsible for the overall technical and commercial management of the vessels managed by Seaspan Ship Management Limited, a subsidiary of our Manager. From 1981 to 1989, Mr. Curtis served in the South African Navy, where he attained the rank of Lt Commander in charge of the submarine maintenance facility and design office. From 1989 to 1991, he joined a firm of consultants in Cape Town, working on offshore and naval architectural projects, such as offshore oil and gas as well as normal vessel type of projects. From 1991 to 1999, Mr. Curtis joined Safmarine, where he was responsible for the operations of a mixed fleet of containerships, handy-size and Cape-size bulkcarriers and also oversaw a number of new building programs. Prior to joining Seaspan Ship Management Limited in 2001, Mr. Curtis was based in Cyprus for two years, with Columbia Ship Management as Technical Director. In 1981, he obtained a BSC Mechanical Engineering degree at Natal University in Durban, South Africa. In 1986, Mr. Curtis obtained his Master’s degree in Naval Architecture from University College in London, England and in 2000, he obtained his B.Sc. in business from Stellenbosch University in Cape Town, South Africa.

 

108


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

 

We were founded in May 2005. Other than the compensation paid to our chief financial officer since May 2005, we have neither paid any compensation to our officers nor incurred any obligations with respect to management incentive or retirement benefits for officers prior to this offering.

 

Compensation of Directors, Executive Officers and Key Employees

 

Following the completion of this offering, each independent member of our board of directors will receive an annual cash retainer of $60,000 payable in equal quarterly installments and pro rated for the initial term. Independent directors may be awarded equity incentive awards if we adopt a plan as described below. In addition, each director will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred while attending any meeting of the board of directors or any board committee. Officers who also serve as directors will not receive compensation for their services as directors.

 

Officers and key employees may be awarded cash bonus awards as well as equity incentive awards. Neither our board of directors nor the board of our Manager has offered any bonus or equity award or plan except what will be provided in the employment agreements between our Manager and each of Gerry Wang and Graham Porter, although they may do so in the future. Our board of directors expects, however, to adopt an equity incentive plan substantially as described below.

 

Equity Incentive Plan

 

Subsequent to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt an equity incentive plan, which will entitle our officers, key employees and directors to receive restricted shares or options to acquire common shares. The terms of any equity incentive plan will be determined by our compensation committee and board of directors. Our board of directors will administer the proposed plan. The proposed plan will also provide for the issuance of share appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, restricted shares, unrestricted shares, restricted share units and performance shares.

 

Board Practice

 

While a number of the New York Stock Exchange’s corporate governance standards do not apply to us as a foreign private issuer, we intend to comply with a number of those rules. For example, we will, and will undertake with the New York Stock Exchange that we will have, a board of directors that will be comprised of a majority of independent directors. In addition, we will have an audit committee and a compensation committee comprised entirely of independent directors. In addition, our board of directors may, from time to time, designate one or more additional committees, which shall have the duties and powers granted to it by our board of directors.

 

Certain Management Functions

 

Certain aspects of our operations, including the management of our fleet, will be performed by our Manager under the supervision of our board of directors. Our chief executive officer has been made available to us by our Manager to manage our day-to-day operations and affairs. Our chief executive officer and others, including our Manager and its affiliated companies, will report to our board of directors regarding strategic, administrative and technical management matters.

 

Our officers and other individuals providing services to us may face a conflict regarding the allocation of their time between our business and the other business interests of our Manager and its affiliates. Our Manager intends to seek to cause its officers to devote as much time to the management of our business and affairs as is necessary for the proper conduct of our business and affairs. For further details of the role of our Manager, please read “Our Manager and Management Related Agreements.”

 

109


Table of Contents

Employment Agreement with Gerry Wang

 

Our chief executive officer has entered into an employment agreement with Seaspan Ship Management Ltd., or SSML, a subsidiary of our Manager. The employment agreement provides that Mr. Wang will receive an annual base salary of $600,000, subject to increases at the discretion of the board of directors of our Manager. We will reimburse our Manager for a portion of this amount under the management agreement. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Wang will be serving as the chief executive officer of SSML and as our chief executive officer. He will devote substantially all of his time to us and our Manager on our business and affairs. The initial term of the agreement expires on December 31, 2008. However, unless written notice is provided between 210 and 180 days prior to the termination date, the agreement automatically renews on December 31, 2008, and each subsequent year for an additional one-year term. Except in the case of a termination for cause, the Manager will not terminate the chief executive officer without our prior consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Mr. Wang has acknowledged in the agreement that by virtue of his employment, he will owe fiduciary obligations to us and to SSML. In such case where our interests and those of SSML conflict, Mr. Wang will act in our best interests and such action or inaction in fulfilling his obligations in our respect will not be a breach of his employment agreement with SSML.

 

Mr. Wang has agreed to be bound by the terms of the omnibus agreement and not to engage in any activity that the Manager is prohibited from engaging in pursuant to the omnibus agreement. Please read “Our Manager and Management Related Agreements” for a full description of the terms of the omnibus agreement.

 

Employment Agreement with Graham Porter

 

Graham Porter has entered into an employment agreement with Seaspan Advisory Services Limited, or Seaspan Advisory, a subsidiary of our Manager that will provide us with strategic services pursuant to the management agreement. The agreement provides that Mr. Porter will receive an annual base salary of $200,000, subject to increases at the discretion of the board of directors of our Manager. We will reimburse our Manager for a portion of this amount under the management agreement. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Porter will be serving as the chief executive officer of Seaspan Advisory. The initial term of the agreement expires on December 31, 2008. However, unless written notice is provided between 210 and 180 days prior to the termination date, the agreement automatically renews on December 31, 2008, and each subsequent year for an additional one-year term.

 

Mr. Porter has agreed to be bound by the terms of the omnibus agreement and not to engage in any activity that the Manager is prohibited from engaging in pursuant to the omnibus agreement. Please read “Our Manager and Management Related Agreements” for a full description of the terms of the omnibus agreement.

 

110


Table of Contents

OUR MANAGER AND MANAGEMENT RELATED AGREEMENTS

 

General

 

Our Manager, Seaspan Management Services Limited, is owned primarily by trusts established for members of the Washington family and an entity owned by directors and officers of both our Manager and SCLL. Our Manager and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries will provide technical, administrative and strategic services necessary to support our business. Our Manager provides a variety of ship management services, including purchasing, crewing, vessel maintenance, insurance procurement and claims handling, inspections, and ensuring compliance with flag, class and other statutory requirements.

 

Our Manager currently supervises the operation of a fleet of 13 vessels consisting primarily of containerships. Ten of these ships are owned by our predecessor, and after this offering, our Manager will continue to supervise these vessels for us. In addition to the ship management services provided to us, our Manager also provides or has provided assistance with ship design, drawing approval and construction supervision to a number of other vessel owning companies and container liner operators, including its affiliates.

 

As of June 30, 2005, our Manager and its subsidiaries employed approximately 284 seagoing staff and approximately 49 shore staff to run the ships primarily belonging to our predecessor. These employees will work primarily on our ships after this offering. We expect our Manager and its subsidiaries will hire additional employees as we grow. We believe our Manager and its subsidiaries provide its seafarers competitive employment packages and comprehensive benefits and opportunities for career development.

 

We believe our Manager achieves high standards of technical ship management by pursuing risk reduction, operational reliability, and reduced personnel work time accidents. These standards are achieved through staff competencies, strategic alliances with suppliers and class societies on training, and information links across a nearly homogeneous fleet. Examples of our Manager’s methods include the following:

 

    development of an audited competency standard for seagoing staff;

 

    standardization of equipment used throughout the fleet, which brings economies of scale, good familiarization by crew and streamlined logistical support;

 

    implementation of voluntary vessel condition monitoring vetted by class (our Manager was the first in the world to achieve accreditation by Det Norske on its hull planned maintenance system);

 

    direct recruitment of officers and ratings through an office in India that has supported the development of a culture of company loyalty and high retention of its employees; and

 

    implementation of a system that rewards staff for avoiding off-hire incidents and for operating without accidents.

 

Our Manager’s personnel have experience in overseeing new vessel construction, vessel conversions and general marine engineering. The core staff of our Manager has worked in various companies in the international ship management industry, including such companies as China Merchants Group, Maersk Sealand, Neptune Orient Lines, American President Lines, Safmarine, Columbia Ship Management and Bell Ships. Our Manager’s staff has skills in all aspects of ship management, design and operations, including naval architecture, marine engineering, materials science, navigation, insurance, budget management, safety and environment, commercial management and human resource management. A number of senior officers also have sea-going experience, having served aboard vessels at a senior rank. Our crews are directly selected by our Manager and hired by its

 

111


Table of Contents

crew management affiliate, Seaspan Crew Management Ltd. In all training programs, our Manager places an emphasis on safety, and regularly trains its crew members and other employees in order to ensure that our high standards can continuously be met. Shore-based personnel and crew members are trained to be prepared for, and are ready to respond to, emergencies related to life, property or the environment.

 

Each vessel in our contracted fleet has been or is being built based on standard designs from Samsung customized by SCLL and our Manager in consultation with the charterers of each vessel and with Lloyd’s and Det Norske, and the construction of the vessels is overseen by our Manager in consultation with us. Our Manager maintains a site office at Samsung’s shipyard in South Korea, where our Manager’s personnel, who have experience in ship building and project management, assist in the development and design refinements of our vessels on a daily basis. We believe our vessel designs, which include certain technological advances, will make our containerships some of the most efficient in the industry. Unlike other container shipping fleets, our contracted fleet will be consistent in design across all vessels of the same size. We believe this enables our Manager to maximize efficiencies that arise from operating, and training our crews to operate, a fairly standard fleet of vessels with consistent capabilities.

 

Our Manager is required to perform its services in a commercially reasonable manner and will not engage in fraud, willful misconduct or act in a reckless or grossly negligent manner in performing their duties. Our Manager will be responsible for and will indemnify us for damages resulting from its obligations or liabilities under the agreement, breaches of the agreement, fraud, willful misconduct, recklessness or gross negligence of our Manager or certain agents (other than the crew) or affiliates of the Manager in the performance of the Manager’s duties.

 

Our Manager has agreed not to dispose of those wholly owned subsidiaries that provide services to us pursuant to the management agreement.

 

Management Agreement

 

Under our management agreement, our Manager will be responsible for providing us with substantially all of our services, which include the following:

 

    technical services , which include managing day-to-day vessel operations, performing general vessel maintenance, ensuring regulatory compliance and compliance with the law of the flag of each vessel and of the places where the vessel trades, ensuring classification society compliance, supervising the maintenance and general efficiency of vessels, arranging our hire of qualified officers and crew, training, transportation, compensation and insurance of the crew (including processing all claims), performing normally scheduled drydocking and general and routine repairs, arranging insurance for vessels (including marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance and risks and crew insurance), purchasing stores, supplies, spares, lubricating oil and maintenance capital expenditures for vessels, appointing supervisors and technical consultants and providing technical support, shoreside support, shipyard supervision, and attending to all other technical matters necessary to run our business (provision of technical services and related costs will be paid for by the Manager at its cost and in return for its technical services, the Manager will receive the fixed daily technical services fee);

 

   

administrative services , which include, in each case, at the direction of our board of directors, assistance with the maintenance of our corporate books and records, payroll services, the assistance with the preparation of our tax returns (and paying all vessel taxes) and financial statements, assistance with corporate and regulatory compliance matters not related to our vessels, procuring legal and accounting services (including the preparation of all necessary budgets for us for submission to our board of directors), assistance in complying with United States and other relevant securities laws, human resources, cash management and bookkeeping services, development and monitoring of internal audit controls, disclosure controls and information technology, assistance with all regulatory and reporting functions and obligations, furnishing any reports or financial information that might be requested by us

 

112


Table of Contents
 

and other non-vessel related administrative services (including all annual, quarterly, current and other reports we are required to file with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act), assistance with office space, providing legal and financial compliance services, overseeing banking services (including the opening, closing, operation and management of all our accounts including making any deposits and withdrawals reasonably necessary for the management of our business and day-to-day operations), procuring general insurance and director and officer liability insurance, providing all administrative services required for subsequent debt and equity financings and attending to all other administrative matters necessary to ensure the professional management of our business; and

 

    strategic services , which include chartering our vessels, managing our relationships with our charter parties, chartering, locating, purchasing, financing and negotiating the purchasing and selling of our vessels, providing general strategic planning services and implementing corporate strategy, providing business development services, developing acquisition and divestiture strategies, working closely on the integration of any acquired business, supervising the design and construction of new buildings, arranging for the grant to us of a license to use the tradename “Seaspan” and associated logos, and such other strategic, corporate planning, business development and advisory services as we may reasonably identify from time to time.

 

Our Manager will be responsible for paying for all costs associated with the provision of technical services but will not be responsible for certain “extraordinary costs and expenses”, such as repairs for accidents, non-routine drydocking or any improvement, structural change, installation of new equipment imposed by compulsory legislation or increase in crew employment and support expenses resulting from an introduction of new, or change in the interpretation of, applicable laws. We will carry insurance coverage consistent with industry standards for certain matters but we cannot assure you that our insurance will be adequate to cover all extraordinary costs and expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any extraordinary costs and expenses are caused by our Manager’s fraud, willful misconduct, recklessness or gross negligence, our Manager will be responsible for them.

 

Reporting Structure

 

Our chief executive officer has been made available to us by our Manager to manage our day-to-day operations and affairs. Pursuant to his employment agreement, our chief executive officer will devote substantially all of his time to us and our Manager on our business and affairs. Our Manager will report to our board of directors through our chief executive officer and operate our business. Our board of directors and our chief executive officer and chief financial officer will have responsibility for overall corporate strategy, acquisitions, financing and investor relations. Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer will utilize the resources of our Manager to run our business. Our chief financial officer will be employed by us and will devote all of his time to our matters.

 

Compensation of Our Manager

 

In return for its technical management of our ships our Manager will receive a daily fixed fee per vessel payable on a monthly basis. The initial fixed fees are $4,500 per day for each 4250 TEU vessel, $6,000 per day for each 8500 TEU vessel and $6,500 per day for each 9600 TEU vessel. We believe these are fair market fees. These initial fixed fees will be in effect through December 31, 2008 and thereafter will be subject to renegotiation every three years, provided that the fee for the three-year period beginning January 1, 2009 will not be less than the initial technical services fee. If our Manager and the board of directors are unable to reach an agreement an arbitrator will determine the fair market fee. In the event that we acquire an additional vessel, the technical services fee in respect of that vessel will be the same fee as is applicable to vessels of the same size. If there is a material difference in the operating costs associated with the new vessel, or if there are no vessels of a similar size already owned by us, we will negotiate a fair market fee with our Manager. If we are unable to reach an agreement an arbitrator will determine the fair market fee.

 

In return for providing us with strategic and administrative services, our Manager will be entitled to a service fee not exceeding a maximum of $6,000 per month, and to reimbursement for all of the reasonable costs

 

113


Table of Contents

and expenses incurred by it and its affiliates in providing us with such services. Our Manager will provide these services to us directly but may subcontract certain of these services to other entities, including its affiliates. The management agreement provides that we have the right to audit the costs and expenses billed to us and also provides for a third party to settle any billing disputes between us and our Manager.

 

In connection with providing us with strategic services, our Manager will acquire 100 incentive shares for $1,000. The incentive shares are entitled to a share of incremental dividends, based on specified sharing ratios, once dividends on our common and subordinated shares reach certain specified targets beginning with the first target of $0.485 per share. Please read “—Our Manager’s Incentive Shares” for more information regarding our Manager’s incentive shares. As discussed in more detail below in “—Term and Termination Rights,” under the terms of the management agreement we have the right to reacquire the incentive shares from our Manager at a nominal price under specified circumstances and we have the obligation to reacquire them at a price determined by independent parties under other specified circumstances.

 

Term and Termination Rights

 

Subject to the termination rights described below, the initial term of the management agreement will expire on December 31, 2025. If not terminated, the management agreement shall automatically renew for a five-year period and shall thereafter be extended in additional five-year increments if we do not provide notice of termination in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year immediately preceding the end of the respective term.

 

Our Termination Rights .    We may terminate the management agreement under any of the following seven circumstances:

 

    First , if at any time the Manager materially breaches the management agreement and the matter is unresolved after a 90-day dispute resolution, referred to as “Manager Breach.”

 

    Second , if, after the fifth anniversary of this offering, (1) there are six consecutive quarters in which we do not generate sufficient operating surplus to pay the base dividend on the common shares and we do not pay the base dividend on the common shares from operating surplus and (2) a majority of the outstanding common shares and subordinated shares, voting together as a single class, elect to terminate the management agreement.

 

    Third , if at any time (1) our Manager has been convicted of, or has entered into a plea bargain or plea of nolo contendre or settlement admitting guilt for a crime, which conviction, plea or settlement is demonstrably and materially injurious to us and (2) a majority of the outstanding common shares elect to terminate the management agreement, referred to as “Manager Cause.”

 

    Fourth , if at any time our Manager experiences certain bankruptcy events.

 

    Fifth , if any person or persons other than the owners of the Manager at the time of this offering and their affiliates control a majority of the voting or economic control of our Manager and we do not consent to the change of control, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

    Sixth , if in the fourth quarter of 2019, two-thirds of the independent members of the board of directors elect to terminate the management agreement, which termination shall be effective on December 31, 2020. This right is referred to as our “early termination right.”

 

    Seventh , if we provide notice in the fourth quarter of 2024, which termination is effective on December 31, 2025. This right is referred to as “our optional termination right.” If the management agreement extends pursuant to its terms as described above, we can elect to exercise our optional termination right in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year immediately preceding the end of the respective term.

 

If we elect to terminate the management agreement upon any of the first through the fifth circumstances, then we may elect at any time of termination to purchase the Manager’s incentive shares for $100. If we elect to terminate

 

114


Table of Contents

under the sixth or seventh circumstances, our Manager shall continue to be entitled to receive dividends on the incentive shares for a five-year period from the date of termination in accordance with their terms.

 

Our Manager’s Termination Rights .    The Manager can terminate the agreement prior to the end of its term under either of the following two circumstances:

 

    First , after the fifth anniversary of this offering on twelve months notice. Upon this termination, the non-competition agreement limiting Seaspan International Ltd.’s, or Seaspan International, Norsk Pacific Steamship Company Limited’s, or Norsk, and our Manager’s ability to compete with us will continue for two years following such termination. At our option, the Manager shall continue to provide technical services to us at market rates for up to an additional two-year period from termination, provided that the Manager or its affiliates continue in the business of providing such services to third parties for similar types of vessels. This right is referred to as our Manager’s optional termination right.

 

    Second , if at any time we materially breach the agreement and the matter is unresolved after a 90-day dispute resolution, referred to as “Company Breach.”

 

If the Manager elects to terminate the agreement under the first circumstance, we may at the time of termination purchase the incentive shares for $100. If the Manager elects to terminate under the second circumstance described immediately above, then the incentive shares shall continue to be entitled to receive dividends for a five-year period from the date of termination in accordance with their terms.

 

Termination After Our Change of Control .    The management agreement will terminate automatically immediately after a change of control (as defined below) of us. After a change of control, we may elect to purchase the incentive shares for the value described below or the Manager may elect to cause us or our successor to purchase the incentive shares at such value.

 

The value of the incentive shares for this purpose will be determined as follows:

 

    upon either party’s electing its right to purchase or sell the incentive shares, each party shall select an independent investment bank or other qualified appraiser, which shall be subject to the consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld;

 

    each investment bank or other qualified appraiser shall determine the value of the incentive shares within 45 days assuming that they have a term that ends five years from the date that we can terminate under our optional termination right;

 

    each investment bank or other qualified appraiser shall disregard any potential increases or decreases to the size of our fleet unless there is a written agreement for the purchase or sale of vessels that has been approved by our board of directors;

 

    each investment bank or other qualified appraiser shall disregard any impact caused or created by the change of control transaction, including any change in management; and

 

    the purchase price shall equal the average of the two determined values.

 

Change of control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

    the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of our assets, other than a disposition to certain owners and affiliates of our Manager;

 

    the adoption by our board of directors of a plan of liquidation or dissolution of us;

 

   

the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act),

 

115


Table of Contents
 

other than certain owners and affiliates of our Manager, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than a majority of our voting shares, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

 

    if, at any time, we become insolvent, admit in writing our inability to pay our debts as they become due, commit an act of bankruptcy, are adjudged or declare our bankruptcy or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, a proposal or similar action under the bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of the Marshall Islands or any applicable jurisdiction or commence or consent to proceedings relating to it under any reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction;

 

    we consolidate with, or merge with or into, any person (other than certain owners and affiliates of our Manager), or any such person consolidates with, or merges with or into, us, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding common and subordinated shares are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, or receive a payment of cash securities or other property other than any such transaction where our common and subordinated shares are outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted into or exchanged for voting stock of the surviving or transferee person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such voting stock of such surviving or transferee person immediately after giving effect to such issuance; and

 

    the first day on which a majority of the members of our board of directors are not continuing directors.

 

Continuing directors ” means, as of any date of determination, any member of our board of directors who:

 

    was a member of our board of directors on the date immediately after the completion of this offering; or

 

    was nominated for election or elected to our board of directors with the approval of a majority of the directors then in office who were either directors immediately after the completion of this offering or whose nomination or election was previously so approved.

 

Our Manager’s Incentive Shares

 

Dividends will be paid on our Manager’s incentive shares only if the quarterly dividend on our common and subordinated shares from operating surplus is greater than specified targets. The incentive shares are not entitled to receive liquidating dividends. In general, quarterly dividends from operating surplus will be paid on common, subordinated and incentive shares in the following manner:

 

    first , 100% of dividends to all common shares, pro rata, until they have received the base dividend of $0.425 per share;

 

    second , 100% of dividends to all common shares, pro rata, until they have received the unpaid arrearages in the base dividend for all prior quarters during the subordination period;

 

    third , 100% to all the subordinated shares, pro rata, until they have received the base dividend;

 

    fourth , 100% of incremental dividends to all common shares and subordinated shares, pro rata, until each share receives $0.485 per share;

 

    fifth , 90% of incremental dividends to all common shares and subordinated shares, pro rata, and 10% of incremental dividends to the incentive shares, until each common and subordinated share has received a total of $0.550 for that quarter;

 

    sixth , 80% of incremental dividends to all common shares and subordinated shares, pro rata, and 20% of incremental dividends to the incentive shares, until each common and subordinated share has received a total of $0.675 for that quarter; and

 

    after that , 75% of incremental dividends to all common shares and subordinated shares, pro rata and 25% of incremental dividends to the incentive shares.

 

116


Table of Contents

The following table further details this allocation among the common, subordinated and incentive shares:

 

         

Allocation of Incremental Operating

Surplus Paid as a Dividend


 
     Quarterly Common and
Subordinated Share Dividend
Target Amount


   Common and
Subordinated
Shares


    Incentive Shares

 

Below First Target

   up to $0.485    100 %   0 %

First Target

   above $0.485 up to $0.550    90 %   10 %

Second Target

   above $0.550 up to $0.675    80 %   20 %

Third Target

   above $0.675    75 %   25 %

 

The table below illustrates the percentage allocations of operating surplus distributed between the common shares, subordinated shares and the incentive shares as a result of certain quarterly dividend amounts per common and subordinated share. The amounts presented below are intended to be illustrative of the way in which the incentive shares are entitled to an increasing share of dividends based on the target dividend levels described above as total dividends increase. This is not intended to represent a prediction of future performance.

 

Quarterly Dividend
Per Common and
Subordinated Share


   Common and Subordinated
Share Dividend as Percentage of
Total Dividends


    Incentive Share Dividend as
Percentage of Total Dividends


 

$0.485

   100.00 %   0.00 %

$0.550

   98.70 %   1.30 %

$0.675

   94.61 %   5.39 %

$0.750

   92.20 %   7.80 %

$1.000

   87.20 %   12.80 %

 

Please read “Description of Capital Stock—Dividends” for a more detailed description of dividends from operating surplus.

 

Omnibus Agreement

 

At the closing of this offering, we will enter into an agreement with our Manager, certain of our Manager’s subsidiaries which provide services to us, Norsk, a company within the Washington Marine Group, and Seaspan International, a company that owns substantially all of the Washington Companies’ marine transportation shipyards and ship management entities. The following discussion describes the provisions of the omnibus agreement.

 

Non-competition

 

Our Manager, Norsk, and Seaspan International will agree, and will cause their controlled affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries) to agree, directly or indirectly, not to engage in or otherwise acquire or invest in any business involved in the chartering or rechartering of containerships to others, hereinafter referred to as the “containership business,” during the term of the management agreement, except as provided below. In the event that the management agreement is terminated for Manager Cause or Manager Breach or if our Manager elects to terminate the management agreement pursuant to its optional termination right, the term of the non-competition agreement shall survive for two years from such date. “Containerships” includes any ocean-going vessel that is intended primarily to transport containers or is being used primarily to transport containers. The non-competition agreement will not prevent Seaspan International, Norsk, our Manager or any of their controlled affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries) from:

 

   

acquiring and subsequently operating assets that are within the definition of containership business as part of a business if a majority of the fair market value of the acquisition is not attributable to the containership business. However, if at any time a party completes such an acquisition, it must offer to

 

117


Table of Contents
 

sell the assets that are attributable to the containership business to us for their fair market value plus any additional tax or other similar costs to the acquiring party that would be required to transfer such assets to us separately from the acquired business;

 

    solely with respect to Seaspan International, acquiring and subsequently operating assets that are within the definition of containership business that relate to discussions, negotiations or agreements that occurred prior to the date of this offering; provided, however, that Seaspan International must offer to sell the assets to us within one year from the acquisition date valued at their “fully built-up cost,” which represents the aggregate expenditures incurred by Seaspan International to acquire and bring such assets to the condition and location necessary for our intended use;

 

    collectively with Gerry Wang, Graham Porter and the controlled affiliates of Seaspan International, Norsk and our Manager, acquiring up to a 9.9% equity ownership, voting or profit participation for investment purposes only in any publicly traded entity that is engaged in the containership business;

 

    acquiring operating assets that are within the definition of containership business pursuant to the right of first offer after the management agreement is terminated;

 

    acquiring, and subsequently operating, containerships that we do not purchase pursuant to the terms of the asset purchase agreement;

 

    acquiring, and subsequently operating, containerships with a capacity of less than 1,000 TEU; or

 

    providing technical ship management services relating to containerships.

 

If Seaspan International, Norsk, our Manager or any of their controlled affiliates (other than us or our subsidiaries) engage in the containership business pursuant to the exceptions described in the first, second or fifth bullet above, it may not subsequently expand that portion of its business. At the time of this offering, none of Seaspan International, Norsk or our Manager would be in violation of the non-competition agreement.

 

Pursuant to his employment agreement with our Manager, our chief executive officer will be subject to the terms of a non-compete provision substantially the same as the non-compete provision that is applicable to our Manager for the term of the employment agreement, and (a) for so long as Mr. Wang is employed by the Manager, the period that our Manager is subject to the omnibus agreement, or (b) two years from the date of termination if the services provided by Mr. Wang to our Manager are terminated by either our Manager or Mr. Wang in accordance with the terms of the employment agreement. We will have a right under the terms of the employment agreement to enforce directly this non-compete agreement.

 

Pursuant to his employment agreement with our Manager, Graham Porter will be subject to the terms of a non-compete provision substantially the same as the non-compete provision that is applicable to our Manager for the term of his employment agreement and for a period of two years from the date of such termination. We will have a right under the terms of the employment agreement to enforce directly this non-compete agreement.

 

Rights of First Offer on Containerships

 

Our Manager and Seaspan International and their controlled affiliates have agreed to grant us a 30-day right of first offer on any proposed sale, transfer or other disposition of any assets that fall within the definition of containership business they might own. This right of first offer will not apply to a sale, transfer or other disposition of vessels between any affiliates, or pursuant to the terms of any charter or other agreement with a charterer. Our right of first offer will be in effect during the term of the management agreement and, unless termination is for Company Breach or we terminate pursuant to our early termination right or optional termination right, shall extend for a two year period following its termination.

 

118


Table of Contents

Prior to any disposition of assets that fall within the definition of containership business, Seaspan International, our Manager and their controlled affiliates, as appropriate, will deliver a written notice setting forth the material terms and conditions of any proposed sale, transfer or disposition of the assets. During the 30-day period after the delivery of such notice, we will negotiate in good faith with Seaspan International, our Manager or their controlled affiliates, as appropriate, to reach an agreement on the transaction. If an agreement is not reached within such 30-day period, Seaspan International or our Manager, as the case may be, will be able within the next 180 days to sell, transfer or dispose of such assets to a third party (or to agree in writing to undertake such transaction with a third party) on terms generally no less favorable to the selling party than those offered pursuant to the written notice.

 

Our Manager and Seaspan International shall have a similar 30-day right of first offer on any of our assets that fall within the definition of containership business for a period beginning on the date of the termination of the management agreement and extending for a period of two years, unless such termination is for Manager Cause, Manager Breach or the Manager exercises its optional termination right, in which case such right of first offer shall not apply.

 

119


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Agreements Governing the Transactions Not Arm’s-Length

 

We, our Manager and certain affiliates have entered into or will enter into various documents and agreements that will effect the transactions relating to our formation, this offering and the application of the proceeds from this offering. These agreements will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations and they, or any of the transactions that they provide for, may not be effected on terms at least as favorable to the parties to these agreements as they could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. All of the transaction expenses incurred in connection with this offering will be paid from the proceeds of this offering. In accordance with our conflicts of interest policy, all material related party transactions effected after this offering will be subject to approval by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

 

Registration Rights Agreement

 

We have agreed to register for resale on a shelf registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws, any subordinated shares proposed to be sold by the holders of the subordinated shares (or the underlying common shares upon their conversion) upon expiration of the holding period as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and the VesselCos if we exercise our right to issue to them common shares as part of the purchase price for the vessels if an exemption from the registration requirements is not otherwise available or advisable. These holders also have certain piggyback registration rights allowing them to participate in offerings by us to the extent that their participation does not interfere or impede with our offering. We are obligated to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions. Please read “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

 

Management Related Agreements

 

For a description of our management agreement and omnibus agreement, please read “Our Manager and Management Related Agreements.”

 

Asset Purchase Agreement

 

For a description of our asset purchase agreement, please read “Acquisition of Our Contracted Fleet—Asset Purchase Agreement.”

 

Sale of Subordinated Shares

 

Concurrently with this offering, we are selling 7,145,000 subordinated shares to members of the Washington family, or trusts set up on their behalf, to our chief executive officer, Gerry Wang, and to an entity owned by Graham Porter, a director of our Manager, at a purchase price per share equal to the initial public offering price of our common shares.

 

Loans from SCLL

 

SCLL has made an intercompany loan to us of $3.0 million to serve as collateral under the swap agreements prior to the closing of this offering. SCLL has agreed to provide, should it be necessary, additional funds up to $7.0 million for collateral under the swap agreements prior to the closing of the offering. These amounts will be returned to us, and we will repay the loan to SCLL, upon the closing of the credit facility. In addition, SCLL has made a $0.5 million loan to us to cover certain pre-offering expenses, such as our chief financial officer’s salary, administrative expenses and travel expenses. The $0.5 million loan will be repaid to SCLL upon completion of this offering.

 

120


Table of Contents

OUR CREDIT FACILITY

 

Prior to or concurrently with the completion of this offering, we will enter into a $1.0 billion secured loan facility agreement with certain lenders, including Citibank, N.A., Credit Suisse, DnBNor ASA, Landesbank Hessen-Thuringen and Fortis Capital Corp. This credit facility will be used in part to fund our acquisition of the contracted fleet from the VesselCos and any additional new or used containerships we may decide to acquire. Our credit facility has a maturity date of the seventh anniversary of the delivery date of the last of the 23 containerships comprising the contracted fleet and any additional containerships we may acquire or October 31, 2014, whichever is earlier.

 

The total facility amount of $1.0 billion is divided into two tranches: Tranche A, in the maximum amount of $750.0 million and Tranche B, in the maximum amount of $250.0 million. Additionally, the amount that can be advanced to us at any one advance under Tranche A is restricted, in the case of our initial fleet, to the lower of $450.0 million and a percentage of the market value of the vessels in respect of which such advance is being made and, in the case of our additional 13 vessels, to the lower of $750.0 million, when aggregated with other Tranche A loans, and a percentage of the market value of the vessel in respect of which such advance is being made. In the case of Tranche B, there are additional requirements based on the market value of the vessel, the amount of TEU capacity of the vessel and the price at which we acquired the vessel. The market value of any vessel is generally determined as the average of two independent valuations on a charter-free basis and assuming an arm’s length sale on normal commercial terms. In certain circumstances, the market value of any vessel is determined as the aggregate of the present value of the bareboat equivalent charterhire rate for the remaining term of the charter and the present value of the depreciated market value of such vessel at the end of the term of the charter and assuming a useful economic life of 25 years and a specified scrap value for that vessel.

 

Tranche A will be used to fund our acquisition of the contracted fleet while Tranche B will be used to fund our acquisition of any additional new or used containerships we may decide to acquire. Both Tranche A and Tranche B will be split into several advances. All Tranche A advances must be drawn within two business days of the delivery of the last of the 23 vessels comprising the contracted fleet (but not before the acquisition date of the vessel to which the loan relates), and in any event, no later than December 31, 2007. Each Tranche B advance will occur on or after the acquisition date of an additional vessel beyond our contracted fleet, if any. All Tranche B advances must be drawn prior to December 31, 2006 (but not before the acquisition date of the vessel to which the loan relates). Any commitment undrawn by those dates will be canceled.

 

Each drawdown is subject to a number of conditions precedent, including that on both the date of the request and the date of any borrowing under the tranche, the representations made by us under the facility agreement are correct in all respects and no event of default or potential event of default is outstanding or would be outstanding as a result of the drawdown.

 

Our credit facility requires payments of interest at a rate per annum, calculated as the sum of (i) LIBOR, (ii) the margin and (iii) any increase in the lenders’ costs as a result of complying with regulatory requirements. The margin at any particular date will be based on certain “loan to value ratios.” The “loan to value ratio” as of any particular date is the ratio of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding advances under our credit facility as of that date, less any cash collateral in bank accounts or cash equivalents secured in favor of the lenders, to the aggregate of the market values (as determined on a charter-free basis by the average of two independent appraisers) of those vessels actually delivered. We have entered into hedging arrangements to manage our interest rate exposure from the floating rate under our credit facility. Set forth in the table below is the margin that will apply to the applicable loan to value ratio.

 

Loan to Value Ratio


   Margin

Less than 30.01%

   0.75

30.01% to 35%

   0.80

35.01% to 40%

   0.85

40.01% to 45%

   0.90

45.01% to 50%

   0.95

 

121


Table of Contents

Loan to Value Ratio


   Margin

50.01% to 55%

   1.00

55.01% to 60%

   1.05

60.01% to 65%

   1.10

65.01% to 70%

   1.15

More than 70%

   1.20

 

Our credit facility requires repayment in eight consecutive quarterly installments of $18,750,000 in respect of Tranche A and $6,250,000 in respect of Tranche B, starting five years and three months after the date of the delivery of the last vessel in our contracted fleet. A final balloon payment in satisfaction of all outstanding advances is payable together with the eighth and final installment. In addition, we are required to prepay all outstanding advances or a portion thereof in the following circumstances:

 

    if upon the sale or total loss of a vessel we do not replace the vessel with a vessel of equal or greater value and the same or similar remaining useful life as determined by the lenders;

 

    if it becomes unlawful in any jurisdiction for a lender to perform any of its obligations under the loan agreement or any finance document or to maintain its participation in the facility and the parties are unable to agree on the amendments required to avoid the effect of any such unlawfulness;

 

    if following the completion of this offering a person or an entity, other than Gerry Wang, Graham Porter and certain members of the Washington family, affiliates of such persons or trusts established for their benefit acquires greater than 50% of our issued and outstanding shares measured in terms of voting power;

 

    if there is a change of control of any charterer and the lenders are of the opinion, acting reasonably, that our ability to meet our obligations under the credit facility have been materially and adversely affected by the change of control and we are not able to obtain a suitable substitute charter;

 

    if a majority of the charters associated with either of Lykes or CSCL terminates or expires and we do not procure, within 90 days of such termination or expiration, suitable replacement charters with a term at least until the final maturity date of the credit facility, we will be required to either prepay all outstanding advances for the relevant vessel so that the aggregate of the market values of all of the vessels actually delivered is not less than 150% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding advances for all delivered vessels or provide additional security acceptable to the lenders so as to achieve such loan to value ratio; and

 

    if a charter in relation to which a charter termination fee is payable terminates and we do not procure, within ninety days of such termination, a suitable replacement charter, reasonably acceptable to the lenders, with a term at least until the final maturity date of the credit facility, we will be required to either prepay the outstanding advances for the relevant vessel using the charter termination fees received and other funds as required so that the ratio of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding loans to the aggregate of the latest market value of all the vessels delivered, or of the relevant vessel, is not greater than 60% or we will be required to provide additional security acceptable to the lenders so as to achieve such loan to value ratio.

 

Amounts outstanding under our credit facility may be prepaid in whole or in part at our election without penalty on any interest payment date in minimum amounts of $5.0 million and thereafter in integral multiples of $1.0 million.

 

Our credit facility provides that the borrowings thereunder will be secured by the following, among others:

 

    a first-priority mortgage on our contracted fleet and each of the vessels we agree to purchase with a Tranche B loan;

 

    an assignment of our time charters and earnings;

 

    an assignment of the insurances on each of the vessels that are subject to a mortgage;

 

122


Table of Contents
    an assignment of the vessel management agreement with our Manager;

 

    a pledge of our retention account; and

 

    an assignment of our interest in any hedging arrangement.

 

Our credit facility contains financial covenants requiring us, among other things, to ensure that:

 

    our tangible net worth (the adjusted amount paid up or credited as paid up on our share capital less intangible assets as further defined in the credit facility) will always exceed $450.0 million;

 

    our interest and principal coverage ratio (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization to interest and principal payment expense) will at all times be greater than or equal to 1.1 to 1.0;

 

    our net interest coverage ratio (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization to net interest expense) will at all times be greater then 2.5 to 1.0;

 

    if one or both of CSCL and Lykes defaults under 51% or more of the applicable time charters and no suitable replacement charters are procured within 90 days of such default, the market value of the fleet will not be less than 150% of all outstanding advances;

 

    if more than 50% of the fleet (assessed by value) is subject to charters with a remaining term of one year or less, we must have minimum liquidity (cash and cash equivalents held by us) of not less than $25.0 million; and

 

    our total debt must at all times be less than 65% of our total assets, as defined in the credit facility, which include, generally, the current book value of all vessels owned or leased with a purchase option, cash, certain marketable securities and receivables, and the book value of all other non-shipping assets shown in our latest financial statements.

 

For the purposes of our credit facility, our “total debt” means the outstanding amount of principal of any monies borrowed, acceptance, bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other similar instrument, the capitalized element of indebtedness under a finance or capital lease, indebtedness in connection with a sale or discounting of receivables or arising from any deferred payment arranged for the purpose of financing, any fixed or minimum payment on a redemption of any bond, note, debenture, loan stock or similar instrument, any indebtedness arising from a transaction which has the commercial effect of borrowing or any guarantee against financial loss of another person.

 

Our credit facility contains general covenants including covenants requiring us to maintain adequate insurance coverage, provide our facility agent with copies of financial statements, notify the lenders of any event of default, obtain and comply with any necessary authorizations, comply with all applicable laws where the failure to comply is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect, maintain the classification and repair of the fleet in accordance with industry practice, lawfully and safely operate the fleet, discharge any liabilities and arrest of any containerships in the fleet within 30 days, provide the lender with information in respect of any total loss, class recommendation and environmental claims and comply with ISM Code and ISPS Code.

 

Our credit facility contains restrictive covenants that prohibit us from, among other things: substantially changing the general nature of our business, changing the flag, class or management of our vessels without the lenders’ consent, participating in mergers with other entities, releasing proceeds of insurance in respect of a vessel without the prior approval of the lenders in amounts equal to or greater than $20.0 million and paying dividends if an event of default has occurred and is continuing.

 

We are also prohibited from incurring any additional indebtedness or issuing any guarantees in respect of other financial indebtedness of any person to be secured against any of the vessels over which our lenders are to have security.

 

123


Table of Contents

In addition, each of the following events with respect to us, in some cases after the passage of time or notice or both, will be an event of default under our credit facility:

 

    non-payment of amounts due under our credit facility unless due to administrative delay and cured within 3 business days;

 

    default by us, other than payment default, under any material provision of the loan agreement or security document, except, in the case of a default capable of remedy in accordance with the facility, a default remedied within 30 days of notice to us and discovery;

 

    breach of a material representation or warranty not remedied within 30 days of discovery;

 

    cross-default of other indebtedness of $25.0 million or greater;

 

    an event of insolvency or bankruptcy;

 

    failure to pay a final judgment or court order;

 

    cessation of business;

 

    any attachment, sequestration, distress, execution or analogous event affecting our assets having an aggregate value of $25.0 million that is not discharged within 30 days;

 

    unlawfulness, non-effectiveness or repudiation of any material provision of our credit facility or a related finance document;

 

    invalidity of a security document in any material respect or if any of those security documents ceases to provide a perfected first priority security interest; and

 

    if an event of default is outstanding, the lenders may cancel the credit facility and declare the outstanding amounts due and payable.

 

124


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common and subordinated shares that will be owned upon the consummation of the offering by:

 

    each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of the common or subordinated shares;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers; and

 

    all directors and executive officers as a group.

 

The table does not reflect any common shares our directors and executive officers may purchase in the offering through the directed share program described under the caption “Underwriting.”

 

Except as otherwise indicated, the person or entities listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all common or subordinated shares beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner


  

Common
Shares to be
Beneficially

Owned (1)


   Percentage of
Common
Shares to be
Beneficially
Owned (1)


  

Subordinated
Shares to be

Beneficially
Owned


  

Percentage of
Subordinated

Shares to be
Beneficially
Owned


 

Percentage of
Total Common
and Subordinated
Shares to be
Beneficially

Owned (1)


Dennis Washington

   —      —      1,786,250    25.0%   5.0%

The Kevin Lee Washington Trust II

   —      —      1,786,250    25.0%   5.0%

Tiger Container Shipping Company Limited (2)

   —      —      2,381,429    33.3%   6.7%

Gerry Wang

   —      —      1,191,071    16.7%   3.3%

Kyle Washington

   —      —      —      —     —  

Kevin M. Kennedy

   —      —      —      —     —  

David Korbin

   —      —      —      —     —  

Peter Lorange

   —      —      —      —     —  

Peter S. Shaerf

   —      —      —      —     —  

Milton K. Wong

   —      —      —      —     —  

All executive officers and directors as a group (7 persons)

   —      —      1,191,071    16.7%   3.3%

(1)   Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
(2)   Tiger Container Shipping Company Limited, a Cayman Islands company, is wholly owned by Graham Porter, a managing director and director of our Manager.

 

 

125


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will have 28,570,000 common shares and 7,145,000 subordinated shares outstanding. All of the above common shares sold in this offering, or 32,855,500 common shares assuming the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, will be freely transferable in the United States without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares acquired by one of our “affiliates” as defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act or any shares subject to the 180-day lock-up period. Immediately after consummation of this offering, members of the Washington family, or trusts set up on their behalf, our chief executive officer, Gerry Wang, and an entity owned by Graham Porter, a director of our Manager, will own all of our outstanding subordinated shares that were acquired in a private transaction not involving a public offering and these shares are therefore treated as “restricted securities” for purposes of Rule 144. Any common shares issued to the VesselCos pursuant to our option to issue common shares in payment for up to $100.0 million of the purchase price for the final four vessels in our contracted fleet will also be treated as “restricted securities” for purposes of Rule 144. Restricted securities may not be resold except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption from those registration requirements, such as the exemptions provided by Rule 144, Regulation S and other exemptions under the Securities Act.

 

As a general matter, Rule 144 will not be available for the subordinated shares until they convert to common shares. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person or persons whose shares are aggregated who owns shares that were acquired from the issuer or an affiliate at least one year ago would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of our common shares, or (ii) an amount equal to the average weekly reported volume of trading in shares of our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC. Sales in reliance on Rule 144 are also subject to other requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about us. A person or persons whose shares are aggregated, and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding the sale may sell restricted securities in reliance on Rule 144(k) without regard to the limitations described above, provided that at least two years have expired since the later of the date on which the same restricted securities were acquired from us or one of our affiliates. As defined in Rule 144, an “affiliate” of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, that same issuer.

 

We, and our officers and directors, and owners of our subordinated shares have entered into agreements with the underwriters of this offering agreements that, subject to certain exceptions, generally restrict us and our officers and directors, and owners of our subordinated shares from directly or indirectly offering, selling, pledging, hedging or otherwise disposing of our equity securities, restricted securities or any security that is convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities and from engaging in certain other transactions relating to such securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated. In addition, members of the Washington family, or trusts set up on their behalf, our chief executive officer, Gerry Wang, and an entity owned by Graham Porter, a director of our Manager, have agreed not to transfer, except to affiliates and certain pledges, any of our subordinated shares until all 23 vessels in our contracted fleet are delivered to us. Any subsequent transferee of the subordinated shares must agree to be similarly bound not to transfer such shares.

 

We will enter into a registration rights agreement upon the consummation of this offering with members of the Washington family, or trusts set up on their behalf, with our chief executive officer, Gerry Wang, and with an entity owned by Graham Porter, a director of our Manager, and the VesselCos, pursuant to which we will grant them, their affiliates and certain of their transferees, the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, including restrictions included in the lock-up agreements described above, to require us to register on a shelf registration statement under the Securities Act resales of our common and subordinated shares held by them. Shares, when registered under any registration statement, will be available for sale in the open market unless restrictions apply.

 

126


Table of Contents

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares, and no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common shares prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, including common shares issued upon the exercise of options that may be granted under any employee stock option or employee stock award plan of ours, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common shares.

 

127


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following is a description of the material terms of our articles of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. We refer you to our articles of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Purpose

 

Our purpose, as stated in our articles of incorporation, is to engage in any lawful act or activity relating to the business of chartering or rechartering containerships to others, any other lawful act or activity customarily conducted in conjunction with the chartering or rechartering of containerships to others, and any other lawful act or activity approved by a vote of our board of directors, and so long as the management agreement between us and our Manager has not been terminated, by a majority of outstanding incentive shares, voting separately as a class. “Containerships” includes any ocean-going vessel that is intended to be used primarily to transport containers or is being used primarily to transport containers. Notwithstanding the above, we may engage in any lawful act or activity not otherwise permitted by our articles of incorporation if such is related to any business operation acquired as part of an acquisition of an entity or business, a majority of whose value, as determined by our board of directors, is attributable to acts and activities permitted by the first sentence of this paragraph, provided, such act or activities are not subsequently expanded in any material respect. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws do not impose any limitations on the ownership rights of our shareholders.

 

Authorized Shares

 

Under our articles of incorporation, our authorized shares consist of 200,000,000 common shares (referred to in our articles of incorporation as the Class A Common Shares), par value $0.01 per share, of which 10 common shares are issued and outstanding; 25,000,000 subordinated shares (referred to in our articles of incorporation as the Class B Common Shares), par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding, 100 incentive shares (referred to in our articles of incorporation as the Class C Common Shares), par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding, and 65,000,000 preferred shares (referred to in our articles of incorporation as the Preferred Shares), par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding.

 

Shares to be Outstanding

 

Upon consummation of this offering, assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised, there will be 28,570,000 common shares, 7,145,000 subordinated shares, 100 incentive shares and no preferred shares outstanding. All of our shares are in registered form.

 

Common Shares

 

Under our articles of incorporation, our common shares will receive quarterly dividends from our operating surplus (as defined below) of $0.425 per share, plus any arrearages in the payment of the $0.425 per share amount from prior quarters, before our subordinated shares are entitled to any dividends from operating surplus. Our common shares will accrue arrearages during the subordination period. The common shares will have the voting rights described below under “Voting.”

 

Subordinated Shares

 

All of our subordinated shares will be acquired by members of the Washington family, or trusts set up on their behalf, by our chief executive officer, Gerry Wang, and by an entity owned by Graham Porter, a director of our Manager. Under our articles of incorporation, our subordinated shares may not receive any dividends from

 

128


Table of Contents

our operating surplus (as defined below), until after our common shares have received a quarterly dividend of $0.425 per share and any arrearages in the payment of the $0.425 per share amount from prior quarters. Our subordinated shares will not accrue arrearages. Our subordinated shares will convert to common shares on a one-for-one basis after the expiration of the subordination period as discussed below under “Dividends—Subordination Period.” The subordinated shares will have the voting rights described below under “Voting.”

 

Incentive Shares

 

Our Manager will have incentive shares that are entitled to share in incremental dividends if target dividend levels have been met. Incentive shares will not convert to common shares. For a discussion of the incentive shares please read “Our Manager and Management Related Agreements—Our Manager’s Incentive Shares.” The incentive shares will have the voting rights described below under “Voting.”

 

Dividends

 

Declaration and payment of any dividend is subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The time and amount of dividends will be dependant upon our financial condition, our operations, our cash requirements and availability, debt repayment obligations, capital expenditure needs, restrictions in our debt instruments, industry trends, the provisions of Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of distributions to shareholders and other factors. Applicable Marshall Islands law, referred to as the Business Corporations Act, or the BCA, generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from paid-in capital in excess of par value and our earnings or while we are insolvent or would be rendered insolvent on paying the dividend. In the discussion below, we refer to the quarterly dividend of $0.425 per share as our “base dividend.” Our initial dividend will be prorated for the portion of the quarter following the closing of this offering. If we pay an amount in excess of the base dividend in a quarterly period during the subordination period, it will be paid equally to each common and subordinated share.

 

All dividends paid to shareholders will be treated as either a dividend from operating surplus or a liquidating dividend. Our board of directors will treat all dividends as coming from operating surplus until the sum of all dividends paid since the closing of this offering equals the amount of operating surplus as of the most recent date of determination. Our undistributed operating surplus at any point in time will be our operating surplus accumulated since the closing of this offering less all dividends from operating surplus paid since the closing of this offering. We will treat dividends paid from any amount in excess of our operating surplus as liquidating dividends.

 

We will pay dividends on our common and subordinated shares from operating surplus, if any, for any quarter, in the following manner:

 

    first , 100% to all common shares, pro rata, until they receive $0.425 per share;

 

    second , 100% to all common shares, pro rata, until they have received any unpaid arrearages in the $0.425 per share dividend for prior quarters;

 

    third , 100% to all subordinated shares, pro rata, until they have received $0.425 per share;

 

    after that, 100% to all common and subordinated shares, pro rata, as if they were a single class, subject to the right of the incentive shares to share in incremental dividends, based on specified sharing ratios, once dividends on the common and subordinated shares reach specified target levels beginning with $0.485 per share.

 

Subordinated shares will not be entitled to any arrearages. Liquidating dividends will be paid equally to each common and subordinated share and will not be paid to incentive shares. We do not expect to pay liquidating dividends.

 

129


Table of Contents

Operating Surplus .    Operating surplus generally means:

 

    $15.0 million (which may be increased to $30.0 million as described below); plus

 

    all of our cash receipts after the completion of this offering, excluding cash receipts from (1) borrowings, (2) sales of equity and debt securities, (3) capital contributions, (4) corporate reorganizations or restructurings, (5) the termination of interest rate swap agreements, (6) sales or other dispositions of vessels and (7) sales or other dispositions of other assets other than in the normal course of business; plus

 

    interest paid on debt incurred and cash dividends paid on equity securities issued by us, in each case, to finance all or any portion of the construction, replacement or improvement of a capital asset such as vessels (other than our contracted fleet) during the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset is put into service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; plus

 

    interest paid on debt incurred and cash dividends paid on our equity securities issued by us, in each case, to pay the construction period interest on debt incurred, or to pay construction period dividends on our equity issued, to finance the construction projects described in the immediately preceding bullet; less

 

    all of our cash expenditures after the completion of this offering, including, but not limited to operating expenses, interest payments and taxes, but not (1) the repayment of borrowings, (2) the repurchase of debt and equity securities, (3) interest rate swap termination costs, (4) expenses and taxes related to borrowings, sales of equity and debt securities, capital contributions, corporate reorganizations or restructurings, the termination of interest rate swap agreements, sales or other dispositions of vessels, and sales or dispositions of other assets other than in the normal course of business, (5) capital expenditures and (6) payment of dividends; less

 

    cash capital expenditures incurred after the completion of this offering to maintain our vessels and other assets including drydocking, replacement of equipment on the vessels, repairs and similar expenditures, but excluding capital expenditures for or related to the acquisition of additional vessels, and including capital expenditures for replacement of a vessel as a result of damage or loss prior to normal retirement, net of any insurance proceeds, warranty payments or similar property not treated as cash receipts for this purpose; less

 

    the amount of cash reserves established by our board of directors for future (1) operating expenditures and (2) maintenance capital expenditures.

 

The $15.0 million amount in the first bullet point above may be increased by our board of directors to $30.0 million only if our board determines such increase is necessary to allow it to pay all or part of the base dividend on our common shares. The $15.0 million amount cannot be increased in any period in which a dividend on subordinated shares is paid or is payable. Expenditures in the fifth bullet above are referred to as operating expenditures and those in the sixth bullet are referred to as maintenance capital expenditures. When the term “interest” is used in the bullets above, it includes periodic payments made by us under interest rate swap agreements.

 

As described above, our operating surplus, for determining whether we are paying ordinary dividends or liquidating dividends, does not reflect only cash on hand that is generated from our operations. For example, it includes a provision that will enable us to pay, under circumstances described above, a dividend from our operating surplus of up to $30.0 million of cash we receive from non-operating sources, such as asset sales, issuances of securities and borrowings. In addition, the effect of including, as described above, certain dividends on equity securities or interest payments on debt, related to the construction, replacement or improvement of an asset in operating surplus would be to increase our operating surplus by the amount of any such dividends or interest payments. As a result, we may also pay dividends from our operating surplus up to the amount of any such dividends or interest payments from cash we receive from non-operating sources.

 

We expect, in return for the fee we will pay our Manager for the technical management of our vessels, our Manager will be responsible for all maintenance capital expenditures for our vessels other than extraordinary

 

130


Table of Contents

items described in our management agreement. That fee will be treated as an operating expenditure and deducted in determining our operating surplus. As a result, we would not expect to separately deduct a maintenance capital item so long as we continue our existing arrangement with our Manager or a similar arrangement regarding technical services for our vessels.

 

Our articles of incorporation provide that the construction or application of the definition of operating surplus may be adjusted in the case of any particular transaction or matter or type of transaction or matter if our board of directors, with the concurrence of our audit committee, is of the opinion that the adjustment is necessary or appropriate to further the overall purpose and intent of the definition of operating surplus.

 

Liquidating Dividends .    In general, liquidating dividends will only be generated from:

 

    borrowings;

 

    sales of debt and equity securities;

 

    sales or other dispositions of vessels; and

 

    sales or other dispositions of other assets, other than assets sold in the ordinary course of business.

 

We do not expect to pay liquidating dividends.

 

Common Share Arrearages.     In general, to the extent that during the subordination period our common shares do not receive dividends from operating surplus each quarter in an amount at least equal to the base dividend, a common share arrearage will accrue in the amount of the shortfall. If we sell common shares when any common share arrearage exists, the aggregate amount of the common share arrearage shall be deemed increased so that the amount of the arrearage per common share after the sale shall be the same as the arrearage per common share before the sale.

 

Adjustment of Base Dividend and Target Dividend Amounts.     The base dividend and target dividend amounts for the incentive shares are subject to downward adjustment in the case of liquidating dividends. The base dividend and the target dividend amounts will be reduced in the same proportion that the liquidating dividend had to the fair market value of the common shares prior to the payment of the dividend. If the common shares are publicly traded on a national securities exchange or market, that price will be the average closing sale price on each of the five trading days before the ex-dividend date. If the shares are not publicly traded, the price will be determined by our board of directors.

 

In addition to the adjustment for liquidating dividends, if we combine our shares into fewer shares or subdivide our shares into a greater number of shares, we will proportionately adjust the base dividend and the target dividend levels.

 

Subordination Period.     The subordination period will extend until the first day after the quarter ending September 30, 2008, that each of the following tests have been met:

 

    we have paid a dividend in the amount at least equal to the base dividend per share on both the common and subordinated shares for the immediately preceding four-quarter period; and

 

    our operating surplus (excluding the amount under the first bullet in the definition of operating surplus) generated during the four-quarter period referred to above at least equaled the base dividend on all of the outstanding common and subordinated shares on a fully diluted basis during that period.

 

For purposes of the tests, our articles of incorporation will provide that our operating surplus generated during the four-quarter period will not only exclude all operating surplus existing at the beginning of the period but will also, for the sake of clarity, expressly exclude the reversal, during the four-quarter period, of any unused reserves in existence as of the beginning of the period. It will not be deemed a reversal if the reserve is drawn down to be used as an expenditure during the period for the purpose the reserve was originally established.

 

131


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the tests above, the subordination period will end immediately preceding the occurrence of a change of control of us. As a result, each subordinated share will convert into a common share. Change of control as used here has the same meaning as in the management agreement. See “Our Manager and Management Related Agreements—Term and Termination Rights” for a description of transactions constituting a change of control of us.

 

Voting.     The common shares and the subordinated shares shall each have one vote and shall vote together as a single class except that (i) any amendment to the articles of incorporation, including those made pursuant to the terms of any merger, consolidation or similar transaction, that would increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized common shares, increase or decrease the par value of the common shares, or alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the common shares so as to affect them adversely, must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the common shares and (ii) any amendment to the articles of incorporation made pursuant to the terms of any merger, consolidation or similar transaction, that would increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized subordinated shares, increase or decrease the par value of the subordinated shares, or alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the subordinated shares so as to affect them adversely, must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the subordinated shares. Our directors shall be elected by a plurality vote of the common and subordinated shares, voting as a single class. A majority of the common shares and subordinated shares in the aggregate shall constitute a quorum. The incentive shares shall have no voting rights except (i) that any amendment to the articles of incorporation, including those made pursuant to the terms of any merger, consolidation or similar transaction, that would increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized incentive shares, increase or decrease the par value of the incentive shares, or alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the incentive shares so as to affect them adversely must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the incentive shares and (ii) for so long as our management agreement has not been terminated, any proposed amendment to our purpose as set forth in our articles of incorporation must be approved by not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the incentive shares. Any preferred shares shall have whatever voting rights are provided on their issuance.

 

Preferred Shares

 

Our articles of incorporation authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred shares and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

    the designation of the series;

 

    the number of shares in the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred shares designation, increase or decrease, but not below the number of shares then outstanding;

 

    whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

    the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

    the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

    the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

    the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our company;

 

    whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of our company or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

 

132


Table of Contents
    restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

    the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

 

For purposes of calculating operating surplus, dividends on preferred shares will be treated as if they were interest payments and not dividends.

 

Anti-takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by shareholders.

 

Classified Board of Directors

 

Our articles of incorporation provide for a board of directors serving staggered, three-year terms. Approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. This classified board provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of us. It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of the board of directors from removing a majority of the board of directors for two years.

 

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

 

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws provide that directors may be removed with cause upon the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, our articles of incorporation and bylaws also provide that any vacancies on our board of directors and newly created directorships will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, although less than a quorum.

 

No Cumulative Voting

 

The BCA provides that shareholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our articles of incorporation provides otherwise. Our articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting.

 

Calling of Special Meetings of Shareholders

 

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our shareholders may be called only by the chairman of our board of directors or by resolution of our board of directors.

 

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations

 

Our bylaws provide that shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary.

 

Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the date on which we first mailed our proxy materials for the previous year’s annual meeting. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may impede shareholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.

 

133


Table of Contents

Amendments to Our Bylaws

 

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws grant our board of directors the authority to amend and repeal our bylaws without a shareholder vote in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and our articles of incorporation. Shareholders may amend our bylaws by a vote of not less than 80% of the shares entitled to vote.

 

Business Combinations

 

Although the BCA does not contain specific provisions regarding “business combinations” between companies organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands and “interested shareholders,” we have included these provisions in our articles of incorporation. Specifically, our articles of incorporation contain provisions that prohibit us from engaging in a business combination with an interested shareholder for a period of three years following the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder, unless, in addition to any other approval that may be required by applicable law:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder;

 

    upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of our voting shares outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and officers, and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer;

 

    after the date of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of our outstanding voting shares that are not owned by the interested shareholder;

 

    the shareholder became an interested shareholder prior to the completion of this offering; or

 

    the interested shareholder is Gerry Wang, Graham Porter, Dennis Washington, Kyle Washington or any of their affiliates, or any person that purchases shares from any of those individuals or any of their affiliates, provided, the person that purchased such shares does not own more than 1% of our outstanding shares at the time of such acquisition or acquire more than an additional 1% of our outstanding shares other than from those individuals or any of their affiliates.

 

Generally, a “business combination” includes any merger or consolidation of us or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours with (i) the interested shareholder or any of its affiliates, or (ii) with any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested shareholder. Generally, an “interested shareholder” is any person or entity that (i) owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting shares, (ii) is an affiliate or associate of us and was the owner of 15% or more of our outstanding voting shares at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested shareholder, or (iii) the affiliates and associates of any person listed in (i) or (ii), except that any person who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting shares, as a result of action taken solely by us shall not be an interested shareholder unless such person acquires additional voting shares, except as a result of further action by us, not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person.

 

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

 

Under the BCA, our shareholders have the right to dissent from various corporate actions, including any merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual course of our business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. In the event of any further amendment of our

 

134


Table of Contents

articles of incorporation, a shareholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for his or her shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of those shares. The dissenting shareholder must follow the procedures set forth in the BCA to receive payment. In the event that we and any dissenting shareholder fail to agree on a price for the shares, the BCA procedures involve, among other things, the institution of proceedings in the high court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or in any appropriate court in any jurisdiction in which our common shares are primarily traded on a local or national securities exchange.

 

Shareholders’ Derivative Actions

 

Under the BCA, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of common shares both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.

 

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

 

The BCA authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our articles of incorporation include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors or officers for monetary damages for actions taken as a director or officer to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

Our articles of incorporation provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs) to our directors and offices and carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our articles of incorporation may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

 

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

 

Shareholder Rights Plan

 

General

 

Each of our common shares includes one right, or a right, that entitles the holder to purchase from us a unit consisting of one-thousandth of a preferred share at a purchase price of $25.00 per unit, subject to specified adjustments. The rights are issued pursuant to a rights agreement between us and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as rights agent. Until a right is exercised, the holder of a right will have no rights to vote or receive dividends or any other shareholder rights.

 

The rights may have anti-takeover effects. The rights will cause substantial dilution to any person or group that attempts to acquire us without the approval of our board of directors. As a result, the overall effect of the rights may be to render more difficult or discourage any attempt to acquire us. Because our board of directors can approve a redemption of the rights or a permitted offer, the rights should not interfere with a merger or other business combination approved by our board of directors. The adoption of the rights agreement was approved by our existing shareholders prior to the offering.

 

135


Table of Contents

We have summarized the material terms and conditions of the rights agreement and the rights below. For a complete description of the rights, we encourage you to read the rights agreement, which we have filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Detachment of the Rights

 

The rights are attached to all certificates representing our currently outstanding common and subordinated shares and will attach to all common and subordinated share certificates we issue prior to the rights distribution date that we describe below. The rights are not exercisable until after the rights distribution date and will expire at the close of business on the tenth anniversary date of the adoption of the rights plan, unless we redeem or exchange them earlier as we describe below. The rights will separate from the common shares and a rights distribution date would occur, subject to specified exceptions, on the earlier of the following two dates:

 

    10 days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons or an “acquiring person,” has acquired or obtained the right to acquire beneficial ownership of 20% or more of our outstanding common shares; or

 

    10 business days following the start of a tender or exchange offer that would result, if closed, in a person’s becoming an acquiring person.

 

Existing shareholders are excluded from the definition of “acquiring person” for purposes of the rights, and therefore their ownership cannot trigger the rights. In addition, any person that acquires from an existing shareholder common shares that would otherwise result in that person becoming an “acquiring person” will not become an acquiring person due to that acquisition. Specified “inadvertent” owners that would otherwise become an acquiring person, including those who would have this designation as a result of repurchases of common shares by us, will not become acquiring persons as a result of those transactions.

 

Our board of directors may defer the rights distribution date in some circumstances, and some inadvertent acquisitions will not result in a person becoming an acquiring person if the person promptly divests itself of a sufficient number of common shares.

 

Until the rights distribution date:

 

    our common share certificates will evidence the rights, and the rights will be transferable only with those certificates;

 

    any new common shares will be issued with rights and new certificates will contain a notation incorporating the rights agreement by reference.

 

As soon as practicable after the rights distribution date, the rights agent will mail certificates representing the rights to holders of record of our common shares at the close of business on that date. After the rights distribution date, only separate rights certificates will represent the rights.

 

We will not issue rights with any common shares we issue after the rights distribution date, except as our board of directors may otherwise determine.

 

Flip-In Event

 

A “flip-in event” will occur under the rights agreement when a person becomes an acquiring person otherwise than pursuant to a permitted offer. The rights agreement generally defines “permitted offer” to mean a tender or exchange offer for all outstanding common shares at a price and on terms that a majority of the members of our board of directors who are independent from the acquiring person or the person making the offer determines to be fair to and otherwise in the best interests of our company and our shareholders.

 

If a flip-in event occurs and we do not redeem the rights as described under the heading “Redemption of Rights” below, each right, other than any right that has become void, as we describe below, will become

 

136


Table of Contents

exercisable at the time it is no longer redeemable for the number of common shares, or, in some cases, cash, property or other of our securities, having a current market price equal to two times the exercise price of such right.

 

When a flip-in event occurs, all rights that then are, or in some circumstances that were, beneficially owned by or transferred to an acquiring person or specified related parties will become void in the circumstances the rights agreement specifies.

 

Flip-Over Event

 

A “flip-over event” will occur under the rights agreement when, at any time after a person has become an acquiring person:

 

    we are acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction, other than specified mergers that follow a permitted offer of the type we describe above; or

 

    50% or more of our assets, cash flow or earning power is sold or transferred.

 

If a flip-over event occurs, each holder of a right, other than any right that has become void as we describe under the heading “Flip-In Event” above, will have the right to receive the number of common shares of the acquiring company, which has a current market price equal to two times the exercise price of such right.

 

Antidilution

 

The number of outstanding rights associated with our common shares is subject to adjustment for any split, dividend or subdivision, combination or reclassification of our common shares occurring prior to the rights distribution date. With some exceptions, the rights agreement will not require us to adjust the exercise price of the rights until cumulative adjustments amount to at least 1% of the exercise price. It also will not require us to issue fractional shares of our preferred shares that are not integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a share, and, instead we may make a cash adjustment based on the market price of our common shares on the last trading date prior to the date of exercise. The rights agreement reserves to us the right to require prior to the occurrence of any flip-in event or flip-over event that, on any exercise of rights, a number of rights must be exercised so that we will issue only whole shares.

 

Redemption of Rights

 

At any time until 10 days after the date on which the occurrence of a flip-in event is first publicly announced, we may redeem the rights in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price of $.01 per right. The redemption price is subject to adjustment for any split, dividend or similar transaction occurring before the date of redemption. At our option, we may pay that redemption price in cash, common shares or any other consideration our board of directors may select. The rights are not exercisable after a flip-in event until they are no longer redeemable. If our board of directors timely orders the redemption of the rights, the rights will terminate on the effectiveness of that action.

 

Exchange of Rights

 

We may, at our option, exchange the rights (other than rights owned by an acquiring person or an affiliate or an associate of an acquiring person, which have become void), in whole or in part. The exchange will be at an exchange ratio of one common share per right, subject to specified adjustments at any time after the occurrence of a flip-in event and prior to:

 

    any person other than our existing shareholders becoming the beneficial owner of common shares with voting power equal to 50% or more of the total voting power of all common shares entitled to vote in the election of directors; or

 

    the occurrence of a flip-over event.

 

137


Table of Contents

Amendment of Terms of Rights

 

During the time the rights are redeemable, we may amend any of the provisions of the rights agreement, other than by decreasing the redemption price. Once the rights cease to be redeemable, we generally may amend the provisions of the rights agreement, other than to decrease the redemption price, only as follows:

 

    to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

 

    to make changes that do not materially adversely affect the interests of holders of rights, excluding the interests of any acquiring person; or

 

    to shorten or lengthen any time period under the rights agreement, except that we cannot lengthen the time period governing redemption or lengthen any time period that protects, enhances or clarifies the benefits of holders of rights other than an acquiring person.

 

Transfer Agent

 

The registrar and transfer agent for the common shares is American Stock Transfer and Trust Company.

 

Listing

 

Our common shares have been approved for listing on The New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol “SSW.”

 

138


Table of Contents

MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

 

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the Business Corporation Act of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, or BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. For example, the BCA allows the adoption of various anti-takeover measures such as shareholder “rights” plans. While the BCA also provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Marshall Islands and we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as U.S. courts. Thus, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction that has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table provides a comparison between the statutory provisions of the BCA and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights.

 

Shareholder Meetings


Marshall Islands


  

Delaware


•      Held at a time and place as designated in the bylaws

  

•      May be held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors

•      May be held within or outside the Marshall Islands

  

•      May be held within or outside Delaware

•      Notice:

  

•      Notice:

•      Whenever shareholders are required to take action at a meeting, written notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting

  

•      Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given that shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any

•      A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given personally or sent by mail not less than 15 nor more than 60 days before the meeting

  

•      Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting

Shareholders’ Voting Rights


Marshall Islands


  

Delaware


•      Any action required to be taken by meeting of shareholders may be taken without meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote

  

•      Shareholders may act by written consent signed by the holders of outstanding shares having the number of votes necessary to take action at a meaning.

•      Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person to act for him by proxy

  

•      Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy

•      Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, a majority of shares entitled to vote constitutes a quorum. In no event shall a quorum consist of fewer than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting

  

•      For stock corporations, certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum

•      The articles of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting

  

•      The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting

 

139


Table of Contents

Directors


Marshall Islands


  

Delaware


•      Board must consist of at least one member

  

•      Board must consist of at least one member

•      Number of members can be changed by an amendment to the bylaws, by the shareholders, or by action of the board

  

•      Number of board members shall be fixed by the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the certificate

•      If the board is authorized to change the number of directors, it can only do so by an absolute majority (majority of the entire board)

    

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal


Marshall Islands


  

Delaware


•      Shareholders have a right to dissent from a merger or sale of all or substantially all assets not made in the usual course of business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares

  

•      Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to exceptions

•      A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote on or consent in writing to an amendment to the articles of incorporation has the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares if the amendment:

    

•      Alters or abolishes any preferential right of any outstanding shares having preference; or

    

•      Creates, alters, or abolishes any provision or right in respect to the redemption of any outstanding shares; or

    

•      Alters or abolishes any preemptive right of such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or

    

•      Excludes or limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being authorized of any existing or new class

    

Shareholders’ Derivative Actions


Marshall Islands


  

Delaware


•      An action may be brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by a holder of shares or of voting trust certificates or of a beneficial interest in such shares or certificates. It shall be made to appear that the plaintiff is such a holder at the time of bringing the action and that he was such a holder at the time of the transaction of which he complains, or that his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of law

  

•      In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder or a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law

 

140


Table of Contents

Shareholders’ Derivative Actions


Marshall Islands


  

Delaware


•      Complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of such action by the board or the reasons for not making such effort

    

•      Such action shall not be discontinued, compromised or settled, without the approval of the High Court of the Republic

    

•      Attorney’s fees may be awarded if the action is successful

    

•      Corporation may require a plaintiff bringing a derivative suit to give security for reasonable expenses if the plaintiff owns less than 5% of any class of stock and the shares have a value of less than $50,000

    

 

141


Table of Contents

UNITED STATES TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective shareholders and, unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., our U.S. counsel, insofar as it relates to matters of U.S. federal income tax law and legal conclusions with respect to those matters. The opinion of our counsel is dependent on the accuracy of representations made by us to them, including descriptions of our operations contained herein.

 

This discussion is based upon provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) as in effect on the date of this prospectus, existing final and temporary regulations thereunder (“Treasury Regulations”), and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our” or “us” are references to Seaspan Corporation.

 

The following discussion does not comment on all U.S. federal income tax matters affecting us or the shareholders. Moreover, the discussion focuses on shareholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States and hold their shares as capital assets and has only limited application to corporations, estates, trusts, non-U.S. persons or other shareholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as tax-exempt entities (including IRAs), regulated investment companies (such as mutual funds), and real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). Accordingly, we urge each prospective shareholder to consult, and depend on, his own tax advisor in analyzing the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences particular to him of the ownership or disposition of common shares.

 

No ruling has been or will be requested from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) regarding any matter affecting us or prospective shareholders. Instead, we will rely on opinions of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. Unlike a ruling, an opinion of counsel represents only that counsel’s best legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or the courts. Accordingly, the opinions and statements made here may not be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any contest of this sort with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for the common shares and the prices at which common shares trade. In addition, the costs of any contest with the IRS, principally legal, accounting and related fees, will result in a reduction in cash available for dividends and thus will be borne indirectly by our shareholders. Furthermore, our tax treatment, or the tax treatment of an investment in us, may be significantly modified by future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions. Any modifications may or may not be retroactively applied.

 

United States Federal Income Taxation of Our Company

 

Taxation of Operating Income

 

Unless exempt from U.S. federal income taxation under the rules discussed below, a foreign corporation that earns income from transportation beginning or ending in the United States is subject to U.S. federal income taxation under one of two alternative tax regimes: (i) the 4% gross basis tax or (ii) the net basis tax and branch tax.

 

The 4% Gross Basis Tax

 

We may be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on the U.S. source portion of our gross income (without benefit of deductions) attributable to transportation that begins or ends (but not both) in the United States, unless the exemption provided under Section 883 of the Code (the “Section 883 Exemption”) applies (as more fully described below under “The Section 883 Exemption”) and we file a U.S. federal income tax return to claim that exemption. For this purpose, gross income attributable to transportation (“Transportation Income”) includes income from the use, hiring or leasing of a vessel to transport cargo, or the performance of services directly related to the use of any vessel to transport cargo, and thus includes time charter or bareboat charter income. The

 

142


Table of Contents

U.S. source portion of our Transportation Income is deemed to be 50% of the income attributable to voyages that begin or end (but not both) in the United States. Generally, no amount of the income from voyages that begin and end outside the United States is treated as U.S. source, and consequently none of the Transportation Income attributable to such voyages is subject to U.S. federal income tax. Although the entire amount of Transportation Income from voyages that begin and end in the United States would be U.S. source, we do not expect to have any Transportation Income from voyages that begin and end in the United States.

 

If we do not qualify for the Section 883 Exemption and are subject to the 4% gross basis tax on our U.S. source Transportation Income, the charterers are obligated under the charters to reimburse us for that tax.

 

The Net Basis Tax and Branch Tax

 

We currently do not expect to have a fixed place of business in the United States. Nonetheless, if this were to change or we otherwise were treated as having such a fixed place of business involved in earning U.S. source Transportation Income, such Transportation Income may be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

 

If, contrary to the above, we earn income that is treated as U.S. effectively connected income, that income would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax (the highest statutory rate is currently 35%) unless the Section 883 Exemption (as discussed below) applies. The 4% U.S. federal income tax described above is inapplicable to U.S. effectively connected income, however.

 

Unless the Section 883 Exemption applies, a 30% branch profits tax imposed under Section 884 of the Code also would apply to our earnings that result from U.S. effectively connected income, and a branch interest tax could be imposed on certain interest paid or deemed paid by us. Furthermore, on the sale of a ship that has produced U.S. effectively connected income, we could be subject to the net basis corporate income tax and to the 30% branch profits tax with respect to our gain not in excess of certain prior deductions for depreciation that reduced U.S. effectively connected income. Otherwise, we would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale of a ship, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles.

 

The Section 883 Exemption

 

In general, the Section 883 Exemption provides that if a non-U.S. corporation satisfies the requirements of Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (the “Section 883 Regulations”), it will not be subject to the 4% gross basis tax or the net basis tax and branch tax described above on its U.S. source Transportation Income attributable to voyages that begin or end (but not both) in the United States (“U.S Source International Shipping Income”).

 

A non-U.S. corporation will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if, among other things, it meets the following three requirements:

 

  (i)   it is organized in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an equivalent exemption from tax to corporations organized in the United States (an “Equivalent Exemption”);

 

  (ii)   it satisfies one of the following three ownership tests (discussed in more detail below): (a) the more than 50% ownership test (the “50% Ownership Test”), (b) the controlled foreign corporation test (the “CFC Test”) or (c) the “Publicly Traded Test”; and

 

  (iii)   it meets certain substantiation, reporting, and other requirements.

 

We are organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. The U.S. Treasury Department recognizes the Republic of the Marshall Islands as a jurisdiction that grants an Equivalent Exemption; therefore, we meet the first requirement for the Section 883 Exemption.

 

143


Table of Contents

The 50% Ownership Test

 

In order to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test, a non-U.S. corporation must be able to substantiate that more than 50% of the value of its stock is owned, directly or indirectly applying attribution rules, by “Qualified Shareholders.” For this purpose, Qualified Shareholders are: (i) individuals who are residents (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of countries that grant an Equivalent Exemption, (ii) foreign corporations that meet the Publicly Traded Test of the Section 883 Regulations and are organized in countries that grant an Equivalent Exemption, or (iii) certain foreign governments, non profit organizations, and certain beneficiaries of foreign pension funds. Shareholders who are U.S. individuals or are domestic corporations are not Qualified Shareholders.

 

A corporation claiming the Section 883 Exemption based on the 50% Ownership Test must obtain statements from the holders relied upon to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test, signed under penalty of perjury, including the holder’s name, permanent address and country where the holder is fully liable to tax, if any, a description of the holder’s ownership interest in the non-U.S. corporation, including information regarding ownership in any intermediate entities, and certain other information. In addition, we would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return and list on such return the name and address of each shareholder holding 5% or more of the value of our common shares who is relied upon to meet the 50% Ownership Test.

 

After this offering, we do not believe we will be able to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test due to the widely-held ownership of our stock.

 

The CFC Test

 

The CFC Test requires that the non-U.S. corporation claiming the Section 883 Exemption be treated as a controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes (for the definition of a CFC, please read the discussion below under “Consequences of Possible CFC Classification”). In addition, an income inclusion test may have to be met although there is some uncertainly regarding this requirement because of a conflict between the Code and the Section 883 Regulations.

 

We do not believe that we will meet the CFC Test, as we do not expect to be a CFC (please read below under “Consequences of Possible CFC Classification”).

 

The Publicly Traded Test

 

The Publicly Traded Test requires that one or more classes of equity representing more than 50% of the voting power and value in a non-U.S. corporation be “primarily and regularly traded” on an established securities market either in the United States or in a foreign country that grants an Equivalent Exemption. For this purpose, if one or more 5% shareholders own in the aggregate 50% or more of the vote and value of a class of equity, such class of equity will not be treated as primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market (the “5% Override Rule”). For purposes of applying the 5% Override Rule, a 5% shareholder is a shareholder holding, directly, indirectly or constructively, at least 5% of the vote and value of a class of equity (a “5% Shareholder”).

 

The Section 883 Regulations provide, in pertinent part, that stock of a foreign corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a given country if the number of shares of each class of stock that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. Upon completion of our offering, we anticipate that our common shares will be “primarily traded” on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Under the Section 883 Regulations, our shares will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market if one or more classes of our stock representing in the aggregate more than 50% of our outstanding stock, by voting power and value, will be listed on such market or markets, which we refer to as the

 

144


Table of Contents

listing threshold. We believe our common shares listed on the New York Stock Exchange will represent more than 50% of our outstanding stock by voting power and value. Therefore, we believe that we will satisfy the listing threshold.

 

It is further required with respect to each class of stock relied upon to meet the listing threshold that: (i) such class of stock is traded on an established securities market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year or 1/6 of the days in a short taxable year; and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of such class of stock traded on such market during the taxable year is at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of stock outstanding during such year or as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year. We believe we will satisfy these trading frequency and trading volume tests.

 

As discussed above, if 50% or more of our common shares are owned by 5% Shareholders, our common shares will be treated as failing the Publicly Traded Test under the 5% Override Rule. To identify 5% Shareholders for purposes of applying the 5% Override Rule, the Section 883 Regulations permit us to rely on those persons that are identified on Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the SEC as having a 5% or more beneficial interest in our common shares. The Section 883 Regulations further provide that an investment company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, will not be treated as a 5% Shareholder for such purposes.

 

After the offering, we anticipate that our 5% Shareholders will own approximately         % of our common shares. Therefore, we do not anticipate that we will be subject to the 5% Override Rule. However, there can be no assurance that we will not be subject to the 5% Override Rule in the future, and there can be no assurance that we will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption at any time in the future.

 

United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

 

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common shares that is a U.S. citizen or resident, U.S. corporation or other U.S. entity taxable as a corporation, an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

 

If a partnership or other entity taxed as a pass-through entity holds our common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the pass-through entity. If you are a partner in a pass-through entity holding our common shares, you should consult your tax advisor.

 

Distributions

 

Subject to the discussion of PFICs below, any distributions made by us with respect to our common shares to a U.S. Holder will generally constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or “qualified dividend income” as described in more detail below, to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in his common shares on a dollar-for-dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain. Because we are not a U.S. corporation, U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us. Dividends paid with respect to our common shares will generally be treated as “passive income” (or “passive category income” for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006) or, in the case of certain types of U.S. Holders, “financial services income,” (which will be treated as “general category income” for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006) for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Dividends paid on our common shares to a U.S. Holder who is an individual, trust or estate (a “U.S. Individual Holder”) will be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such U.S. Individual Holder

 

145


Table of Contents

at preferential tax rates (through 2008) provided that: (i) our common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the New York Stock Exchange on which our common shares will be traded); (ii) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which we do not believe we are, have been or will be); (iii) the U.S. Individual Holder has owned the common shares for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common shares become ex-dividend; and (iv) the U.S. Individual Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common shares will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a U.S. Individual Holder, and we note that proposed legislation has recently been introduced in the United States Senate that may affect your entitlement to a preferential rate of tax on our dividends.

 

Under proposed legislation, the preferential rate of federal income tax currently imposed on qualified dividend income would be denied with respect to dividends received from a non-U.S. corporation, unless the non-U.S. corporation either is eligible for benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States or is created or organized under the laws of a foreign country which has a comprehensive income tax system. Because the Marshall Islands has not entered into a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States and imposes only limited taxes on corporations organized under its laws, it is unlikely that we could satisfy either of these requirements. Consequently, if this legislation were enacted the preferential rate of federal income tax imposed on qualified dividend income may no longer be applicable to dividends received from us. Any dividends paid on our common shares that are not eligible for the preferential rate will be taxed as ordinary income to a U.S. Individual Holder. As of the date hereof, it is not possible to predict with any certainty whether the proposed legislation will be enacted.

 

Any dividends paid on our common shares that are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a U.S. Individual Holder.

 

Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend” paid by us. An extraordinary dividend is, generally, a dividend equal to or in excess of 10 percent of a shareholder’s adjusted basis (or fair market value in certain circumstances) in a share of common stock. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common shares that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss derived by a U.S. Individual Holder from the sale or exchange of such common shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.

 

Ratio of Dividend Income to Distributions

 

We estimate that for distributions made to a purchaser of common shares in this offering and who owns those common shares from the date of closing of this offering through December 31, 2008, less than 20% of the total cash distributions made during that period, on a cumulative basis, will constitute dividend income. The remaining portion of this distribution will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the purchaser’s tax basis in his common shares on a dollar-for-dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain. We anticipate that after the taxable year ending December 31, 2008, the ratio of distributions that constitute dividend income to total cash distributions will increase. These estimates are based upon the assumption that we will pay a regular quarterly dividend of $0.425 per share on our common and subordinated shares during the referenced period and other assumptions with respect to the period for the delivery of our contracted fleet, capital expenditures and cash flow. These estimates and assumptions are subject to, among other things, numerous business, economic, regulatory, competitive and political uncertainties beyond our control. Further, the estimates are based on current U.S. federal income tax law and tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that these estimates will prove to be correct. The actual percentage of total cash distributions that will constitute dividend income could be higher or lower, and any differences could be material and could materially affect the value of the common shares.

 

146


Table of Contents

Consequences of Possible PFIC Classification

 

A non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be a PFIC in any taxable year in which, after taking into account the income and assets of the corporation and certain subsidiaries pursuant to a “look through” rule, either: (i) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive” income, or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income.

 

While there are legal uncertainties involved in this determination, our counsel, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., is of the opinion that we should not be a PFIC based on certain representations that we have made to them regarding the composition of our assets, the source of our income, and the nature of our chartering activities and other operations following this offering, including:

 

    all time charters we have entered into are substantially similar to those that we provided to Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.;

 

    the estimated useful life of each of our vessels subject to a time charter will be 30 years from the date of delivery under the charter;

 

    the total payments due to us under the charters are substantially in excess of the current bareboat charter rate for comparable vessels;

 

    the income from our chartering activities will be greater than 25% of our total gross income at all relevant times; and

 

    the gross value of our vessels will exceed the gross value of all other assets we own at all relevant times.

 

In addition to these representations, the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. that we should not be a PFIC is based principally on the position that the gross income we derive from our time chartering and voyage chartering activities should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Correspondingly, such income should not constitute passive income, and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of such income, in particular, the vessels, should not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. Regarding this position, the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. assumes that all future time charters that we will enter into are substantially similar to those we provided to them for their review. There is substantial legal authority supporting this position consisting of case law and IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, in the absence of any legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, the IRS or a court could disagree with this position and the opinion we have received from Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. In addition, there is no assurance that the nature of our assets, income and operations will remain the same in the future. Moreover, the market value of our stock may be treated as reflecting the value of our assets at any given time. Therefore, a decline in the market value of our stock (which is not within our control) may impact the determination of whether we are a PFIC.

 

If we were classified as a PFIC, for any year during which a U.S. Holder owns shares, he generally will be subject to special rules (regardless of whether we continue thereafter to be a PFIC) with respect to: (i) any “excess distribution” (generally, any distribution received by a shareholder in a taxable year that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by the shareholder in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the shareholder’s holding period for the shares), and (ii) any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of shares. Under these rules:

 

    the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over the shareholder’s holding period;

 

    the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any year prior to the first year in which we were a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income in the current year; and

 

    the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years in the shareholder’s holding period will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the highest rate in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit will be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

 

147


Table of Contents

Certain elections, such as a qualified electing fund election or mark to market election, may be available to a shareholder if we are classified as a PFIC. If we determine that we are or will be a PFIC, we will provide shareholders with information concerning the potential availability of such elections.

 

As described above, current law provides that dividends received by a U.S. Individual Holder from a domestic corporation or a qualified foreign corporation (generally through 2008) are treated as net capital gains and subject to U.S. federal income tax at reduced rates (generally 15%). However, if we are classified as a PFIC for a taxable year in which we pay a dividend or the immediately preceding taxable year, we would not be considered a qualified foreign corporation, and a U.S. Individual Holder receiving such dividends would not be eligible for the reduced rate of U.S. federal income tax.

 

Consequences of Possible CFC Classification

 

If more than 50% of either the total combined voting power of our outstanding shares entitled to vote or the total value of all of our outstanding shares were owned, directly, indirectly or constructively, by citizens or residents of the United States, U.S. partnerships or corporations, or U.S. estates or trusts (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), each of which owned, directly, indirectly or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of our outstanding shares entitled to vote (each, a “CFC Shareholder”), we could be treated as a CFC. CFC Shareholders are treated as receiving current distributions of their share of certain income of the CFC (not including, under current law, certain undistributed earnings attributable to shipping income) without regard to any actual distributions and are subject to other burdensome U.S. federal income tax and administrative requirements but generally are not also subject to the requirements generally applicable to owners of a PFIC. Although we do not believe we will be a CFC following the Offering, U.S. persons purchasing a substantial interest in us should consider the potential implications of being treated as a CFC Shareholder in the event we become a CFC in the future.

 

Sale, Exchange or other Disposition of Common Shares

 

Assuming we do not constitute a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such shares. Subject to the discussion of extraordinary dividends above, such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Such capital gain or loss will generally be treated as U.S.-source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

 

Tax Rates

 

The highest statutory rate of U.S. federal income tax for individuals is currently 35%, and the highest statutory rate of U.S. federal income tax imposed on net capital gains of an individual is currently 15% if the asset disposed of was held for more than one year at the time of disposition.

 

United States Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

 

A beneficial owner of our common shares that is not a U.S. person is a Non-U.S. Holder.

 

Distributions

 

Distributions we pay to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, distributions we pay will be subject to U.S. federal income tax if those distributions are

 

148


Table of Contents

effectively connected with that Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. trade or business. However, distributions paid to a Non-U.S. Holder who is engaged in a trade or business may be exempt from taxation under income tax treaties if the distributions are not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder.

 

Disposition of Shares

 

The U.S. federal income taxation of Non-U.S. Holders on any gain resulting from the disposition of our common shares is generally the same as described above regarding distributions. However, Non-U.S. Holders can also be subject to tax on gain resulting from the disposition of our common shares if they are in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which those shares are disposed.

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

In general, dividend payments, or other taxable distributions, made within the United States will be subject to information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax if a U.S. Individual Holder:

 

    fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

 

    is notified by the IRS that he has failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on his U.S. federal income tax returns; or

 

    in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

 

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

 

If a Non-U.S. Holder sells shares to or through a U.S. office of a broker, the payment of the proceeds is subject to both U.S. backup withholding and information reporting unless the holder certifies that he is not a non-U.S. person under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption. If a holder sells his common stock through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and the sales proceeds are paid outside of the U.S., then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to such payment. However, U.S. information reporting requirements (but not backup withholding requirements) will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, even if such payment is made outside of the United States, if a holder sells shares through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or has certain other contacts with the United States.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a holder generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules exceeding such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability by filing a claim for refund with the IRS.

 

149


Table of Contents

NON-UNITED STATES TAX CONSEQUENCES

 

Marshall Islands Tax Consequences

 

The following discussion is the opinion of Dennis J. Reeder, Reeder & Simpson, P.C., our counsel as to matters of the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and the current laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands applicable to persons who do not reside in, maintain offices in or engage in business in the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

 

Because we do not, and we do not expect that we will, conduct business or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and because all documentation related to this offering will be executed outside of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, under current Marshall Islands law you will not be subject to Marshall Islands taxation or withholding on distributions, including upon a return of capital, we make to you as a shareholder. In addition, you will not be subject to Marshall Islands stamp, capital gains or other taxes on the purchase, ownership or disposition of common shares, and you will not be required by the Republic of the Marshall Islands to file a tax return relating to the common shares.

 

It is the responsibility of each shareholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent jurisdictions, including the Marshall Islands, of his investment in us. Accordingly, each prospective shareholder is urged to consult, and depend upon, his tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. Further, it is the responsibility of each shareholder to file all state, local and non-U.S., as well as U.S. federal tax returns that may be required of him.

 

Canadian Federal Income Tax Consequences

 

The following discussion is the opinion of Bull, Housser & Tupper LLP, our counsel as to certain matters of Canadian law, as to the material Canadian federal income tax consequences under the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the Canada Tax Act), as of the date of this prospectus, that we believe are relevant to holders of common shares acquired in this offering who are, at all relevant times, for the purposes of the Canada Tax Act and the Canada-United States Tax Convention 1980 (the Canada-U.S. Treaty) resident only in the United States and who deal at arm’s length with us (U.S. Resident Holders).

 

Under the Canada Tax Act, no taxes on income (including taxable capital gains and withholding tax on dividends) are payable by U.S. Resident Holders in respect of the acquisition, holding, disposition or redemption of our shares, provided that we are not a resident in Canada and such U.S. Resident Holders do not have, and have not had, for the purposes of the Canada-U.S. Treaty, a permanent establishment or fixed base in Canada to which such shares pertain and, in addition, do not use or hold and are not deemed or considered to use or hold such shares in the course of carrying on a business in Canada. For a discussion, separate from this opinion, of the tax consequences of us becoming a resident in Canada, please read “Risk Factors—Tax Risks.”

 

It is the responsibility of each shareholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent jurisdictions, including Canada, of his investment in us. Accordingly, each prospective shareholder is urged to consult, and depend upon, his tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. Further, it is the responsibility of each shareholder to file all state, local and non-U.S., as well as U.S. federal tax returns that may be required of him.

 

150


Table of Contents

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

 

We estimate the expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of our common shares in this offering, other than the structuring fee, underwriting discounts and commissions, as follows:

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 100,545

Printing and Engraving Expenses

     500,000

Legal Fees and Expenses

     4,350,000

Accountants’ Fees and Expenses

     600,000

NYSE Listing Fee

     235,000

NASD Filing Fee

     75,500

Transfer Agent’s Fees and Expenses

     15,000

Miscellaneous Costs

     123,955
    

Total

   $ 6,000,000
    

 

All amounts are estimated except the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

 

151


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as joint bookrunning managers of the offering, and are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of common shares set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.

 

Underwriter


  

Number

of Shares


Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

    

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

    

                    Incorporated

    

Lehman Brothers Inc.

    

UBS Securities LLC

    

Fortis Securities LLC

    

Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated

    

Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC

    

DnB NOR Markets, Inc.

    

Dahlman Rose & Company, LLC

    

Total

   28,570,000
    

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the common shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the common shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the common shares.

 

The underwriters propose to offer some of the common shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the common shares to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $             per share. The underwriters may allow, and dealers may re-allow, a concession not to exceed $             per share on sales to other dealers. If all of the common shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the representatives may change the public offering price and the other selling terms. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of our common stock offered by them.

 

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 4,285,500 additional common shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment.

 

We, and our officers and directors, and owners of our subordinated shares have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dispose of or hedge any common or subordinated shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common shares.

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 7% of the common shares for sale at the initial public offering price to employees, officers, directors, business associates and certain related persons of Seaspan Corporation and the Washington Marine Group. Any purchaser of these common shares will agree that for a period of 25 days from the date of this prospectus, such purchaser will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., dispose of or hedge any such common shares purchased in the directed share program. The number of common shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of directed shares purchased by participants in the program. Any directed shares not purchased will be offered by

 

152


Table of Contents

the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as all other common shares offered. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sales of the directed shares.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the common shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our record of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management, and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the prices at which the common shares will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our common shares will develop and continue after this offering.

 

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares.

 

     Paid by Seaspan Corporation

     No Exercise

   Full Exercise

Per share

   $                 $             

Total

   $                 $             

 

We estimate that our total expenses of this offering excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and structuring fees will be approximately $6,000,000.

 

We will pay structuring fees equal to $1.5 million, or $1.7 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, to Citigroup Global Markets Inc. for evaluation, analysis and structuring of our company.

 

The total transaction expenses of $            , or $             if the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional common shares, will include an advisory fee to be paid to Relational Advisors LLC in connection with certain advisory services they have provided to us in connection with this offering. The underwriters have agreed to pay this fee to Relational Advisors LLC on our behalf. The fee will be equal to ten percent of the six percent underwriting spread. David Batchelder, a principal of Relational Advisors, is a member of the SCLL board of directors.

 

In connection with the offering the underwriters may purchase and sell common shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of common shares in excess of the number of shares to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales of shares made in an amount up to the number of shares represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short involve either purchases of the common shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales of shares in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing common shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of common shares in the open market while the offering is in progress.

 

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when an underwriter repurchases shares originally sold by that syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short positions or make stabilizing purchases.

 

153


Table of Contents

Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common shares. They may also cause the price of the common shares to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange or in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

 

Each of the underwriters has severally represented and agreed that: (a) it has not offered or sold, and prior to the expiry of the period of six months from the closing date of this offering, will not offer or sell any Securities to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or as agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; (b) it is (i) an investment professional, as such term is defined in Article 19 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2001 (the “Order”); or (ii) a person falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (“high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.”) of the Order; (c) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issues or sale of any notes in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the issuer or the Guarantor; and (d) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA, with respect to anything done by it in relation to any notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

The shares may not be offered or sold, transferred or delivered, as part of their initial distribution or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, to any individual or legal entity in the Netherlands other than to individuals or legal entities who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of their profession or trade, which includes banks, securities intermediaries, insurance companies, pension funds, other institutional investors and commercial enterprises which, as an ancillary activity, regularly trade or invest in securities.

 

Our common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol “SSW.” In connection with the listing of our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange, the underwriters have advised us that they will undertake to sell round lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2000 beneficial owners.

 

The underwriters and their affiliates have from time to time provided, and expect to provide in the future, investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services to us and our affiliates for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. Citicorp, N.A., an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Fortis Capital Corp., an affiliate of Fortis Securities LLC, are expected to be lenders under our credit facility. The underwriters and their affiliates may, from time to time in the future, engage in additional transactions with us and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate shares to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders.

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

 

 

154


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the common shares and certain other legal matters with respect to the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands will be passed upon for us by our counsel to Marshall Islands Law, Dennis J. Reeder, Reeder & Simpson, P.C. Certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Bull, Housser & Tupper LLP, Vancouver, British Columbia and by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., New York, New York. Bull, Housser & Tupper LLP and Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. may rely on the opinions of Dennis J. Reeder, Reeder & Simpson, P.C. for all matters of Marshall Islands law. The underwriters have been represented in connection with this offering by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York.

 

155


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

 

The predecessor combined financial statements of Seaspan Containerships as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

The sections in this prospectus entitled “Industry Trends” in the “Prospectus Summary,” and “The International Containership Industry,” have been reviewed by Clarkson’s Research Services Limited, which has confirmed to us that they accurately describe the international container shipping market, as indicated in the consent of Clarkson Research Services Limited filed as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of which this prospectus is a part.

 

156


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common shares offered hereby. For the purposes of this section, the term registration statement means the original registration statement and any and all amendments including the schedules and exhibits to the original registration statement or any amendment. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement we filed. For further information regarding us and the common shares offered in this prospectus, you may desire to review the full registration statement, including the exhibits. The registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1 (800) SEC-0330, and you may obtain copies at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at its principal office in Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

 

We will furnish holders of common shares with annual reports containing audited financial statements and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm, and intend to make available quarterly reports containing selected unaudited financial data for the first three quarters of each fiscal year. The audited financial statements will be prepared in accordance with GAAP and those reports will include a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section for the relevant periods. As a “foreign private issuer,” we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders, but, will be required to furnish those proxy statements to shareholders under New York Stock Exchange rules. Those proxy statements are not expected to conform to Schedule 14A of the proxy rules promulgated under the Exchange Act. In addition, as a “foreign private issuer,” we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act relating to short-swing profit reporting and liability.

 

INDUSTRY DATA

 

Clarkson Research Services Limited, or CRS, has provided us with industry statistical and graphical information contained in the sections of this prospectus entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “The International Containership Industry” and relating to the container shipping industry. We do not have any knowledge that the information provided by CRS is inaccurate in any material respect. CRS has advised us that this information is drawn from its database and other sources and that: (a) some information in CRS’ database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; (b) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in CRS’ database; and (c) while CRS has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures, and may accordingly contain errors.

 

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

We are a Marshall Islands company and our executive offices are located outside of the United States in Hong Kong. A majority of our directors and officers and some of the experts in this prospectus reside outside the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of our directors, officers and experts are located outside of the United States. As a result, you may have difficulty serving legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both in and outside the United States, judgments you may obtain in U.S. courts against us or these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal or state securities laws.

 

Furthermore, there is substantial doubt that the courts of the Marshall Islands or Hong Kong would (1) enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws, or (2) recognize or enforce against us or any of our officers, directors or experts judgments of courts of the United States predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws.

 

157


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF SHIPPING TERMS

 

The following are definitions of certain terms that are commonly used in the shipping industry and in this prospectus.

 

Annual Survey .    The inspection of a ship pursuant to international conventions, by a classification society surveyor, on behalf of the flag state, that takes place every year.

 

Ballast .    A voyage during which the ship is not laden with cargo.

 

Bareboat Charter .    A charter of a ship under which the shipowner is usually paid a fixed amount of charterhire for a certain period of time during which the charterer is responsible for the ship operating expenses and voyage expenses of the ship and for the management of the ship, including crewing. A bareboat charter is also known as a “demise charter” or a “time charter by demise.”

 

Bunkers .    Heavy fuel and diesel oil used to power a ship’s engines.

 

Charter .    The hire of a ship for a specified period of time or a particular voyage to carry a cargo from a loading port to a discharging port. The contract for a charter is commonly called a charterparty.

 

Charterer .    The party that hires a ship for a period of time or for a voyage.

 

Charterhire .    A sum of money paid to the shipowner by a charterer for the use of a ship. Charterhire paid under a voyage charter is also known as “freight.”

 

Classification society .    An independent organization that certifies that a ship has been built and maintained according to the organization’s rules for that type of ship and complies with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of the ship’s registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. A ship that receives its certification is referred to as being “in-class.”

 

Drydocking .    The removal of a ship from the water for inspection and repair of those parts of a ship that are below the water line. During drydockings, which are required to be carried out periodically, certain mandatory classification society inspections are carried out and relevant certifications are issued. Drydockings for containerships are generally required once every five years, one of which must be a Special Survey.

 

Gross ton .    A unit of measurement for the total enclosed space within a ship equal to 100 cubic feet or 2.831 cubic meters.

 

Hull .    Shell or body of a ship.

 

IMO .    International Maritime Organization, a United Nations agency that issues international standards for shipping.

 

Intermediate survey .    The inspection of a ship by a classification society surveyor that takes place 24 to 36 months after each special survey.

 

Newbuilding .    A new ship under construction or just completed.

 

Off-hire .    The period in which a ship is not available for service under a time charter and, accordingly, the charterer generally is not required to pay the hire rate. Off-hire periods can include days spent on repairs, drydocking and surveys, whether or not scheduled.

 

Protection and indemnity insurance .    Insurance obtained through a mutual association formed by shipowners to provide liability indemnification protection from various liabilities to which they are exposed in the course of their business, and which spreads the liability costs of each member by requiring contribution by all members in the event of a loss.

 

158


Table of Contents

Scrapping .    The sale of a ship as scrap metal.

 

Ship operating expenses .    The costs of operating a ship, primarily consisting of crew wages and associated costs, insurance premiums, management fee, lubricants and spare parts, and repair and maintenance costs. Ship operating expenses exclude fuel cost, port expenses, agents’ fees, canal dues and extra war risk insurance, as well as commissions, which are included in “voyage expenses.”

 

Sister ships .    Ships of the same class and specifications typically built at the same shipyard.

 

Special survey .    The inspection of a ship by a classification society surveyor that takes place every five years, as part of the recertification of the ship by a classification society.

 

Spot market .    The market for immediate chartering of a ship, usually for single voyages.

 

TEU.     Twenty-foot equivalent unit, the international standard measure for containers and containership capacity.

 

Time charter .    A charter under which the shipowner hires out a ship for a specified period of time. The shipowner is responsible for providing the crew and paying ship operating expenses while the charterer is responsible for paying the voyage expenses and additional voyage insurance. The shipowner is paid charterhire, which accrues on a daily basis.

 

Voyage charter .    A charter under which a shipowner hires out a ship for a specific voyage between the loading port and the discharging port. The shipowner is responsible for paying both ship operating expenses and voyage expenses. Typically, the charterer is responsible for any delay at the loading or discharging ports. The shipowner is paid freight on the basis of the cargo movement between ports.

 

Voyage expenses .    Expenses incurred due to a ship’s traveling from a loading port to a discharging port, such as fuel (bunkers) cost, port expenses, agents’ fees, canal dues, extra war risk insurance and commissions.

 

159


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR)

    

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Predecessor Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and (Unaudited)
March 31, 2005

   F-3

Predecessor Combined Statements of Operations and Owner’s Equity (Deficiency) for the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and (Unaudited) for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 and 2005

   F-4

Predecessor Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and (Unaudited) for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 and 2005

   F-5

Notes to Predecessor Combined Financial Statements

   F-6

SEASPAN CORPORATION

    

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements

   F-19

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2005

   F-20

Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2004

   F-21

Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2005

   F-22

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements

   F-23

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Directors of Seaspan Corporation

 

We have audited the accompanying predecessor combined balance sheets of the predecessor to Seaspan Corporation as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the related predecessor combined statements of operations and owner’s deficiency and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our audit opinion.

 

In our opinion, the predecessor combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the predecessor to Seaspan Corporation as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004 in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/    KPMG LLP


Chartered Accountants

Vancouver, Canada

 

March 15, 2005, except as to notes 5 and 14

which are as of May 27, 2005

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

Predecessor Combined Balance Sheets

(Expressed in thousands of United States dollars)

 

     December 31,

   

March 31,

2005


     2003

    2004

   
                 (unaudited)

Assets

                      

Current assets:

                      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,497     $ 4,066     $ 7,537

Restricted cash (note 3)

     5,155       4,544       9,862

Accounts receivable

     46       1,929       869

Inventories

     487       438       675

Due from related parties (note 4(a))

     438       1,655       830

Prepaid expenses

     477       626       496
    


 


 

       9,100       13,258       20,269

Vessels (note 5)

     452,141       454,862       467,126

Deferred financing fees (note 6)

     4,828       8,201       8,430
    


 


 

     $ 466,069     $ 476,321     $ 495,825
    


 


 

Liabilities and Owner’s Deficiency

                      

Current liabilities:

                      

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (note 9(a))

   $ 3,437     $ 5,028     $ 4,368

Deferred revenue

     698       453       537

Current portion of long-term debt

     12,848       19,773       23,187
    


 


 

       16,983       25,254       28,092

Long-term debt (note 7)

     347,946       376,999       391,861

Due to related party (note 4(b))

     96,883       64,822       63,744

Fair value of interest rate swaps

     19,476       18,860       10,399

Other long-term liabilities

     488       24       —  
    


 


 

       481,776       485,959       494,096

Owner’s equity (deficiency)

     (15,707 )     (9,638 )     1,729
    


 


 

     $ 466,069     $ 476,321     $ 495,825
    


 


 

 

Commitments (note 10)

Subsequent event (notes 1 and 14)

 

See accompanying notes to predecessor combined financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

Predecessor Combined Statements of Operations and Owner’s Equity (Deficiency)

(Expressed in thousands of United States dollars)

 

     Years Ended December 31,

    Three Months Ended
March 31,


 
     2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

    2005

 
                       (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 20,993     $ 35,011     $ 35,933     $ 8,733     $ 13,978  

Operating expenses:

                                        

Ship operating

     4,560       6,577       7,157       1,495       2,543  

Depreciation

     5,217       8,587       8,808       2,147       3,529  

General and administrative

     131       208       207       56       69  
    


 


 


 


 


       9,908       15,372       16,172       3,698       6,141  
    


 


 


 


 


Operating earnings

     11,085       19,639       19,761       5,035       7,837  

Other expenses (earnings):

                                        

Interest (note 8)

     7,799       12,193       11,804       2,905       4,776  

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     126       183       222       45       165  

Write off on debt refinancing (note 6)

     —         —         3,135       —         —    

Change in fair value of interest rate swap

     14,218       (5,808 )     (1,416 )     1,235       (8,461 )

Other

     74       (36 )     (53 )     4       (10 )
    


 


 


 


 


       22,217       6,532       13,692       4,189       (3,530 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net earnings (loss)

     (11,132 )     13,107       6,069       846       11,367  

Owner’s deficiency, beginning of period

     (17,692 )     (28,824 )     (15,707 )     (15,707 )     (9,638 )

Owner’s investment

     —         10       —         —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


Owner’s equity (deficiency), end of period

   $ (28,824 )   $ (15,707 )   $ (9,638 )   $ (14,861 )   $ 1,729  
    


 


 


 


 


 

See accompanying notes to predecessor combined financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

Predecessor Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(Expressed in thousands of United States dollars)

 

     Years Ended December 31,

    Three Months Ended
March 31,


 
     2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

    2005

 
                       (unaudited)  

Cash provided by (used in):

                                        

Operating activities:

                                        

Net earnings (loss)

   $ (11,132 )   $ 13,107     $ 6,069     $ 846     $ 11,367  

Items not involving cash:

                                        

Depreciation

     5,217       8,587       8,808       2,147       3,529  

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     126       183       222       45       165  

Change in fair value of interest rate swap

     14,218       (5,808 )     (1,416 )     1,235       (8,461 )

Accrued interest capitalized to interest rate swap

     —         —         800       —         —    

Write off on debt refinancing

     —         —         3,136       —         —    

Change in non-cash operating working capital (note 9(b))

     1,217       791       921       (579 )     1,101  
    


 


 


 


 


Cash from operating activities

     9,646       16,860       18,540       3,694       7,701  
    


 


 


 


 


Investing activities:

                                        

Vessels

     (25,797 )     (236,558 )     (7,475 )     —         (15,711 )

Due from related parties

     (500 )     183       (1,217 )     213       825  

Other

     3       6       —         —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


Cash from (used in) investing activities

     (26,294 )     (236,369 )     (8,692 )     213       (14,886 )
    


 


 


 


 


Financing activities:

                                        

Owner’s investment

     —         10       —         —         —    

Change in restricted cash

     8,801       (1,620 )     611       (1,110 )     (5,318 )

Issuance of long-term debt

     3,459       203,138       300,318       —         20,940  

Repayment of long-term debt

     (7,342 )     (12,674 )     (269,629 )     (2,623 )     (3,418 )

Due to related party

     19,762       27,443       —         —         —    

Repayment of due to related parties

     —         —         (32,061 )     (904 )     (1,078 )

Financing fees incurred

     (41 )     (3,611 )     (7,054 )     (153 )     (446 )

Other long-term liabilities

     431       (366 )     (464 )     (117 )     (24 )
    


 


 


 


 


Cash from (used in) financing activities

     25,070       212,320       (8,279 )     (4,907 )     10,656  
    


 


 


 


 


Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     8,422       (7,189 )     1,569       (1,000 )     3,471  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     1,264       9,686       2,497       2,497       4,066  
    


 


 


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 9,686     $ 2,497     $ 4,066     $ 1,497     $ 7,537  
    


 


 


 


 


 

Supplementary information (note 9(c))

 

See accompanying notes to predecessor combined financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

Notes to Predecessor Combined Financial Statements

 

1. General:

 

Seaspan Corporation was incorporated in the Marshall Islands for the purpose of acquiring ten containerships (the “Vessels”) from ten existing Republic of Cyprus incorporated wholly owned subsidiaries of Seaspan Container Lines Limited (“SCLL”) and to enter into agreements to acquire 13 additional vessels from 13 other wholly owned Cyprus incorporated subsidiaries of SCLL on completion of their construction, which completion is scheduled to occur between 2005—2007. The subsidiaries of SCLL that currently own the Vessels and Seaspan Corporation are collectively referred to as the “Company” in these predecessor combined financial statements. The primary activity of each of the entities included in the Company is the ownership and operation of the Vessels which are engaged in the deep-sea container transportation business. At March 31, 2005, the initial fleet that the Company owned, or had rights and obligations related to the acquisition of, consisted of eight 4250 Twenty-foot Equivalent Unit (“TEU”) containerships and two 8500 TEU containerships. These predecessor combined financial statements have been prepared to reflect the combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the legal entities that owned the Vessels, and represent the predecessor to Seaspan Corporation which will acquire the Vessels pursuant to the terms of the acquisition agreements to be entered into between Seaspan Corporation and each predecessor owner (note 14).

 

The following table sets out the details of the ten legal entities and the Vessels included in these predecessor combined financial statements:

 

Vessel Group/Company Name


  

Vessel Name


  

  Commencement

        of charter      


   Size
(TEU’s)


CSG I Vessel Companies:

              

CSCL Hamburg Shipping

   CSCL Hamburg    July 2001    4250

CSCL Chiwan Shipping

   CSCL Chiwan    September 2001    4250

CSCL Ningbo Shipping

   CSCL Ningbo    June 2002    4250

CSCL Dalian Shipping

   CSCL Dalian    September 2002    4250

CSCL Felixstowe Shipping

   CSCL Felixstowe    October 2002    4250

CSG II Vessel Companies:

              

Clorina Marine

   CSCL Oceania    December 2004    8500

Elia Shipping

   CSCL Africa    January 2005    8500

CSG III Vessel Companies:

              

Vancouver Shipping

   CSCL Vancouver    February 2005    4250

Tofino Shipping

   CSCL Sydney    April 2005    4250

Nootka Shipping

   CSCL New York    May 2005    4250

 

Commencement of charter is the month in which the Vessel commenced revenue generating operations.

 

2. Significant accounting policies:

 

(a) Basis of accounting:

 

These predecessor combined financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and combine the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the legal entities comprising the Company as discussed in note 1. Owner’s equity (deficiency) represents the interest of SCLL in the net carrying value of the assets and liabilities of the Company. All inter-entity transactions and balances have been eliminated.

 

These predecessor combined financial statements include the general and administrative expenses incurred by the predecessor in their operations. The Company believes these general and administrative expenses reflect

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

Notes to Predecessor Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

the cost reasonable to present the results of operations of the predecessor. However, the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company are not indicative of those that would have been achieved had the Company owned and operated the Vessels as an independent publicly listed entity during the periods, as Seaspan Corporation will incur additional administrative expenses, including legal, accounting, treasury, rent, securities regulatory compliance and other costs normally incurred by a listed public entity. Accordingly, the predecessor combined financial statements do not purport to be indicative of future financial position, results of operations or cash flows of Seaspan Corporation.

 

Seaspan Corporation currently estimates that actual costs of general and administrative expenses will significantly increase from historical levels when all of the contracted fleet of 23 vessels are in operation.

 

(b) Foreign currency translation:

 

The functional and reporting currency is the United States dollar. Transactions incurred in other currencies are translated into United States dollars using the exchange rate at the time of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities as of the functional reporting date are translated into United States dollars using exchange rates at that date. Exchange gains and losses are included in net earnings. For the three years presented in the predecessor combined statements of operations, exchange gains and losses were not significant.

 

(c) Cash equivalents:

 

Cash equivalents include highly liquid securities with terms to maturity of three months or less when acquired.

 

(d) Inventories:

 

Inventories represented lubricant oils on board the Vessels carried at the lower of cost or replacement cost. Cost is determined substantially on a first-in first-out basis. The costs of spare parts and supplies to operate the Vessels are expensed as incurred.

 

(e) Vessels:

 

Vessels are carried at cost and include capitalized interest during construction and other construction, design, supervision and predelivery costs.

 

Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of each Vessel. No charge for depreciation is made until each Vessel is put into operation.

 

The carrying value of the Vessels is evaluated when events or circumstances indicate that there has been a possible impairment in value, which would occur in the period when the net carrying value was no longer expected to be recovered from future estimated cash flows. Such evaluations include comparison of current and anticipated operating cash flows, assessment of future operations and other relevant factors. To the extent that the carrying value of the Vessels exceeded the undiscounted estimated future cash flows, the Vessels would be written down to their fair value.

 

Normal repair and maintenance costs, including such costs incurred during drydocking, are expensed as incurred.

 

Drydocking costs, which improve or extend the useful life of the Vessels, are capitalized as incurred and depreciated prospectively over the period to the next scheduled drydocking. The time between scheduled drydockings is five years. As each of the Vessels were put into service in the last five years, no drydocking costs have been capitalized or depreciated in the three years presented.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

Notes to Predecessor Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

(f) Deferred financing fees:

 

Deferred financing fees represent the unamortized costs incurred on issuance of long-term debt. Amortization is provided on the interest-yield basis over the term of the underlying obligation.

 

(g) Income taxes:

 

All income from shipping activities arising out of the ownership of vessels registered in the Republic of Cyprus is exempt from taxation in Cyprus.

 

The owner of the vessel is responsible for all taxes, fees or other levies charged by countries other than The Republic of Cyprus on vessels due to having cargo on board. Under charter party agreements, this responsibility has been assumed by the charterer. Accordingly, any such taxes, fees or levies have not been recognized in these predecessor combined financial statements. Any such taxes paid by the Company, as a result of the charterer’s failure to pay, will be recognized when the Company’s obligation is determinable.

 

(h) Revenue recognition:

 

Revenue from charter hire services is recognized as services are rendered and collection is reasonably assured. Any expected losses on shipping contracts are provided for as they become known. Cash received in excess of earned revenue is recorded as deferred revenue.

 

(i) Derivatives instruments:

 

Interest rate swap agreements have been entered into to reduce the Company’s exposure to market risks from changing interest rates. Derivatives and hedging activities are accounted for in accordance with FASB Statement No. 133, “ Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities,” as amended, which requires that all derivative instruments be recorded on the balance sheet at their respective fair values. The Company recognizes the interest rate swap agreements on the balance sheet at their fair value. As the interest rate swap agreements have not been designated as hedging instruments in accordance with the requirements in accounting literature, changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap are reported in current period earnings. The fair value will change as market interest rates change.

 

The Company does not hedge foreign currency translation of assets or liabilities or foreign currency transactions or use financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes.

 

(j) Guarantees:

 

The Company recognizes the fair value of the obligation under guarantees and indemnification arrangements that the underlying legal entities have issued. Conditions that are subject to the guarantee are monitored to identify whether the charge against the Vessels has a material fair value or it is probable that a loss has occurred. Any such losses would be recognized when estimable. In the future, the existing guarantees and indemnification arrangements will no longer be applicable as they will be discharged upon the completion of Seaspan Corporation’s offering.

 

(k) Use of estimates:

 

The preparation of combined financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

Notes to Predecessor Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

combined balance sheet dates and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Areas where accounting judgments and estimates are significant to the Company include the assessment of Vessel lives and the recoverability of the carrying value of Vessels, which are subject to future market events. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

(l) Unaudited financial information:

 

The financial information included herein as at March 31, 2005 and for the three month periods ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, is unaudited; however, such information reflects all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position and results of operations for the interim periods presented.

 

(m) Recently issued accounting standards:

 

In December 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised), “ Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities ,” which addresses how a business enterprise should evaluate whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity through means other than voting rights and accordingly should consolidate the entity. FIN 46R was effective in the year ended December 31, 2004. For any variable interest entities (“VIEs”) that must be consolidated under FIN 46R that were created before January 1, 2004, the assets, liabilities and non-controlling interests of the VIE initially would be measured at their carrying amounts with any difference between the net amount added to the balance sheet and any previously recognized interest being recognized as the cumulative effect of an accounting change. If determining the carrying amounts is not practicable, fair value at the date FIN 46R first applies may be used to measure the assets, liabilities and non-controlling interest of the VIE. Management has concluded that the adoption of FIN 46R does not have impact on the financial position or results of operations of the underlying entities to these predecessor combined financial statements.

 

FASB Statement No. 150, “ Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity ,” was issued in May 2003. Statement No. 150 establishes standards for the classification and measurement of certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. Statement No. 150 also includes required disclosures for financial instruments within its scope. Statement No. 150 was effective for instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003. The Company currently does not have any financial instruments that are within the scope of Statement No. 150.

 

3. Restricted cash:

 

Certain of the Company’s bank accounts are subject to restrictions under the credit agreements, which give priority to principal and interest payments and limit the amount of cash available for operations.

 

4. Related party transactions:

 

(a) Due from related parties:

 

The balance due from related parties is for funds advanced to entities with common ownership, to fund current operating costs of the Vessels. The amounts are intended to be repaid in the ordinary course of business.

 

(b) Due to related party:

 

The amount is due to SCLL, the Company’s parent. It is non-interest bearing, unsecured and has no fixed terms of repayment. The amount is classified as long-term as SCLL has confirmed in writing that it does not intend to request repayment within the twelve month period subsequent to the date of the predecessor combined balance sheet.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

Notes to Predecessor Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

(c) Related party transactions:

 

For Vessels under construction during the year, Seaspan Ship Management Limited (“SSML”) provided management supervision, insurance arrangements, accounting and treasury, and provisioning services in the amount of $620,000 (2003—$620,000; 2002—$nil; three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004—$nil and $nil, respectively). For Vessels operating or that began operations during the year, SSML provided technical management services, in the amount of $474,000 (2003—$425,000; 2002—$261,000; three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004—$188,000 and $106,000, respectively), and Seaspan Crew Management Limited provided crew management services, in the amount of $113,000 (2003—$74,000; 2002—$nil; three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004—$61,000 and $19,000, respectively). These transactions are in the normal course of operations and are measured at the exchange amount, which is the amount of consideration established and agreed to by the related parties. SSML and SCLL have also negotiated supplier and builder rebates. To December 31, 2004, substantially all supplier rebates have related to vessels under construction. These supplier rebates have been recognized by the Company as a reduction to the capital cost of the applicable Vessel when earned. Included in accounts receivable at December 31, 2004 is $1,852,000 (2003—$nil; March 31, 2005—$724,000) of supplier rebates that are receivable from construction suppliers. Builder rebates, based on fleet volume discounts, are for the account of SCLL.

 

5. Vessels:

 

December 31, 2003


   Cost

   Accumulated
Depreciation


   Net Book
Value


Vessels

   $ 227,548    $ 15,114    $ 212,434

Deposits on Vessels

     239,707      —        239,707
    

  

  

     $ 467,255    $ 15,114    $ 452,141
    

  

  

 

December 31, 2004


   Cost

   Accumulated
Depreciation


   Net Book
Value


Vessels

   $ 301,996    $ 23,922    $ 278,074

Deposits on Vessels

     176,788      —        176,788
    

  

  

     $ 478,784    $ 23,922    $ 454,862
    

  

  

 

March 31, 2005


   Cost

   Accumulated
Depreciation


   Net Book
Value


Vessels

   $ 417,369    $ 27,451    $ 389,918

Deposits on Vessels

     77,208      —        77,208
    

  

  

     $ 494,577    $ 27,451    $ 467,126
    

  

  

 

At December 31, 2004, four of the legal entities within the Company have entered into ship building contracts with Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. (“Samsung”) for the construction of three 4250 TEU and one 8500 TEU containership by Samsung. Terms of the ship building contracts require a deposit in payment of 90% of the construction costs prior to commencing construction, with the balance due upon delivery of the Vessel. At May 27, 2005, all four of these Vessels have been delivered.

 

The deposit includes advances to Samsung for the construction of the Vessels under the terms of the ship building contracts, capitalized interest and other construction, supervision, design and predelivery costs. As security for the deposits, Samsung has provided Irrevocable Letters of Refundment Guarantee (the “Refundment Guarantees”), issued by a bank, covering 90% of the contract value. The Refundment Guarantees have been assigned to the bank under terms of the credit facilities (note 7).

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

Notes to Predecessor Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

6. Deferred financing fees:

 

     December 31,

   

March 31,

2005


 
     2003

    2004

   

Deferred financing fees, beginning of period

   $ 1,562     $ 4,828     $ 8,201  

Costs incurred

     3,611       7,075       446  

Amortization-capitalized

     (162 )     (344 )     (52 )

Amortization-expensed

     (183 )     (222 )     (165 )

Write-off on debt refinancing

     —         (3,136 )     —    
    


 


 


Deferred financing fees, end of period

   $ 4,828     $ 8,201     $ 8,430  
    


 


 


 

During 2004, the Company refinanced certain long-term debt facilities, as described in note 7. For accounting purposes, these refinancings constituted, in part, modifications and, in part, extinguishments of the original debt instruments. As a result, previously capitalized costs of $2,450,000 and costs incurred during the year of $686,000 were expensed.

 

7. Long-term debt:

 

     December 31,

  

March 31,

2005


     2003

   2004

  

Bank term loans:

                    

CSG I Vessel Companies

   $ 154,669    $ 165,000    $ 162,940

CSG II Vessel Companies

     112,219      130,000      149,000

CSG III Vessel Companies

     93,906      96,772      103,108

Junior loans:

                    

CSG I Vessel Companies

     —        —        —  

CSG II Vessel Companies

     —        5,000      —  

CSG III Vessel Companies

     —        —        —  
    

  

  

       360,794      396,772      415,048

Current portion

     12,848      19,773      23,187
    

  

  

     $ 347,946    $ 376,999    $ 391,861
    

  

  

 

(a) Bank term loans—CSG I Vessel Companies:

 

The five CSG I Vessel Companies (see note 1) jointly entered into a loan agreement to finance the ownership of five deep-sea Vessels. During the year ended December 31, 2004, the CSG I Vessel Companies refinanced their long-term debt facilities. The original facilities were repaid with financing received under substantially the same terms as the former debt, but at revised interest rates and with different principal repayment terms and with certain different lenders.

 

The bank term loans for the CSG I Vessel Companies are comprised of five loans, one for each CSG I Vessel Company. Each term loan bears interest at the LIBOR plus 1.4% per annum. The CSG I Vessel Companies have entered into interest rate swap agreements to reduce their exposure to market risks from changing interest rates (note 12(c)). The CSG I Vessel Companies have the option, after providing notice, to prepay the loans at any time, together with accrued interest in increments of $200,000 per loan.

 

Each bank term loan is repayable as to principal and interest in forty quarterly installments to approximately November 2014 with a remaining principal balance of $9,050,000 per loan.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

Notes to Predecessor Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

As at December 31, 2004, the principal repayments due for the next five years and thereafter are:

 

2005

   $ 8,250

2006

     8,250

2007

     8,250

2008

     8,250

2009

     8,250

Thereafter

     123,750
    

     $ 165,000
    

 

The bank term loans are secured by mortgages on the Vessels owned by the CSG I Vessel Companies (the “CSG I Vessels”), assignments of the charter party agreements with China Shipping (Group) Company (“CSG”) and assignments of the retention and earnings bank accounts of each CSG I Vessel Company. The credit agreements also provide restrictions against the use of funds in these bank accounts, which give priority to principal and interest payments and limit the amount of cash available for operations.

 

The CSG I Vessel Companies future charter revenues are protected by a loss of earnings and/or charter hire insurance policies. These policies have been assigned to the bank as security for the loans.

 

(b) Junior loans—CSG I Vessel Companies:

 

Each CSG I Vessel Company has entered into a junior loan facility of $5,000,000 that may be drawn at any time before October 30, 2005.

 

Each junior loan bears interest at the LIBOR plus 4.0% per annum. The CSG I Vessel Companies have the option, after providing written notice, to prepay the loan at any time, together with accrued interest in increments of $200,000 per loan. Once the junior facilities are drawn upon, principal and interest payments are repayable in forty consecutive installments commencing three months after first drawdown of funds.

 

The junior loans are secured by a second priority on the following; mortgages on the CSG I Vessels and assignments of the charter party agreements with CSG. The junior loans also have a second priority on certain bank accounts and on the insurance proceeds of the CSG I Vessels.

 

The CSG I Vessel Companies’ future charter revenues are protected by a loss of earnings and/or charter hire insurance policies. These policies will have a second priority assignment to the bank as security for the junior loans.

 

(c) Bank term loans—CSG II Vessel Companies:

 

The two CSG II Vessel Companies (see note 1) jointly entered into a loan agreement to finance the construction and ownership of two deep-sea container vessels. During the year ended December 31, 2004, the CSG II Vessel Companies refinanced their long-term debt facility. The original facilities were repaid with the proceeds from the new debt facility, under substantially the same terms as the former debt, but at reduced interest rates and with different principal repayment terms and with certain different lenders.

 

The bank term loans for the CSG II Vessel Companies are comprised of two loans, one for each CSG II Vessel Company. Each bank term loan bears interest at the aggregate of the LIBOR plus 1.25% per annum. The CSG II Vessel Companies have entered into interest rate swap agreements to reduce their exposure to market

 

F-12


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

Notes to Predecessor Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

risks from changing interest rates (note 12(c)). The CSG II Vessel Companies have the option, after providing notice, to prepay the loans at any time, together with accrued interest in increments of $200,000 per loan.

 

Interest only payments are accrued quarterly until three months after the vessel delivery dates, after which time the bank term loans are repayable in forty quarterly installments to approximately January 2015.

 

As at December 31, 2004, the principal repayments due for the next five years and thereafter are:

 

2005

   $ 7,000

2006

     8,000

2007

     8,000

2008

     8,000

2009

     8,000

Thereafter

     91,000
    

     $ 130,000
    

 

The bank term loans are secured by mortgages on the Vessels owned by the CSG II Vessel Companies (the “CSG II Vessels”), assignments of the charter party agreements with CSG after the vessel launch date and assignments of the ship building contracts and Refundment Guarantees prior to vessel deliveries. The loans are also secured by assignments of certain bank accounts, insurance proceeds of the CSG II Vessel Companies and a pledge of shares.

 

The CSG II Vessel Companies’ future charter revenues are protected by a loss of earnings and/or charter hire insurance policies. These policies have been assigned to the bank as security for the loans.

 

(d) Junior loans—CSG II Vessel Companies:

 

Each CSG II Vessel Company has entered into a junior loan facility of $10,000,000 that may be drawn in two installments. The delivery drawing of $5,000,000 may be drawn at any time before July 31, 2005 to partially settle the delivery installment due to Samsung (note 5) and the post-delivery drawing of $5,000,000 may be drawn at anytime before November 12, 2005.

 

Each junior loan bears interest at the LIBOR plus 4.0% per annum. The CSG II Vessel Companies have agreed to enter into an interest rate swap agreements to reduce their exposure to market risks from changing interest rates (note 12(c)). The CSG II Vessel Companies have the option, after providing written notice, to prepay the loans at any time, together with accrued interest in increments of $200,000 per loan.

 

Once the junior facility is drawn upon, principal and interest payments are repayable in twenty seven consecutive installments commencing three months after vessel deliveries.

 

The junior loans are secured by second priority on the following; mortgages on the CSG II Vessels, assignments of the charter party agreements with CSG after the CSG II Vessel launch dates, assignments of the ship building contracts and Refundment Guarantees prior to CSG II Vessel deliveries. The junior loans also have a second priority on certain bank accounts and on the insurance proceeds of the CSG II Vessel Companies and a pledge of shares.

 

The CSG II Vessel Companies’ future charter revenues are protected by a loss of earnings and/or a charter hire insurance policies. These policies have a second priority assignment to the bank as security for the junior loans.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

Notes to Predecessor Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

(e) Bank term loans—CSG III Vessel Companies:

 

The bank term loans that relate to the CSG III Vessel Companies (see note 1) are drawn under a credit agreement comprising seven loans, one for each of the three CSG III Vessel Companies, and for each of Burrard Shipping Company Limited, Nanaimo Shipping Company Limited, Spruce Shipping Company Limited and Hemlock Shipping Company Limited, companies under common control that are excluded from these predecessor combined financial statements.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2004, the CSG III Vessel Companies modified their original debt instruments but at reduced interest rates and with different principal repayment terms.

 

The bank term loans for each CSG III Vessel Company are available in two tranches. Tranche A, with an available limit of $32,362,500, may be drawn upon at any time prior to deliveries. Upon deliveries, the amount of Tranche A funds outstanding must be the lesser of 75% of the vessel construction cost or the available limit. Tranche B, with an available limit of $2,157,500, may only be drawn upon after vessel deliveries and at the lesser of 5% of the vessel construction cost or the available limit. Tranche A bears interest at the aggregate of the LIBOR, a 0.8% predelivery margin and a 0.3725% exposure fee until vessel deliveries and at the aggregate of the commercial interest reference rate of 4.63% and an exposure rate of 0.3725% after vessel deliveries. Tranche B bears interest at the LIBOR plus a 2.0% post delivery margin after vessel deliveries. The CSG III Vessel Companies have the obligation to enter into interest swap agreements, on Tranche B, after deliveries, to reduce their exposure to market risks from changing interest rates. The CSG III Vessel Companies also have the option, after providing notice, to prepay the loans at any time, together with accrued interest, in increments of $1,000,000 per loan.

 

Interest only payments are to be payable quarterly, settled by way of additional drawdown, on the Tranche A bank term loans until the vessel delivery dates. Tranche A of the bank term loans are repayable in forty-eight quarterly installments beginning on the second quarter day after the Vessel delivery dates, except if the Vessel delivery dates are a quarter day, then repayment begins on the next quarter day. Quarter days are March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15. Interest only payments are to be payable quarterly, settled by way of additional drawdown, on the Tranche B of the bank term loans until four years and 3 months after the vessel delivery dates, at which time the outstanding balance on Tranche B of $2,157,500 is due and payable.

 

As at December 31, 2004, the principal repayments due for the next five years and thereafter are:

 

2005

   $ 4,523

2006

     8,080

2007

     8,080

2008

     8,080

2009

     8,080

Thereafter

     59,929
    

     $ 96,772
    

 

The term loans are secured by mortgages on the Vessels to be owned by the CSG III Vessel Companies (the “CSG III Vessels”) assignments of the charter party agreements with CSG after the CSG III Vessel launch date and assignments of the ship building contracts and the Refundment Guarantees prior to CSG III Vessel deliveries. The loans are also secured by assignments of certain bank accounts, insurance proceeds of the CSG III Vessel Companies and a pledge of shares.

 

The CSG III Vessel Companies’ future charter revenues are to be protected by a loss of earnings and/or charter hire insurance policies. These policies will be assigned to the bank as security for the loans.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

Notes to Predecessor Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Under this credit agreement, the CSG III Vessel Companies are jointly liable with Burrard Shipping Company Limited, Nanaimo Shipping Company Limited, Spruce Shipping Company Limited and Hemlock Shipping Company Limited, companies under common control, for the repayment of term loans totaling up to approximately $325,491,000 at December 31, 2004.

 

(f) Junior loans—CSG III Vessel Companies:

 

The junior loans for the CSG III Vessel Companies are drawn under a credit agreement comprising seven loans, one for each of the CSG III Vessel Companies, and one for each of Burrard Shipping Company Limited, Nanaimo Shipping Company Limited, Spruce Shipping Company Limited and Hemlock Shipping Company Limited, companies under common control that are excluded from these predecessor combined financial statements.

 

Each junior loan facility of $4,000,000 will be drawn at the time of delivery of the CSG III Vessel to partially settle the delivery installment due to Samsung (note 5).

 

Each junior loan bears interest at LIBOR plus 4.0% per annum. The CSG III Vessel Companies have agreed to enter into interest rate swap agreements to reduce their exposure to market risks from changing interest rates. The CSG III Vessel Companies have the option, after providing written notice, to prepay the loans at any time, together with accrued interest in increments of $500,000 per loan.

 

Once the junior facilities are drawn upon, principal and interest payments are repayable in thirty seven consecutive installments commencing three months after vessel deliveries.

 

The junior loans are secured by a second priority on the following; mortgages on the CSG III Vessels, assignments of the charter party agreements with CSG after the CSG III Vessel launch date, assignments of the ship building contracts and Refundment Guarantees prior to CSG III Vessel deliveries. The junior loans also have a second priority on certain bank accounts and on the insurance proceeds of the CSG III Vessel Companies.

 

The CSG III Vessel Companies’ future charter revenues are to be protected by a loss of earnings and/or a charter hire insurance policies. These policies will have a second priority assignment to the bank as security for the loans.

 

Under this credit agreement, the CSG III Vessel Companies are jointly liable with Burrard Shipping Company Limited, Nanaimo Shipping Company Limited, Spruce Shipping Company Limited and Hemlock Shipping Company Limited, companies under common control, for the repayment of the junior loans totaling $20,000,000.

 

8. Interest expense:

 

The Company capitalizes interest cost to deposits on Vessels as a component of the cost of construction in progress. The following is a summary of interest costs incurred on long-term debt during each of the years presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

   

Three Months Ended

March 31,


 
         2002    

        2003    

        2004    

        2004    

        2005    

 

Interest costs incurred

   $ 12,480     $ 15,120     $ 17,286     $ 4,118     $ 5,716  

Less: Interest capitalized

     (4,681 )     (2,927 )     (5,482 )     (1,213 )     (940 )
    


 


 


 


 


Interest expense

   $ 7,799     $ 12,193     $ 11,804     $ 2,905     $ 4,776  
    


 


 


 


 


 

F-15


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

Notes to Predecessor Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

9. Other information:

 

(a) Accounts payable and accrued liabilities:

 

The principal components of accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the predecessor combined balance sheets are:

 

     December 31,

  

March 31,

2005


     2003

   2004

  

Trade accounts

   $ 854    $ 1,792    $ 777

Accrued interest

     1,795      2,553      2,608

Other accrued liabilities

     788      683      983
    

  

  

     $ 3,437    $ 5,028    $ 4,368
    

  

  

 

(b) Working capital:

 

The net change in non-cash operating working capital items related to operating activities set out in the predecessor combined statements of cash flows consists of:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

   

Three Months Ended

March 31,


 
         2002    

        2003    

        2004    

        2004    

        2005    

 

Cash provided by (used in):

                                        

Accounts receivable

   $ (17 )   $ 31     $ (31 )   $ —       $ 1,784  

Inventories

     (551 )     402       49       (5 )     (237 )

Prepaid expenses

     (380 )     148       (149 )     204       130  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     1,303       410       1,297       (959 )     (660 )

Deferred revenue

     862       (200 )     (245 )     181       84  
    


 


 


 


 


     $ 1,217     $ 791     $ 921     $ (579 )   $ 1,101  
    


 


 


 


 


 

(c) Supplementary information to the predecessor combined statements of cash flows consists of:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

   Three Months Ended
March 31,


     2002

   2003

   2004

   2004

   2005

Interest paid, excluding interest capitalized

   $ 7,602    $ 12,151    $ 10,745    $ 2,963    $ 3,205

Non-cash transactions:

                                  

Reclassification of deposits on Vessels to Vessels

     113,200      —        74,000      —        115,348

Accrued and capitalized interest costs, including amortization of deferred financing fees

     4,752      3,089      5,826      1,281      959

 

10. Commitments and contingent obligations:

 

  (a)   At December 31, 2004, the Company is committed under ship building contracts to pay the aggregate balance of approximately $18,913,000 upon delivery of the four Vessels under construction. As indicated in note 5, at May 27, 2005 all four of these Vessels have been delivered.

 

  (b)  

Under the terms of the CSG III Vessel Companies credit agreements, at December 31, 2004 the Company is obligated to deposit, upon delivery of each of the three 4250 TEUs under construction,

 

F-16


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

Notes to Predecessor Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

amounts totaling $1,220,000 each into segregated bank accounts of the Company for the purposes of debt servicing. These funds will be restricted such that the consent of the lender is required prior to withdrawal or utilization.

 

  (c)   The Company is a member of a protection and indemnity association under which multiple parties’ risks are insured and the Company could be liable for calls, or premiums, in amounts based not only on our own claim records but also the claim records of all other members of the protection and indemnity associations through which we receive indemnity insurance coverage for tort liability. The Company accounts for such calls as contingent obligations and will recognize its obligation when the amount of any liability under the call arrangement can be reasonably estimated. Calls are included in estimated annual premiums which are billed annually. To date, no calls for additional annual premium payments have been made.

 

11. Charter party:

 

The Company is committed under charter party agreements with CSG as follows:

 

Vessel Name


   Time Charter
(years)


  

Commencement of
charter


   Options
(years)


   Daily hire rate

CSCL Hamburg

   10    July 2001    2    $ 18.0

CSCL Chiwan

   10    September 2001    2      18.0

CSCL Ningbo

   10    June 2002    2      19.9

CSCL Dalian

   10    September 2002    2      19.9

CSCL Felixstowe

   10    October 2002    2      19.9

CSCL Oceania

   12    December 2004    3      29.5

CSCL Africa

   12    January 2005    3      29.5

CSCL Vancouver

   12    February 2005         17.0

CSCL Sydney

   12    April 2005         17.0

CSCL New York

   12    May 2005         17.0

 

The Company is committed under the charter party agreements with CSG to supply the Vessel on a full-time basis for a fixed daily charter rate. The charter party agreements obligate the Company to certain performance criteria over the term of the agreement.

 

12. Financial instruments:

 

(a) Concentration of credit risk:

 

CSG is the Company’s sole customer for all periods presented.

 

(b) Fair value:

 

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, due from related party and accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the balance sheet approximate their fair values because of their short term to maturity. The carrying value of long-term debt and other long-term liabilities, recalculated at current interest rates, approximates their carrying value. The fair value of the due to related party is not readily determinable due to the related party relationship and the lack of a ready market for such instruments.

 

The fair value of the interest rate swap agreements is recognized on the predecessor combined balance sheets.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

Notes to Predecessor Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

(c) Interest rate risk management agreement:

 

The Company uses derivative financial instruments, consisting of interest rate swap agreements, to manage its exposure to adverse movements in interest rates.

 

Pursuant to the credit agreement related to the CSG I and CSG II Vessel Companies (note 7), at December 31, 2004, certain legal entities within the Company have entered into interest rate swap agreements to fix the LIBOR rate at per annum interest rates on notional loan balances as follows:

 

Vessel Companies


   Notional Amount

   Fixed LIBOR

  Ending Date

CSG I

   $ 165,000    5.974%   November 9, 2014

CSG II-bank term loans

     65,000    4.350%   December 5, 2012

CSG II-junior loans

     5,000    4.430%   December 6, 2011

 

13. Guarantee:

 

As described in notes 7(e) and (f), the CSG III Vessel Companies are jointly liable under credit agreements underlying the bank term loans and junior loans with four subsidiaries of SCLL that are not included in these predecessor combined financial statements.

 

14. Subsequent event:

 

Seaspan Corporation will acquire, on closing of its initial public offering, the Vessels described in note 1 and, on delivery over approximately the next 25 months, an additional 13 containerships that are currently on order by 13 other wholly owned subsidiaries of SCLL.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Effective with the closing of this offering, we will purchase the ten vessels comprising the initial fleet from ten existing Republic of Cyprus incorporated wholly owned subsidiaries of SCLL. These subsidiaries collectively are referred to in this unaudited pro forma financial statements as our “Predecessor.” We are not acquiring any other assets of our Predecessor and we are assuming no liabilities of our Predecessor. Because Seaspan Corporation was formed by SCLL to succeed to its business upon completion of the offering, the ten vessels included in the initial fleet must be recorded at their historical carrying value of our Predecessor in our financial statements on acquisition. The difference between the purchase price of the initial fleet and the Predecessor’s carrying value is recorded as a charge to shareholders’ equity. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet assumes that the offering, the purchase of the initial fleet, and the related transactions occurred as of March 31, 2005. The unaudited pro forma statements of operations assume that these transactions occurred as of January 1, 2004. The unaudited pro forma financial statements do not reflect the purchase of the additional 13 vessels in our contracted fleet.

 

The unaudited pro forma financial statements and accompanying notes should be read together with the historical combined financial statements and related notes of our Predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma financial statements were derived by adjusting the historical combined financial statements of our Predecessor as of March 31, 2005 and for the three months then ended and for the year ended December 31, 2004. The adjustments are based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions; therefore, the actual adjustments may differ from the pro forma adjustments. However, management believes that the assumptions used provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the offering and the other related transactions contemplated, and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to the assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma financial statements.

 

This unaudited pro forma financial statements do not purport to represent what our financial position and results of operations would actually have been had the completion of this offering, the acquisition of our initial fleet, and the related transactions in fact occurred on the dates indicated in the first paragraph above, nor do they purport to project our financial position or results of operations at any future date. The unaudited pro forma financial statements do not include any non-recurring charges or credits, except for the charge against equity for the excess of the purchase price of the vessels included in the initial fleet over the Predecessor’s carrying value, which is recognized in the unaudited pro forma balance sheet, as described in note 2(b).

 

F-19


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET

 

     As of March 31, 2005

     Historical
Predecessor


   Offering and Other
Transaction
Adjustments


    Seaspan
Corporation
Pro forma


     (in thousands)
          (note 2)      

Assets

                     

Current assets:

                     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,537    $ (7,537 )(d)   $ 33,812
              (7,500 )(e)      
              (500 )(f)      
              41,812 (c)      

Restricted cash

     9,862      (9,862 )(d)     —  

Accounts receivable

     869      (869 )(d)     —  

Inventories

     675      (675 )(d)     —  

Due from related parties

     830      (830 )(d)     —  

Prepaid expenses

     496      (496 )(d)     —  
    

  


 

       20,269      13,543       33,812

Vessels

     467,126      —         467,126

Deferred financing fees

     8,430      (8,430 )(d)     7,500
              7,500 (e)      
    

  


 

     $ 495,825    $ 12,613     $ 508,438
    

  


 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

                     

Current liabilities:

                     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 4,368    $ (4,368 )(d)   $ —  

Deferred revenue

     537      (537 )(d)     —  

Current portion of long-term debt

     23,187      (23,187 )(d)     —  
    

  


 

       28,092      (28,092 )     —  

Long-term debt

     391,861      (391,861 )(d)     —  

Due to related parties

     63,744      (63,744 )(d)     —  

Fair value of interest rate swaps

     10,399      (10,399 )(d)     —  
    

  


 

       494,096      (494,096 )     —  

Shareholders’ equity

     1,729      556,472 (a)     508,438
              150,045 (a)      
              (197,579 )(b)      
              (1,729 )(d)      
              (500 )(f)      
    

  


 

     $ 495,825    $ 12,613     $ 508,438
    

  


 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2004

 
    

Historical

Predecessor


   

Offering and Other

Transaction

Adjustments


   

Seaspan

Corporation

Pro forma


 
     (in thousands, except per share amount)  
           (note 3)        

Revenue

   $ 35,933     $ —       $ 35,933  

Operating expenses:

                        

Ship operating

     7,157       1,217 (c)     8,374  

Depreciation

     8,808       (1,491 )(d)     7,317  

General and administrative

     207       4,190 (c)     4,397  
    


 


 


       16,172       3,916       20,088  
    


 


 


Operating earnings

     19,761       (3,916 )     15,845  

Other expenses (earnings):

                        

Interest

     11,804       (11,804 )(a)     —    

Amortization with deferred financing fees

     222       (222 )(a)     833  
               833 (b)        

Write off on debt refinancing

     3,135       (3,135 )(a)     —    

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps

     (1,416 )     1,416 (a)     —    

Other

     (53 )     —         (53 )
    


 


 


       13,692       (12,912 )     780  
    


 


 


Net earnings

   $ 6,069     $ 8,996     $ 15,065  
    


 


 


Earnings per share

                   $ 0.42  
                    


Weighted average number of shares outstanding

                     35,715  
                    


 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

     Three Months Ended March 31, 2005

 
     Historical
Predecessor


    Offering and Other
Transaction
Adjustments


    Seaspan
Corporation
Pro forma


 
     (in thousands, except per share amount)  
           (note 3)        

Revenue

   $ 13,978     $ —       $ 13,978  

Operating expenses:

                        

Ship operating

     2,543       611 (c)     3,154  

Depreciation

     3,529       (655 )(d)     2,874  

General and administrative

     69       1,030 (c)     1,099  
    


 


 


       6,141       986       7,127  
    


 


 


Operating earnings

     7,837       (986 )     6,851  

Other expenses (earnings):

                        

Interest

     4,776       (4,776 )(a)     —    

Amortization with deferred financing fees

     165       (165 )(a)     208  
               208 (b)        

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps

     (8,461 )     8,461 (a)     —    

Other

     (10 )     —         (10 )
    


 


 


       (3,530 )     3,728       198  
    


 


 


Net earnings

   $ 11,367     $ (4,714 )   $ 6,653  
    


 


 


Earnings per share

                   $ 0.19  
                    


Weighted average number of shares outstanding

                     35,715  
                    


 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Tabular dollar amounts in thousands)

 

1. Basis of Presentation.

 

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet assumes the following transactions occurred on March 31, 2005:

 

    The issuance of 28,570,000 common shares to the public at an assumed initial public offering price equal to $21.00 per share, resulting in aggregate gross proceeds of $600.0 million, less the payment of estimated underwriting discounts, the structuring fee and the formation and offering related costs, aggregating $43.5 million;

 

    The issuance of 7,145,000 subordinated shares at an assumed price equal to $21.00 per share, resulting in aggregate proceeds of $150.0 million;

 

    The use of $7.5 million of the net proceeds from the offering to pay deferred financing costs associated with our credit facility;

 

    The use of $0.5 million of the net proceeds from the offering to repay SCLL for certain pre-offering expenses; and

 

    The use of $664.7 million of the net proceeds from the sale of the common and subordinated shares to purchase the ten vessels in our initial fleet from our Predecessor. The purchase price of our initial fleet will be equal to:

 

    the net proceeds from the sale of 28,570,000 common shares in this offering, plus

 

    the proceeds from our concurrent sale of 7,145,000 subordinated shares, less

 

    a specified cash balance of $33.8 million to be used for working capital, less

 

    $7.5 million to pay deferred financing costs for our credit facility, less

 

    $0.5 million to repay SCLL for certain pre-offering expenses, less

 

    $6.0 million to pay formation and offering related expenses.

 

The unaudited pro forma statements of operations assume the transactions set forth above occurred on January 1, 2004.

 

2. Pro Forma Balance Sheet Adjustments and Assumptions:

 

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet gives pro forma effect to the following transactions and assumptions as if they had occurred on March 31, 2005:

 

(a) Completion of this offering:

 

The issuance of 28,570,000 common shares to the public at an assumed initial public offering price equal to $21.00 per share, resulting in aggregate gross proceeds of $600.0 million, less the payment of the estimated underwriting discounts, the structuring fee and the formation and offering related costs, aggregating $43.5 million. The pro forma balance sheet does not give effect to the issuance of any shares pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase up to 4,285,500 common shares to cover over-allotments.

 

The issuance of 7,145,000 subordinated shares at an assumed price equal to $21.00 per share, resulting in aggregate proceeds of $150.0 million.

 

(b) Acquisition of our initial fleet:

 

We will enter into an acquisition agreement with each of the legal entities that comprise the Predecessor, pursuant to terms of which we will acquire the initial fleet.

 

The total purchase price for our initial fleet is $664.7 million, computed as set forth in Note 1 above, which will be payable in cash on closing. Closing will occur upon completion of this offering or soon thereafter.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in thousands)

 

As we were formed by SCLL to succeed to its business upon completion of the offering, the initial fleet must be recorded at the historical carrying value to the Predecessor. As a result, the excess of the purchase price of the initial fleet over the historical carrying value will be recorded as a charge to shareholders’ equity. The following table summarizes the reduction to the initial fleet’s purchase price and the charge to shareholders’ equity:

 

Purchase price of our initial fleet paid in cash

   $ 664,705  

Vessels at historical carrying value

     (467,126 )
    


Charge to shareholders’ equity

   $ 197,579  
    


 

(c) Net cash received:

 

The following table summarizes the sources and use of funds in connection with the issuance of shares, the purchase of our initial fleet and the other transactions set forth above:

 

Issuance of 28,570,000 common shares

   $ 599,970  

Issuance of 7,145,000 subordinated shares

     150,045  

Estimated fees and expenses in connection with issuance of the common shares

     (43,498 )

Purchase price of our initial fleet paid in cash

     (664,705 )
    


Net cash received

   $ 41,812  
    


 

(d) Assets and liabilities that we will not acquire or assume on acquisition:

 

We are only acquiring the vessels from the Predecessor. All other assets and liabilities, including guarantees and interest rate swap agreements, will remain with the Predecessor and do not form part of our pro forma assets and liabilities.

 

(e) Costs associated with our credit facility:

 

The use of $7.5 million of the net proceeds from the offering to pay costs associated with our credit facility.

 

(f) Repayment of SCLL loan:

 

The use of $0.5 million of the net proceeds from the offering to repay SCLL for certain pre-offering expenses.

 

3. Pro Forma Statements of Operations Adjustments and Assumptions:

 

The unaudited pro forma statements of operations give pro forma effect to the transactions and assumptions described in note 2 as if they had occurred on January 1, 2004:

 

  (a)   As we are acquiring the vessels from the Predecessor using the proceeds of this Offering, we would not have had interest bearing debt, or related interest rate swap agreements, outstanding during the periods presented. This adjustment eliminates the effect of our Predecessor’s financing structure.

 

  (b)   To reflect the amortization of the direct costs of $7.5 million incurred on entering into our credit facility over the nine year term of the facility.

 

  (c)   We will enter into a management agreement pursuant to which our Manager will provide us with technical services on a daily fixed fee per vessel basis and administrative and strategic services on primarily a direct costs reimbursement basis. This adjustment reflects such fixed fees plus our best estimate of the additional reimbursable costs we will incur for the periods presented as a result of our new organizational structure and becoming a public company. The Company has estimated this amount based on the internal budgeting process of the Manager and discussions with certain advisors.

 

  (d)   To reflect an adjustment to our Predecessor’s depreciation expense to reflect our policy of recognizing depreciation expense over our estimated useful life of the vessels of 30 years.

 

F-24


Table of Contents


 

 

 

 

28,570,000 Common Shares

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Seaspan Corporation

 

 

 

 


 

P R O S P E C T U S

 

                    , 2005

 


 

 

 

 

Citigroup    Merrill Lynch & Co.

 


 

Lehman Brothers    UBS Investment Bank

 


 

Fortis Securities LLC   Legg Mason Wood Walker   Wachovia Securities
                           Incorporated    
DnB NOR Markets   Dahlman Rose & Company

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2005.

 

 

 

 




Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Our bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs) to our directors and offices and carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities.

 

Section 60 of the Associations Law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands provides as follows:

 

Indemnification of directors and officers.

 

(1) Actions not by or in right of the corporation . A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no contest, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the bests interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

(2) Actions by or in right of the corporation . A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

 

(3) When director or officer successful . To the extent that a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (1) or (2) of this section, or in the defense of a claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

 

(4) Payment of expenses in advance . Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

(5) Indemnification pursuant to other rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholder or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

(6) Continuation of indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

(7) Insurance . A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in such capacity whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this section.

 

Item 7. Recent Resales of Unregistered Securities.

 

Concurrently with this offering, in a private sale exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2), we will sell all of our subordinated shares at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price of our common shares to Dennis Washington, The Kevin Lee Washington Trust II, Gerry Wang, and Tiger Container Shipping Company Limited.

 

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number


  

Description


1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Seaspan Corporation
3.2    Bylaws of Seaspan Corporation
4.1    Specimen of Share Certificate of Seaspan Corporation
5.1    Opinion of Dennis J. Reeder, Reeder & Simpson, P.C., Marshall Islands Counsel to Seaspan Corporation, as to the validity of the common shares being issued
8.1    Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., United States Counsel to Seaspan Corporation, with respect to certain tax matters
8.2    Opinion of Dennis J. Reeder, Reeder & Simpson, P.C., Marshall Islands Counsel to Seaspan Corporation, with respect to certain tax matters
8.3    Opinion of Bull, Housser & Tupper LLP, Canadian Counsel to Seaspan Corporation, with respect to certain tax matters
10.1    Registration Rights Agreement
10.2    Management Agreement between Seaspan Corporation, Seaspan Management Services Limited, Seaspan Advisory Services Limited, Seaspan Ship Management Ltd. and Seaspan Crew Management Ltd.
10.3    Employment Agreement between Gerry Wang and Seaspan Ship Management Ltd.
10.4    Employment Agreement between Graham Porter and Seaspan Advisory Services Limited

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description


10.5*    Credit Agreement between Seaspan Corporation and Arranged by Citigroup Global Markets Limited and Fortis Capital, with Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Landesbank Hessen-Thuringen, DnbNor ASA, Fortis Capital Corp. as Mandated Lead Arrangers with Fortis Capital Corp. as Facility Agent
10.6    Subscription Agreement between Seaspan Corporation and Dennis Washington, The Kevin Lee Washington Trust II, Gerry Wang, and Tiger Container Shipping Company Limited
10.7    Form of Shareholders Rights Agreement
10.8    Omnibus Agreement by and among Seaspan Corporation, Seaspan Management Services Limited, Seaspan Ship Management Ltd., Seaspan Advisory Services Limited, Norsk Pacific Steamship Company Limited and Seaspan International Ltd.
10.9*    Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Seaspan Corporation and the VesselCos
10.10    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Seaspan Corporation and each of Kyle Washington, Gerry Wang and Kevin M. Kennedy
10.11    Agreement between Seaspan Corporation and Relational Advisors LLC
21.1    Subsidiaries of Seaspan Corporation
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP
23.2    Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 8.1)
23.4    Consent of Dennis J. Reeder, Reeder & Simpson, P.C., Marshall Islands Counsel to Seaspan Corporation (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.2)
23.5    Consent of Bull, Housser & Tupper LLP, Canadian Counsel to Seaspan Corporation (included in Exhibit 8.3)
23.6    Consent of Clarkson Research Services Limited
23.7    Consent of David Korbin, Nominee for Director
23.8    Consent of Peter Lorange, Nominee for Director
23.9    Consent of Peter S. Shaerf, Nominee for Director
23.10    Consent of Milton K. Wong, Nominee for Director

* To be filed by amendment

 

Item 9. Undertakings.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1) To provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, shares certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(2) That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) under the Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(3) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(4) That insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-l and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada on July 21, 2005.

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/    G ERRY W ANG        


Name:   Gerry Wang
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/s/    K YLE W ASHINGTON        


Kyle Washington

  

Chairman of the Board

  July 21, 2005

/s/    G ERRY W ANG        


Gerry Wang

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  July 21, 2005

/s/    K EVIN M. K ENNEDY        


Kevin M. Kennedy

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  July 21, 2005

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Authorized Representative

 

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly undersigned representative in the United States of, has signed this registration statement in the City of Newark, State of Delaware, on July 21, 2005.

 

PUGLISI & ASSOCIATES

By:

 

/s/    D ONALD J. P UGLISI        


Name:   Donald J. Puglisi
    Authorized Representative in the United States

 

II-6

Exhibit 1.1

 

Seaspan Corporation

 

28,570,000 Shares

Plus an option to purchase from the Company up to

4,285,500 additional Shares to cover over-allotments

 

Common Shares

($.01 par value)

 

Underwriting Agreement

 

New York, New York

[            ], 2005

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

As Representatives of the several Underwriters,

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Seaspan Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ Company ”), proposes to sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Underwriters ”), for whom you (the “ Representatives ”) are acting as representatives, 28,570,000 Common Shares, $.01 par value (“ Common Shares ”) of the Company (said shares to be issued and sold by the Company being hereinafter called the “ Underwritten Securities ”). The Company also proposes to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to 4,285,500 additional Common Shares to cover over-allotments (the “ Option Securities ”; the Option Securities, together with the Underwritten Securities, being hereinafter called the “ Securities ”). To the extent there are no additional Underwriters listed on Schedule I other than you, the term Representatives as used herein shall mean you, as Underwriters, and the terms Representatives and Underwriters shall mean either the singular or plural as the context requires. Certain terms used herein are defined in Section 20 hereof.

 

As part of the offering contemplated by this Agreement, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. has agreed to reserve out of the Underwritten Securities set forth opposite its name on the Schedule I to this Agreement, up to 1,999,900 Common Shares, for sale to the Company’s employees, officers, and directors and other parties associated with the Company (collectively, “ Participants ”), as set forth in the Prospectus under the heading “Underwriting” (the “ Directed Share Program ”). The Securities to be sold by Citigroup

 


Global Markets Inc. pursuant to the Directed Share Program (the “ Directed Shares ”) will be sold by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. pursuant to this Agreement at the public offering price. Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participants by 8:00 A.M. New York City time on the business day following the date on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. as set forth in the Prospectus.

 

1. Representations and Warranties . Each of the Company and Seaspan Management Services Limited (the “ Manager ”) represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter as set forth below in this Section 1.

 

(a) Registration . The Company has prepared and filed with the Commission a registration statement (file number [            ]) on Form F-1, including a related preliminary prospectus, for registration under the Act of the offering and sale of the Securities. The Company may have filed one or more amendments thereto, including a related preliminary prospectus, each of which has previously been furnished to you. The Company will next file with the Commission one of the following: either (1) prior to the Effective Date of such registration statement, a further amendment to such registration statement (including the form of final prospectus) or (2) after the Effective Date of such registration statement, a final prospectus in accordance with Rules 430A and 424(b). In the case of clause (2), the Company has included in such registration statement, as amended at the Effective Date, all information (other than Rule 430A Information) required by the Act and the rules thereunder to be included in such registration statement and the Prospectus. As filed, such amendment and form of final prospectus, or such final prospectus, shall contain all Rule 430A Information, together with all other such required information, and, except to the extent the Representatives shall agree in writing to a modification, shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to you prior to the Execution Time or, to the extent not completed at the Execution Time, shall contain only such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the latest Preliminary Prospectus) as the Company has advised you, prior to the Execution Time, will be included or made therein.

 

It is understood that the form of prospectus to be used in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities shall have a Canadian “wrap-around” for purposes of distribution to Canadian Persons.

 

(b) No Material Misstatements or Omissions . On the Effective Date, the Registration Statement did or will, and when the Prospectus is first filed (if required) in accordance with Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date (as defined herein) and on any date on which Option Securities are purchased, if such date is not the Closing Date (a “ settlement date ”), the Prospectus (and any supplements thereto) will, comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and the rules thereunder; on the Effective Date and at the Execution Time, the Registration Statement did not or will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or

 

2


necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and, on the Effective Date, the Prospectus, if not filed pursuant to Rule 424(b), will not, and on the date of any filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date and any settlement date, the Prospectus (together with any supplement thereto) will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Company makes no representations or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement, or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto).

 

(c) Formation and Qualification of the Company . The Company has been duly incorporated and is an existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, with full corporate power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and conduct its business in all material respects as described in the Prospectus; and the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except (i) that the Company may not be registered as an overseas company in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region until such time as the Company acquires vessels under the Asset Purchase Agreement, as hereinafter defined and (ii) where the failure so to register or qualify would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. “Material Adverse Effect,” as used throughout this Agreement, means a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, earnings, business, properties or assets or prospects of the Company, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(d) No Subsidiaries . The Company does not own, and at the Closing Date, will not own, directly or indirectly, any equity or long-term debt securities of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association or other entity.

 

(e) No Restrictions. There are no restrictions on subsequent transfers of the Securities under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

 

(f) Capitalization . The Company’s authorized equity capitalization is as set forth in the Prospectus; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus; the outstanding Common Shares have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable; the Securities have been duly and validly authorized, and, when issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, and the Subordinated Shares, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Subscription Agreement (as defined

 

3


herein), will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectus and will be fully paid and nonassessable; the Securities are duly listed, and admitted and authorized for trading, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, on the New York Stock Exchange; the certificates for the Securities are in valid and sufficient form; the holders of outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are not entitled to preemptive or other rights to subscribe for the Securities; and, except as set forth in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), no options, warrants or other rights to purchase, agreements or other obligations to issue, or rights to convert any obligations into or exchange any securities for, shares of capital stock of or ownership interests in the Company are outstanding.

 

(g) Contracts to be Described or Filed . To the best of the Company’s knowledge, there is no franchise, agreement, contract, indenture or other document or instrument of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or to be filed as an exhibit thereto, which is not described or filed as required.

 

(h) Authorization of this Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by each of the Company and the Manager.

 

(i) Investment Company . The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not be an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(j) No Consents . No consent, approval, authorization, filing with or order (“ Consent ”) of any court or governmental agency or body in the United States, the Republic of the Marshall Islands or any other foreign jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the International Maritime Organization (the “ IMO ”), is required in connection with the transactions contemplated herein, except (i) such as have been obtained under the Act; (ii) such as may be required under the securities laws of Canada or the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters in the manner contemplated herein and in the Prospectus; (iii) such Consents that have been, or prior to the Closing Date will be, obtained; (iv) such Consents that, if not obtained, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially impair the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Operative Agreements (as defined herein); and (v) such filings that are required to be made with the Hong Kong Ship’s Registry in connection with the change in ownership of the vessels set forth on Schedule II to this Agreement (the “ Vessels ”).

 

(k) No Defaults . The Company is not (i) in violation of any provision of its charter or bylaws, or similar organizational documents; (ii) in violation or in default under (and no event that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would

 

4


constitute such a default has occurred or is continuing under) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or bound or to which its property is subject; or (iii) in violation of any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority including, without limitation, the IMO, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties, as applicable, which default or violation, in the case of clause (ii) or (iii), would, if continued, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or materially impair the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Operative Agreements (as defined herein). To the knowledge of the Company and the Manager, no third party to any indenture, contract, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which any of the Company or the Manager is a party or by which any of them is bound or to which any of their properties are subject, is in default under any such agreement, which breach, default or violation would, if continued, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(l) No Conflicts . Neither the issue and sale of the Securities nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein contemplated nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof will (i) conflict with, or result in a violation of, the charter or by-laws of the Company, (ii) conflict with, or result in a breach or violation of, the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company is a party or bound or to which its property is subject; (iii) violate any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority, including the IMO, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties; or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company, which conflicts, breaches, violations, defaults or liens, in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv), would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(m) No Registration Rights . No holders of securities of the Company have rights to the registration of such securities under the Registration Statement.

 

(n) Financial Statements . The combined historical financial statements and schedules included in the Prospectus and the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the entities purported to be shown thereby on the basis stated therein as of the dates and for the periods indicated, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise noted therein). The selected financial data set forth under the caption “Selected Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data” in the Prospectus and

 

5


Registration Statement fairly present, on the basis stated in the Prospectus and the Registration Statement, the information included therein. The pro forma financial statements included in the Prospectus and the Registration Statement include assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions and events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma adjustments reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the historical financial statement amounts in the pro forma financial statements included in the Prospectus and the Registration Statement. The pro forma financial statements included in the Prospectus and the Registration Statement comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of Regulation S-X under the Act. The forward-looking statements contained under the captions “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the Prospectus reflect the Company’s good faith beliefs and/or estimates with respect to the matters described in such statements and are based upon (A) the Company’s analysis of such factors as it deemed relevant to such statements and (B) such assumptions as the Company deemed reasonable with respect to such statements.

 

(o) Forecast . The financial forecast of consolidated results of operations and cash flows of the Company for the six months ending December 31, 2005 and the years ending December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and the notes thereto contained under the caption “Financial Forecast and Cash Available for Dividends” in the Prospectus were made with a reasonable basis in good faith. All significant assumptions used in the preparation of such financial forecast are accurately disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and such assumptions are, in the opinion of management of the Company, reasonable. The calculation of available cash from operating surplus was derived from such financial forecast on a basis consistent with the terms of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company.

 

(p) Litigation . No action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body, including the IMO, or any arbitrator involving the Company or its property is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened that (i) would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the performance of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or (ii) would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(q) Properties . As of the date set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company will own or lease all such properties as are necessary to the conduct of its operations as described in the Prospectus.

 

(r) Independent Accountants . KPMG LLP, who have audited certain financial statements and delivered their report with respect to the audited predecessor combined financial statements and schedules included in the

 

6


Prospectus, were and are the independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder.

 

(s) Transfer Taxes . There are no documentary, stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties or similar fees or charges under U.S. Federal law or the laws of any U.S. state, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, Canada or Hong Kong, or any political subdivision of any thereof, required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the issuance by the Company of the Securities, or the sale and delivery by the Company of the Securities to or for the respective accounts of the Underwriters or the sale and delivery by the Underwriters of the Securities to the initial purchasers thereof.

 

(t) Tax Returns . The Company has filed all foreign, United States federal, state and local tax returns that are required to be filed or has requested extensions thereof (except in any case in which the failure so to file would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto)) and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith and as to which the Company has set aside adequate reserves in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(u) No Labor Dispute . No labor problem or dispute with the employees of the Company, the Manager, Seaspan Ship Management Ltd. (the “ Ship Manager ”), Seaspan Crew Management Ltd. or Seaspan Advisory Services Limited (the “ Advisor ”) exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened or imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or the Manager’s principal suppliers, contractors or customers, that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(v) Insurance . The Company is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are reasonably adequate and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged; all policies of insurance and fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company or its businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect; the Company is in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; and there are no claims by the Company under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company or other institution is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; the Company has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing

 

7


insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(w) Permits . The Company possesses, or at the Closing Date will possess, all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations (“ Permits ”) issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct its businesses in the manner described in the Prospectus, subject to such qualifications as may be set forth in the Prospectus and except for such Permits, that if not obtained, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(x) Books and Records . Each of the Company and the Manager maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Based on the evaluation of its internal controls over financial reporting, the Company is not aware of (A) any significant deficiency or material weakness in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting that are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information or (B) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

(y) Market Stabilization . The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

(z) Environmental Compliance . The Company is (i) in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those of the IMO, relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) has received and is in compliance with all permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable

 

8


Environmental Laws to conduct its businesses and (iii) has not received notice of any actual or potential liability under any environmental law, except where such non-compliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals, or liability would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto). Except as set forth in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), the Company has not been named as a “potentially responsible party” under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

 

(aa) Effect of Environmental Laws . The Company has reviewed the effect of Environmental Laws on the business, operations and properties of the Company. On the basis of such review, the Company has reasonably concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(bb) Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 . The Company and its directors and officers are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”) that are effective and applicable to the Company and its directors and officers.

 

(cc) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ FCPA ”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

(dd) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency,

 

9


authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(ee) OFAC . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(ff) Intellectual Property . As of the Closing Date, the Company will own, possess, license or have other rights to use, on reasonable terms, all patents, patent applications, trade and service marks, trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets, technology, know-how and other intellectual property (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property ”) necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business as now conducted, except where the failure to possess such rights would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and has no reason to believe that the conduct of its businesses will conflict with, and has not received any notice of any claim of conflict with, any such rights of others.

 

(gg) Immunity. Neither the Company nor any of its properties or assets has any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution or otherwise) under the laws of the United States, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, [            ] or any political subdivisions thereof.

 

(hh) Directed Shares . (i) The Registration Statement, the Prospectus, each Preliminary Prospectus, and any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus with a Canadian “wrap-around,” are exempt from or comply, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will be exempt from or will comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus or each Preliminary Prospectus, and any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus with a Canadian “wrap-around,” as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program, (ii) any offer of Directed Shares will comply with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which such offer is made in connection with the Directed Share Program and (iii) no authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration or qualification of or with any government, governmental instrumentality or court, other than those obtained, is required under the securities laws and regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Directed Shares are offered outside the United States. The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, Directed Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program (a) to any person in a foreign jurisdiction or whose receipt of any such Directed Shares

 

10


would be subject to taxes or regulations of a foreign jurisdiction or (b) with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

 

(ii) Enforceability of Operative Agreements . Each of (i) the agreement (the “ Asset Purchase Agreement ”) by which the Company has agreed to purchase from the vendors listed therein (the “ VesselCos ”) the 10 containerships delivered to the relevant vessel company subsidiaries of Seaspan Container Lines Limited (“ Seaspan Container ”) prior to the date of this Agreement (the “ Initial Fleet ”) and the 13 containerships not delivered prior to the date of this Agreement, (ii) the Management Agreement among the Company, the Manager, the Advisor, the Ship Manager and Seaspan Crew Management Ltd., (iii) the Omnibus Agreement among the Company, the Manager, the Ship Manager, the Advisor, Norsk Pacific Steamship Company Limited, and Seaspan International Ltd. (“ Seaspan International ”), (iv) the Credit Facility Agreement among, inter alia, the Company, Citigroup Global Markets Limited and Fortis Capital Corp. (the “ Credit Facility ”), (v) the Subscription Agreement (the “ Subscription Agreement ”) among the Company, on the one hand, and Dennis Washington, the Kevin Lee Washington Trust II, Gerry Wang and Tiger Container Shipping Company Limited (collectively, the “ Subordinated Shareholders ”), on the other hand, pursuant to which the parties thereto will acquire all of the subordinated shares (the “ Subordinated Shares ”), par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, (vi) the Trade-Mark License Agreement between Seaspan International and the Company (the “ License Agreement ”) and (vii) the Letter of Comfort from Seaspan Container to the Company (the “ Letter of Comfort ” and collectively, the “ Operative Agreements ”) has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by the Company and its affiliates and is a valid and binding agreement of each such party enforceable against each such party in accordance with its terms, subject to (A) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (B) public policy, applicable law relating to fiduciary duties and indemnification and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

 

(jj) Passive Foreign Investment Company . The Company does not believe that it is a Passive Foreign Investment Company (“ PFIC ”) within the meaning of Section 1296 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Company does not believe it is likely to become a PFIC.

 

(kk) No capital gains, income, withholding or other taxes are payable by or on behalf of the Underwriters to the Republic of the Marshall Islands or Canada, or to any political subdivision or taxing authority of either thereof or therein in connection with the sale and delivery by the Company of the Securities

 

11


to or for the respective accounts of the Underwriters or the sale and delivery by the Underwriters of the Securities to the initial purchasers thereof.

 

(ll) Dividends and Distributions. All dividends and other distributions declared and payable on the shares of capital stock of the Company may, under the current laws and regulations of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and Canada and any political subdivisions of any thereof, be paid in United States dollars and may be freely transferred out of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and Canada, and all such dividends and other distributions will not be subject to withholding or other taxes under the laws and regulations of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and Canada and are otherwise free and clear of any other tax, withholding or deduction and without the necessity of obtaining any consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, licenses, registrations, clearances and qualifications of or with any court or governmental agency or body in the Republic of the Marshall Islands and Canada.

 

(mm) Vessel Registration . Upon the closing of the transactions set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement, each of the vessels listed on Schedule II hereto will be duly registered as a vessel in the sole ownership of the Company; on such date, the Company will have good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all liens, claims, charges, debts or encumbrances and defects of the title of record; and each such vessel will be in good standing with respect to the payment of past and current taxes, fees and other amounts payable under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands as would affect its registry with the Marshall Islands Ship Registry except such liens, claims, charges, debts or encumbrances, defects of the title of record, failure to pay such taxes, fees and other amounts (i) as described, and subject to the limitations contained, in the Prospectus, (ii) those liens contemplated by the Credit Facility or (iii) as do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of any such vessel and do not materially interfere with the use of any such vessel, as it has been used in the past and is proposed to be used in the future, as described in the Prospectus (the liens described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above being “ Permitted Liens ”).

 

(nn) No Material Adverse Change . Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus and other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Prospectus, (i) the Company has not sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, investigation, order or decree, (ii) there has not been any material change in the capitalization or material increase in the short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company or any material adverse change, or any development involving or which could reasonably be expected to involve, individually or in the aggregate, a prospective material adverse change in or affecting the general affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or assets or prospects of the Company, and (iii) the Company has not incurred any liability or obligation, direct, indirect or contingent, or entered into any transactions, whether or not in the ordinary course

 

12


of business, that, individually or in the aggregate, is material to the Company, or otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(oo) Prohibition on Dividends . Except as set forth in the Prospectus, the Company is not prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends, from making any other distribution, from repaying any loans or advances or from transferring any of its property or assets.

 

(pp) Statistical and Market Data . The statistical and market-related data included in the Prospectus and the Registration Statement are based on or derived from sources which the Company and the Manager believe to be reliable and accurate.

 

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company, as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.

 

2. Purchase and Sale. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of $[ ] per share, the number of the Underwritten Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule I hereto.

 

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to 4,285,500 Option Securities at the same purchase price per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Underwritten Securities. Said option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale of the Underwritten Securities by the Underwriters. Said option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time on or before the 30th day after the date of the Prospectus upon written or telegraphic notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the option and the settlement date. The number of Option Securities to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of Option Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing of the Underwritten Securities, subject to such adjustments as you in your absolute discretion shall make to eliminate any fractional shares.

 

3. Delivery and Payment. Delivery of and payment for the Underwritten Securities and the Option Securities (if the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof shall have been exercised on or before the third Business Day prior to the Closing Date) shall be made at the offices of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York at 10:00 AM, New York City time, on [            ], 2005, or at such time on such later date not more than three Business Days after the foregoing date as the Representatives shall

 

13


designate, which date and time may be postponed by agreement between the Representatives and the Company or as provided in Section 9 hereof (such date and time of delivery and payment for the Securities being herein called the “ Closing Date ”). Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to an account specified by the Company. Delivery of the Underwritten Securities and the Option Securities shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

 

If the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof is exercised after the third Business Day prior to the Closing Date, the Company will deliver the Option Securities (at the expense of the Company) to the Representatives, at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York, on the date specified by the Representatives (which shall be within three Business Days after exercise of said option) for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to an account specified by the Company (each such date and time of delivery and payment for the Option Securities being herein called the “ Option Closing Date ”). Delivery of the Option Securities shall be made through the facilities of DTC unless Citigroup Global Markets Inc. shall otherwise instruct. If settlement for the Option Securities occurs after the Closing Date, the Company will deliver to the Representatives on the Option Closing Date, and the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase the Option Securities shall be conditioned upon receipt of, supplemental opinions, certificates and letters confirming as of such date the opinions, certificates and letters delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

 

4. Offering by Underwriters. It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Securities for sale to the public as set forth in the Prospectus.

 

5. Agreements. The Company agrees with the several Underwriters that:

 

(a) Preparation of Prospectus and Registration Statement . The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement, if not effective at the Execution Time, and any amendment thereof, to become effective. Prior to the termination of the offering of the Securities, the Company will not file any amendment of the Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement unless the Company has furnished you a copy for your review prior to filing and will not file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object. Subject to the foregoing sentence, if the Registration Statement has become or becomes effective pursuant to Rule 430A, or filing of the Prospectus is otherwise required under Rule 424(b), the Company will cause the Prospectus, properly completed, and any supplement thereto to be filed in a form approved by the Representatives with the Commission pursuant to the applicable paragraph of Rule 424(b) within the time

 

14


period prescribed and will provide evidence satisfactory to the Representatives of such timely filing. The Company will promptly advise the Representatives (1) when the Registration Statement, if not effective at the Execution Time, shall have become effective, (2) when the Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, shall have been filed (if required) with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or when any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have been filed with the Commission, (3) when, prior to termination of the offering of the Securities, any amendment to the Registration Statement shall have been filed or become effective, (4) of any request by the Commission or its staff for any amendment of the Registration Statement, or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, or for any supplement to the Prospectus or for any additional information, (5) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose and (6) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose. The Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order or the suspension of any such qualification and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

 

(b) Filing of Amendment or Supplement . If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus as then supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, or if it shall be necessary to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act or the rules thereunder, the Company promptly will (1) notify the Representatives of any such event, (2) prepare and file with the Commission, subject to the second sentence of paragraph (a) of this Section 5, an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and (3) supply any supplemented Prospectus to you in such quantities as you may reasonably request.

 

(c) Reports to Shareholders . As soon as practicable, the Company will make generally available to its security holders and to the Representatives an earnings statement or statements of the Company and its subsidiaries which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 under the Act.

 

(d) Signed Copies of the Registration Statement . The Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and to each other Underwriter a copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and, so long as delivery of a prospectus by an Underwriter or dealer may be required by the Act, as many copies of each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any supplement thereto as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

15


(e) Qualification of Securities . The Company will arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably designate and will maintain such qualifications in effect so long as reasonably required for the distribution of the Securities; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the offering or sale of the Securities, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject.

 

(f) Lock-up Period; Lock-up Letters . The Company will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Company or any affiliate of the Company or any person in privity with the Company or any affiliate of the Company) directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any other Common Shares or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, Common Shares; or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, for a period of 180 days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement, provided , however, that (i) the Company may issue and sell Common Shares pursuant to any employee stock option plan, stock ownership plan or dividend reinvestment plan of the Company in effect at the Execution Time and described in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto); (ii) the Company may issue Common Shares issuable upon the conversion of securities or the exercise of warrants outstanding at the Execution Time; and (iii) the Company may sell the Subordinated Shares as described in the Prospectus.

 

(g) Compliance with Laws. The Company will comply with all applicable securities and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and to use its best efforts to cause the Company’s directors and officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with such laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

(h) Price Manipulation . The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

16


(i) Expenses . The Company agrees to pay the costs and expenses relating to the following matters: (i) the preparation, printing or reproduction and filing with the Commission of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits thereto), each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus with a Canadian “wrap-around” and each amendment or supplement to any of them; (ii) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for counting and packaging) of such copies of the Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus with a Canadian “wrap-around” and all amendments or supplements to any of them, as may, in each case, be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities; (iii) the preparation, printing, authentication, issuance and delivery of certificates for the Securities, including any stamp or transfer taxes in connection with the original issuance and sale of the Securities; (iv) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery of this Agreement, any blue sky memorandum and all other agreements or documents printed (or reproduced) and delivered in connection with the offering of the Securities; (v) the registration of the Securities under the Exchange Act and the listing of the Securities on the New York Stock Exchange; (vi) any registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the several states (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters relating to such registration and qualification); (vii) any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters relating to such filings); (viii) the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on behalf of Company representatives in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities; (ix) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants and the fees and expenses of counsel (including local and special counsel) for the Company; and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this subsection (i), subsection (j) and Sections 7 and 8 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, transfer taxes payable on the resale of any of the Securities by them, the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on their behalf in connection with presentations by Company representatives to prospective purchasers of Securities and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make. The Company will pay the costs of any aircraft chartered in connection with the presentations by Company representatives to prospective purchasers of Securities. On behalf of the Company, the Underwriters will pay an advisory fee equal to ten percent of the six percent underwriting spread to Relational Advisors LLC in connection with certain advisory services they have provided to the Company in connection with the offering.

 

(j) Directed Shares . The Company agrees to pay all fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. in connection with the Directed Share Program. Furthermore, the Company covenants with

 

17


Citigroup Global Markets Inc. that the Company will comply with all applicable securities and other applicable laws, rules and regulations in each foreign jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

 

(k) The Company will consummate the transactions contemplated in the Asset Purchase Agreement, with regard to the Initial Fleet, in accordance with the terms of that agreement.

 

(l) Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(m) Rule 463 . The Company will file with the Commission such information in Form 20-F as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act.

 

6. Conditions to the Obligations of the Underwriters. The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Underwritten Securities and the Option Securities, as the case may be, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company contained herein as of the Execution Time, the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

 

(a) If the Registration Statement has not become effective prior to the Execution Time, unless the Representatives agree in writing to a later time, the Registration Statement will become effective not later than (i) 6:00 PM New York City time on the date of determination of the public offering price, if such determination occurred at or prior to 3:00 PM New York City time on such date or (ii) 9:30 AM on the Business Day following the day on which the public offering price was determined, if such determination occurred after 3:00 PM New York City time on such date; if filing of the Prospectus, or any supplement thereto, is required pursuant to Rule 424(b), the Prospectus, and any such supplement, will be filed in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b); and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or threatened.

 

(b) The Company shall have requested and caused Vinson & Elkins LLP, United States counsel for the Company, to have furnished to the Representatives their opinion, dated the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as applicable, and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

(i) NYSE Listing . The Securities are duly listed, and admitted and authorized for trading, subject to official notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange;

 

18


(ii) Effectiveness of Registration Statement . The Registration Statement has become effective under the Act; any required filing of the Prospectus, and any supplements thereto, pursuant to Rule 424(b) has been made in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b); to the knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued, no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or threatened; and the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (other than the financial statements and other financial and statistical information contained therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and the rules thereunder;

 

(iii) Description in Registration Statement . The statements included in the Prospectus under the headings “Risk Factors”, “Dividend Policy”, “Business”, “Description of Capital Stock” and “United States Tax Considerations”, insofar as such statements summarize legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings discussed therein, are accurate and fair summaries of such legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings and the description of the statutes and regulations set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus under the captions “Business—Environmental and Other Regulations—United States” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” accurately and fairly describe in all material respects the portions of the statutes and regulations addressed thereby;

 

(iv) Tax Opinion . The opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. that is filed as Exhibit 8.1 to the Registration Statement is confirmed and the Underwriters may rely upon such opinion as if it were addressed to them;

 

(v) Legal Proceedings and Contracts to be Described or Filed . Insofar as matters of United States Federal law and New York State law are concerned, to such counsel’s knowledge, (i) there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened against the Company or to which the Company is a party or to which any of its properties is subject that are required to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus but are not so described as required and (ii) there are no agreements, contracts, indentures, leases or other documents or instruments that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required;

 

(vi) Investment Company . The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not be, an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

 

19


(vii) No Consents . No Consent of any U.S. Federal or New York court or governmental agency or body is required in connection with the transactions contemplated herein, except such as may be required under the Act and the Exchange Act and such as may be required under the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities in the manner contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus and such other approvals (specified in such opinions) as have been obtained;

 

(viii) No Conflicts . The issue and sale of the Securities will not (i) result in a breach or the imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument identified on the annexed schedule to which the Company is a party or bound or to which its property is subject; or (ii) violate any U.S. Federal or New York statute, law, rule or regulation (other than U.S. Federal securities, state or foreign securities or blue sky or anti-fraud statutes, laws, rules or regulations and the rules and regulations of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.), or any judgment, order or decree to the knowledge of such counsel applicable to the Company of any U.S. Federal or New York court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties; and

 

(ix) No Registration Rights. To the knowledge of such counsel, no holders of securities of the Company have rights to the registration of such securities under the Registration Statement.

 

In addition, such counsel shall state that, in the course of such counsel’s participation, as United States counsel to the Company, in the preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, such counsel has participated in conferences with, among others, representatives of the Underwriters, officers and other representatives of the Company and the independent public accountants for the Company, at which conferences the contents of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus were discussed, and although such counsel has not independently verified, is not passing on, and is not assuming any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (except as set forth in paragraphs (iii) and (iv) above), based on the foregoing, no facts have come to such counsel’s attention that lead such counsel to believe that the Registration Statement (other than (i) the financial statements and related schedules, including the notes thereto and the auditor’s report thereon or (ii) the other financial and statistical data included in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, as to which such counsel need not comment), as of its effective date, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or that the Prospectus (other than (i) the financial statements and related schedules, including the notes thereto and the auditor’s report thereon or (ii) the other

 

20


financial and statistical data included in the Prospectus, as to which such counsel need not comment), as of its issue date or as of the Closing Date, contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may (A) rely in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers and employees of the Company and the Manager and upon information obtained from public officials, (B) assume that all documents submitted to them as originals are authentic, that all copies submitted to them conform to the originals thereof, and that the signatures on all documents examined by them are genuine, and (C) state that their opinion is limited to United States Federal laws and the laws of the State of New York. References to the Prospectus in this paragraph (b) shall also include any supplements thereto at the Closing Date.

 

(c) The Company shall have requested and caused Bull, Housser & Tupper, Canadian counsel for the Company, to have furnished to the Representatives their opinion, dated the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as applicable, and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

(i) Description in Registration Statement . The statements set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus under the captions “Acquisition of Our Contracted Fleet,” “Business—Time Charters,” “Our Manager and Management Related Agreements,” and “Our Credit Facility,” insofar as they constitute descriptions of agreements, accurately and fairly describe, in all material respects, the portions of the agreements addressed thereby; provided, however, that such counsel need express no opinion with respect to the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the laws of Bermuda, the laws of Cyprus or the laws of England;

 

The description of the statutes and regulations set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus under the captions “Business—Environmental and Other Regulations—Canada” accurately and fairly describe in all material respects the portions of the statutes and regulations addressed thereby;

 

The description in the Prospectus under the caption “Non-United States Tax Consequences—Canadian Federal Income Tax Consequences” accurately and fairly describes the material Canadian federal income tax consequences under the Income Tax Act (Canada) to those holders, described therein, of Common Shares acquired in the offering;

 

(ii) Legal Proceedings . To such counsel’s knowledge, (i) there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened against the Company or to which the Company is a party or to which any of its properties is subject and (ii) there are no material agreements, contracts,

 

21


indentures, leases or other instruments to which the Company is a party that are not described in the Registration Statement;

 

(iii) No Registration Rights . To the knowledge of such counsel, the Company has not granted to any holder of securities of the Company the right to require the Company to register any such securities concurrently with the Registration Statement;

 

(iv) Dividends and Distributions . All dividends and other distributions declared and payable on the shares of capital stock of the Company may under the current laws and regulations of Canada be paid in United States dollars and may be freely transferred out of Canada, and all such dividends and other distributions will not be subject to withholding or other taxes under the laws and regulations of Canada and are otherwise free and clear of any other tax, withholding or deduction and without the necessity of obtaining any consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, licenses, registrations, clearances and qualifications of or with any court or governmental agency or body in Canada;

 

(v) Taxes . No documentary, stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties and no capital gains, income, withholding or other taxes are payable by or on behalf of the Underwriters to Canada or to any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein in connection with the sale and delivery by the Company of the Securities to or for the respective accounts of the Underwriters and delivery by the Underwriters of the Securities to the initial purchasers thereof;

 

(vi) Operative Agreements. The Management Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by the Ship Manager; the Omnibus Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by the Ship Manager and Seaspan International; and the License Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by Seaspan International. Assuming the due authorization, valid execution and delivery thereof by the other applicable parties thereto, each of the Operative Agreements other than the Credit Facility is a valid and binding agreement of each such party and is enforceable against each such party in accordance with its respective terms, subject to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (ii) public policy, applicable law relating to fiduciary duties and indemnification and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

 

In addition, such counsel shall state that, in the course of such counsel’s participation, as Canadian counsel to the Company, in the preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, such counsel has participated in conferences with, among

 

22


others, representatives of the Underwriters, officers and other representatives of the Company and the independent public accountants for the Company, at which conferences the contents of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus were discussed, and although such counsel has not independently verified, is not passing on, and is not assuming any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (except to the extent specified in the foregoing opinion), based on the foregoing, no facts have come to such counsel’s attention that lead such counsel to believe that the Registration Statement (other than (i) the financial statements and related schedules, including the notes thereto and the auditor’s report thereon or (ii) the other financial and statistical data included in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, as to which such counsel need not comment), as of its effective date, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or that the Prospectus (other than (i) the financial statements and related schedules, including the notes thereto and the auditor’s report thereon or (ii) the other financial and statistical data included in the Prospectus, as to which such counsel need not comment), as of its issue date or as of the Closing Date, contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may (A) rely in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers and employees of the Company and the Manager and upon information obtained from public officials, (B) assume that all documents submitted to them as originals are authentic, that all copies submitted to them conform to the originals thereof, and that the signatures on all documents examined by them are genuine, and (C) state that their opinion is limited to the laws of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable thereunder. References to the Prospectus in this paragraph (b) shall also include any supplements thereto at the Closing Date.

 

(d) The Company shall have requested and caused Dennis J. Reeder, Reeder & Simpson, P.C., Marshall Islands counsel for the Company, to have furnished to the Representatives their opinion, dated the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as applicable, and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

(i) Formation of the Company. The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, with full corporate power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and conduct its business in all material respects as described in the Prospectus ;

 

(ii) Capitalization. The Company’s authorized equity capitalization is as set forth in the Prospectus; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus; the outstanding Common Shares have been

 

23


duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable; the Securities have been duly and validly authorized, and, when issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, will be fully paid and nonassessable; the certificates for the Securities are in valid and sufficient form; the holders of outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are not entitled to preemptive or other rights to subscribe for the Securities; and, except as set forth in the Prospectus, no options, warrants or other rights to purchase, agreements or other obligations to issue, or rights to convert any obligations into or exchange any securities for, shares of capital stock of or ownership interests in the Company are outstanding;

 

(iii) Description in Registration Statement . To the knowledge of such counsel, there is no pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or any arbitrator involving the Company or its property of a character required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement which is not adequately disclosed in the Prospectus; and the statements included in the Prospectus under the headings “Dividend Policy,” “Description of Capital Stock” and “Certain Marshall Islands Company Considerations” insofar as such statements constitute a summary of the terms of the capital stock of the Company, Marshall Islands legal matters, documents or proceedings referred to therein, and the statements in the Prospectus under “Non-United States Tax Consequences—Marshall Islands Tax Consequences” and “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” insofar as such statements summarize Marshall Islands tax considerations, legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings, accurately and fairly describe in all material respects such legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings;

 

(iv) Due Authorization and Execution of Registration Statement. Insofar as matters of Marshall Islands law are concerned, the Registration Statement and the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission have been duly authorized by and on behalf of the Company, and the Registration Statement has been duly executed pursuant to such authorization by and on behalf of the Company;

 

(v) Due Execution and Delivery of This Agreement and Operative Agreements. Each of this Agreement and the Operative Agreements has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by the Company;

 

(vi) Permits . To the knowledge of such counsel, no Permits of, or declarations or filings with, any governmental or regulatory authorities and all courts and other tribunals, in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, are required for the Company to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and to carry on its business in the manner described in the Prospectus;

 

24


(vii) No Consents . No Consent under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands is required for the offering, issuance and sale by the Company of the Common Shares, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(viii) No Conflicts . Neither the issue and sale of the Securities, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein contemplated nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to (i) the charter or by-laws of the Company or (ii) any Marshall Islands statute, law, rule, order, regulation of general application to which the Company is subject;

 

(ix) Dividends and Distributions . All dividends and other distributions declared and payable on the shares of capital stock of the Company may under the current laws and regulations of the Republic of the Marshall Islands be paid in United States dollars and may be freely transferred out of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and all such dividends and other distributions will not be subject to withholding or other taxes under the laws and regulations of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and are otherwise free and clear of any other tax, withholding or deduction and without the necessity of obtaining any consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, licenses, registrations, clearances and qualifications of or with any court or governmental agency or body in the Republic of the Marshall Islands;

 

(x) Taxes . No documentary, stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties and no capital gains, income, withholding or other taxes are payable by or on behalf of the Underwriters to the Republic of the Marshall Islands or to any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein in connection with the sale and delivery by the Company of the Securities to or for the respective accounts of the Underwriters or the sale and delivery by the Underwriters of the Securities to the initial purchasers thereof;

 

(xi) Ownership of Vessels . Upon the closing of the transactions set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement, each of the vessels listed on a schedule to such opinion will be duly and validly registered as a vessel in the sole ownership of the Company under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands; the Company will have good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all liens, claims, charges, debts or encumbrances of record, except, in each case, for Permitted Liens; and each such vessel is in good standing with respect to the payment of past and current taxes, fees and other amounts payable under the laws of the Republic of the

 

25


Marshall Islands as would affect its registry with the Republic of the Marshall Islands Ships Registry; and

 

(xii) Choice of Law . The choice of law provision set forth in Section 14 hereof is legal, valid and binding under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and such counsel knows of no reason why the courts of the Republic of the Marshall Islands would not give effect to the choice of New York law as the proper law of the Underwriting Agreement; the Company has the legal capacity to sue and be sued in its own name under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands; the Company has the power to submit, and has irrevocably submitted, to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Courts and has validly and irrevocably appointed Puglisi & Associates as its designee, appointee and authorized agent for the purpose described in Section 15 hereof under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands; the irrevocable submission of the Company to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Courts, and assuming the Company is not regularly engaged in the conduct of activities pursuant to contractual arrangements with the Republic of the Marshall Islands or another sovereign jurisdiction or any division, bureau, office, agency, department or political subdivision thereof, the waivers by the Company of any immunity and any objection to the venue of the proceeding in a New York Court in this Agreement are legal, valid and binding under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and, assuming the foregoing, such counsel knows of no reason why the courts of the Republic of the Marshall Islands would not give effect to the submission and waivers; service of process in the manner set forth in Section 15 of this Agreement, will be effective to confer valid personal jurisdiction over the Company under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands; and provided that:

 

  (a) the judgment was for a sum of money and was final in the jurisdiction;

 

  (b) the court granting the judgment had jurisdiction under the laws of the place where it sat and the judgment did not offend principles of the Republic of the Marshall Islands as to due process, propriety or public order; and

 

  (c) the defendant was actually present in person or by a duly appointed representative and the judgment did not constitute in effect a default judgment;

 

and a final and conclusive judgment against the Company obtained in a New York court arising out of or in relation to the obligations of the Company under the Underwriting Agreement would be enforceable in the courts of the Republic of the Marshall Islands without a retrial on the merits.

 

26


In rendering such opinion, such counsel may (A) rely in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers and employees of the Company and the Manager and upon information obtained from public officials, (B) assume that all documents submitted to them as originals are authentic, that all copies submitted to them conform to the originals thereof, and that the signatures on all documents examined by them are genuine, and (C) state that their opinion is limited to the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. References to the Prospectus in this paragraph 6(d) shall also include any supplements thereto at the Closing Date.

 

(e) The Company shall have requested and caused Conyers Dill & Pearman, Bermuda counsel for the Company, to have furnished to the Representatives their opinion, dated the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as applicable, and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

Operative Agreements . Each of the Management Agreement and the Omnibus Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by each of the Manager and the Advisor.

 

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may (A) rely in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers and employees of the Manager and the Advisor and upon information obtained from public officials, (B) assume that all documents submitted to them as originals are authentic, that all copies submitted to them conform to the originals thereof, and that the signatures on all documents examined by them are genuine, and (C) state that their opinion is limited to the laws of Bermuda.

 

(f) The Company shall have requested and caused [ ], Cypriot counsel for the Company, to have furnished to the Representatives their opinion, dated the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as applicable, and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

Operative Agreements. The Asset Purchase Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by each of the VesselCos and Seaspan Container; and the Letter of Comfort has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by Seaspan Container.

 

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may (A) rely in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers and employees of the VesselCos and Seaspan Container and upon information obtained from public officials, (B) assume that all documents submitted to them as originals are authentic, that all copies submitted to them conform to the originals thereof, and that the signatures on all documents examined by them are genuine, and (C) state that their opinion is limited to the laws of Cyprus.

 

27


(g) The Company shall have requested and caused [ ], Bahamian counsel for the Company, to have furnished to the Representatives their opinion, dated the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as applicable, and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

Operative Agreements . The Management Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by Seaspan Crew Management Ltd.; and the Omnibus Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by Norsk Pacific Steamship Company Limited.

 

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may (A) rely in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers and employees of Seaspan Crew Management Ltd. and Norsk Pacific Steamship Company Limited and upon information obtained from public officials, (B) assume that all documents submitted to them as originals are authentic, that all copies submitted to them conform to the originals thereof, and that the signatures on all documents examined by them are genuine, and (C) state that their opinion is limited to the laws of the Bahamas.

 

(h) The Company shall have requested and caused [ ], English counsel for the Company, to have furnished to the Representatives their opinion, dated the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as applicable, and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

Credit Facility Agreement. Assuming the due authorization, valid execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, the Credit Facility is a valid and binding agreement of the Company and is enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (ii) public policy, applicable law relating to fiduciary duties and indemnification and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

 

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may (A) rely in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers and employees of [            ] and upon information obtained from public officials, (B) assume that all documents submitted to them as originals are authentic, that all copies submitted to them conform to the originals thereof, and that the signatures on all documents examined by them are genuine, and (C) state that their opinion is limited to the laws of England.

 

(i) The Representatives shall have received from Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as applicable, and addressed to the Representatives, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the

 

28


Registration Statement, the Prospectus (together with any supplement thereto) and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 

(j) The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate of the Company, signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President and the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as applicable, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any supplements to the Prospectus and this Agreement and that:

 

(i) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date (or Option Closing Date) with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date (or Option Closing Date) and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date (or Option Closing Date);

 

(ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened; and

 

(iii) since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), there has been no Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(k) The Company shall have requested and caused KPMG LLP to have furnished to the Representatives, at the Execution Time and at the Closing Date, and Option Closing Date, if applicable, letters, dated respectively as of the Execution Time and as of the Closing Date, and Option Closing Date, if applicable, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, confirming that they are the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “ PCAOB ”) and that they have performed a review of the unaudited interim combined financial information of the Company as at March 31, 2005 and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2005, and 2004, in accordance with the PCAOB standards for a review of interim financial information as described in AU 722, Interim Financial Information, and stating in effect that:

 

(i) in their opinion, the audited predecessor combined financial statements included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and reported on by them comply as to form, in all material respects, with the

 

29


applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related rules and regulations adopted by the Commission;

 

(ii) on the basis of a reading of the latest unaudited financial statements made available by the Company; their limited review, in accordance with standards established under PCAOB AU 722, of the unaudited interim combined financial statements for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, and as at March 31, 2005; carrying out certain specified procedures (but not an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) which would not necessarily reveal matters of significance with respect to the comments set forth in such letter; a reading of the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders, directors and any committees of the Company; and inquiries of certain officials of the Company who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters of the Company as to transactions and events subsequent to March 31, 2005, nothing came to their attention which caused them to believe that:

 

(1) any material modifications should be made to said unaudited interim combined financial statements included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles; or said unaudited financial statements do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related rules and regulations adopted by the Commission; and said unaudited financial statements are not in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus;

 

(2) with respect to the period subsequent to March 31, 2005, there were any changes, at a specified date not more than five days prior to the date of the letter, in the capital stock of the Company, increases in long-term debt, decreases in net current assets or the shareholders’ equity, of the Company, as compared with the amounts shown on the March 31, 2005 combined balance sheet included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, or for the period from April 1, 2005 to such specified date there were any decreases, as compared with comparative period in the preceding year, in net revenue or net earnings of the Company, except in all instances for changes or decreases set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus or in such letter, in which case the letter shall be accompanied by an explanation by the Company as to the significance thereof unless said explanation is not deemed necessary by the Representatives; or

 

30


(3) the information included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus in response to Form 20-F, Item 3A (Selected Financial Data) and Regulation S-K, Item 506 (Dilution), is not in conformity with the applicable disclosure requirements of Form F-1 and Form 20-F;

 

(iii) they have completed a review, in accordance with PCAOB standards, for a review of interim financial information, as described in AU 722, as a result of which nothing came to their attention which caused them to believe that any material modification should be made to the dollar amounts disclosed in the Registration Statement and Prospectus under the heading “Selected Quarterly Data” for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(iv) they have performed certain other specified procedures as a result of which they determined that certain information of an accounting, financial or statistical nature (which is limited to accounting, financial or statistical information derived from the general accounting records of the Company and its predecessor) set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus agrees with the financial statements included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the accounting records of the Company and its predecessor, or to other financial information provided by the Company, in which case the sources of such other financial information shall be described, excluding any questions of legal interpretation;

 

(v) on the basis of a reading of the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (the “ pro forma financial statements ”); carrying out certain specified procedures; inquiries of certain officials of the Company who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters; and proving the arithmetic accuracy of the application of the pro forma adjustments to the historical amounts in the pro forma financial statements, nothing came to their attention which caused them to believe that the pro forma financial statements do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X or that the pro forma adjustments have not been properly applied to the historical amounts in the compilation of such statements; and

 

(vi) the Company shall have received from KPMG LLP (and furnished to the Representatives) a report with respect to a review of unaudited interim financial information of the Company for the eight quarters ending March 31, 2005, in accordance with PCAOB AU 722.

 

References to the Prospectus in this paragraph (k) include any supplement thereto at the date of the letter.

 

31


(l) Subsequent to the Execution Time or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof) and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), there shall not have been (i) any change or decrease specified in the letter or letters referred to in paragraph (k) of this Section 6 or (ii) any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, business or properties of the Company taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto) the effect of which, in any case referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, is, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof) and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(m) Prior to the Closing Date, or Option Closing Date, if applicable, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

(n) Subsequent to the Execution Time, there shall not have been any decrease in the rating of any of the Company’s securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act) or any notice given of any intended or potential decrease in any such rating or of a possible change in any such rating that does not indicate the direction of the possible change.

 

(o) The Securities shall have been listed and admitted and authorized for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance and satisfactory evidence of such actions shall have been provided to the Representatives.

 

(p) At the Execution Time, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a letter substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto from each person and entity listed on Annex A hereto, addressed to the Representatives.

 

(q) At or prior to the Execution Time, each of the Operative Agreements will have been signed and executed and on the Closing Date, all of the Operative Agreements will remain in full force and effect.

 

(r) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Subordinated Shareholders will have purchased from the Company, at a purchase price of $[            ] per share, 7,145,000 Subordinated Shares, pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.

 

If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled when and as provided in this Agreement, or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall not be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the

 

32


Underwriters, this Agreement and all obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Representatives. Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Company in writing or by telephone or facsimile confirmed in writing.

 

The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 shall be delivered at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, at Worldwide Plaza, 825 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10019, on the Closing Date.

 

7. Reimbursement of Underwriters’ Expenses. If the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth in Section 6 hereof is not satisfied, because of any termination pursuant to Section 10 hereof or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the Underwriters, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters severally through Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on demand for all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Securities.

 

8. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each Underwriter and each person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement for the registration of the Securities as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

 

(b) Each Underwriter severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signs

 

33


the Registration Statement, and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Underwriter, but only with reference to written information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any Underwriter may otherwise have. The Company acknowledges that the statements set forth in the last paragraph of the cover page regarding delivery of the Securities and, under the heading “Underwriting”, (i) the list of Underwriters and their respective participation in the sale of the Securities, (ii) the sentences related to concessions and reallowances and (iii) the paragraphs related to stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the several Underwriters for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.

 

(c) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Citigroup Global Markets Inc., the directors, officers, employees and agents of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and each person, who controls Citigroup Global Markets Inc. within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act (“ Citigroup Entities ”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities to which they may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim), insofar as such losses, claims damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the prospectus wrapper material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution in foreign jurisdictions in connection with the Directed Share Program attached to the Prospectus or any Preliminary Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein, when considered in conjunction with the Prospectus or any applicable Preliminary Prospectus, not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of the securities which immediately following the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, were subject to a properly confirmed agreement to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, except that this clause (iii) shall not apply to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability is finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Citigroup Entities.

 

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof;

 

34


but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ one separate counsel (in addition to local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof in respect of such action or proceeding, then in addition to such separate firm for the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for Citigroup Global Markets Inc., the directors, officers, employees and agents of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and all persons, if any, who control Citigroup Global Markets Inc. within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act for the defense of any losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of the Directed Share Program.

 

35


(e) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, the Company and the Underwriters severally agree to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively “ Losses ”) to which the Company and one or more of the Underwriters may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and by the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities; provided , however , that in no case shall any Underwriter (except as may be provided in any agreement among underwriters relating to the offering of the Securities) be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the Securities purchased by such Underwriter hereunder. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Company and the Underwriters severally shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Company shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by it, and benefits received by the Underwriters shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, in each case as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the Company on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (e), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 8, each person who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each person who controls the Company, within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (e).

 

9. Default by an Underwriter. If any one or more Underwriters shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Securities agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter

 

36


or Underwriters hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the performance of its or their obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Underwriters shall be obligated severally to take up and pay for (in the respective proportions which the number of Underwritten Securities set forth opposite their names in Schedule I hereto bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Securities set forth opposite the names of all the remaining Underwriters) the Underwritten Securities which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase; provided , however , that in the event that the aggregate number of Underwritten Securities which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate number of Underwritten Securities set forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of the Underwritten Securities, and if such nondefaulting Underwriters do not purchase all the Underwritten Securities, this Agreement will terminate without liability to any nondefaulting Underwriter or the Company. In the event of a default by any Underwriter as set forth in this Section 9, the Closing Date shall be postponed for such period, not exceeding five Business Days, as the Representatives shall determine in order that the required changes in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the Company and any nondefaulting Underwriter for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

 

10. Termination. This Agreement shall be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice given to the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities, if at any time prior to such time (i) trading in the Common Shares shall have been suspended by the Commission or the New York Stock Exchange, (ii) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange shall have been suspended or limited or minimum prices shall have been established on such Exchange, (iii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared either by Federal or New York State authorities or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war, or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on financial markets is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

11. Representations and Indemnities to Survive. The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company or its officers and of the Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the Company or any of the officers, directors, employees, agents or controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities. The provisions of Sections 7 and 8 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

 

12. Notices. All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to the Citigroup Global Markets Inc. General Counsel (fax no.: (212) 816-7912)

 

37


and confirmed to the General Counsel, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York, 10013, Attention: General Counsel and to the Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated Global Origination Counsel (fax no.: (212) 449-3207/8), and confirmed to the Global Origination Counsel, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, at 4 World Financial Center, New York, New York 10080, Attention: Global Origination Counsel or, if sent to the Company, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to Gerry Wang (tel no.: (852) 2540 1686), Room 503, 5/F, Lucky Commercial Center, 103 Des Voeux Road West, Hong Kong, China and confirmed to George D. Burke (tel no.: (604) 687-6575), Bull, Housser & Tupper LLP, 3000 Royal Centre, 1055 W. Georgia Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6E 3R3.

 

13. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers, directors, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

 

14. Applicable Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York.

 

15. Jurisdiction . The Company agrees that any suit, action or proceeding against the Company brought by any Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of any Underwriter, or by any person who controls any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon the Underwriting Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in any New York Court, and waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding. The Company has appointed [ insert name of agent ] as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon whom process may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon the Underwriting Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein which may be instituted in any New York Court, by any Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of any Underwriter, or by any person who controls any Underwriter, and expressly accepts the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding. The Company hereby represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Company agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action arising out of or based upon the Underwriting Agreement may be instituted by any Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of any Underwriter, or by any person who controls any Underwriter, in any court of competent jurisdiction in the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

 

The provisions of this Section 15 shall survive any termination of the Underwriting Agreement, in whole or in part.

 

38


16. Waiver of Immunity . To the extent that the Company has or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to itself or any of its property, the Company hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement.

 

17. Arms-length Transactions. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters on the other, (ii) in connection with the offering contemplated hereby and the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, or its stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (iv) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company, and (v) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering contemplated hereby and the Company has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

 

18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

19. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

20. Definitions. The terms which follow, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings indicated.

 

“Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City.

 

“Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Effective Date” shall mean each date and time that the Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment or amendments thereto and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement became or become effective.

 

39


“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“Execution Time” shall mean the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

 

“Preliminary Prospectus” shall mean any preliminary prospectus referred to in paragraph 1(a) above and any preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Date that omits Rule 430A Information.

 

“Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus relating to the Securities that is first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) after the Execution Time or, if no filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) is required, shall mean the form of final prospectus relating to the Securities included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Date.

 

“Registration Statement” shall mean the registration statement referred to in paragraph 1(a) above, including exhibits and financial statements, as amended at the Execution Time (or, if not effective at the Execution Time, in the form in which it shall become effective) and, in the event any post-effective amendment thereto or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement becomes effective prior to the Closing Date, shall also mean such registration statement as so amended or such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, as the case may be. Such term shall include any Rule 430A Information deemed to be included therein at the Effective Date as provided by Rule 430A.

 

“Rule 424”, “Rule 430A” and “Rule 462” refer to such rules under the Act.

 

“Rule 430A Information” shall mean information with respect to the Securities and the offering thereof permitted to be omitted from the Registration Statement when it becomes effective pursuant to Rule 430A.

 

“Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) relating to the offering covered by the registration statement referred to in Section 1(a) hereof.

 

“United States or Canadian Person” shall mean any person who is a national or resident of the United States or Canada, any corporation, partnership, or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or Canada or of any political subdivision thereof, or any estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States or Canadian Federal income taxation, regardless of its source (other than any non-United States or non-Canadian branch of any United States or Canadian Person), and shall include any United States or Canadian branch of a person other than a United States or Canadian Person. “U.S.” or “United States” shall mean the United States of America (including the states thereof and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

 

40


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the Company and the several Underwriters.

 

Very truly yours,
Seaspan Corporation

By:

       
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   
Seaspan Management Services Limited

By:

       
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

 

41


The foregoing Agreement is hereby

confirmed and accepted as of the

date first above written.

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

By:

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

By:

       
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

By:

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated

By:

       
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

 

For themselves and the other

several Underwriters named in

Schedule I to the foregoing

Agreement.

 

42


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriters


  

Number of Underwritten

Securities to be Purchased


Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

    

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

    

Lehman Brothers, Inc.

    

UBS Securities LLC

    

Fortis Securities LLC

    

Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated

    

Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC

    

DnB NOR Markets, Inc.

    

Dahlman Rose & Company, LLC

    
    

Total

   28,570,000

 


SCHEDULE II

 

Vessels

 

Vessel Name


  

Owning Entity


   Jurisdiction of Registration

CSCL Hamburg

  

CSCL Hamburg Shipping Company Limited

    

CSCL Chiwan

  

CSCL Chiwan Shipping Company Limited

    

CSCL Ningbo

  

CSCL Ningbo Shipping Company Limited

    

CSCL Dalian

  

CSCL Dalian Shipping Company Limited

    

CSCL Felixstowe

  

CSCL Felixstowe Shipping Company Limited

    

CSCL Oceania

  

Clorina Marine Company Limited

    

CSCL Africa

  

Elia Shipping Company Limited

    

CSCL Vancouver

  

Vancouver Shipping Company Limited

    

CSCL Sydney

  

Tofino Shipping Company Limited

    

CSCL New York

  

Nootka Shipping Company Limited

    

 


[Form of Lock-Up Agreement]   EXHIBIT A

 

[Letterhead of officer, director or major shareholder of

Seaspan Corporation or Seaspan Management Services Limited]

 

Public Offering of Common Shares

 

[            ], 2005

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

As Representatives of the several Underwriters,

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), between Seaspan Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ Company ”), and each of you as representatives of a group of Underwriters named therein, relating to an underwritten public offering of Common Shares, $.01 par value (the “ Common Shares ”), of the Company.

 

In order to induce you and the other Underwriters to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the undersigned or any affiliate of the undersigned or any person in privity with the undersigned or any affiliate of the undersigned), directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder with respect to, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for such capital stock, or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, with respect to (i) the Common Shares, for the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the date that is 180 days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Lock-up Period ”), other than Common Shares disposed of by gift to the undersigned’s immediate family members, to trusts established for the benefit of the undersigned’s immediate family members or to charitable organizations (provided that any such person, trust or charitable organization agrees as a condition to receiving such gift to be bound by the terms of the foregoing terms of this sentence) and (ii) the shares of subordinated stock, until all of the 23 vessels that are the subjects of the Asset Purchase Agreement referred to in the Underwriting Agreement have been delivered to the Company (the “ Final Delivery Date ”).

 


If for any reason the Underwriting Agreement shall be terminated prior to the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), the agreement set forth above shall likewise be terminated.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions herein shall not apply to transactions relating to Common Shares acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the public offering, provided that with respect to any proposed subsequent sales of Common Shares acquired in such open market transactions, it shall be a condition to such proposed subsequent sales that no filing by any party under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be required to shall be voluntarily made in connection with such sales.

 

Yours very truly,
[Signature of officer, director or major shareholder]
[Name and address of officer, director or major shareholder

 


Individuals Subject to Lock-up Agreements

 

Kyle Washington

 

Gerry Wang

 

Kevin M. Kennedy

 

David Korbin

 

Peter Lorange

 

Peter S. Shaerf

 

Milton K. Wong

 

Graham Porter

 

Sai W. Chu

 

Peter Curtis

 

Dennis Washington

 

The Kevin Lee Washing Trust II

 

Tiger Container Shipping Company Limited

 

Seaspan Eagle Shipping Company Limited

 

Seaspan Birdie Shipping Company Limited

 

Hemlock Shipping Company Limited

 

Spruce Shipping Company Limited

 

[Representatives to finalize list]

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

UNDER SECTION 93 OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

 

I, Gerry Wang, Chief Executive Officer of Seaspan Corporation, for the purpose of amending and restating the Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of said Corporation hereby certify:

 

1. The name of the Corporation is: Seaspan Corporation.

 

2. The Articles of Incorporation were filed with the Registrar of Corporations as of the 3rd day of May, 2005.

 

3. The Amended Articles of Incorporation were filed with the Registrar of Corporations as of the 8th day of July, 2005.

 

4. The Amended Articles of Incorporation, as amended heretofore, are hereby restated in their entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

NAME, PURPOSE, POWERS, DURATION AND INCORPORATOR

 

Section 1.1 Name . The name of the Corporation shall be:

 

Seaspan Corporation

 

Section 1.2 Purpose . The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity relating to the business of chartering or rechartering containerships to others, any other lawful act or activity customarily conducted in conjunction with the chartering or rechartering of containerships to others, and any other lawful act or activity approved (a) by the Board of Directors and (b) so long as the management agreement, as amended from time to time, between the Corporation and Seaspan Management Services Limited (or its successors or assigns), dated on or around July 2005 (the “Management Agreement”) has not been terminated, by the majority of the outstanding Class C Common Shares, voting separately as a class. “Containerships” includes any ocean-going vessel that is intended to be used primarily to transport containers or is being used primarily to transport containers. Notwithstanding the above, the Corporation may engage in any lawful act or activity not otherwise permitted hereby if such is related to any business operation acquired as part of an acquisition of an entity or business, a majority of whose value, as determined by the Board of Directors, is attributable to acts and activities permitted by

 

Page 1


the first sentence of this paragraph, provided , that such act or activities are not subsequently expanded in any material respect.

 

Section 1.3 Powers . The Corporation shall have every power which a corporation now or hereafter organized under the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act (the “BCA”) may have.

 

Section 1.4 Duration . The Corporation shall have a perpetual existence.

 

Section 1.5 Incorporator . The name and address of the incorporator is:

 

Name


  

Post Office Address


Majuro Nominees Ltd.   

Majuro

Marshall Islands

 

ARTICLE II

 

REGISTERED ADDRESS AND REGISTERED AGENT

 

The registered address of the Corporation in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, P.O. Box 1405, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may establish branches, offices or agencies in any place in the world and may appoint legal representatives anywhere in the world.

 

ARTICLE III

 

AUTHORIZED SHARES

 

Section 3.1 Authorized Shares . The aggregate number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is two-hundred and ninety million one hundred (290,000,100), consisting of common shares and preferred shares.

 

(a) Number of Common Shares . The Corporation is authorized to issue two-hundred and twenty-five million one hundred (225,000,100) common shares, consisting of two-hundred million (200,000,000) Class A common shares, each with a par value of one United States cent (US$0.01) (the “Class A Common Shares”), twenty-five million (25,000,000) Class B common shares, each with a par value of one United States cent (US$0.01) (the “Class B Common Shares”), and one-hundred (100) Class C common shares, each with a par value of one United States cent (US$0.01) (the “Class C Common Shares,” together with the Class A Common Shares and the Class B Common Shares, the “Common Shares”).

 

(b) Number of Preferred Shares . The Corporation is authorized to issue sixty-five million (65,000,000) preferred shares, each with a par value of one United States cent (US$0.01) (the “Preferred Shares”).

 

Page 2


In these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, unless specifically stated otherwise herein, the term “shares” means the Common Shares and the Preferred Shares, and the term “shareholders” means holders of the Common Shares and the Preferred Shares.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

CLASSES AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SHARES

 

Section 4.1 Preferred Shares . The Preferred Shares may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby vested with authority, with respect to any series of Preferred Shares, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations and the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, including, without limitation, (a) the designation of the series; (b) the number of shares in the series, which the Board of Directors may, except where otherwise provided in the Preferred Shares designation, increase or decrease, but not below the number of shares then outstanding; (c) whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series; (d) the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable; (e) the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series; (f) the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series; (g) the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Corporation; (h) whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made; (i) restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and (j) the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status of undesignated Preferred Shares.

 

Except as otherwise required by law, holders of any series of Preferred Shares shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by these Articles of Incorporation (including any statement setting forth a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors relating to the issuance of such series executed, acknowledged, and filed in accordance with section 5 of the BCA).

 

Section 4.2 Common Shares . There are three (3) classes of Common Shares: the Class A Common Shares, the Class B Common Shares and the Class C Common Shares.

 

(a) Voting of Common Shares . Except as otherwise provided by law or otherwise provided herein, each of the Class A Common Shares and the Class B Common Shares shall have one vote and shall vote as a single class and the Class C Common Shares shall have no voting rights with respect to all matters;

 

(i) provided , that any proposed amendment of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, including any amendment of these Amended and Restated

 

Page 3


Articles of Incorporation (or any successor articles of incorporation) made pursuant to the terms of any merger, consolidation or similar transaction (excluding any statement setting forth a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors relating to the issuance of any series of Preferred Shares executed, acknowledged, and filed in accordance with Section 5 of the BCA), that would increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized Class A Common Shares, increase or decrease the par value of the Class A Common Shares, or alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the Class A Common Shares so as to affect them adversely, shall require the approval of not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the Class A Common Shares then outstanding, voting separately as a class;

 

(ii) provided , that any proposed amendment of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, including any amendment of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (or any successor articles of incorporation) made pursuant to the terms of any merger, consolidation or similar transaction (excluding any statement setting forth a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors relating to the issuance of any series of Preferred Shares executed, acknowledged, and filed in accordance with Section 5 of the BCA), that would increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized Class B Common Shares, increase or decrease the par value of the Class B Common Shares, or alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the Class B Common Shares so as to affect them adversely, shall require the approval of not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the Class B Common Shares then outstanding, voting separately as a class;

 

(iii) provided , that any proposed amendment of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, including any amendment of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (or any successor articles of incorporation) made pursuant to the terms of any merger, consolidation or similar transaction (excluding any statement setting forth a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors relating to the issuance of any series of Preferred Shares executed, acknowledged, and filed in accordance with Section 5 of the BCA), that would increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized Class C Common Shares, increase or decrease the par value of the Class C Common Shares, or alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the Class C Common Shares so as to affect them adversely, shall require the approval of not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the Class C Common Shares then outstanding, voting separately as a class; and

 

(iv) provided , that for so long as the Management Agreement has not been terminated, any proposed amendment to the Corporation’s purpose as set forth in Section 1.2 of Article I above shall require the approval of not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the Class C Common Shares then outstanding.

 

Any action to be taken upon a vote of the holders of the Common Shares or any class thereof must be taken at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, provided, however, any vote may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action to be taken, is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

 

Page 4


Section 4.3 Payment of Dividends to Holders of Common Shares or Any Class Thereof .

 

(a) Definitions . For the purpose of this Section 4.3, the following definitions shall be used.

 

(i) Adjusted Operating Surplus . “Adjusted Operating Surplus” means, with respect to any period, Operating Surplus generated with respect to such period (1) less any net reduction in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures or Maintenance Capital Expenditures with respect to such period to the extent such reduction does not relate to an Operating Expenditure or Maintenance Capital Expenditure made with respect to such period, (2) plus any net increase in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures or Maintenance Capital Expenditures with respect to such period to the extent such net increase is made because it is required by the covenants or conditions of any debt instrument. Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include the portion of Operating Surplus included in clause (A) of the definition of Operating Surplus herein.

 

(ii) Base Dividend . “Base Dividend” means US$0.425 per Class A Common Share or Class B Common Share per calendar quarter, subject to any adjustments as set forth in subsection (f) below.

 

(iii) Capital Expenditures . “Capital Expenditures” includes every expenditure that is capital in nature, including expansion capital expenditures, replacement capital expenditures and Maintenance Capital Expenditures.

 

(iv) Change of Control . “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(A) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, other than a disposition to certain owners and affiliates of Seaspan Management Services Limited;

 

(B) the adoption by the Board of Directors of a plan of liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation;

 

(C) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), other than a disposition to certain owners and affiliates of Seaspan Management Services Limited, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than a majority of the Corporation’s Voting Shares (unless such “person” beneficially owns a majority of the Class B Common Shares), measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

 

(D) if, at any time, the Corporation becomes insolvent, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, commits an act of bankruptcy, is adjudged or declared bankrupt or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, a proposal or similar action under the bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of the Marshall Islands or any applicable jurisdiction or

 

Page 5


commences or consents to proceedings relating to it under any reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction;

 

(E) the Corporation consolidates with, or merges with or into, any person (other than certain owners and affiliates of Seaspan Management Services Limited), or any such person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Corporation, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Class A Common Shares and the Class B Common Shares are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, or receives a payment of cash securities or other property other than any such transaction where the Class A Common Shares and the Class B Common Shares are outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted into or exchanged for voting stock of the surviving or transferee person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such voting stock of such surviving or transferee person immediately after giving effect to such issuance; and

 

(F) the first day on which a majority of the members of our board of directors are not continuing directors.

 

(v) Closing Price . “Closing Price” for any day means the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, regular way, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal National Securities Exchange (other than the Nasdaq Stock Market) on which the Class A Common Shares are listed or, if the Class A Common Shares are not listed on any National Securities Exchange (other than the Nasdaq Stock Market), the last quoted price on such day or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market or such other system then in use, or, if on any such day the Class A Common Shares are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Class A Common Shares selected by the Board of Directors, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in the Class A Common Shares, the fair value of the Class A Common Shares on such day as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

(vi) Class A Common Share Arrearages . “Class A Common Share Arrearages” means the amount by which the Base Dividend in any quarter during the Subordination Period exceeds the dividend from Operating Surplus actually paid per share of Class A Common Shares issued and outstanding in such quarter, on or after the Initial Issue Date, cumulative for that quarter and all prior quarters during the Subordination Period, and reduced by any dividends from Operating Surplus on the Class A Common Shares paid to reduce the Class A Common Share Arrearages pursuant to Section 4.3(d)(ii); provided that the unpaid Class A Common Share Arrearages will not accrue interest and provided further that no Class A Common Share Arrearages will accrue after the distribution of any proceeds from any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation. The Class B Common Shares will not accrue any arrearages during the Subordination Period.

 

Page 6


(vii) Continuing Directors . “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors who (1) was a member of the Board of Directors immediately after the completion of the Initial Public Offering; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to the Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the directors then in office who were either directors immediately after the completion of the Initial Public Offering or whose nomination or election was previously so approved.

 

(viii) Contracted Fleet . “Contracted Fleet” means the ten containerships consisting of eight 4250 TEU vessels and two 8500 TEU vessels that will be purchased by the Corporation from certain subsidiaries of Seaspan Container Lines Limited upon completion of its Initial Public Offering and the additional 13 new containerships that the Corporation has agreed to purchase from certain subsidiaries of Seaspan Container Lines Limited over approximately the next 25 months (from the date of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation), consisting of 11 4250 TEU vessels and two 9600 TEU vessels.

 

(ix) Current Market Price . “Current Market Price” means the average of the daily Closing Prices per Class A Common Share for the five (5) consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date.

 

(x) Fully Diluted Basis . “Fully Diluted Basis” means, when calculating the number of shares for any period, a basis that includes, in addition to the actual shares outstanding, all Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares issuable by the Corporation pursuant to exchangeable or convertible securities, options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights (other than Class B Common Shares convertible into Class A Common Shares ) ; provided that their conversion, exercise or exchange price is less than the Current Market Price of a Class A Common Share, on the date of such calculation; provided further that they may be converted into or exercised or exchanged for such shares prior to or during the quarter immediately following the end of the period for which the calculation is being made without the satisfaction of any contingency beyond the control of the holder other than the payment of consideration and the compliance with administrative mechanics applicable to such conversion, exercise or exchange; and provided further that they were not converted into or exercised or exchanged for such shares during the period for which the calculation is being made; and provided further , that if consideration will be paid to the Corporation in connection with such conversion, exercise or exchange, the number of shares to be included in such calculation shall be that number equal to the difference between (x) the number of shares issuable upon such conversion, exercise or exchange and (y) the number of shares that such consideration (or its fair market value determined by the Board of Directors) would purchase at the Current Market Price.

 

(xi) Initial Public Offering . “Initial Public Offering” means the Corporation’s initial public offering of its Class A Common Shares pursuant to a registration statement filed under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(xii) Interim Capital Transactions . “Interim Capital Transactions” means the following transactions if they occur prior to the liquidation of the Corporation: (1)

 

Page 7


borrowings; (2) sales of equity and debt securities of the Corporation; (3) capital contributions; (4) corporate reorganizations or restructurings; (5) the termination of interest rate swap agreements; (6) sales or other dispositions of vessels; and (7) sales or other dispositions of other assets other than in the normal course of business.

 

(xiii) Liquidating Dividends . “Liquidating Dividends” are dividends or any other distributions to the Class A Common Shares and the Class B Common Shares that are paid from any amount in excess of Operating Surplus.

 

(xiv) Maintenance Capital Expenditures . “Maintenance Capital Expenditures” means any cash capital expenditures incurred after the completion of the Initial Public Offering to maintain vessels and other assets, including drydocking, replacement of equipment on the vessels, repairs and similar expenditures, but excluding capital expenditures for or related to the acquisition of additional vessels, and including capital expenditures for replacement of a vessel as a result of damage or loss prior to normal retirement, net of any insurance proceeds, warranty payments or similar property not treated as cash receipts for purposes of calculating Operating Surplus.

 

(xv) National Securities Exchange . “National Securities Exchange” means an exchange registered with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 6(a) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute, or the Nasdaq Stock Market or any successor thereto.

 

(xvi) Operating Expenditures . “Operating Expenditures” are all cash expenditures, after the completion of the Initial Public Offering, including but not limited to, operating expenses, interest payments and taxes, but excluding:

 

(A) the repayment of borrowings;

 

(B) the repurchase of debt and equity securities;

 

(C) interest rate swap termination costs;

 

(D) expenses and taxes related to Interim Capital Transactions;

 

(E) Capital Expenditures; and

 

(F) payment of dividends.

 

(xvii) Operating Surplus . For any period “Operating Surplus” is:

 

(A) $15 million (which may be increased to $30 million as described below); plus

 

(B) all of the Corporation’s cash receipts after the completion of the Initial Public Offering, excluding cash receipts from Interim Capital Transactions; plus

 

Page 8


(C) interest (after giving effect to interest rate swap agreements) paid on debt incurred and cash dividends paid on equity securities issued by the Corporation, in each case, to finance all or any portion of the construction, replacement or improvement of a capital asset such as vessels (other than the Corporation’s Contracted Fleet) during the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset is put into service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; plus

 

(D) interest (after giving effect to interest rate swap agreements) paid on debt incurred and cash dividends paid on equity securities issued by the Corporation, in each case, to pay the construction period interest on debt incurred, or to pay construction period dividends on equity issued, to finance the construction projects described in (C) above; less

 

(E) Operating Expenditures; less

 

(F) Maintenance Capital Expenditures; less

 

(G) the amount of cash reserves established by the Board of Directors for future (1) Operating Expenditures and (2) Maintenance Capital Expenditures.

 

The $15 million amount in (A) above may be increased by the Board of Directors to $30 million only if the Board of Directors determines that such increase is necessary to allow it to pay all or part of the Base Dividend on the Class A Common Shares. This $15 million amount cannot be increased in any period in which a dividend on the Class B Common Shares is paid or is otherwise payable from Operating Surplus.

 

For purposes of calculating Operating Surplus, any dividends that are paid on the Preferred Shares will be treated as if they were interest payments and not dividends.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the construction or application of this definition of Operating Surplus as outlined above may be adjusted in the case of any particular transaction or matter or type of transaction or matter if the Board of Directors, with the concurrence of the Corporation’s audit committee, is of the opinion that such an adjustment is necessary or appropriate to further the overall purpose and intent of the definition of Operating Surplus.

 

(xviii) Subordination Period . “Subordination Period” means the period from the completion of the first sale by the Corporation of the Class A Common Shares in the Initial Public Offering (the “Initial Issue Date”) and ending on the first to occur of the following:

 

(A) the first day of any quarter ending after September 30, 2008 in respect of which (x) the quarterly dividends paid by the Corporation from Operating Surplus on all of the Class A Common Shares and the Class B Common Shares at least equaled the Base Dividend for the immediately preceding four-quarter period (the “Four-Quarter Period”); and (y) the Adjusted Operating Surplus generated in the aggregate by the Corporation during the

 

Page 9


Four-Quarter Period at least equaled the product of the quarterly Base Dividend (or the weighted average quarterly Base Dividend if it is adjusted during the Four-Quarter Period) multiplied by four (4) and further multiplied by the weighted average number of outstanding Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares during the Four-Quarter Period on a Fully Diluted Basis; and

 

(B) the occurrence of a Change of Control, in which case the Subordination Period will be deemed to end immediately preceding such occurrence.

 

(xix) Trading Day . “Trading Day” means a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which the Class A Common Shares are listed is open for the transaction of business or, if the Class A Common Shares are not listed on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City in the United States generally are open.

 

(b) Payment of Dividends on Common Shares . All dividends paid to shareholders will be treated as either a dividend from Operating Surplus or a Liquidating Dividend. The Board of Directors will treat all dividends as coming from Operating Surplus until the sum of all dividends paid since the Initial Public Offering equals the amount of Operating Surplus as of the most recent date of determination. The Corporation will treat dividends paid from any amount in excess of Operating Surplus as Liquidating Dividends.

 

(c) Authority to Pay Dividends . The Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may determine whether to declare and pay dividends to the shareholders at any time. Subject to the rights of any outstanding Preferred Shares, any dividends that are declared and paid by the Board of Directors with respect to the Common Shares must be declared and paid in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.3. Dividends shall be paid in cash unless the Board of Directors has authorized a distribution in kind. The Board of Directors shall determine the fair market value of any dividend to be paid in kind. Any dividends to be paid in kind (other than in the nature of a stock split) shall then be declared and paid in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.3 as if the fair market value were cash.

 

(d) Dividends from Operating Surplus During Subordination Period . Subject to the rights of any outstanding Preferred Shares, dividends from Operating Surplus, if any, for any quarter during the Subordination Period will be declared and paid in the following manner:

 

(i) First , 100% of dividends to all of the Class A Common Shares, pro rata, until each outstanding Class A Common Share has been paid an amount equal to the Base Dividend for that quarter;

 

(ii) Second , 100% of dividends in excess of those paid pursuant to clause (i) above to all of the Class A Common Shares, pro rata, until each outstanding Class A Common Share has been paid an amount equal to any Class A Common Share Arrearages accrued and unpaid for any prior quarters during the Subordination Period;

 

Page 10


(iii) Third , 100% of dividends in excess of those paid pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above to all of the Class B Common Shares, pro rata, until each outstanding Class B Common Share has been paid an amount equal to the Base Dividend for that quarter;

 

(iv) Fourth , 100% of dividends to all outstanding Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares, pro rata, until each outstanding Class A Common Share and Class B Common Share has received US$0.485 (the “First Target”);

 

(v) Fifth , 90% of incremental dividends (in excess of those paid pursuant to clause (i) above) to all outstanding Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares, pro rata, and 10% of such incremental dividends to the Class C Common Shares, until each outstanding Class A Common Share and Class B Common Share has received US$0.550 for that quarter (the “Second Target”);

 

(vi) Sixth , 80% of incremental dividends (in excess of those paid pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above) to all outstanding Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares, pro rata, and 20% of such incremental dividends to the Class C Common Shares, until each outstanding Class A Common Share and Class B Common Share has received US$0.675 for that quarter (the “Third Target”); and

 

(vii) After that , 75% of incremental dividends (in excess of those paid pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above) to all outstanding Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares, pro rata and 25% of such incremental dividends to the Class C Common Shares.

 

The First Target, the Second Target and the Third Target are collectively referred to as the “Targets.” The Targets are subject to adjustments in accordance with subsection (f) below.

 

(e) Liquidating Dividends . Subject to the rights of any outstanding Preferred Shares, Liquidating Dividends shall be paid, pro rata, to the Class A Common Shares and the Class B Common Shares. No Liquidating Dividends will be paid to the Class C Common Shares.

 

(f) Adjustment of Base Dividend and Targets . The Base Dividend and the Targets are subject to downward adjustment in the case of payment of Liquidating Dividends. The Base Dividend and the Targets will be reduced in the same proportion that the Liquidating Dividend had to the fair market value of the Class A Common Shares prior to the payment of the dividend. If the Class A Common Shares are publicly traded on a National Securities Exchange or market, the fair market value will be the Current Market Price before the ex-dividend date. If the shares are not publicly traded, the fair market value will be determined by the Board of Directors. In addition, the Corporation may make a pro rata distribution of shares or may effect a subdivision or combination of shares and any amounts calculated on a per share basis (including, without limitation, the Base Dividend, any Class A Common Share Arrearages and the Targets) or stated as a number of shares shall be adjusted proportionately and appropriately as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.4 Rights of Class B Common Shares After the Subordination Period and Conversion of Class B Common Shares to Class A Common Shares . After the end of the Subordination Period the rights and privileges of the Class B Common Shares shall be the same

 

Page 11


as those of the Class A Common Shares. The outstanding Class B Common Shares shall convert to Class A Common Shares on a one-for-one basis on the first day of the calendar quarter at least thirty (30) days after the end of the Subordination Period.

 

Section 4.5 Repurchase of Class C Common Shares by the Corporation . If, after the end of the Subordination Period, there are no Class C Common Shares issued and outstanding, any dividends or other distributions to be paid to holders of the Class C Common Shares pursuant to Section 4.3(d) of these Articles will be paid instead, pro rata, to holders of the Class A Common Shares subject to the rights of any outstanding Preferred Shares.

 

Section 4.6 Preemptive Rights . No holder of Common Shares of the Corporation of any class shall have any preferential or preemptive rights to subscribe for, purchase or receive any shares of the Corporation of any class, now or hereafter authorized or any options or warrants for such shares, or any rights to subscribe to or purchase such shares, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares, which may at any time be issued, sold or offered for sale by the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE V

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 5.1 Directors .

 

(a) Powers . The management of all the affairs, property and business of the Corporation shall be vested in a Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors” or “Board”), who shall have and may exercise all powers except such as are exclusively conferred upon the shareholders by law or by these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.

 

(b) Number and Class . The number of persons constituting the Board of Directors shall not be less than three (3) or more than nine (9), as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes (“Class I,” “Class II,” and “Class III,” respectively), as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors permits, with the term of office of one or another of the three classes expiring each year. The initial term of office of the Class I directors shall expire at the 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the initial term of office of the Class II directors shall expire at the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and the initial term of office of the Class III directors shall expire at the 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. Commencing with the 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the directors elected at an annual meeting of shareholders to succeed those whose terms then expire shall be identified as being directors of the same class as the directors whom they succeed, and each of them shall hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until such director’s successor is elected and has qualified.

 

(c) Election . Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting by the holders of the Class A Common Shares and the Class B Common Shares, voting as a single class. Cumulative voting, as defined in Section 71(2) of the BCA, shall not be used to elect directors. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

Page 12


(d) Removal . Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation, any director or the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation may be removed at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (voting together for this purpose as one class) cast at a meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose.

 

(e) Vacancies . Except as otherwise provided in these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason, and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, may be filled by the vote of not less than a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any directors so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such directors shall have been chosen and until their successors shall be elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

(f) Outstanding Preferred . Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more class or series of Preferred Shares shall have the right, voting as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation, the provisions of paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e) shall not apply with respect to the director or directors elected by such holders of Preferred Shares.

 

(g) Power of the Board of Directors Regarding Bylaws . The Board of Directors has the authority to adopt, amend and repeal the bylaws of the Corporation without a vote of the shareholders. The shareholders shall also have the authority to amend the bylaws of the Corporation by a vote of not less than 80% of the outstanding Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares entitled to vote, voting as a single class.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS WITH INTERESTED SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 6.1 Business Combinations .

 

(a) The Corporation shall not engage in any Business Combination with any Interested Shareholder for a period of three (3) years following the date of the transaction in which the person became an Interested Shareholder, unless:

 

(i) prior to such date, the Board of Directors approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an Interested Shareholder;

 

(ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an Interested Shareholder, the Interested Shareholder owned at least 85% of the Voting Shares of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers; and (2) employee stock plans in

 

Page 13


which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer;

 

(iii) at or subsequent to such time, the Business Combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding Voting Shares that are not owned by the Interested Shareholder;

 

(iv) the shareholder became an Interested Shareholder prior to the completion of the Initial Public Offering; or

 

(v) the Interested Shareholder is Gerry Wang, Graham Porter, Dennis Washington, Kyle Washington, or any of their Affiliates, or any person that purchases shares from any of those individuals or any of their Affiliates (the “Transferee Person”), provided , the Transferee Person does not own more than 1% of the Corporation’s outstanding shares at the time of such acquisition or acquire more than an additional 1% of the Corporation’s outstanding shares other than from those individuals or any of their Affiliates.

 

(b) The restrictions contained in this section shall not apply if:

 

(i) a shareholder becomes an Interested Shareholder inadvertently and (1) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the shareholder ceases to be an Interested Shareholder; and (2) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Corporation and such shareholder, have been an Interested Shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

 

(ii) the Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of, and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of, a proposed transaction, which (A) constitutes one of the transactions described in the following sentence; (B) is with or by a person who either was not an Interested Shareholder during the previous three (3) years or who became an Interested Shareholder with the approval of the Board; and (C) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the members of the Board then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any person becoming an Interested Shareholder during the previous three (3) years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to:

 

(A) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to the BCA, no vote of the shareholders of the Corporation is required);

 

(B) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than to any direct or indirect

 

Page 14


wholly owned subsidiary or to the Corporation) having an aggregate market value equal to 50% or more of either that aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares of the Corporation; or

 

(C) a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares of the Corporation.

 

The Corporation shall give not less than twenty (20) days notice to all Interested Shareholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in clause (A) or (B) of the second sentence of this Section 6.1(b)(ii).

 

(c) Definitions . For the purpose of this Article VI only, the term:

 

(i) Affiliate . “Affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

 

(ii) Associate . “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (1) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of Voting Shares; (2) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (3) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

 

(iii) Business Combination . “Business Combination,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any Interested Shareholder of the Corporation, means:

 

(A) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation with (1) the Interested Shareholder or any of its Affiliates; or (2) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Shareholder;

 

(B) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a shareholder of the Corporation, to or with the Interested Shareholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares of the Corporation;

 

(C) any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any shares of the Corporation, or any share of such subsidiary, to the Interested Shareholder, except: (1) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or

 

Page 15


conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares of the Corporation, or shares of any such subsidiary, which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Shareholder became such; (2) pursuant to a merger with a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation solely for purposes of forming a holding company; (3) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares of the Corporation, or shares of any such subsidiary, which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of shares subsequent to the time the Interested Shareholder became such; (4) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase shares made on the same terms to all holders of said shares; or (5) any issuance or transfer of shares by the Corporation; provided , however , that in no case under items (3)-(5) of this subparagraph (C), shall there be an increase in the Interested Shareholder’s proportionate share of the any class or series of shares of the Corporation;

 

(D) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation that has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of shares, or securities convertible into any class or series of shares, or shares of any such subsidiary, or securities convertible into such shares of the Corporation, which is owned by the Interested Shareholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Shareholder; or

 

(E) any receipt by the Interested Shareholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subparagraphs (A)-(D) of this Section 6.1(c)) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

 

(iv) Control . “Control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of Voting Shares, by contract or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds Voting Shares, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this provision, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

 

(v) Interested Shareholder . “Interested Shareholder” means any person (other than the Corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation), that (1) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares of the Corporation; or (2) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of

 

Page 16


15% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares of the Corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an Interested Shareholder; or (3) the affiliates and associates of any person listed in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided , however , that the term “Interested Shareholder” shall not include any Person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Corporation; provided , that such Person shall be an Interested Shareholder if thereafter such Person acquires additional shares of Voting Shares of the Corporation, except as a result of further action by the Corporation not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a Person is an Interested Shareholder, the Voting Shares of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include Voting Shares deemed to be owned by the Person through application of Section 6.1(c)(viii) below, but shall not include any other unissued shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

(vi) Person . “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

 

(vii) Voting Shares . “Voting Shares” means, with respect to any corporation, shares of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity.

 

(viii) Owner . “Owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any shares, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:

 

(A) beneficially owns such shares, directly or indirectly;

 

(B) has (1) the right to acquire such shares (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided , however , that a person shall not be deemed the owner of shares tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered shares is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (2) the right to vote such shares pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided , however , that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any shares because of such person’s right to vote such shares if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such shares arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten (10) or more persons; or

 

(C) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (2) of subparagraph (B) of this paragraph (viii)), or

 

Page 17


disposing of such shares with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such shares.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

LIMITATION ON DIRECTOR LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 7.1 Limitation of Director Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by the BCA as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

 

Section 7.2 Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including in an action by or in the right of the Corporation, by reason of the fact he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation, a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (the “Indemnitee”), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding unless a final and unappealable determination by a court of competent jurisdiction has been made that he did not act in good faith or in a manner he did not reasonably believe to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no contest, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

The purpose of this provision is to fully indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by Section 60 of the BCA or any successor statute.

 

Section 7.3 Expenses Payable in Advance . The right to be indemnified shall include, without limitation, the right of an Indemnitee to be paid expenses in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is entitled to be indemnified hereunder.

 

The purpose of this provision is to advance funds to the fullest extent permitted by Section 60 of the BCA or any successor statute.

 

Section 7.4 Expenses of Enforcement . An Indemnitee shall also be paid reasonable costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees (including expenses) in connection with the enforcement of rights to the indemnification granted hereunder

 

Page 18


Section 7.5 Non-exclusivity of Rights . The rights of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled and shall not be limited by the provisions of Section 60 of the BCA or any successor statute.

 

Section 7.6 Insurance . The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director of officer of the Corporation or serving in such capacity in another corporation at the request of the Corporation against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such capacity whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability by law or under the provisions of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.

 

Section 7.7 Other Action . The Board of Directors may take such action as it deems necessary or desirable to carry out the provisions set forth in this Article VII, including adopting procedures for determining and enforcing the rights guaranteed hereunder, and the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, approve and amend from time to time such bylaws, resolutions or contracts implementing such provisions or such further indemnification arrangement as may be permitted by law.

 

Section 7.8 Amendment or Repeal of Article VII . Neither the amendment or repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce any right to indemnification afforded by this Article VII to any person with respect to their status or any activities in their official capacities prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

Section 7.9 Amendment of BCA . If the BCA is amended after the date of the filing of these Articles of Incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or permitting indemnification to a fuller extent, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited, and indemnification shall be extended, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by the BCA, as so amended from time to time. No repeal or modification of this Section 7.9 by the shareholders shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing by virtue of this Section 7.9 at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Except as otherwise provided by law, any provision herein requiring a vote of shareholders may only be amended by such a vote. Further, except as otherwise provided by law, Articles V, VI, VII and VIII may only be amended by a vote of at least 80% of the outstanding Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares, voting as a single class.

 

Page 19


ARTICLE IX

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 9.1 Adoption . These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation were duly adopted in accordance with Section 93 of the BCA. These Restated Articles of Incorporation hereby do not change or alter in any manner the Articles of Incorporation as heretofore amended and there is no discrepancy between the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation as heretofore amended and the restated provisions set forth herein.

 

Section 9.2 Authorization . These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation were authorized by action of the shareholder(s) of the Corporation.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

Page 20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed these restated Articles of Incorporation on this              day of July, 2005.

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION

By:

   
   

Gerry Wang

   

Chief Executive Officer

 

Page 21

Exhibit 3.2

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1 Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, P.O. Box 1405, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960.

 

Section 1.2 Other Offices . The Corporation may also have an office or offices at such other place or places as the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors” or the “Board”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

 

Section 2.1 Place of Meetings . Meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation for any purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the Republic of the Marshall Islands, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.2 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held on such day and at such time and place within or without the Republic of the Marshall Islands as the Board of Directors may determine for the purpose of electing directors and/or transacting any other proper business. The Chairman or, in the Chairman’s absence, another person designated by the Board, shall act as Chairman of all annual meetings of shareholders.

 

Section 2.3 Nature of Business at Annual Meeting of Shareholders . No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders, other than business that is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof); (b) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof); or (c) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any shareholder of the Corporation (i) who is a shareholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in Section 2.6 of this Article II and has remained a shareholder of record through the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 2.5 of this Article II.

 

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as set forth in Section 2.6 of this Article II to the Secretary of the Corporation (the “Secretary”).

 


No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of shareholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article II, provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Article II shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any shareholder of any such business. If the Chairman of an annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman of the meeting shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

 

Section 2.4 Special Meetings . Unless otherwise required by law or the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles of Incorporation”), special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes may be called only by the Chairman, or by a resolution of the Board of Directors. The business transacted at the special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice. The Chairman, or in the Chairman’s absence, another person designated by the Board, shall act as the Chairman of all special meetings of the shareholders. If the Chairman of the special meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the special meeting in accordance with this Article II, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

 

Section 2.5 Shareholder Notice . To be timely, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Corporation must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one-hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary date of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials for the previous year’s annual meeting of shareholders.

 

To be in proper written form, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such shareholder, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are beneficially owned or of record by such shareholder, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such shareholder and any material interest of such shareholder in such business, and (v) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting. In addition, notwithstanding anything in this Article II to the contrary, a shareholder intending to nominate one or more persons for election as a director at an annual meeting must comply with Section 3.4 of these Bylaws for such nomination or nominations to be properly brought before such meeting.

 

Section 2.6 Notice of Meetings . Unless otherwise required by law or the Articles of Incorporation, notice of every annual and special meeting of shareholders shall state the date, hour, place and purpose of such meeting, and in the case of special meetings, shall also include the name of the person or persons at whose direction the notice is being issued, and shall be given personally or sent by mail, telegraph, cablegram, telex or teleprinter at least fifteen (15) but

 

2


not more than sixty (60) days before such meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat and to each shareholder of record who, by reason of any action proposed at such meeting would be entitled to have his shares appraised if such action were taken, and the notice shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect. If mailed, notice shall be deemed to have been given when deposited in the mail, directed to the shareholder at his address as the same appears on the record of shareholders of the Corporation or at such address as to which the shareholder has given notice to the Secretary. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to shareholders, any notice to shareholders may be given by mail, facsimile or electronic transmission to his last known address or facsimile number or by any other form of electronic transmission in the manner now or hereafter provided in Section 65 of the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act (the “BCA”) or any other applicable provision of the BCA.

 

Section 2.7 Waiver of Notice . A written waiver of any notice, signed by a shareholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the sole purpose of protesting prior to the conclusion of the meeting the lack of notice of such meeting.

 

Section 2.8 Shareholder List . The Secretary shall prepare, certify and make a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order with the address of and the number of voting shares registered in the name of each. Such list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any shareholder who is present.

 

Section 2.9 Quorum . Unless otherwise required by law or the Articles of Incorporation, at all meetings of shareholders there must be present either in person or by proxy shareholders of record holding at least a majority of the shares of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meetings in order to constitute a quorum, but if less than a quorum is present, a majority of those shares present either in person or by proxy shall have power to adjourn any meeting until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 2.10 Adjournments . Any meeting of shareholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that may have been transacted at the original meeting. If the meeting is adjourned for lack of quorum, notice of the new meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after an adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record on the new record date entitled to notice in Section 2.6 of this Article II.

 

Section 2.11 Vote Required . At any meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present, all matters shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast by the shareholders present in

 

3


person or by proxy and entitled to vote, unless the matter is one for which, by express provision of statute, of the Articles of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the determination of such matter.

 

Section 2.12 Voting . Except as otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation, every shareholder shall have one vote for each share registered in his name. Each shareholder may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy, provided, however, that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date such proxy was authorized unless otherwise provided in the proxy. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in the law of the Marshall Islands to support an irrevocable power. A shareholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.13 Action by Shareholders Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof. Such consent shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote of shareholders, and may be stated as such in any articles or documents filed with a Registrar of Corporations.

 

The consent shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the Marshall Islands, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of shareholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

Section 2.14 Fixing of Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the shareholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1 Powers . The Board of Directors shall have the powers set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.

 

4


Section 3.2 Number and Class . The number of persons constituting the Board of Directors shall be as set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.

 

Section 3.3 Election . Directors shall be elected in the manner set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.

 

Section 3.4 Nomination of Directors . Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred shares of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any annual meeting of shareholders (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any shareholders of the Corporation (i) who is a shareholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 3.4 and on the record date for the determination of shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.4.

 

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a shareholder, such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

To be timely, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one-hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders.

 

To be in proper written form, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth; (a) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and (b) as to the shareholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of such shareholder, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person and persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such shareholder, (iv) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons named in its notice and (v) any other information relating to such shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

 

5


No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.4. If the Chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

Section 3.5 Resignations . Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time, by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect after receipt of the applicable notice of resignation by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation at the time specified in such notice or, if no time is specified, immediately upon receipt of such notice by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

Section 3.6 Removal . Directors shall be removed in the manner set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.

 

Section 3.7 Vacancies . Vacancies shall be filled in the manner set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.

 

Section 3.8 Chairman of the Board . The directors shall elect one of their members to be Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall be subject to the control of and may be removed from such office by the Board.

 

Section 3.9 Annual Meetings . The Board of Directors shall meet for the election of officers and the transaction of other business as soon as practicable after each annual meeting of the shareholders, and/or at such time and place as specified in the notice for the meeting. No notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event such meeting is not so held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.10 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, within or without the Republic of the Marshall Islands, as shall from time to time be determined by Board of Directors resolution or by consent in writing of all the directors.

 

Section 3.11 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called only by the Chairman or by resolution of the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the board of directors shall be held at the time and place, in or outside the Republic of the Marshall Islands, specified in the notices thereof.

 

Section 3.12 Notice of Special Meeting . Notice of the date, time and place of each special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to such meeting, unless the notice is given orally or delivered in person, in which

 

6


case it shall be given at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to such meeting. For the purpose of this section, notice shall be deemed to be duly given to a director if given to him personally (including by telephone) or if such notice be delivered to such director by mail, facsimile or electronic transmission to his last known address or facsimile number. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior to the conclusion thereof, the lack of notice to him.

 

Section 3.13 Quorum . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors at the time in office, present in person or by conference telephone, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 3.14 Organization . Meetings shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, by such other person as the directors may select. The Board shall keep written minutes of its meetings. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of the meeting, but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 3.15 Voting . Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all matters presented to the Board (or a committee thereof) shall be approved by a vote of the majority of the directors, present in person or by conference telephone, at any meeting of the Board (or such committee) at which a quorum is present.

 

Section 3.16 Action By Directors Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, whenever the vote of the directors at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken in connection with any corporate action by any provisions of the statutes or of the Articles of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, the meeting and vote of the directors may be dispensed with if all the directors who would be entitled to vote upon the action, if such meeting were held, shall consent in writing to such corporate action being taken.

 

Section 3.17 Directors’ Meeting by Conference Telephone . Any one or more members of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

 

Section 3.18 Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors for their services. A director may also serve the Corporation in other capacities and receive compensation therefor.

 

Section 3.19 Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting

 

7


of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, or, if the votes of the disinterested directors are insufficient to constitute an act of the Board of Directors as defined in Section 55 of the BCA, by unanimous vote of the disinterested directors; or (ii) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board, a committee thereof or the shareholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

 

Section 4.1 Constitution and Powers . Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board, designate one or more committees (in addition to the mandatory Standing Committees set forth in Section 4.2). Each committee shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation and the composition of each such other committee shall be in compliance with the applicable Requirements. With respect to all Board Committees (including Standing Committees), the Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. With respect to all Board Committees (including Standing Committees), in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee (including any Standing Committee), to the extent permitted by law (including the Requirements) and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it. Each committee (including each Standing Committee) shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 4.2 Standing Committees . The Board of Directors shall have the following standing committees: (a) an Audit Committee, and (b) a Compensation Committee (together, the “Standing Committees”), and such other committees as may be required from time to time by the stock exchange listing requirements (the “Requirements”). The Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee (and such other Standing Committee as may be mandated by the Requirements) shall be composed entirely of “independent directors” within the meaning of the Requirements applicable to such committee. Except as may be required by the Requirements, each Standing Committee shall consist of three (3) (or such greater number as the Board of Directors may designate) directors, and the composition of each such Standing Committee shall

 

8


be in compliance with the applicable Requirements. Each Standing Committee shall have a written charter, which shall be approved by the Board of Directors and state the purpose and authority of such committee. Standing Committee charters shall be reviewed annually to reflect the activities of the respective committees, changes in applicable Requirements and other relevant considerations, and proposed revisions to such charters shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

 

Section 5.1 Officers . The Board shall elect a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Controller and a Secretary. The Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer shall be or become Directors. The Board may elect from time to time such other officers as, in the opinion of the Board, are desirable for the conduct of the business of the Corporation. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws; and provided, however, that no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity if such instrument is required by law, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation or these Bylaws to be executed, acknowledged or verified by two or more officers.

 

Section 5.2 Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board. The Chairman of the Board may enter into and execute in the name of the Corporation powers of attorney, contracts, bonds and other obligations which implement policies established by the Board. In addition, the Chairman of the Board shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board. The Chairman of the Board may or may not be a senior officer of the Corporation. The Chairman of the Board shall not be an executive director, unless so specified by his appointment to an additional office within the Corporation.

 

Section 5.3 Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive officer shall have supervisory authority over the business, affairs and property of the Corporation, and over the activities of the executive officers of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer may enter into and execute in the name of the Corporation, powers of attorney, contracts, bonds and other obligations which implement policies established by the Board. The Chief Executive Officer shall have all authority incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer, shall have such other authority and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board and shall report directly to the Board. If so elected by the Board, the Chairman of the Board may be the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 5.4 Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall be the principal financial officer of the Corporation and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Chief Financial Officer may sign and execute contracts and other obligations pertaining to the regular course of his or her duties which implement policies established by the Board.

 

9


Section 5.5 Chief Operating Officer . The Chief Operating Officer, if elected, shall have general supervision of the daily business, affairs and property of the Corporation. The Chief Operating Officer shall have all authority incident to the office of Chief Operating Officer, and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board.

 

Section 5.6 Vice Presidents . The Vice Presidents, if elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Vice Presidents may enter into and execute in the name of the Corporation contracts and other obligations pertaining to the regular course of their duties which implement policies established by the Board.

 

Section 5.7 Treasurer . If elected, the Treasurer shall, if required by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board, give a bond for the faithful discharge of duties, in such sum and with such sureties as may be so required. Unless the Board otherwise declares by resolution, the Treasurer shall have custody of, and be responsible for, all funds and securities of the Corporation; receive and give receipts for money due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever; deposit all such money in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may designate; against proper vouchers, cause such funds to be disbursed by check or draft on the authorized depositories of the Corporation signed in such manner as shall be determined by the Board, and be responsible for the accuracy of the amounts of all funds so disbursed; regularly enter or cause to be entered in books to be kept by the Treasurer or under the Treasurer’s direction, full and adequate accounts of all money received and paid by the Treasurer for the account of the Corporation; render to the Board, any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, whenever they or any of them, respectively, shall require the Treasurer to do so, an account of the financial condition of the Corporation and of all transactions of the Treasurer; and, in general, have all authority incident to the office of Treasurer and such other authority and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board. Any Assistant Treasurer shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall have such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 5.8 Controller . The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. The Controller shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Chief Executive Officer, or the Chief Financial Officer of the Board.

 

Section 5.9 Secretary . The Secretary shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board; shall keep the minutes thereof in the proper book or books to be provided for that purpose; shall see that all notices required to be given by the Corporation in connection with meetings of shareholders and of the Board are duly given; shall be the custodian of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix the seal or cause it or a facsimile thereof to be affixed to all certificates for stock of the Corporation and to all documents or instruments requiring the same, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws; shall have charge of the stock records and also

 

10


of the other books, records and papers of the Corporation relating to its organization and acts as a corporation, and shall see that the reports, statements and other documents related thereto required by law are properly kept and filed, all of which shall, at all reasonable times, be open to the examination of any director for a purpose reasonably related to such director’s position as a director; and shall, in general, have all authority incident to the office of Secretary and such other authority and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board.

 

Section 5.10 Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and Assistant Secretaries . Any Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and Assistant Secretaries, if elected, shall perform such duties as from time to time shall be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board or by the Treasurer, Controller or Secretary, respectively. An Assistant Treasurer, Assistant Controller or Assistant Secretary need not be an officer of the Corporation and shall not be deemed an officer of the Corporation unless elected by the Board.

 

Section 5.11 Removal . Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board at any meeting thereof or by any superior officer upon whom such power may be conferred by the Board.

 

Section 5.12 Resignation . Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation in writing or by electronic transmission. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or if no time is specified, immediately. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

Section 5.13 Vacancies . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause may be filled at any time by the Board, or if such officer was appointed by the Chief Executive Officer, then by the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 5.14 Bank Accounts . In addition to such bank accounts as may be authorized in the usual manner by resolution of the Board, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer, with approval of the Chief Executive Officer may authorize such bank accounts to be opened or maintained in the name and on behalf of the Corporation as the Chief Executive Officer shall deem necessary or appropriate; provided, however, that payments from such bank accounts are to be made upon and according to the check of the Corporation as shall be specified in the written instructions of the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation with the approval of the Chief Executive Officer.

 

ARTICLE VI

FORM OF SHARES; ISSUANCE OF SHARES; SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

Section 6.1 Registered Form . The shares shall be represented by certificates in form meeting the requirements of law and approved by the Board of Directors. Certificates shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President and by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer. These signatures may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar other than the Corporation itself or its employees.

 

11


Section 6.2 Terms and Conditions of Issuance . Subject to the terms of the Articles of Incorporation, shares of the Corporation may be issued at such times, for such considerations and on such terms as may be established from time to time by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion without the approval of the shareholders.

 

Section 6.3 Number of Shares Represented by Certificates . Share certificates may be issued to represent more than one share. If shares held by a shareholder are represented by one share certificate, and if such shareholder disposes of part of his or her shares, such shareholder shall be entitled to request the issuance of a share certificate representing such shareholder’s remaining shares.

 

ARTICLE VII

LOST AND MUTILATED CERTIFICATES

 

If any shareholder can prove to the satisfaction of the Board of Directors or any transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation, that any share certificate has been mutilated, mislaid or destroyed, then, at such shareholder’s written request, a duplicate may be issued by the Board of Directors or any transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may deem fit. Upon the issuance of the duplicate share certificate (on which it shall be noted that such certificate is a duplicate), the original share certificate shall be null and void vis-à-vis the Corporation. A mutilated share certificate may be exchanged for a duplicate certificate upon delivery of the mutilated certificate to the Board of Directors or any transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII

SHAREHOLDERS REGISTER; TRANSFER OF SHARES; NOTICES

 

Section 8.1 Shareholders Register . The Board of Directors, or registrar or transfer agent designated pursuant to Section 8.5, shall keep a shareholders register (the “Register”), which contains the names and addresses of all registered shareholders, the number and class of shares held by each shareholder, and the dates when the shareholders became owners of record. The Board of Directors shall regularly maintain the Register, including the registration in the Register of any issue, transfer and cancellation of shares.

 

Section 8.2 Addresses to be Furnished, Etc . Each shareholder is required to provide his or her address to the Corporation. The Corporation shall be entitled for all purposes to rely on the name and address of the aforementioned persons as entered in the Register. Such person may at any time change his or her address as entered in the Register by means of a written notification to the Corporation at its principal office, or any transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation.

 

Section 8.3 Access to Register . At the request of a shareholder, the Board of Directors shall furnish an extract of the Register, free of charge, insofar as it relates to such person’s interest in a share.

 

Section 8.4 Location of Register . The Register shall be kept by the Board of Directors at the Corporation’s principal office, or by a registrar or transfer agent designated thereto by the Board of Directors at such other location as it may deem fit. In case the Register is kept at any

 

12


location other than the Corporation’s principal office, then the registrar or transfer agent shall be obligated to send to the principal office of the Corporation a copy thereof from time to time. In case a registrar or transfer agent is appointed by the Board of Directors, then such registrar or transfer agent shall be authorized and, as the case may be, obligated to exercise the rights and fulfill the obligations set out in this Article with respect to the Register.

 

Section 8.5 Transfer of Shares . The transfer of shares shall be effected (i) by serving upon the Corporation in the manner prescribed by law, an instrument of transfer, or (ii) by written acknowledgment by the Corporation of the transfer, which acknowledgment shall be signed on behalf of the Corporation by or on behalf of the Board of Directors or by the registrar or transfer agent of the Corporation. In case a share certificate is outstanding, the written acknowledgment by the Corporation of the transfer of a share, including any limited rights thereon, can only be made by an endorsement of the transfer on such share certificate. In that case, the transferor or transferee of a share shall present such share certificate to the Corporation, or its registrar or transfer agent, for acknowledgment of the transfer on behalf of the Corporation to be made thereon. In case no share certificate has been issued, the registration of the transfer of a share in the Register shall have the effect of a written acknowledgment by the Corporation of such transfer of a share. This Section shall also apply in the case of an allocation of shares resulting from a division and partition of any community property.

 

ARTICLE IX

BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

Section 9.1 Books of Account . The Board of Directors shall cause to be kept proper records of account with respect to all transactions of the Corporation and in particular with respect to:

 

(i) all sums of money received and expended by the Corporation and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure relates;

 

(ii) all sales and purchases of goods by the Corporation; and

 

(iii) all assets and liabilities of the Corporation.

 

Section 9.2 Minutes . The Board of Directors shall cause minutes to be duly entered in the books provided for the purpose:

 

(i) of all elections and appointments of Officers;

 

(ii) of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Board of Directors and of any committee appointed by the Board of Directors; and

 

(iii) of all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Board of Directors and meetings and committees appointed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9.3 Place Where Books of Account and Minutes are Kept . The Corporation shall maintain its books of account and minutes at its registered office, or subject to the provisions of the BCA, at such other place as the Board of Directors deems fit.

 

13


ARTICLE X

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 10.1 Term of Financial Year . The financial year of the Corporation shall run from the first day of January of each year up to and including the last day of December of such year.

 

Section 10.2 Seal . The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Marshall Islands.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. The seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

 

Section 10.3 Section Headings . Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

 

Section 10.4 Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Articles of Incorporation, the BCA or any other applicable law, the provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

 

Section 10.5 Electronic Transmission . For purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 11.1 By the Shareholders . These Bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the outstanding Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares entitled to vote, voting as a single class, at any annual or special meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present or represented.

 

Section 11.2 By the Directors . These Bylaws may, subject to provisions of applicable law, be adopted, amended and repealed without a vote of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors at any meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present, except that the provisions of Section 11.1 may be amended only by the affirmative vote of holders of not less than 80% of the outstanding Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares entitled to vote, voting as a single class at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders at which a quorum is present or represented.

 

14

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

 

 


The Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the number of shares constituting each class or series of stock and the designation thereof, and a copy of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE ARE OR WERE BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY A PERSON WHO WAS OR BECAME AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR AN AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE OF AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT). ACCORDINGLY, THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE AND THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 7(e) OF THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT.

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM       as tenants in common         UNIF GIFT MIN ACT                Custodian     
TEN ENT       as tenants by the entireties                  (Cust)         (Minor)
JT TEN       as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common                  under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                           Act               
                                     (State)     

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

For value received,                                                           hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

         
           
           

 

 
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

     
     
    shares
of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint    
    Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.    

 

Dated                                         

 

     

NOTICE:

  THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

 

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:
   
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

REEDER & SIMPSON P.C.

 

RRE Commercial Center

P.O. Box 601

Majuro, MH 96960, Marshall Islands

Telephone: +692 625 3602

Fax: +692 625 3603

E-mail: dreeder@ntamar.net

 

R. Simpson

8 Karaiskaki St., Moschaton 183 45

Athens, Greece

Telephone: +30 210 941 7208

Fax: +30 210 941 4790

E-mail: simpson@otenet.gr

Mobile phone: +30 6945 465 173

 

July 21, 2005

 

Seaspan Corporation

Attn: Gerry Wang

Room 503, 5/F

Lucky Commercial Center

103 Des Voeux Road West

Hong Kong

China

 

  Re: Seaspan Corporation– Registration Statement on Form F-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

I have acted as Marshall Islands counsel to Seaspan Corporation, a Marshall Islands corporation (the “Corporation”), in connection with the preparation of a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (No. 333-                    ) (such Registration Statement, as amended at the effective date thereof, being referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, with respect to the issuance and sale by the Corporation of up to 32,855,500 common shares (the “Common Shares”) of the Corporation.

 

In connection with this opinion, I have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to my satisfaction the following documents (together the “Documents”): (i) the Registration Statement; (ii) the Prospectus made part of the Registration Statement (the “Prospectus”); (iii) the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation; (iv) the Corporation’s Bylaws; (v) the Underwriting Agreement, dated [            ], between the Corporation and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Lehman Brothers Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Fortis Securities LLC, Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, DnB NOR Markets, Inc. and Dahlman Rose & Company LLC (the “Underwriting Agreement”); (vi) resolutions of the meetings of the Board of Directors of the Corporation held                      approving the initial public offering of the Corporation’s common shares and

 


actions relating thereto. I have also examined such corporate documents and records of the Corporation and other instruments, certificates and documents as I have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. In such examinations, I have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to me as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to me as copies or drafts of documents to be executed, the genuineness of all signatures, and the legal competence or capacity of persons or entities to execute and deliver such documents. As to various questions of fact which are material to the opinions hereinafter expressed, I have relied upon statements or certificates of public officials, directors of the Corporation and others, and have made no independent investigation, but have assumed that any representation, warranty or statement of fact or law, other than as to the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, made in any of the Documents is true, accurate and complete.

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and having regard to such other legal considerations that I deem relevant, I am of the opinion that the common shares of Corporation have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

I qualify my opinion to the extent that I express no opinion as to any law other than the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, including the statutes and Constitution of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, as in effect on the date hereof and the reported judicial decisions interpreting such statutes and constitution. None of the opinions expressed herein relates to compliance with or matters governed by the laws of any jurisdiction except the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

 

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and to each reference to me under the headings “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus, without admitting I am an “expert” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder with respect to any part of the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,
/ S /    D ENNIS J. R EEDER

Dennis J. Reeder

Reeder & Simpson, P.C.

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

1001 Fannin, Suite 2300

Houston, Texas 77002-6760

 

July 21, 2005

 

Seaspan Corporation

Attention: Gerry Wang

Room 503, 5F Lucky Commercial Center

103 Des Voeut Road West

Hong Kong

China

 

  Re: Seaspan Corporation Registration Statement of Form F-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel for Seaspan Corporation (the “Company”), a corporation formed under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, with respect to certain legal matters in connection with the offer and sale of common shares of the Company. We have also participated in the preparation of a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (No. 333-    ) (the “Registration Statement”) to which this opinion is an exhibit.

 

In connection therewith, we prepared the discussion (the “Discussion”) set forth under the caption “United States Tax Considerations” in the Registration Statement.

 

All statements of legal conclusions contained in the Discussion, unless otherwise noted, are our opinion with respect to the matters set forth therein as of the effective date of the Registration Statement. In addition, we are of the opinion that the Discussion, with respect to those matters as to which no legal conclusions are provided, is an accurate discussion of such federal income tax matters (except for the representations and statements of fact of the Company, included in the Discussion, as to which we express no opinion).

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the Registration Statement. This consent does not constitute an admission that we are “experts” within the meaning of such term as used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,
/ S /    V INSON & E LKINS L.L.P.

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

 

Exhibit 8.2

 

REEDER & SIMPSON P.C.

 

RRE Commercial Center

P.O. Box 601

Majuro, MH 96960, Marshall Islands

Telephone: +692 625 3602

Fax: +692 625 3603

E-mail: dreeder@ntamar.net

 

R. Simpson

8 Karaiskaki St., Moschaton 183 45

Athens, Greece

Telephone: +30 210 941 7208

Fax: +30 210 941 4790

E-mail: simpson@otenet.gr

Mobile phone: +30 6945 465 173

 

July 21, 2005

 

Seaspan Corporation

Attention: Gerry Wang

Room 503, 5/F

Lucky Commercial Center

103 Des Voeux Road West

Hong Kong

China

 

  Re: Seaspan Corporation Registration Statement of Form F-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

I have acted as Marshall Islands counsel to Seaspan Corporation, a Marshall Islands corporation (the “Corporation”), in connection with the preparation of a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (No. 333-                    ) (such Registration Statement, as amended at the effective date thereof, being referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, with respect to the issuance and sale by the Corporation of up to 32,855,500 common shares (the “Common Shares”) of the Corporation.

 

In connection therewith, I reviewed the discussion (the “Discussion”) set forth under the caption “Non-United States Tax Consequences - Marshall Islands Tax Consequences” in the Registration Statement.

 

All statements of legal conclusions contained in the Discussion, unless otherwise noted, are my opinion with respect to the matters set forth therein as of the effective date of the Registration Statement. In addition, I am of the opinion that the Discussion, with respect to

 


those matters as to which no legal conclusions are provided, is an accurate discussion of such Republic of the Marshall Islands tax matters (except for the representations and statements of fact of the Company, included in the Discussion, as to which I express no opinion).

 

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of my name in the Registration Statement. This consent does not constitute an admission that I am an “expert” within the meaning of such term as used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,
/ S /    D ENNIS J. R EEDER

Dennis J. Reeder

Reeder & Simpson, P.C.

 

Exhibit 8.3

 

    Our File:   05-1270
    Date:   July 21, 2005

 

Seaspan Corporation

Attention: Gerry Wang

Room 503, 5/F

Lucky Commercial Center

103 Des Voeux Road West

Hong Kong

China

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Re: Seaspan Corporation Registration Statement on Form F-1

 

We have acted as Canadian counsel to Seaspan Corporation (the “Company”), a corporation formed under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, in connection with the preparation of a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (No. 333-                    ) (such Registration Statement, as amended at the effective date thereof, being referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 , as amended (the “Act”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, with respect to the offer and sale by the Company of Common shares of the Company.

 

In connection therewith, we prepared the discussion (the “Discussion”) set forth under the caption “Non-United States Tax Consequences – Canadian Federal Income Tax Consequences” in the Registration Statement.

 

All statements of legal conclusions contained in the Discussion, unless otherwise noted, are our opinion with respect to the matters set forth therein as of the effective date of the Registration Statement. In addition, we are of the opinion that the Discussion, with respect to those matters as to which no legal conclusions are provided, is an accurate discussion of such Canadian federal income tax matters (except for the representations and statements of fact of the Company, included in the Discussion, as to which we express no opinion).

 


We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the Registration Statement. This consent does not constitute an admission that we are “experts” within the meaning of such term as used in the Act, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued thereunder.

 

Yours truly,
/s/ Bull, Housser & Tupper LLP
 
 

 

2

Exhibit 10.1

 


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

dated as of             , 2005

 

among

 

S EASPAN C ORPORATION ,

 

D ENNIS W ASHINGTON ,

 

T HE K EVIN L EE W ASHINGTON T RUST II,

 

G ERRY W ANG ,

 

T IGER C ONTAINER S HIPPING C OMPANY L IMITED

 

S EASPAN E AGLE S HIPPING C OMPANY L IMITED ,

 

S EASPAN B IRDIE S HIPPING C OMPANY L IMITED ,

 

H EMLOCK S HIPPING C OMPANY L IMITED

 

and

S PRUCE S HIPPING C OMPANY L IMITED

 


 


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1

   Defined Terms    1

Section 1.2

   General Interpretive Principles    5
ARTICLE II
REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 2.1

   Demand Registration    5

Section 2.2

   Shelf Registration    8

Section 2.3

   Piggyback Registration    10

Section 2.4

   Lock-Up Periods    11

Section 2.5

   Registration Procedures    12

Section 2.6

   Underwritten Offerings    17

Section 2.7

   No Inconsistent Agreements: Additional Rights    19

Section 2.8

   Registration Expenses    19

Section 2.9

   Indemnification    20
ARTICLE III
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.1

   Term    23

Section 3.2

   Injunctive Relief    23

Section 3.3

   Attorneys’ Fees    23

Section 3.4

   Notices    23

Section 3.5

   Successors, Assigns and Transferees    27

Section 3.6

   Governing Law: Service of Process: Consent to Jurisdiction    28

Section 3.7

   Severability    28

Section 3.8

   Amendment; Waiver    28

Section 3.9

   Counterparts    29

 

i


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of , 2005, by and between Seaspan Corporation, a Marshall Islands Corporation (the “Company”), Dennis Washington (“DW”), The Kevin Lee Washington Trust II (“KWT”), Gerry Wang (“GW”), Tiger Container Shipping Company Limited (“Tiger”) (DW, KWT, GW, and Tiger collectively referred to as the “Subordinated Share Holders”), Seaspan Eagle Shipping Company Limited (“Eagle”), Seaspan Birdie Shipping Company Limited (“Birdie”), Hemlock Shipping Company Limited (“Hemlock”) and Spruce Shipping Company Limited (“Spruce”), (Eagle, Birdie, Hemlock, and Spruce collectively referred to as the “VesselCos”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Subordinated Share Holders own all the Registrable Securities (as defined below) of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, the VesselCos may acquire Registrable Securities from the Company pursuant to the Ship Purchase Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to set forth certain registration rights applicable to the Registrable Securities.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual premises, covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1 Defined Terms.

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” has the meaning specified in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act. The term “ Affiliated ” has a correlative meaning.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Articles of Incorporation ” shall mean the Articles of Incorporation of the Company as amended from time to time.

 

Back-Stop Common Shares ” means the Class A Common Shares that may be issued to the VesselCos pursuant to the Ship Purchase Agreement.

 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 


Change of Control ” has the meaning set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.

 

Class A Common Shares ” means the Class A common shares of the Company.

 

Class B Common Shares ” means the Class B common shares of the Company.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall include the Company’s successors by merger, acquisition, reorganization, conversion or otherwise.

 

Company Public Sale ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 

Delivery Date ” shall mean the date that all of the 23 vessels described in the IPO Registration Statement are delivered to the Company.

 

Demanding Investor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

Demand Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(e).

 

Demand Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).

 

Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

Demand Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

Demand Suspension ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(g).

 

Equity Securities ” means the Class A Common Shares, the Subordinated Shares and any other equity interest or other securities convertible into equity interests of the Company.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party hereto or who succeeds to rights hereunder pursuant to Section 3.5.

 

Initial Registrable Securities ” means the Registrable Securities outstanding as of the date hereof.

 

Investor ” means each of the Subordinated Share Holders and the Vessel Cos, and each of their successors and permitted assigns.

 

IPO ” means an initial registered offering of equity securities of the Company to the public.

 

IPO Registration Statement ” means the registration statement filed in connection with the Company’s IPO.

 

Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a).

 

2


Material Adverse Change ” means

 

(i) any general suspension of trading in, or limitation on prices for, securities on any national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market in the United States;

 

(ii) the declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United States;

 

(iii) a material outbreak or escalation of armed hostilities or other international or national calamity involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or a change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions; and

 

(iv) any event, change, circumstance or effect that is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to the business, properties, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, association, limited liability company, partnership, estate, trust, unincorporated organization or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 

Preemption Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(f).

 

Prospectus ” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

 

Registrable Securities ” means any Equity Securities and any securities that may be issued or distributed or be issuable in respect of any Equity Securities by way of conversion, dividend, stock split or other distribution, merger, consolidation, exchange, recapitalization or reclassification or similar transaction; provided, however, that any such Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities to the extent:

 

(i) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such Registrable Securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of in accordance with the plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement;

 

(ii) such Registrable Securities have been distributed pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act; or

 

(iii) such Registrable Securities shall have been otherwise transferred and new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting transfer under the Securities Act

 

3


shall have been delivered by the Company and such securities may be publicly resold without Registration under the Securities Act.

 

Registration ” means a registration with the SEC of the Company’s securities for offer and sale to the public under a Registration Statement. The term “ Register ” shall have a correlative meaning.

 

Registration Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

 

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre- and post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

 

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants, equity financing partners or financial advisors or other Person associated with, or acting on behalf of, such Person.

 

Resale Date ” means the earlier of (a) the Delivery Date, (b) the date the Back-Stop Common Shares are issued and (c) the expiration date of the Subordination Period resulting from a Change of Control of the Company.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

Shelf Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).

 

Shelf Registration ” means a Registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” means a Registration Statement of the Company filed with the SEC when the Company qualifies to file using either (i) Form F-3 or S-3 or (ii) any successor form or other appropriate form under the Securities Act.

 

Shelf Suspension ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(c).

 

Ship Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated the date hereof between the Company and the parties listed on Schedule I.

 

Subordination Period ” has the meaning set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.

 

Subordinated Shares ” means the Class B Common Shares.

 

Underwritten Offering ” means a Registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter or underwriters on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public.

 

4


Violation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a).

 

Section 1.2 General Interpretive Principles.

 

The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

(a) The words “hereof, “herein”, “hereunder” and similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and any subsection, Section, Exhibit, Schedule and Annex references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

(b) The term “including” is not limiting and means “including without limitation.”

 

(c) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(d) Whenever the context requires, any pronouns used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms.

 

ARTICLE II

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

Section 2.1 Demand Registration.

 

(a) Demand by Holders. If at any time or from time to time after the Resale Date, there is no currently effective Shelf Registration Statement on file with the SEC under which an Investor holding, in the aggregate, not less than 5% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding could sell all of its Registrable Securities, such Investor may make a written request to the Company for Registration of all, but not less than all, the Registrable Securities held by such Investor (a “ Demanding Investor ”). Any such requested Registration shall hereinafter be referred to as a “ Demand Registration .” Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the kind and aggregate amount of Registrable Securities to be Registered and the intended methods of disposition thereof. Within 60 days of a request for a Demand Registration, the Company shall file a Registration Statement relating to such Demand Registration (a “ Demand Registration Statement ”), and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Demand Registration Statement to promptly be declared effective under (i) the Securities Act and (ii) the “Blue Sky” laws of such jurisdictions, as any managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or their counsel reasonably request.

 

(b) Limitation on Demand Registrations . Subject to Section 2.1(i), each Investor shall have the right to request up to [two] Demand Registrations. Notwithstanding the

 

5


foregoing, in no event shall the Company be required to effect more than a total of four Demand Registrations.

 

(c) Demand Withdrawal . A Demanding Investor and any other Holder that has requested its Registrable Securities be included in a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1(e) may withdraw its Registrable Securities from a Demand Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement. Upon receipt of a notice to such effect from the Demanding Investor, the Company shall cease all efforts to secure effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement and such Registration nonetheless shall be deemed a Demand Registration with respect to the Demanding Investor for purposes of Section 2.1(b) unless

 

(i) the withdrawing Demanding Investor shall have paid or reimbursed the Company for its pro rata share of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the Registration of such Demanding Investor’s withdrawn Registrable Securities; or

 

(ii) the withdrawal is made following the occurrence of a Material Adverse Change or because the Registration would require the Company to make disclosure of any event that the Board of Directors of the Company determines would not be in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders due to a pending transaction, investigation or other event, including any public disclosure of material non-public information, where such disclosure would, at that time, materially adversely affect the Company and its shareholders.

 

(d) Effective Registration. The Company shall be deemed to have effected a Demand Registration if the Demand Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and remains effective for (i) not less than 180 days (or such shorter period as will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Demand Registration Statement have been sold or withdrawn), (ii) the Shelf Period, in the case of a Shelf Registration, or (iii) if any such Registration Statement relates to an Underwritten Offering, such longer period as, in the opinion of counsel for the underwriter or underwriters, a Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer (the applicable period, the “ Demand Period ”). No Demand Registration shall be deemed to have been effected if:

 

(ii) during the Demand Period such Registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other governmental agency or court; or

 

(iii) the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement, if any, entered into in connection with such Registration are not satisfied other than by reason of a wrongful act, misrepresentation or breach of such applicable underwriting agreement by the Demanding Investor.

 

(e) Demand Notice. Promptly upon receipt of any request for a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) (but in no event more than five Business Days

 

6


thereafter), the Company shall deliver a written notice (a “ Demand Notice ”) of any such Registration request to all other Holders of Registrable Securities, and the Company shall include in such Demand Registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten Business Days after the date that the Demand Notice has been delivered. All requests made pursuant to this Section 2.1(e) shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities to be registered and the intended method of distribution of such securities.

 

(f) Preemption. If not more than 30 days prior to receipt of any request for a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a), the Company shall have (i) circulated to prospective underwriters and their counsel a draft of a Registration Statement for a primary offering of Equity Securities on behalf of the Company, (ii) solicited bids for a primary offering of Equity Securities, or (iii) otherwise reached a written understanding with an underwriter with respect to a primary offering of Equity Securities, the Company may preempt the Demand Registration with such primary offering by delivering written notice of such intention (the “ Preemption Notice ”) to the Demanding Investor and all other Holders of Registrable Securities, within five days after the Company has received the request. The period of preemption may be up to 45 days following the date such Preemption Notice is delivered. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall not be entitled to exercise its right to preempt a Demand Registration pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) more than once during any 12-month period.

 

(g) Delay in Filing; Suspension of Registration. If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Demand Registration Statement at any time would require the Company to make disclosure of any event that the Board of Directors of the Company determines would not be in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders due to a pending transaction, investigation or other event, including any public disclosure of material non-public information, where such disclosure would, at that time, materially adversely affect the Company and its shareholders, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, the Demand Registration Statement (a “ Demand Suspension ”): provided, however, that the Company shall not be permitted to exercise a Demand Suspension (i) more than once during any 6-month period, or (ii) for a period exceeding 60 days on any one occasion. In the case of a Demand Suspension, the Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon receipt of the notice referred to above. The Company shall immediately notify the Holders upon the termination of any Demand Suspension, amend or supplement the Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any material untrue statement or omission and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented as any such Holders may reasonably request. The Company agrees, if necessary, to supplement or make amendments to the Demand Registration Statement, if required by the registration form used by the Company for the Demand Registration or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or as may reasonably be requested by the Demanding Investor.

 

7


(h) Underwritten Offering. If a Demanding Investor so elects, an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering. Such Demanding Investor shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer the offering; provided such managing underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.

 

(i) Priority of Securities Registered Pursuant to Demand Registrations. If the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Offering of the Registrable Securities included in a Demand Registration, advise the Board of Directors in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, the securities to be included in such Demand Registration shall be:

 

(i) first, up to 100% of the Registrable Securities that the Demanding Investor proposes to include in the Demand Registration;

 

(ii) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (i) have been included, the number of Registrable Securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters can be sold without having such adverse effect, with such number to be allocated pro rata among the Holders that have requested to participate in such Demand Registration based on the relative number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder ( provided that any securities thereby allocated to a Holder that exceed such Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner); and

 

(iii) third, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (ii) have been included, the number of securities that the Company proposes to include in such Registration that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters can be sold without having such adverse effect.

 

Section 2.2 Shelf Registration .

 

(a) Filing . As promptly as practicable following the Resale Date, and a demand by an Investor that holds, in the aggregate, not less than 5% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, the Company shall file with the SEC a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of all Registrable Securities by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders, which shall include an underwriting plan of distribution and, thereafter, shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act. If the Resale Date becomes effective for any reason other than the occurrence of the Delivery Date, the Shelf Registration Statement shall include the maximum number of Registrable Securities that could be issued to the VesselCos pursuant to the Ship Purchase Agreement. If, on the Resale Date, the Company does not qualify to file a Shelf Registration Statement under the

 

8


Securities Act, the provisions of this Section 2.2 shall not apply, and the provisions of Section 2.1 shall apply instead.

 

(b) Continued Effectiveness. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act in order to permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by Holders until the earlier of (i) the date as of which all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or another registration statement filed under the Securities Act (but in no event prior to the applicable period referred to in Section 4(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder) and (ii) the date as of which each of the Holders is permitted to sell its Registrable Securities without Registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without volume limitation or other restrictions on transfer thereunder (such period of effectiveness, the “ Shelf Period ”). Subject to Section 2.2(c), the Company shall not be deemed to have used its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Period if the Company voluntarily takes any action or omits to take any action that would result in Holders of the Registrable Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement during the Shelf Period, unless such action or omission is required by applicable law.

 

(c) Suspension of Registration. If the continued use of such Shelf Registration Statement at any time would require the Company to make disclosure of any event that the Board of Directors of the Company determines would not be in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders due to a pending transaction, investigation or other event, including any public disclosure of material non-public information, where such disclosure would, at that time, materially adversely affect the Company and its shareholders, the Company may, upon giving at least ten days’ prior written notice of such action to the Holders, suspend all Holders’ ability to use the Shelf Registration Statement (a “ Shelf Suspension ”); provided that the Company shall not be permitted to exercise a Shelf Suspension (i) more than one time during any six-month period, or (ii) for a period exceeding 60 days on any one occasion. In the case of a Shelf Suspension, the Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon receipt of the notice referred to above. The Company shall immediately notify the Holders upon the termination of any Shelf Suspension, amend or supplement the Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any material untrue statement or omission and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented as the Holders may reasonably request. The Company agrees, if necessary, to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by the registration form used by the Company for the Shelf Registration or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or as may reasonably be requested by an Investor.

 

(d) Underwritten Offering. If an Investor elects an Underwritten Offering, such Investor shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer such offering; provided that such managing underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.

 

9


Section 2.3 Piggyback Registration .

 

(a) Participation. If the Company at any time proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to any offering of its securities for its own account or for the account of any other Persons (other than (i) a Registration under Sections 2.1 or 2.2, (ii) a Registration on Form F-4 or S-8 or any successor form to such Forms or (iii) a Registration of securities solely relating to an offering and sale to employees or directors of the Company pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement) (a “ Company Public Sale ”), then, as soon as practicable (but in no event less than 30 days prior to the proposed date of filing of such Registration Statement), the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to all Holders of Registrable Securities, and such notice shall offer each Holder the opportunity to Register under such Registration Statement such number of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing (a “ Piggyback Registration ”). Subject to Section 2.3(b), the Company shall include in such Registration Statement all such Registrable Securities that are requested to be included therein within 15 days after such notice is delivered; provided that if at any time after giving written notice of its intention to Register any securities and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such Registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to Register or to delay Registration of such securities, the Company shall give written notice of such determination to each Holder of Registrable Securities and, thereupon:

 

(i) in the case of a determination not to Register, shall be relieved of its obligation to Register any Registrable Securities in connection with such Registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith), without prejudice, however, to the rights of any Holders of Registrable Securities entitled to request that such Registration be effected as a Demand Registration under Section 2.1; and

 

(ii) in the case of a determination to delay Registering, in the absence of a request for a Demand Registration, shall be permitted to delay Registering any Registrable Securities, for the same period as the delay in Registering such other securities. If the offering pursuant to such Registration Statement is to be underwritten, then each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2.3(a) must, and the Company shall make such arrangements with the managing underwriter or underwriters so that each such Holder may, participate in such Underwritten Offering. If the offering pursuant to such Registration Statement is to be on any other basis, then each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2.3(a) must, and the Company shall make such arrangements so that each such Holder may, participate in such offering on such basis.

 

Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of such Holder’s Registrable Securities from a Piggyback Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement.

 

10


(b) Priority of Piggyback Registration. If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities included in a Piggyback Registration informs the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities which such Holders and any other Persons intend to include in such offering exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, then the securities to be included in such Registration shall be:

 

(i) first, up to 100% of the securities that the Company or (subject to Section 2.7) any Person (other than a Holder of Registrable Securities) exercising a contractual right to demand Registration, as the case may be, proposes to sell;

 

(ii) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (i) have been included, the number of Registrable Securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect, with such number to be allocated pro rata among the Holders that have requested to participate in such Registration based on the relative number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder ( provided that any securities thereby allocated to a Holder that exceed such Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner); and

 

(iii) third, and only if all of the Registrable Securities referred to in clause (ii) have been included in such Registration, any other securities eligible for inclusion in such Registration.

 

(c) No Effect on Demand Registrations. No Registration of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to a request under this Section 2.3 shall be deemed to have been effected pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 or shall relieve the Company of its obligations under Sections 2.1 or 2.2.

 

Section 2.4 Lock-Up Periods .

 

(a) Lock-Up Periods for Holders. In the event of a Company Public Sale of the Company’s equity securities in an Underwritten Offering, the Holders of Registrable Securities agree, if requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in such Underwritten Offering, not to effect any public sale or distribution of any securities (except, in each case, as part of the applicable Registration, if permitted) that are the same as or similar to those being Registered in connection with such Company Public Sale, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the period beginning seven days before and ending 180 days, in the case of the Company’s initial public offering, or 45 days, in the case of any other Company Public Sale in an Underwritten Offering (or, in each case, such lesser period as may be permitted by the Company or such managing underwriter or underwriters) after, the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in

 

11


connection with such Registration, to the extent timely notified in writing by the Company or the managing underwriter or underwriters.

 

(b) Lock-Up Period for the Company and Others. In the case of a Registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2 for an Underwritten Offering, the Company and each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees, if requested by the Demanding Investor or the managing underwriter or underwriters, not to effect any public sale or distribution of any securities that are the same as or similar to those being Registered, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the period beginning seven days before, and ending 45 days (or such lesser period as may be permitted by such Holders or such managing underwriter or underwriters) after, the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such Registration (or, in the case of an offering under a Shelf Registration Statement, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement in connection therewith), to the extent timely notified in writing by a Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the managing underwriter or underwriters. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may effect a public sale or distribution of securities of the type described above and during the periods described above if such sale or distribution is made pursuant to Registrations on Form F-4 or S-8 or any successor form to such Forms or as part of any Registration of securities for offering and sale to employees or directors of the Company pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement. The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain from each Holder of restricted securities of the Company which securities are the same as or similar to the Registrable Securities being Registered, or any restricted securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such securities, an agreement not to effect any public sale or distribution of such securities during any such period referred to in this paragraph, except as part of any such Registration, if permitted. Without limiting the foregoing (but subject to Section 2.7), if after the date hereof the Company grants any Person (other than a Holder of Registrable Securities) any rights to demand or participate in a Registration, the Company agrees that the agreement with respect thereto shall include such Person’s agreement to comply with any lock-up period required by this Section as if it were the Company hereunder.

 

Section 2.5 Registration Procedures .

 

(a) In connection with the Company’s Registration obligations under Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof as expeditiously as reasonably practicable, and in connection therewith the Company shall:

 

(i) prepare the required Registration Statement including all exhibits and financial statements required under the Securities Act to be filed therewith, and before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, (x) furnish to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, copies of all documents prepared to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review of such

 

12


underwriters and such Holders and their respective counsel and (y) except in the case of a Registration under Section 2.3, not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendments or supplements thereto to which the Demanding Investor or the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object;

 

(ii) as soon as possible (in the case of a Demand Registration, no later than 60 days after a request for a Demand Registration) file with the SEC a Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities including all exhibits and financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act;

 

(iii) prepare and file with the SEC such pre- and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement and supplements to the Prospectus as may be (x) reasonably requested by the Demanding Investor, (y) reasonably requested by any participating Holder (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such Holder), or (z) necessary to keep such Registration effective for the period of time required by this Agreement, and comply with provisions of the applicable securities laws with respect to the sale or other disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

 

(iv) notify the participating Holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such advice in writing and provide copies of the relevant documents, as soon as reasonably practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company (a) when the applicable Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective, and when the applicable Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such Prospectus has been filed, (b) of any written comments by the SEC or any request by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or such Prospectus or for additional information, (c) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order by the SEC or any other regulatory authority preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, (d) if, at any time, the representations and warranties of the Company in any applicable underwriting agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects, and (e) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

(v) subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(g), promptly notify each selling Holder of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, when the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable Registration Statement or the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (as then in effect) contains any untrue statement of a

 

13


material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of such Prospectus and any preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, in either case as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC, and furnish without charge to the selling Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, an amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus which shall correct such misstatement or omission or effect such compliance;

 

(vi) use its reasonable best efforts to prevent or obtain the withdrawal of any stop order or other order suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus;

 

(vii) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters and the Investors whose Registrable Securities are being sold agree should be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such Registrable Securities; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

 

(viii) furnish to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many conformed copies as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request of the applicable Registration Statement and any pre- or post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference);

 

(ix) deliver to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many copies of the applicable Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request (it being understood that the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto) and such other documents as such selling Holder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder or underwriter;

 

(x) on or prior to the date on which the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel, in connection with the registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of each state and other jurisdiction of the United States as any

 

14


managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or their counsel reasonably request in writing, and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to keep such registration or qualification in effect for such period as required by Sections 2.1(d) or 2.2(b), whichever is applicable, provided that the Company will not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to taxation or general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

 

(xi) cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request at least two business days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters;

 

(xii) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(xiii) not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities and provide the applicable transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company;

 

(xiv) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Registrable Securities being registered, and the underwriters or agents, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in secondary underwritten public offerings;

 

(xv) enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting and indemnification agreements) and take all such other actions as the Demanding Investor or the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(xvi) obtain for delivery to the Holders of Registrable Securities being registered and to the underwriter or underwriters, if any, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company dated the effective date of the Registration Statement or, in the event of an Underwritten Offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and substance, which opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Holders or underwriters, as the case may be, and their respective counsel;

 

(xvii) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, obtain for delivery to the Company and the managing underwriter or underwriters, with copies to the Holders of

 

15


Registrable Securities included in such Registration, a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and brought down to the closing under the underwriting agreement;

 

(xviii) cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the NYSE;

 

(xix) use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable securities laws and make available to its security Holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(xx) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

 

(xxi) use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which any of the Company’s securities are then listed or quoted and on each inter-dealer quotation system on which any of the Company’s securities are then quoted;

 

(xxii) make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by a Representative appointed by the Demanding Investor, by any underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such Registration Statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Demanding Investor or any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements to make themselves available to discuss the business of the Company and to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Person in connection with such Registration Statement as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility; provided that any such Person gaining access to information regarding the Company pursuant to this Section 2.5(a)(xxii) shall agree to hold in strict confidence and shall not make any disclosure or use any information regarding the Company that the Company determines in good faith to be confidential, and of which determination such Person is notified, unless (w) the release of such information is requested or required (by deposition, interrogatory, requests for information or documents by a governmental entity, subpoena or similar process), (x) such information is or becomes publicly known other than through a breach of this or any other agreement of which such Person has knowledge, (y) such information is or becomes available to such Person on

 

16


a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or (z) such information is independently developed by such Person; and

 

(xxiii) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, cause the senior executive officers of the Company to participate in the customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in any such Underwritten Offering and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with, and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto.

 

(b) The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any Registration is being effected to furnish to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such securities and such other information relating to such Holder and its ownership of Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing. Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees to furnish such information to the Company and to cooperate with the Company as reasonably necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement and applicable law.

 

(c) Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.5(a)(v), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.5(a)(v), or until such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and if so directed by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the period during which the applicable Registration Statement is required to be maintained effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement either receives the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.5(a)(v) or is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed.

 

Section 2.6 Underwritten Offerings.

 

(a) Shelf and Demand Registrations. If requested by the underwriters for any Underwritten Offering requested by Holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration under Section 2.1 or Section 2.2, the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with such underwriters for such offering, such agreement to be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Company, the Demanding Investor and the underwriters, and to contain such representations and warranties by the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including indemnities no less favorable to the recipient thereof than those provided in Section 2.9. The Holders of the

 

17


Registrable Securities proposed to be distributed by such underwriters shall cooperate with the Company in the negotiation of the underwriting agreement and shall give consideration to the reasonable suggestions of the Company regarding the form thereof. Such Holders of Registrable Securities to be distributed by such underwriters shall be parties to such underwriting agreement, which underwriting agreement shall (i) contain such representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such Holders of Registrable Securities as are customarily made by issuers to selling stockholders in secondary underwritten public offerings and (ii) provide that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also shall be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Holders of Registrable Securities. Any such Holder of Registrable Securities shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, such Holder’s title to the Registrable Securities, such Holder’s intended method of distribution and any other representations that are customary in secondary underwritten public offerings or that are required to be made by such Holder under applicable law, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Holder shall not exceed such Holder’s net proceeds from such Underwritten Offering.

 

(b) Piggyback Registrations. If the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act as contemplated by Section 2.3 and such securities are to be distributed in an Underwritten Offering through one or more underwriters, the Company shall, if requested by any Holder of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.3 and subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(b), use its reasonable best efforts to arrange for such underwriters to include on the same terms and conditions that apply to the other sellers in such Registration all the Registrable Securities to be offered and sold by such Holder among the securities of the Company to be distributed by such underwriters in such Registration. The Holders of Registrable Securities to be distributed by such underwriters shall be parties to the underwriting agreement between the Company and such underwriters, which underwriting agreement shall (i) contain such representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such Holders of Registrable Securities as are customarily made by issuers to selling stockholders in secondary underwritten public offerings and (ii) provide that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also shall be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Holders of Registrable Securities. Any such Holder of Registrable Securities shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to, or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, such Holder’s title to the Registrable Securities and such Holder’s intended method of distribution or any other representations that are customary in secondary underwritten public offerings or that are required to be made by such Holder under applicable law, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Holder shall not exceed such Holder’s net proceeds from such Underwritten Offering.

 

(c) Participation in Underwritten Registrations. Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.6(a) and 2.6(b) above, no Person may participate in any Underwritten Offering hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled to approve such arrangements

 

18


and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

(d) Price and Underwriting Discounts. In the case of an Underwritten Offering under Sections 2.1 or 2.2, the price, underwriting discount and other financial terms for the Registrable Securities shall be determined by the Demanding Investor. In addition, in the case of any Underwritten Offering, each of the Holders may withdraw their request to participate in the registration pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 after being advised of such price, discount and other terms and shall not be required to enter into any agreements or documentation that would require otherwise.

 

Section 2.7 No Inconsistent Agreements: Additional Rights.

 

The Company shall not hereafter enter into, and is not currently a party to, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities by this Agreement.

 

Section 2.8 Registration Expenses.

 

All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement shall be paid by the Company, including (i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC or the NYSE, (ii) all fees and expenses in connection with compliance with any securities or “Blue Sky” laws, (iii) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and cold comfort letters required by or incident to such performance), (v) Securities Act liability insurance or similar insurance if the Company so desires or the underwriters so require in accordance with then-customary underwriting practice, (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or quotation of the Registrable Securities on any inter-dealer quotation system, (vii) all applicable rating agency fees with respect to the Registrable Securities, (viii) all reasonable fees and disbursements of one law firm or other counsel selected by the Demanding Investor, (ix) all reasonable fees and expenses of accountants selected by the Demanding Investor, (x) any reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, (xi) all fees and expenses of any special experts or other Persons retained by the Company in connection with any Registration, and (xii) all of the Company’s internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties). All such expenses are referred to herein as “ Registration Expenses .” The Company shall not be required to pay any fees and disbursements to underwriters not customarily paid by the issuers of securities in a secondary offering, including underwriting

 

19


discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

 

Section 2.9 Indemnification.

 

(a) Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Securities, each member, limited or general partner thereof, each member, limited or general partner of each such member, limited or general partner, each of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, employees, advisors, and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Persons and each of their respective Representatives from and against any and all losses, penalties, judgments, suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, joint or several (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) (each, a “ Loss ” and collectively “ Losses ”) arising out of or based upon any of the following (each, a “ Violation ” and collectively “ Violations ”): (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were Registered under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein) or any other disclosure document produced by or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries including, without limitation, reports and other documents filed under the Exchange Act, (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement or (iv) any actions or inactions or proceedings in respect of the foregoing whether or not such indemnified party is a party thereto; provided, that the Company shall not be liable to any particular indemnified party (x) to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such indemnified party expressly for use in the preparation thereof or (y) to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or omission in a preliminary Prospectus relating to Registrable Securities, if a Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented) that would have cured the defect was furnished to the indemnified party from whom the Person asserting the claim giving rise to such Loss purchased Registrable Securities at least five (5) days prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Securities to such Person and a copy of such Prospectus (as amended and supplemented) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such indemnified party to such Person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Securities to such Person. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals

 

20


participating in the distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the indemnified parties.

 

(b) Indemnification by the Selling Holder of Registrable Securities. Each selling Holder of Registrable Securities agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) and any other selling Holder of Registrable Securities and each member, limited or general partner thereof, each member, limited or general partner of each such member, limited or general partner, each of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, employees, advisors, and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Persons and each of their respective Representatives, from and against any Losses resulting from any Violation, in each case, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such indemnified party expressly for use in the preparation thereof and has not been corrected in a subsequent writing prior to or concurrently with the sale of the Registrable Securities to the Person asserting the claim. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder of Registrable Securities hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder under the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation. The Company shall be entitled to receive indemnities from underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, to the same extent as provided above (with appropriate modification) with respect to information furnished in writing by such Persons specifically for inclusion in any Prospectus or Registration Statement.

 

(c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification ( provided that any delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is actually and materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure) and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (i) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay such fees or expenses, (ii) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a reasonable time after receipt of notice of such claim from the Person entitled to indemnification hereunder and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person, (iii) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of its counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, or (iv) in the reasonable judgment of any such Person (based upon advice of its counsel) a conflict of interest may exist between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims (in which case, if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person). If the indemnifying party

 

21


assumes the defense, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to settle such action without the consent of the indemnified party. No indemnifying party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of an unconditional release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation without the prior written consent of such indemnified party. If such defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its prior written consent, but such consent may not be unreasonably withheld. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, except as specifically set forth in this Section 2.9(c), in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements or other charges of more than one separate firm admitted to practice in such jurisdiction at any one time unless (x) the employment of more than one counsel has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party or parties, (y) an indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on the advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the other indemnified parties or (z) a conflict or potential conflict exists or may exist (based upon advice of counsel to an indemnified party) between such indemnified party and the other indemnified parties, in each of which cases the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel or counsels.

 

(d) Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.9 is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any Losses referred to therein, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the acts, statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. In connection with any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Company, the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.9(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 2.9(d). No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to in Sections 2.9(a) and 2.9(b) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.9(d), in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Company, a selling Holder of Registrable Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder under the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such contribution obligation. If indemnification is available under this Section 2.9, the

 

22


indemnifying parties shall indemnify each indemnified party to the full extent provided in Sections 2.9(a) and 2.9(b) hereof without regard to the provisions of this Section 2.9(d). The remedies provided for in this Section 2.9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

 

ARTICLE III

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 3.1 Term.

 

This Agreement shall terminate upon the later of the expiration of the Shelf Period and such time as there are no Registrable Securities, except for the provisions of Section 2.9 and all of this Article III, which shall survive any such termination.

 

Section 3.2 Injunctive Relief.

 

It is hereby agreed and acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damage that would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations herein imposed on them and that in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved Person will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Any such Person shall, therefore, be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled in law or in equity) to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, and if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.

 

Section 3.3 Attorneys’ Fees.

 

In any action or proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement or where any provision hereof is validly asserted as a defense, the successful party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees in addition to any other available remedy.

 

Section 3.4 Notices.

 

All notices, other communications or documents provided for or permitted to be given hereunder, shall be made in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by personal hand-delivery, by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail, by mailing the same in a sealed envelope, registered first-class mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery, in

 

23


each case, to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 3.4):

 

(a) if to the Company:

 

Seaspan Corporation

Room 503, 5/F, Lucky Commercial Center

103 Des Voeux Road West

Hong Kong

China

Attention: Gerry Wang

Telephone: (854) 254 01 686

Fax: (852) 254 01689

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

666 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10103

Attention: Mike Rosenwasser

Telephone: (212) 237-0000

Fax: (212) 237-0100

 

(b) if to the Investor:

 

Dennis Washington

 

Attention:

Telephone:                     

Fax:                     

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Attention:

Telephone:                     

Fax:                     

 

The Kevin Lee Washington Trust II

 

Attention:

Telephone:                     

Fax:                     

 

24


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Attention:

Telephone:                     

Fax:                     

 

Gerry Wang

c/o Seaspan Container Lines Limited

Diagoras House

16 P. Caterlaris Street

P.C. 1097

Nicosia

Cyprus

Marked Personal and Confidential

Telephone: (604) 482-8777

Fax:                     

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Bernard & Partners

 

Attention: Mark Hilton

Telephone:                     

Fax:                     

 

Tiger Container Shipping Company Limited

Britcay House

George Town

Grand Cayman

Cayman Islands

Attention:

Telephone:                     

Fax:                     

 

25


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Bernard & Partners

 

Attention: Mark Hilton

Telephone:                     

Fax:                     

 

Seaspan Eagle Shipping Company Limited

 

Diagoras House

16 P. Caterlaris Street

P.C. 1097

Nicosia

Cyprus

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Attention:

Telephone:                     

Fax:                     

 

Seaspan Birdie Shipping Company Limited

 

Diagoras House

16 P. Caterlaris Street

P.C. 1097

Nicosia

Cyprus

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Attention:

Telephone:                     

Fax:                     

 

Hemlock Shipping Company Limited

 

Diagoras House

16 P. Caterlaris Street

P.C. 1097

Nicosia

Cyprus

 

 

26


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Attention:

Telephone:                     

Fax:                     

 

Spruce Shipping Company Limited

 

Diagoras House

16 P. Caterlaris Street

P.C. 1097

Nicosia

Cyprus

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Attention:

Telephone:                     

Fax:                     

 

Section 3.5 Successors, Assigns and Transferees.

 

(a) Each party may assign all or a portion of its rights hereunder to any Person to which such party transfers its ownership of all or any of its Registrable Securities; provided that no such assignment shall be binding upon or obligate the Company to any such assignee unless and until the Company shall have received notice of such assignment as herein provided and a written agreement of the assignee to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, and, provided further, that the rights described under Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall not transfer to any Person unless (i) such Person (x) is an Affiliate of the Holder transferring such rights or (y) receives in such transfer at least 5% of all Equity Securities and (ii) such Equity Securities could not otherwise be transferred by such assignee without registration under the Securities Act.

 

(b) The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective successors. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any Person not

 

27


a party hereto (other than each other Person entitled to indemnity or contribution under Section 2.9) any right, remedy or claim under or by virtue of this Agreement.

 

Section 3.6 Governing Law: Service of Process: Consent to Jurisdiction.

 

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PROVISIONS, POLICIES OR PRINCIPLES THEREOF RELATING TO CHOICE OR CONFLICT OF LAWS AND, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES.

 

Section 3.7 Severability.

 

Whenever possible, each provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law but if any provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or portion of any provision in such jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion of any provision had never been contained therein.

 

Section 3.8 Amendment; Waiver.

 

(a) This Agreement may not be amended or modified and waivers and consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, except by an instrument or instruments in writing making specific reference to this Agreement and signed by the Company and all Investors holding at least 5% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding. Each Holder of any Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment, modification, waiver or consent authorized by this Section 3.8(a), whether or not such Registrable Securities shall have been marked accordingly.

 

(b) The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no failure on the part of any party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder, or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by such party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

 

28


Section 3.9 Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION

By:        
   

Name:

 

Gerry Wang

   

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

DENNIS WASHINGTON

         
         
         

THE KEVIN LEE WASHINGTON TRUST II

By:        
    Name:    
    Title:    

GERRY WANG

         
         
         

TIGER CONTAINER SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

By:        
    Name:    
    Title:    

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]

 


SEASPAN EAGLE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

By:

       
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

SEASPAN BIRDIE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

By:

       
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

HEMLOCK SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

By:

       
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

SPRUCE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

By:

       
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]

 


Schedule I

 

CSCL Hamburg Shipping Company Limited

CSCL Chiwan Shipping Company Limited

CSCL Ningbo Shipping Company Limited

CSCL Dalian Shipping Company Limited

CSCL Felixstowe Shipping Company Limited

 

Clorina Marine Company Limited

Elia Shipping Company Limited

 

Vancouver Shipping Company Limited

Tofino Shipping Company Limited

Nootka Shipping Company Limited

Nanaimo Shipping Company Limited

Burrard Shipping Company Limited

 

Seaspan King Shipping Company Limited

Seaspan Queen Shipping Company Limited

Seaspan Knight Shipping Company Limited

Seaspan Bishop Shipping Company Limited

Seaspan Castle Shipping Company Limited

Seaspan Pawn Shipping Company Limited

Seaspan Ace Shipping Company Limited

Seaspan Eagle Shipping Company Limited

Seaspan Birdie Shipping Company Limited

 

Hemlock Shipping Company Limited

Spruce Shipping Company Limited

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of                      , 2005

 

Among

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION

SEASPAN MANAGEMENT SERVICES LIMITED

SEASPAN ADVISORY SERVICES LIMITED

SEASPAN SHIP MANAGEMENT LTD. and

SEASPAN CREW MANAGEMENT LTD.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.     DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

    

1.1

 

Certain Definitions

   2

1.2

 

Construction

   8

1.3

 

Headings

   9

2.     ENGAGEMENT OF MANAGER

    

2.1

 

Engagement

   9

2.2

 

Powers and Duties of the Manager

   9

2.3

 

Ability to Subcontract

   9

2.4

 

BIMCO Standard Ship Management Contracts

   10

2.5

 

Outside Activities

   10

2.6

 

Exclusive Appointment

   10

2.7

 

Authority of the Parties

   10

2.8

 

Inspection of Books and Records

   10

3.     TECHNICAL SERVICES

    

3.1

 

Technical Vessel Management Services

   11

3.2

 

Commercial Management Services

   12

3.3

 

Crew Management Services

   12

3.4

 

Insurance

   13

3.5

 

Dry-Docking, Repairs and Improvements

   14

3.6

 

Regulatory Compliance Services

   14

4.     ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

    

4.1

 

Accounting and Records

   15

4.2

 

Reporting Requirements

   15

4.3

 

Financial Statements and Tax Returns

   15

4.4

 

Budgets and Corporate Planning

   16

4.5

 

Legal and Securities Compliance Services

   17

4.6

 

Bank Accounts

   18

4.7

 

Licence

   19

4.8

 

Other Administrative Services

   19

5.     STRATEGIC SERVICES

    

5.1

 

Acquisitions, Charter Parties and Finance

   20

5.2

 

Warehousing

   21

5.3

 

Pre-delivery Services

   21

6.     EMPLOYEES AND MANAGER’S PERSONNEL

    

6.1

 

Manager’s Personnel

   22

6.2

 

Officers

   22

 


7.     COVENANTS OF THE MANAGER

    

8.     MANAGER’S COMPENSATION

    

8.1

 

Initial Technical Services Fee

   24

8.2

 

Adjustment to Initial Technical Services Fee

   24

8.3

 

Technical Services Fees for New Vessels

   24

8.4

 

Dispute Resolution of Technical Services Fee

   24

8.5

 

Administrative Services Fee

   25

8.6

 

Incentive Shares

   25

8.7

 

Reimbursement for Expenses for Administrative Services and Strategic Services

   25

8.8

 

Invoicing

   26

8.9

 

Dispute of Invoice

   26

8.10

 

Direction to Pay

   26

9.     LIABILITY OF THE MANAGER; INDEMNIFICATION

    

9.1

 

Liability of the Manager

   26

9.2

 

Extraordinary Costs and Capital Expenditures

   27

9.3

 

Manager Indemnification

   27

9.4

 

Company Indemnification

   28

9.5

 

Limitation Regarding Crew

   28

10.     TERM AND TERMINATION

    

10.1

 

Initial Term

   28

10.2

 

Renewal Term

   28

10.3

 

Termination by the Company

   28

10.4

 

Termination by the Manager

   29

10.5

 

Automatic Termination

   30

10.6

 

Effects of Termination or Expiry

   31

10.7

 

Nature of the Agency

   32

11.     DISPUTE RESOLUTION

    

11.1

 

Notice Dispute

   33

11.2

 

Mediation

   33

12.     GENERAL

    

12.1

 

Incentive Shares

   33

12.2

 

Assignment

   33

12.3

 

Change of Control of the Manager

   34

12.4

 

Ownership of Advisor and Ship Manager

   34

12.5

 

Force Majeure

   34

12.6

 

Confidentiality

   34

12.7

 

Notices

   35

12.8

 

Third Party Rights

   35

12.9

 

Severability

   35

12.10

 

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

   36

12.11

 

Binding Effect

   36

12.12

 

Amendment and Waivers

   36

12.13

 

Entire Agreement

   36

12.14

 

Waiver

   37

12.15

 

Counterparts

   37

 

ii


MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT dated as of                                          , 2005,

 

AMONG:

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION, a corporation formed under the laws of the Marshall Islands

 

AND

 

SEASPAN MANAGEMENT SERVICES LIMITED, a company formed under the laws of Bermuda

 

AND

 

SEASPAN ADVISORY SERVICES LIMITED, a company formed under the laws of Bermuda

 

AND

 

SEASPAN SHIP MANAGEMENT LTD., a company formed under the laws of British Columbia

 

AND

 

SEASPAN CREW MANAGEMENT LTD., a company formed under the laws of the Bahamas

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. The shareholders (the “ Owners” ) of Seaspan Container Lines Limited (“ SCLL ”) have caused the Manager (as defined herein) to be formed;

 

B. SCLL, through its subsidiaries, owns and operates, or will own and operate, twenty-three containerships (the “ SCLL Business ”) and has elected to sell the SCLL Business (the “ Sale ”) to the Company (as defined herein) in connection with an initial public offering of Common Shares of the Company (the “ Public Offering ”);

 

C. It is a condition of the Sale and the Public Offering that the Company enter into a management agreement with the Manager pursuant to which the Manager and, indirectly, the Owners, will receive fees and other consideration with respect to the on-going technical, administrative and strategic management of the Vessels (as defined herein) and the growth and development of the SCLL Business, a business in which, upon it being acquired by Seaspan Corporation, Seaspan Advisory Services Limited will hold an interest as a consequence of entering into this Agreement;

 


D. Concurrently with the Public Offering, certain of the Owners or their affiliates and associates will subscribe for 7,145,000 Subordinated Shares (as defined herein) and 100 Incentive Shares (as defined herein) of the Company;

 

E. The Company wishes to engage the Manager to manage and operate the business and affairs of the Company, including the acquired SCLL Business, and the Manager wishes to accept such engagement, on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

 

F. The Ship Manager and the Advisor (each as defined herein) are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Manager and the Crew Manager (as defined herein) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Ship Manager.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and premises of the Parties herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each Party), the Parties agree as follows:

 

1.   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1   Certain Definitions

 

In this Agreement, including the recitals hereto, unless the context requires otherwise, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

Accounting Referee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.9.

 

Adjusted Operating Surplus ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Articles of Incorporation.

 

Adjusted Technical Services Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.2.

 

Administrative Services ” means the services to be provided by the Manager to the Company under Section 4.

 

Administrative Services Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.5.

 

Advisor ” means Seaspan Advisory Services Limited or any successor thereof permitted in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person as at any particular date, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, the Person in question.

 

Agreement ” means this management agreement as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Applicable Laws ” means, in respect of any Person, property, transaction or event, all laws, including, without limitation, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC, all statutes, ordinances, regulations, municipal by-laws, treaties, judgments and decrees applicable to that Person,

 

2


property, transaction or event and all applicable official directives, rules, consents, approvals, authorizations, guidelines, orders, codes of practice and policies of any Governmental Authority having authority over that Person, property, transaction or event and having the force of law, and all general principles of common law and equity.

 

Approved Budget ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.4(c).

 

Articles of Incorporation ” means the articles of incorporation of the Company, as amended from time to time, as filed with the Registrar of Corporations of the Republic of The Marshall Islands.

 

Base Dividend ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Articles of Incorporation.

 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company as the same may be constituted from time to time.

 

Books and Records ” means all books of account and records, including tax records, sales and purchase records, vessel records, computer software, formulae, business reports, plans and projections and all other documents, files, correspondence and other information of the Company with respect to the Vessels or the Containership Business (whether or not in written, printed, electronic or computer printout form).

 

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday on which the banks in the Marshall Islands, Hong Kong or the Province of British Columbia are required to close.

 

Change of Control ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10.5.

 

Charter ” means a charter party agreement between the Company and any Person that relates to any of the Vessels.

 

Charterers ” means Lykes, CSCL and such other Persons that have entered into a Charter with the Company and “ Charterer ” means any one of them.

 

Chief Executive Officer ” means the chief executive officer of the Company.

 

Chief Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer of the Company.

 

Commercial Services ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.2.

 

Common Shares ” means the Class A common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

Company ” means Seaspan Corporation and any successor company permitted under this Agreement.

 

Company Breach ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10.4(b).

 

Company Group ” means the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

3


Company Group Member ” means any member of the Company Group.

 

Containerships ” means any ocean-going vessel that is intended to be used primarily to transport containers or is being used primarily to transport containers.

 

Containership Assets ” means Containerships and any assets that are customarily owned or operated in conjunction with Containerships, in each case, that are encompassed within the definition of Containership Business.

 

Containership Business ” means the business of chartering or re-chartering Containerships to others, and any other lawful act or activity customarily conducted in conjunction therewith.

 

Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors who (i) was a member of the Board of Directors immediately after the completion of the Public Offering, or (ii) was nominated for election or elected to the Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors immediately after the completion of the Public Offering or whose nomination or election was previously so approved.

 

Control ” or “ Controlled ” means, with respect to any Person, the right to elect or appoint, directly or indirectly, a majority of the directors of such Person or a majority of the Persons who have the right, including any contractual right, to manage and direct the business, affairs and operations of such Person, or the possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of Voting Securities, by contract, or otherwise.

 

Credit Facility ” means the credit facility agreement dated                          , 2005 between the Company and various banks and other financial institutions thereto, and any other credit facility or other financing facility in respect of the Vessels, including any replacement facilities or junior priority facilities.

 

Crew ” means the master, officers, employees, ratings and other crew members of a Vessel.

 

Crew Employment and Support Expenses ” means all Employment Expenses of the Crew and all expenses of a general nature which are not particularly referable to any individual member of the Crew or individual Vessel which are incurred for the purpose of providing Crew Management Services and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes for officers and ratings, cadet training schemes, study pay, recruitment and interviews.

 

Crew Insurances ” means insurances against crew risks which shall include but not be limited to death, sickness, repatriation, injury, shipwreck unemployment indemnity and loss of personal effects.

 

Crew Manager ” means Seaspan Crew Management Ltd. or any successor thereof permitted in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Crew Management Services ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.3.

 

CSCL ” means China Shipping Container Lines Co. Ltd. and any successor thereof.

 

Designated Representative ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 11.1.

 

4


Dispute ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 11.1.

 

Draft Budget ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.4(a).

 

Employment Expenses ” means all costs, expenses, debts, liabilities and obligations related to or incurred in respect of employment, including salaries, fees, wages, incentive pay, gratuities, bonuses, vacation pay, holiday pay, other paid leave, overtime, standby pay, sick pay, workers’ compensation legislation contributions or costs, benefits and related costs, statutory contributions and remittances, pension plan contributions and costs, recruitment costs, Severance Costs, payroll and accounting costs, training and education costs, discounts, meals, accommodation, legal costs associated arising from disputes, administrative costs, travel costs, perquisites, relocation expenses and uniform expenses.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 , as amended.

 

Existing Ownership Group ” means:

 

  (a) any of Dennis Washington, Kyle Washington, Kevin Washington, Gerry Wang or Graham Porter or their estate, spouse or descendants;

 

  (b) any trust for the benefit of the persons listed in (a) above; or

 

  (c) any Affiliate of any of the persons listed in (a) or (b) above.

 

Fair Market Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.4.

 

Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company, being the twelve month period ended December 31.

 

Fiscal Quarter ” means a fiscal quarter for the Company or, in the case of the first fiscal quarter of the Company, the portion of such fiscal quarter between the date of this Agreement and the commencement of the next fiscal quarter.

 

Force Majeure Event ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 12.5.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied in the United States.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any domestic or foreign government, including any federal, provincial, state, territorial or municipal government, and any multinational or supranational organization, government agency, including, without limitation, the SEC, tribunal, labour relations board, commission, stock exchange, including, without limitation, the New York Stock Exchange, or other authority or organization exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, government.

 

Incentive Shares ” means the Class C common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

Initial Term ” means the initial term of this Agreement as set out in Section 10.1.

 

5


Initial Technical Services Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.1.

 

Insurances ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.4.

 

ISM Code ” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organization (IMO) by resolution A.741(18) or any subsequent amendment thereto.

 

ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code adopted by the International Maritime Organization Assembly as the same may have been or may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Legal Action ” means any action, claim, complaint, demand, suit, judgment, investigation or proceedings, pending or threatened, by any Person or before any Governmental Authority.

 

Lenders ” means the lenders, facility agent, security trustee, swap banks, swap agent or other financial institution contemplated by the Credit Facility.

 

Losses ” means losses, expenses, costs, liabilities and damages, excluding lost profits and consequential damages, but including interest charges, penalties, fines and monetary sanctions.

 

Lykes ” means Lykes Lines Limited LLC or any successor thereof.

 

Management Services ” means, collectively, the Technical Services, Administrative Services and Strategic Services.

 

Manager ” means Seaspan Management Services Limited. or any successor thereof permitted in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Manager Breach ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10.3(a).

 

Manager Cause ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10.3(c).

 

Manager Entities ” means the Manager, the Ship Manager, the Crew Manager and the Advisor and “ Manager Entity ” means any one of them.

 

Manager Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9.3.

 

Manager’s Personnel ” means all individuals that are employed by or have entered into consulting arrangements with any Manager Entity or any subcontractor under Section 2.3, other than the Crew.

 

Mediator’s Report ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 11.2.

 

New Build ” means a vessel under construction pursuant to a ship building contract between the Company and a ship builder.

 

6


Omnibus Agreement ” means the omnibus agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, the Manager, the Advisor, Norsk Pacific Steamship Company Limited and Seaspan International Ltd.

 

Operating Surplus ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Articles of Incorporation.

 

Parties ” means the Company, the Manager, the Ship Manager, the Crew Manager and the Advisor and “Party” means any one of them.

 

Person ” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or trustee, unincorporated organization, association, government, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

 

Questioned Items ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.4(b).

 

Renewal Term ” means any renewal term of this Agreement referred to in Section 10.2.

 

Seaspan Licences ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.7.

 

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Severance Costs ” means the termination or severance liabilities, costs and expenses which employers are legally obliged to provide or pay to or in respect of their employees, or the compensation or damages owed in lieu of such liabilities, costs and expenses, as a result of the termination of any employment.

 

Ship Manager ” means Seaspan Ship Management Ltd., or any successor thereof permitted in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Ship Manager’s Account ” means a bank account in the name of the Ship Manager established at a financial institution selected by the Ship Manager.

 

Shipman 98 Contract ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.4.

 

STCW 95 ” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping to Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 or any subsequent amendment thereto.

 

Strategic Services ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.

 

Strategic Opportunity ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.1.

 

Subordinated Shares ” means the Class B common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more corporations Controlled by such Person or a

 

7


combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a corporation Controlled by such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, one or more corporations Controlled by such Person, or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more corporations Controlled by such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.

 

Technical Services ” means the Technical Vessel Management Services, the Commercial Services, the Crew Management Services, the procurement of insurance as described in Section 3.4, the dry-docking and repair services described in Section 3.5 and the regulatory compliance services described in Section 3.6.

 

Technical Services Fee ” means the Initial Technical Services Fee or Adjusted Technical Services Fee, as applicable.

 

Technical Vessel Management Services ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1.

 

Term ” means the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, in each case subject to any early termination of this Agreement as permitted herein.

 

Vessel ” means each vessel owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from time to time, including the vessels listed in Schedule A, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with Section 8.3.

 

Voting Securities ” means securities of all classes of a Person entitling the holders thereof to vote on a regular basis in the election of members of the board of directors or other governing body of such Person.

 

Warehousing Service ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.2.

 

1.2   Construction

 

In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise:

 

  (a) references to laws and regulations refer to such laws and regulations as they may be amended from time to time, and references to particular provisions of a law or regulation include any corresponding provisions of any succeeding law or regulation;

 

  (b) references to money refer to legal currency of the United States of America;

 

  (c) the word “including” when following any general term or statement will not be construed as limiting the general term or statement to the specific matter immediately following the word “including” or to similar matters, and the general term or statement will be construed as referring to all matters that reasonably could fall within the broadest possible scope of the general term or statement;

 

8


  (d) words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing gender, include all genders; and

 

  (e) a reference to an “approval”, “authorization”, “consent”, “notice” or “agreement” means an approval, authorization, consent, notice of agreement, as the case may be, in writing.

 

1.3   Headings

 

All article or section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

 

2.   ENGAGEMENT OF MANAGER

 

2.1   Engagement

 

The Company hereby engages the Manager to provide the services specified herein and to manage each Vessel for and on behalf of the relevant Company Group Member, and the Manager hereby accepts such engagement, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Company and the Manager each acknowledge that to the extent set out in this Agreement, the Manager is acting solely on behalf of, as agent of and for the account of, the Company. The Manager may advise Persons with whom it deals on behalf of the Company that it is conducting such business for and on behalf of the Company.

 

2.2   Powers and Duties of the Manager

 

The Manager has the power and authority to take such actions on its own behalf or on behalf of the relevant Company Group Member as it from time to time considers, subject to the customary oversight and supervision of the Company and its the Board of Directors, necessary or appropriate to enable it to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Manager shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide the Management Services and perform the Technical Services to be provided hereunder in accordance with customary ship management practice and with the care, diligence and skill that a prudent manager of vessels such as the Vessels would possess and exercise, except that the Manager in the performance of its management responsibilities under this Agreement may have regard to its overall responsibility in relation to all vessels as may from time to time be entrusted to its management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Manager may allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Manager, acting reasonably, considers to be fair and reasonable.

 

2.3   Ability to Subcontract

 

The Manager may subcontract any of its duties and obligations hereunder to any of its Affiliates without the consent of the Company and may subcontract certain of its duties and obligations to Persons that are not Affiliates with the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the event of such a subcontract, the Manager shall promptly notify the Company thereof and shall remain fully liable for the due performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

The Company acknowledges that the Manager will engage (a) the Ship Manager to provide all or certain of the Technical Services and Administrative Services to the Company pursuant to a subcontract of the relevant provisions of this Agreement; (b) the Crew Manager to provide all or certain of the Crew

 

9


Management Services pursuant to a subcontract of the relevant provisions of this Agreement; and (c) the Advisor to perform all of the Strategic Services pursuant to a subcontract of the relevant provisions of this Agreement; and the Ship Manager, Crew Manager and Advisor hereby accept such engagement providing that the Manager give the notice referred to in Section 8.10 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the above, the Manager will be responsible for all costs and expenses related to any subcontracting of the Technical Services. The Technical Services Fee will not be adjusted therefor.

 

2.4   BIMCO Standard Ship Management Contracts

 

It is the intention of the Parties that any subcontracts of this Agreement by the Manager with respect to the Technical Services be consistent with those provided for in the Baltic and International Maritime Council (BIMCO) Standard Ship Management Agreement “Shipman 98” form (“ Shipman 98 Contract ”); however, the Manager acknowledges that the Technical Services it will provide are not limited to the services described in such form and are as set forth in this Agreement.

 

2.5   Outside Activities

 

The Company acknowledges that the Manager will have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Company, for its own account and for the accounts of others. Subject to the provisions of the Omnibus Agreement, the Manager may undertake activities that may compete with the Company.

 

2.6   Exclusive Appointment

 

The Company acknowledges that the appointment of the Manager hereunder is an exclusive appointment for the Term. The Company may not appoint other managers with respect to the Vessels or the Containership Business during the Term, except in circumstances in which it is necessary to do so in order to comply with Applicable Law or as otherwise agreed by the Manager in writing. This Section 2.6 does not prohibit the Company from having its own employees perform the Management Services.

 

2.7   Authority of the Parties

 

Each Party represents to the others that it is duly authorized with full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement. The Company represents that the engagement of the Manager has been duly authorized by the Company and is in accordance with all governing documents of the Company.

 

2.8   Inspection of Books and Records

 

At all reasonable times and on reasonable notice, any person authorized by the Company may inspect, examine, copy and audit the Books and Records of the Company kept pursuant to this Agreement.

 

3.   TECHNICAL SERVICES

 

Subject to Section 9.2, in exchange for the Technical Services Fee, the Manager will provide to the Company the Technical Services in this Section 3 at the Manager’s own cost.

 

10


3.1   Technical Vessel Management Services

 

Commencing with the acquisition of each Vessel by any Company Group Member, the Manager shall provide all usual and customary technical vessel management services with respect to the operation of that Vessel, including but not limited to:

 

  (a) supervising the day-to-day operation, maintenance, safety and general efficiency of the Vessel to ensure the seaworthiness and maintenance condition of the Vessel;

 

  (b) arranging for, supervising and paying for general and routine repairs, alterations and maintenance of the Vessel;

 

  (c) purchasing the necessary stores, spares, lubricating oil, supplies and equipment (other than such equipment as is covered by Section 9.2(c)) for the Vessel;

 

  (d) appointing such surveyors, supervisors, technical consultants and other support for the Vessel, and on behalf of the Company, as the Manager may consider from time to time to be necessary;

 

  (e) providing technical and shore-side support for the Vessel and attending to all other technical matters necessary for the operation of the Vessel;

 

  (f) handling of each Vessel while in ports or transiting canals either directly or by use of vessel agents, unless otherwise handled by the Charterer;

 

  (g) procuring and arranging for port entrance and clearance, pilots, vessel agents, consular approvals, and other services necessary or desirable for the management and safe operation of each Vessel, unless otherwise procured or arranged by the Charterer;

 

  (h) preparing, issuing or causing to be issued to shippers the customary freight contract, cargo receipts and/or bills of lading unless normally prepared, issued or arranged for by the Charterer;

 

  (i) performing all usual and customary duties concerned with the loading and discharging of cargoes at all ports unless normally performed by the Charterer;

 

  (j) arranging for the prompt dispatch of each Vessel from loading and discharging ports in accordance with the Charterer’s instructions and for transit through canals;

 

  (k) arranging for employment of counsel and the investigation, follow-up and negotiating of the settlement of all claims arising in connection with the operation of each Vessel;

 

  (l) paying all ordinary charges incurred in connection with the management of each Vessel, including, but not limited to, all canal tolls, port charges, any amounts due to any Governmental Authority with respect to the Crew and all duties and taxes in respect of cargo or freight (whether levied against the Vessel or the Company) unless otherwise paid by the Charterer;

 

11


  (m) in such form and on such terms as may be requested by the Company, the prompt reporting to the Company of each Vessel’s movement, position at sea, arrival and departure dates, major casualties and damages received or caused by each Vessel;

 

  (n) informing the Company promptly of any major release or discharge of oil or other hazardous material not in compliance with Applicable Laws; and

 

  (o) if the Company requests, providing the Company with a copy of any vessel inspection reports, valuations, surveys, insurance claims and other similar reports prepared by ship brokers, valuators, surveyors, classification societies and insurers;

 

(together, the “ Technical Vessel Management Services ”).

 

3.2   Commercial Management Services

 

Commencing with the acquisition of each Vessel by any Company Group Member, the Manager shall administer the Charters and monitor payment to any Company Group Member or its nominee of all hire, freight revenues or other moneys to which the Company may be entitled arising out of the Charter or other employment of that Vessel (the “ Commercial Services ”).

 

3.3   Crew Management Services

 

Commencing with or, to the extent reasonably necessary for the provision of the Crew Management Services in an efficient manner, prior to the acquisition of each Vessel by any Company Group Member, the Manager shall provide all usual and customary crew management services in respect of that Vessel and manage all aspects of the employment of the Crew, including but not limited to:

 

  (a) procuring, supervising and managing suitably qualified Crew, which in the opinion of the Manager is required for the Vessel, in accordance with the STCW 95 requirements;

 

  (b) recruiting, selecting, hiring and engaging the Vessel’s Crew, arranging and paying, at its own expense, all compensation and administering payroll arrangements, pensions and other benefits and insurance for the Crew (including processing all claims);

 

  (c) ensuring that the Applicable Laws of the flag of the Vessel and all places where the Vessel trades are satisfied in respect of manning levels, rank, qualification and certification of the Crew and employment regulations including statutory withholding tax requirements and social insurance requirements;

 

  (d) ensuring that all members of the Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are fit for the duties for which they are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in accordance with appropriate flag state requirements and, in the absence of applicable flag state requirements, the medical certificate shall be dated not more than three months prior to the respective Crew members leaving their country of domicile and shall be maintained for the duration of their service on board the Vessel;

 

12


  (e) ensuring that the Crew shall have command of the English language of a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties effectively and safely;

 

  (f) arranging for all transportation (including repatriation), board and lodging for the Crew as and when required at rates and types of accommodations as customary in the industry;

 

  (g) attending to training, supervising discipline, discharge and other terms and conditions of employment of the Crew;

 

  (h) conducting all union negotiations for and on behalf of the Company pursuant to Section 4.5(c);

 

  (i) administering the Company’s and the Manager’s drug and alcohol policy in respect of the Crew;

 

  (j) ensuring that any concerns of the Charterer with respect to the master or any of the officers or other Crew are appropriately investigated in a timely manner, communicating the results of such investigations to the Charterer and the Company and, if such concerns are well-founded, ensuring that any appropriate remedial actions are taken without delay;

 

  (k) keeping and maintaining full and complete records of any labour agreements which may be entered into with the Crew and reporting to the Company reasonably promptly after notice or knowledge thereof is received of any change or proposed change in labour agreements or other regulations relating to the Crew;

 

  (l) negotiating the settlement of all wages with the Crew during the course of and upon termination of their employment;

 

  (m) handling all details and negotiating the settlement of any and all claims of the Crew including, but not limited to, those arising out of accidents, sickness or death, loss of personal effects, disputes under articles or contracts of enlistment, policies of insurance and fines;

 

  (n) keeping and maintaining all administrative and financial records relating to the Crew as required by Applicable Law and any labour or collective agreements of the Company, and rendering to the Company any and all reports when, as and in such form as requested by the Company; and

 

  (o) performing any other function in connection with the Crew as may be requested by the Company;

 

(collectively, the “ Crew Management Services ”).

 

3.4   Insurance

 

The Manager shall obtain, purchase and maintain insurance for each Vessel from third party providers for and on behalf of the Company against physical damage, total loss, third party liability and other risks normally insured against in accordance with industry practice, including:

 

  (a) usual hull and machinery marine risks (including crew negligence) and excess liabilities;

 

13


  (b) protection and indemnity risks (including pollution risks and Crew Insurances); and

 

  (c) war risks (including protection and indemnity and crew risks);

 

each in accordance with the best practice of prudent owners of vessels of a similar type to each Vessel, with insurance companies, underwriters or associations; and in amounts and on terms that are in accordance with industry practice, and in any event, are no less than the market value of the Vessel (and in the case of protection and indemnity coverage, entered for her full gross tonnage) (collectively, the “ Insurances ”).

 

The Manager shall pay on behalf of the Company all premiums and calls on the Insurances promptly and in any event by their due date. The Manager shall procure for and on behalf of the Company any such additional insurance required under the Credit Facility, including arranging for any of the Lenders thereto being named as “loss payee” or “additional insured” in accordance with the terms of the Credit Facility. The Manager shall co-operate with the Company’s insurers and underwriters with respect to the investigation or settlement of claims by the Company or any third party under the Insurances, including taking the necessary steps to have repairs contemplated in Section 9.2(a) covered by the applicable insurance policy or policies.

 

3.5   Dry-Docking, Repairs and Improvements

 

Subject to Section 9.2, the Manager will arrange, pay for and supervise the dry-dockings, repairs, alterations and maintenance of each Vessel to the standards required to ensure that each Vessel will comply, in all material respects, with the laws of the flag of such Vessel and of the places where such Vessel trades, and all requirements and recommendations of the classification society. Notwithstanding the foregoing regarding dry-docking, repairs, alterations and maintenance, the Manager will pay only for the normally scheduled dry-docking and general and routine repairs, maintenance and alterations of the Vessel and the Company will make available to the Manager sufficient funds for such other dry-dockings, repairs, alterations and maintenance as described in Section 9.2. To the extent that the Company has paid to the Manager any amounts included in the Technical Services Fee that are allotted for the purpose of normally scheduled dry-docking, and this Agreement is terminated for any reason prior to the carrying out of such dry-docking the partial or full costs of which have been prepaid in the Technical Services Fee, the Manager will refund to the Company such portions of the Technical Services Fee allotted to such dry-docking costs.

 

3.6   Regulatory Compliance Services

 

The Manager will operate and maintain the Vessels, in all material respects, in compliance with, and take all actions necessary to ensure that each Vessel is in compliance with, all Applicable Laws, including the laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region or such other flag as the Vessel may bear , the Applicable Laws of the countries to which the Vessels trade and with the requirements of the relevant classification society, the ISM Code and ISPS Code.

 

14


4.   ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

 

In exchange for the Administrative Services Fee, the Manager will provide to the Company the services set out in this Section 4 (the “ Administrative Services ”).

 

4.1   Accounting and Records

 

The Manager will, on behalf of the Company, establish an accounting system, including the development, implementation, maintenance and monitoring of internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, and maintain Books and Records, with such adoptions or modifications as may be necessary to comply with Applicable Laws. The Books and Records will be the property of the Company but will be kept at the Manager’s primary office or such other place as the Company and the Manager may mutually determine. Upon expiry or termination of this Agreement, all of the Books and Records will be provided to the Company or a new manager, reasonably promptly, pursuant to Section 10.6(e).

 

4.2   Reporting Requirements

 

The Manager will prepare and deliver to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer the following reports:

 

  (a) a monthly report to be delivered within [15] Business Days of the end of the month setting out the interim financial results of the Company for such month, including the comparison between the actual results and the budget, with an explanation for any major variances;

 

  (b) a quarterly report to be delivered within [12] Business Days of the end of each Fiscal Quarter setting out the interim financial results of the Company for such quarter, including the comparison between the actual results and the budget, with an explanation for any major variances;

 

  (c) a draft of the reports, certificate, documents and other information required under the Credit Facility to be delivered [5] Business Days prior to their required delivery to the Lenders;

 

  (d) as and when requested by the Board, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, draft reports regarding financial and other information required in connection with the relevant Applicable Laws (including annual, quarterly, current and other reports that may be required to be filed under the Exchange Act and all other Applicable Laws); and

 

  (e) other reports with respect to financial and other information of the Company that may be, from time to time, requested by the Company.

 

4.3   Financial Statements and Tax Returns

 

At the instruction of the Chief Financial Officer, the Manager shall prepare for review by the Chief Financial Officer and audit committee the following:

 

  (a) within [15] Business Days of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, unaudited financial statements of the Company, to be reviewed by the external auditors of the Company, prepared in accordance with GAAP and the rules and regulations of the SEC, on a consolidated basis with any Subsidiary, for the relevant Fiscal Quarter;

 

15


  (b) within [ 60] Business Days of the end of each Fiscal Year, financial statements of the Company, to be audited by the external auditors of the Company, prepared in accordance with GAAP and the rules and regulations of the SEC, on a consolidated basis with any Subsidiary, for the relevant Fiscal Year; and

 

  (c) tax returns for the Company and any Subsidiary required by law to be filed in the manner prescribed by Applicable Laws, including attending to the time calculation and payment of all taxes payable by the Company.

 

At the instruction of the Chief Financial Officer, the Manager will cause the Company’s external accountants to review unaudited financial statements, prepare audited financial statements and finalize tax returns. The Manager will make available to the Company’s accountants the relevant Books and Records for the Company and will assist the accountants in otherwise preparing the relevant financial statements and tax returns.

 

4.4   Budgets and Corporate Planning

 

  (a) Draft Budgets

 

On or before October 31 of each year, the Manager, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, will prepare and submit to the Board of Directors a detailed draft budget for the next Fiscal Year in a format acceptable to the Company’s Board of Directors and generally used by the Manager, which will include: (1) a statement of estimated revenue and expenses; and (2) a proposed budget for capital expenditures, repairs or alterations, including proposed expenditures in respect of dry-docking, together with an analysis as to when and why such replacements, improvements, renovations or expenditures may be required (the “ Draft Budget ”).

 

  (b) Process for Finalizing the Draft Budget

 

For a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of the Draft Budget, the Board of Directors, from time to time, may request further details and submit written comments on the Draft Budget. The Company will give good faith consideration to the Draft Budget. If, after giving good faith consideration to the Draft Budget, the Company does not agree with any term thereof, the Company will, within the same thirty (30) day period, give the Manager notice of the Company’s enquiry to the Draft Budget, which notice will include the list of the items under consideration (the “ Questioned Items ”) and a proposal for resolution of each such Questioned Item. The Company and the Manager will endeavour, both acting reasonably, to resolve any such differences between them with respect to the Questioned Items. In resolving any Questioned Item, the Company and the Manager will have regard to the Company’s obligations under the relevant Charters, the Credit Facility and the amount of the Technical Services Fee and Administrative Services Fee to be paid to the Manager.

 

16


  (c) Approved Budget

 

By December 31 of the relevant year, the Manager will prepare and deliver to the Company a revised budget that has been approved by the Board of Directors (the “ Approved Budget ”). However, the Company acknowledges that the Approved Budget is only an estimate of the performance of the Vessels and the Manager makes no assurance, representation or warranty that the actual performance of the Vessels in the applicable Fiscal Year will correspond to the estimates contained in the Approved Budget for that Fiscal Year. The Parties acknowledge that the projections contained in the Approved Budget are subject to and may be affected by changes in financial, economic and other conditions and circumstances beyond the control of the Parties.

 

  (d) Amendments to Approved Budget

 

The Manager may, from time to time, in any Fiscal Year propose amendments to the Approved Budget upon fifteen (15) days notice to the Company, in which event the Company will have the right to approve the amendments in accordance with the process set out in Section 4.4(b) with the relevant time periods being amended accordingly and provided that any Questioned Items are resolved within forty-five (45) days of receipt of the notice by the Company. Whenever, due to circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Manager, emergency expenditures are required to ensure that the Vessels are being operated and maintained as required under the Charters the Manager may make such emergency expenditures and reasonably request prompt reimbursement, to the extent that such items are encompassed in Section 9.2, thereof even if such expenditures are not included or reflected in the Approved Budget.

 

4.5   Legal and Securities Compliance Services

 

  (a) Responsibilities of the Manager

 

The Manager shall assist the Company with the following whether or not related to the Vessels:

 

  (1) ensuring that the Company is in compliance with all Applicable Laws, including without limitation, all relevant securities laws, and the rules and regulations of the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange and any other securities exchange upon which the Company’s securities are listed;

 

  (2) arranging for the provision of advisory services to the Company with respect to the Company’s obligations under applicable securities legislation in the United States and arranging for compliance with all disclosure and reporting obligations under applicable securities legislation including the preparation for review, approval and filing by the Company of reports and other documents with the SEC and all other applicable regulatory authorities;

 

  (3) maintaining the Company’s corporate existence and good standing in all necessary jurisdictions and assisting in all other corporate and regulatory compliance matters;

 

  (4) investor relations matters on behalf of the Company;

 

  (5) administering and supervising Legal Actions by, against or in respect of any Vessel or any Company Group Member; and

 

17


  (6) adjusting and negotiating settlements, with or on behalf of claimants or underwriters, of any claim, damages for which are recoverable under policies of insurance.

 

  (b) Administration and Settlement of Legal Actions

 

If any Legal Action is commenced against or is required to be commenced in favour of any Company Group Member or any Vessel, the Manager will arrange for the commencement or defence of such Legal Action, as the case may be, in the name of, on behalf of and at the expense of the Company Group Member, including retaining and instructing legal counsel, investigating the substance of the Legal Action and entering pleadings with respect to the Legal Action. The Manager may settle any Legal Action on behalf of the Company Group Member where the amount of settlement is less than $[50,000] with the approval of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and, in excess of such amount, with the approval of the Board of Directors.

 

  (c) Labour Relations Proceedings

 

For Legal Actions in favour of or against any Company Group Member that relate to labour relations or employment proceedings, strikes and collective bargaining, the Manager will represent the Company Group Member in any such labour relations or employment proceedings and will undertake any labour relations or employment negotiations in respect of any Vessel or any Company Group Member on behalf of such Company Group Member, should such representation or negotiations be required, with such labour organization or other entity that becomes lawfully entitled to represent the Crew. The Manager will keep the Company advised of the progress of any such labour relations proceedings or negotiations. The Manager may enter into collective bargaining agreements and other labour or employment agreements and any material amendments thereto provided that such agreements and amendments must have been approved by the Board of Directors if the terms and conditions of such agreement are inconsistent, in a material and adverse way to the Company Group Member, with other collective bargaining agreements concerning or in respect of the Crew with collective agreements.

 

4.6   Bank Accounts

 

  (a) Administration by Manager

 

The Manager will oversee banking services for the Company and will establish in the name of the Company an operating account, a retention account and such other accounts and with such financial institutions as the Company may request. The Manager will administer and manage all of the Company’s accounts, including making any deposits and withdrawals reasonably necessary for the management of its business and day-to-day operations. The Manager will promptly deposit all moneys payable to the Company and received by the Manager into a bank account held in the name of the Company.

 

  (b) Payments from Operating Account

 

On the date hereof, the Company will transfer or will arrange to transfer sufficient funds representing the prepaid charter hire into the operating account of the Company. The Company will procure that all charter hire associated with the CSCL Charters is paid by the Charterer into the operating account and the charter hire associated with the Lykes Charters is paid by the Charterer into the operating account and into the Ship Manager’s Account in accordance with the Charters. Unless otherwise instructed by the Company,

 

18


the Manager will instruct the financial institutions at which the accounts have been established to pay from the operating account: (1) on the [          ] day of each month to the Ship Manager’s Account the amount of the Technical Services Fee less any amount paid by the Charterer pursuant to the Lykes Charters directly to the Ship Manager’s Account; and (2) as required under the Credit Facility to pay amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility as and when required.

 

4.7   Licence

 

The Manager will procure, and the Company will enter into, licence agreements, in the form attached as Schedule B hereto that permit the Company to use the “Seaspan” name and trademark and the “Washington” trademark in connection with its business (the “ Seaspan Licences ”).

 

4.8   Other Administrative Services

 

The Manager will:

 

  (a) develop, maintain and monitor internal audit controls, disclosure controls and information technology for the Company;

 

  (b) assist with arranging board meetings, director accommodation and travel for board meetings, and preparing meeting materials;

 

  (c) prepare detailed papers and agendas for scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors (and any and all committees thereof) that, where applicable, contain such information as is reasonably available to the Manager to enable the Board of Directors (and any such committees) to base their opinion;

 

  (d) in conjunction with the papers and agendas referred to in paragraph (c) above, prepare or cause to be prepared reports to be considered by the Board of Directors (or any applicable committee thereof) in accordance with the Company’s internal policies and procedures on any acquisition, investment or sale of any part of the Containership Business proposed for consideration by such Board of Directors and otherwise in respect of the performance of the Manager’s obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (e) obtain on behalf of the Company general insurance, director and officer liability insurance and other insurance of the Company not related to the Vessels that would normally be obtained for a company in a similar business to the Company;

 

  (f) administer payroll services, benefits, directors fees, as applicable, for the Crew, Chief Financial Officer and any other employee, officer or director of the Company and for convenience, the Manager may include the Manager’s Personnel, Chief Financial Officer and the Crew in one payroll and human resource system;

 

  (g) provide office space and office equipment for personnel of the Company at the location of the Manager, including a suitable office for the Chief Financial Officer and clerical, secretarial, accounting and administrative assistance as may be reasonably necessary;

 

19


  (h) provide all administrative services required in connection with the Credit Facility and any other financings of the Company;

 

  (i) negotiate loan and credit terms with lenders in the ordinary course and monitor and maintain compliance therewith;

 

  (j) negotiate and arrange for interest rate swap agreements, foreign currency contracts and forward exchange contracts;

 

  (k) monitor the performance of investment managers;

 

  (l) at the request and under the direction of the Company, handle all administrative and clerical matters in respect of (i) the call and arrangement of all annual and/or special meetings of shareholders, (ii) the preparation of all materials (including notices of meetings and information circulars) in respect thereof and (iii) the submission of all such materials to the Company in sufficient time prior to the dates upon which they must be mailed, filed or otherwise relied upon so that the Company has full opportunity to review, approve, execute and return them to the Manager for filing or mailing or other disposition as the Company may require or direct;

 

  (m) provide, at the request and under the direction of the Company, such communications to the transfer agent for the Company as may be necessary or desirable;

 

  (n) make recommendations to the Company for the appointment of auditors, accountants, legal counsel and other accounting, financial or legal advisers, and technical, commercial, marketing or other independent experts;

 

  (o) attend to all matters necessary for any reorganization, bankruptcy or insolvency petitions or proceedings, liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; and

 

  (p) attend to all other administrative matters necessary to ensure the professional management of the Company’s business.

 

5.   STRATEGIC SERVICES

 

The Manager shall provide the following strategic services (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Strategic Services ”) to the Company:

 

5.1   Acquisitions, Charter Parties and Finance

 

The Manager will provide strategic, corporate planning, business development and advisory services to the Company as follows:

 

  (a) identifying, negotiating and securing opportunities for the Company to acquire or to construct Containerships, and negotiating and carrying out the purchase of both new and existing Containerships;

 

  (b)

identifying, negotiating and securing opportunities for the Company to acquire or merge with companies, partnerships or other entities that own or operate Containerships or are

 

20


 

otherwise involved in the container shipping industry and working to integrate such acquired businesses;

 

  (c) identifying, negotiating and securing charterers and charter parties and other employment for the Vessels and the conclusion (including the execution thereof) of charter parties or other contracts relating to the employment of the Vessel, for and on behalf of the Company;

 

  (d) maintaining and managing relationships between the Company and the Charterers and potential charterers, shipbuilders, insurers, Lenders and potential financiers of the Company and other shipping industry participants;

 

  (e) arranging, negotiating and procuring pre-delivery and post-delivery financing or refinancing for the construction of containerships and financing or refinancing for the acquisition of used Containerships;

 

  (f) identifying, negotiating and securing potential divestitures or dispositions of the Vessels and any other of the Company’s Containership Assets, and evaluating and recommending the sale of all or any part of the business owned by the Company;

 

  (g) identifying, investigating and implementing tax planning, leasing or other tax savings initiatives;

 

  (h) providing general strategic planning services and implementing corporate strategy, including, but not limited to, developing acquisition and divestiture strategies; and

 

  (i) such other strategic, corporate planning, business development and advisory services as the Company may reasonably identify from time to time.

 

If pursuant to the provision of Strategic Services, the Manager identifies a potential opportunity for the Company (the “ Strategic Opportunity ”), the Manager will present the Strategic Opportunity to the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, for further consideration and presentation to the Board of Directors, who will then approve or reject the Strategic Opportunity.

 

5.2   Warehousing

 

In respect of a Strategic Opportunity involving the acquisition or construction of new Containerships and the securing of charter parties for such Containerships, the Company may request that the Manager or a Manager Entity enter into, in its own name, such agreement with respect to such New Build until such time that the Company is able to pursue such Strategic Opportunity (the “ Warehousing Service ”) provided that a binding agreement is or will be entered into between the Company and the Manager.

 

5.3   Pre-delivery Services

 

For any New Build, the Manager will oversee and supervise, in all material respects, the design and construction of a New Build prior to its delivery and liaise with the ship builder, classifications societies, suppliers and other service providers to ensure that the New Build is being constructed in accordance with

 

21


the relevant ship building contract and classification society. The Manager will consult with and obtain the approval of the Company with respect to all material decisions to be made regarding any New Build.

 

6.   EMPLOYEES AND MANAGER’S PERSONNEL

 

6.1   Manager’s Personnel

 

The Manager will provide the Management Services hereunder through the Manager’s Personnel and the Crew. The relevant Manager Entity will be responsible for all aspects of the employment or other relationship of such Manager’s Personnel and Crew, including recruitment, training, staffing levels, compensation and benefits, supervision, discipline and discharge, and other terms and conditions of employment or contract, as required in order for the Manager to perform its obligations hereunder. However, the Manager will remain directly responsible and liable to the Company to carry out all of its obligations under this Agreement, whether performed directly or subcontracted to the Ship Manager, Crew Manager, Advisor or any other Person, and the Manager (and not the Company) shall be responsible for the compensation and reimbursement of all such entities at its own cost to the extent such services are encompassed in the Technical Services. In respect of the Manager’s Personnel, including the Chief Executive Officer, although such Manager’s Personnel will at all times remain employees of the relevant Manager Entity, the Company will reimburse the Manager, in accordance with Section 8.7(b), for that portion of the Employment Expenses of the Manager’s Personnel attributable to the provision of Administrative Services and Strategic Services provided pursuant to this Agreement. Subject to Section 8.10, the Manager will in turn reimburse the relevant other Manager Entity as required.

 

6.2   Officers

 

  (a) Chief Executive Officer and the Other Executive Officers

 

The Manager will make available to the Company the Manager’s chief executive officer to manage the Company’s day-to-day operations and affairs as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, provided that the Chief Executive Officer may continue to perform limited Chief Executive Officer duties for the Manager in accordance with his employment agreement. The Manager shall make available to the Company such other executive officers that the Company and the Manager agree. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may employ directly any other officers or employees as it may deem necessary that will not be subject to this Agreement.

 

  (b) Termination and Replacement of Executive Officers

 

The Board of Directors may require that any officer (other than the Chief Executive Officer) that is provided by the Manager to be an executive officer (or otherwise perform the duties of an executive officer) of the Company be relieved of his duties with respect to, and no longer perform any of the Management Services for, the Company for any reason not prohibited by Applicable Laws. Such officer may continue to be employed by the Manager but shall no longer provide any Management Services hereunder.

 

The Board of Directors may require that the Chief Executive Officer be relieved of his duties with respect to, and no longer perform any of the Management Services for, the Company if the Board of Directors determines, that the Chief Executive Officer is not performing the tasks and duties associated with his office with the skill, diligence and care of a chief executive officer of a similarly situated company. The

 

22


Chief Executive Officer may continue to be employed by the Manager but shall no longer provide the Management Services hereunder.

 

Except in the case of termination for cause, the Manager will not terminate the Chief Executive Officer without the prior consent of Company, not to be unreasonably withheld. In the case of termination for cause, the Manager will provide prior notice to the Manager of the termination to the extent that prior notice is practicable in the circumstances.

 

If any officer that is made available to the Company by the Manager resigns, is terminated or otherwise vacates his office, the Manager shall, as soon as practicable after acceptance of any resignation or after termination, use reasonable best efforts to identify suitable candidates for replacement of such officer for the approval by the Board of Directors. The Manager and the Company will use reasonable best efforts to minimize interruption in the performance of the duties of the officer.

 

  (c) Chief Financial Officer

 

The Chief Financial Officer will be an employee of the Company and the Company will be responsible for all aspects of the employment of the Chief Financial Officer with the Company, including recruitment, training, staffing levels, compensation and benefits, supervision, discipline and discharge, and such other terms and conditions of employment.

 

  (d) Other Duties of the Manager’s Personnel

 

The Company acknowledges that, other than the Chief Executive Officer, the other officers provided by the Manager and the other of the Manager’s Personnel that provide the Management Services, may, subject to the terms of the Omnibus Agreement, engage in business activities of the Manager and its Affiliates that are unrelated to the Company and that conflicts of interest may exist.

 

  (e) Reporting Structure

 

The Chief Executive Officer will report to and be under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Manager will report to the Company and the Board of Directors through the Chief Executive Officer.

 

7.   COVENANTS OF THE MANAGER

 

The Manager hereby agrees and covenants with the Company that, for so long as this Agreement is effective, the Manager shall:

 

  (a) obtain professional indemnity insurance and other insurance and maintain such coverage as is reasonable having regard to the nature and extent of the Manager’s obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (b) exercise all due care, loyalty, skill and diligence in carrying out its duties under this Agreement as required by Applicable Laws;

 

  (c) provide the Board of Directors with all information in relation to the performance of the Manager’s obligations under this Agreement as the Board of Directors may reasonably request;

 

23


  (d) ensure that all material property of the Company is clearly identified as such, held separately from property of the Manager and, where applicable, in safe custody; and

 

  (e) ensure that all property of the Company (other than money to be deposited to any bank account of the Company) is transferred to or otherwise held in the name of the Company or any nominee or custodian appointed by the Company.

 

8.   MANAGER’S COMPENSATION

 

8.1   Initial Technical Services Fee

 

For the provision of the Technical Services between the commencement of this Agreement and December 31, 2008, the Company shall pay to the Manager in advance on a monthly basis the daily fixed fees per Vessel set out in Schedule A hereto (the “ Initial Technical Services Fee ”). This fee shall be all-inclusive and represent all costs to be paid to the Manager for the provision of Technical Services; any related costs paid by the Manager in connection with the Technical Services shall not be passed through to or be reimbursed by the Company, except as set forth in Section 9.2 below. The Company and the Manager each acknowledge that the Initial Technical Services Fee represents as of the date hereof the fair market value of providing the Technical Services. The Technical Services Fee is payable regardless of whether the Vessels are subject to a Charter or whether the relevant Charterer has paid the relevant charter hire to the Company. However, in circumstances where the Vessel is off-hire (whether or not subject to a Charter) there will be an appropriate downward adjustment to the Technical Services Fee for any decrease in variable costs during such period.

 

8.2   Adjustment to Initial Technical Services Fee

 

The Initial Technical Services Fee shall remain in effect until December 31, 2008 and thereafter will be adjusted every three years beginning January 1, 2009. Ninety (90) days prior to December 31, 2008 and the end of each successive three-year period thereafter, the Manager and the Company will negotiate the fee for Technical Services for the successive three-year period (the “ Adjusted Technical Services Fee ”).

 

8.3   Technical Services Fees for New Vessels

 

If the Company acquires a new Vessel, the Technical Services Fee in respect of that Vessel will be the same fee that is applicable to Vessels of the same size, unless there is a material and demonstrable difference in the operating costs associated with such Vessel. If such a difference exists or if there are no Vessels of a similar size already owned by the Company, the Company and the Manager will negotiate in good faith a fair market Technical Services Fee for that Vessel and will amend Schedule A accordingly.

 

8.4   Dispute Resolution of Technical Services Fee

 

If the Company and the Manager are unable to agree on the Adjusted Technical Services Fee pursuant to Section 8.2 within forty-five (45) days prior to the end of the applicable calendar year, or are unable to agree on the Technical Services Fee for a new Vessel pursuant to Section 8.3, the Company and the Manager will engage an independent arbitrator to determine the fair market value of providing the Technical Services to the Company for the Vessel or Vessels, as the case may be, in accordance with this Agreement (the “ Fair Market Fee ”). In determining the Fair Market Fee in respect of the Adjusted Technical Services Fee, the arbitrator will be provided with the proposed terms of the Adjusted Technical

 

24


Services Fee discussed between the Company and the Manager in the prior 45-day period, all the relevant historical information regarding the Vessels for the previous three-year period, the anticipated costs of operating and managing such Vessels for the next three-year period and any other information that the Company or the Manager may deem relevant. In determining the Fair Market Fee in respect of any new Vessel, the arbitrator will be provided with the proposed Technical Services Fee of such Vessel as discussed between the Company and the Manager, the anticipated costs of operating and managing such Vessel for the next three-year period and any other information that the Company or the Manager may deem relevant. The arbitrator will determine the Fair Market Fee within thirty (30) days of its engagement and furnish the Company and the Manager with its determination and the Adjusted Technical Services Fee for the ensuing three-year period, in the case of Section 8.2, or the Technical Services Fee for relevant period, in the case of a new Vessel pursuant to Section 8.3, will be the Fair Market Fee as determined by the arbitrator.

 

Solely in the case of the Adjusted Technical Services Fee for the three-year period commencing January 1, 2009, the Adjusted Technical Services Fee will be the greater of (a) the Fair Market Fee determined by the arbitrator; and (b) the Initial Technical Services Fee. During all other periods, the Adjusted Technical Services Fee will be the Fair Market Fee determined by the arbitrator. The fees and expenses of the arbitrator will be paid by the Company and the Manager in equal proportions.

 

8.5   Administrative Services Fee

 

For the provision of the Administrative Services, the Company shall pay to the Manager a maximum annual fee of $72,000, payable in monthly instalments of $6,000 at the beginning of each month (the “ Administrative Services Fee ”), subject to the appropriate downward adjustment for any reduction in the Administrative Services provided.

 

8.6   Incentive Shares

 

For the provision of the Strategic Services, the Advisor will subscribe for, concurrently with the Public Offering, and the Company will issue to the Advisor, 100 Incentive Shares having an aggregate purchase price of $1,000. The Advisor may dispose of, and the Company may repurchase, the Incentive Shares in accordance with Section 10.6 below.

 

8.7   Reimbursement for Expenses for Administrative Services and Strategic Services

 

In addition to the payment by the Company to the Manager of the Administrative Services Fee, the Company will reimburse the Manager for: (a) all of the reasonable direct costs and expenses incurred by the Manager and its Affiliates in providing the Administrative Services and Strategic Services; and (b) all reasonable and necessary costs and expenses incurred by the Manager and its Affiliates that are allocable to the provision of the Administrative Services and Strategic Services to the Company (including the allocable Employment Expenses associated with officers and employees of the Manager and its Affiliates to the extent that they provide Administrative Services or Strategic Services to the Company for the Manager pursuant to this Agreement). If any of the costs and expenses are incurred pursuant to the provision of services the benefit of which will be shared among or realized by the Company, the Manager and another Person or Persons, the reimbursement of such costs and expenses will be apportioned accordingly and the Manager will promptly notify the Company of such apportionment.

 

25


8.8   Invoicing

 

The Manager shall in good faith determine the expenses related to the Administrative Services and Strategic Services that are allocable to the Company in any reasonable manner determined by the Manager and shall provide to the Company on a monthly basis an invoice for the costs and expenses to be reimbursed under Section 8.7, which invoice will contain a description in reasonable detail of the costs and expenses that comprise the aggregate amount of the payment being invoiced. The Manager shall maintain the records of all costs and expenses incurred, including any invoices, receipts and supplementary materials as are necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the Parties. The Company will pay such invoices within thirty (30) days of receipt, unless the invoice is being disputed in accordance with this Agreement.

 

8.9   Dispute of Invoice

 

If the Company, in good faith, disputes the amount of the invoice, the Company shall give written notice of such dispute on or before the due date with respect to all or any portion of the relevant invoice, with the particulars of such dispute. Upon receipt of such notice, the Manager shall furnish the Company with additional supporting documentation to reasonably substantiate the amount of the invoice. Upon delivery of such additional documentation, the Company and the Manager shall cooperate in good faith and use their reasonable best efforts to resolve such dispute. If they are unable to resolve their dispute within ten (10) Business Days of the delivery of such additional supporting information, then the dispute shall be referred for resolution by a firm of independent accountants of nationally recognized standing reasonably satisfactory to each of the Manager and the Company (the “ Accounting Referee ”), which shall determine the disputed amounts within thirty (30) days of the referral of such dispute to such Accounting Referee. The determination of the Accounting Referee shall not require the Company to pay more than the amount in dispute nor require the Manager to return any amount previously paid by the Company. The fees and expenses of the Accounting Referee shall be borne equally by the Company and the Manager. If any dispute is resolved in favour of the Manager, the Company shall make payment to the Manager within ten (10) days of resolution of the dispute. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be entitled to withhold any amounts other than those portions of the applicable payment that are in dispute.

 

8.10   Direction to Pay

 

By written notice to the Company, the Manager will direct the Company to pay any amounts owing under this Agreement to an Affiliate of the Manager, pursuant to a subcontract of any provisions of this Agreement, directly to such Affiliate. The Manager hereby directs that the Technical Services Fee be paid by the Company directly to the Ship Manager.

 

9.   LIABILITY OF THE MANAGER; INDEMNIFICATION

 

9.1   Liability of the Manager

 

The Manager shall not be liable whatsoever to the Company for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with arrest, detention of or delay to any Vessel) and arising from the Management Services unless and to the extent that such loss, damage, delay or expense resulted from:

 

  (a) the fraud, gross negligence, recklessness or wilful misconduct of the Manager or any of the Manager Entities or any of their employees, agents or sub-contractors (“ Manager Misconduct ”); or

 

26


  (b) any breach of this Agreement by the Manager or any of the Manager Entities.

 

9.2   Extraordinary Costs and Capital Expenditures

 

Our Manager will be responsible for paying all costs associated with the provision of technical services but will not be responsible for certain “extraordinary costs and expenses” such as:

 

  (a) repairs, refurbishment or modifications resulting from maritime accidents, collisions, other accidental damage or unforeseen events (except to the extent that such accidents, collisions, damage or events are due to Manager’s Misconduct unless and to the extent otherwise covered by insurance);

 

  (b) unscheduled or non-routine dry-docking of a Vessel;

 

  (c) any improvement, upgrade or modification to, structural changes with respect to or the installation of new equipment aboard any Vessel that results from a change in, an introduction of new, or a change in the interpretation of, Applicable Laws, at the recommendation of the classification society for that Vessel or otherwise; or

 

  (d) any increase in Crew Employment and Support Expenses resulting from an introduction of new, or a change in the interpretation of, Applicable Laws.

 

9.3   Manager Indemnification

 

The Company will indemnify and save harmless each Manager Entity, and its respective current and former directors, officers, employees, subcontractors and current and future affiliates (the “ Manager Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all Losses incurred or suffered by the Manager Indemnified Persons by reason of, resulting from, in connection with, or arising in any manner whatsoever out of or in the course of their performance of this Agreement or a Legal Action brought or threatened against such Manager Indemnified Persons in connection with their performance of this Agreement, other than for any Losses related to:

 

  (a) any liabilities or obligations that the Manager has agreed to pay or for which the Manager is otherwise responsible under this Agreement;

 

  (b) Manager Misconduct; or

 

  (c) any breach of this Agreement by the Manager or any of the Manager Entities.

 

27


9.4   Company Indemnification

 

The Manager will indemnify and save harmless each Company Group Member, and its respective current and former directors, officers, employees, subcontractors and current and future affiliates (the “ Company Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all Losses incurred or suffered by the Company Indemnified Persons, related to:

 

  (a) any liabilities or obligations that the Manager has agreed to pay or for which the Manager is otherwise responsible under this Agreement;

 

  (b) Manager Misconduct; or

 

  (c) any breach of this Agreement by the Manager or any of the Manager Entities.

 

9.5   Limitation Regarding Crew

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Manager shall not be liable for any of the actions of the Crew, even if such actions are negligent, grossly negligent or wilful, except only to the extent that they are shown to have resulted from a failure by the Manager to discharge its obligations under Section 3.3, in which case its liability shall be determined in accordance with the terms of this Section 9.

 

10.   TERM AND TERMINATION

 

10.1   Initial Term

 

The initial term of this Agreement shall commence on                      , 2005 and end on December 31, 2025, unless terminated earlier pursuant to this Agreement (the “ Initial Term ”).

 

10.2   Renewal Term

 

This Agreement shall, without any further act or formality on the part of any Parties, on the expiration of the Initial Term, or any Renewal Term, be automatically renewed for a further term of five (5) years (each a “ Renewal Term ”) unless notice of termination is given by the Company to the Manager in accordance with Section 10.3(g), in the case of the Initial Term, or Section 10.3(h), in the case of any Renewal Term.

 

10.3   Termination by the Company

 

This Agreement may be terminated by the Company:

 

  (a) if, at any time, there has been a material breach of this Agreement by the Manager and the matter is unresolved after ninety (90) days pursuant to the Dispute Resolution in Section 11 (“ Manager Breach ”);

 

  (b) if, after the fifth anniversary of the Public Offering,

 

  (1)

there are six (6) consecutive quarters in which (A) the Company does not declare and pay, out of Operating Surplus, the Base Dividend on Common Shares and

 

28


 

(B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus generated during such six (6) consecutive quarters was insufficient to pay the Base Dividend on the Common Shares; and

 

  (2) a majority of the holders of the outstanding Common Shares and Subordinated Shares, voting together as a single class, elect to terminate the Agreement;

 

  (c) if, at any time,

 

  (1) the Manager has been convicted of, has entered a plea of guilty or nolo contendre with respect to, or has entered into a plea bargain or settlement admitting guilt for, a crime, which conviction, plea bargain or settlement is demonstrably and material injurious to the Company; and

 

  (2) a majority of the holders of the outstanding Common Shares elect to terminate the Agreement;

 

(together, “ Manager Cause ”)

 

  (d) if, at any time, the Manager becomes insolvent, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, commits an act of bankruptcy, is adjudged or declares bankruptcy or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, a proposal or similar action under the bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of Ireland or any applicable jurisdiction or commences or consents to proceedings relating to it under any reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction;

 

  (e) if any Person or group of Persons acquires Control or economic control of the Manager or the Advisor in contravention of Section 12.3;

 

  (f) if, in the fourth Fiscal Quarter of 2019, two-thirds of the independent members of the Board elect to terminate the Agreement, which termination shall be effective on December 31, 2020;

 

  (g) if, in the fourth Fiscal Quarter of 2024, the Company elects to terminate the Agreement by notice to the Manager, which termination shall be effective on December 31, 2025; and

 

  (h) if, in the fourth Fiscal Quarter of any Fiscal Year immediately preceding the end of any Renewal Term, the Company elects to terminate the Agreement by notice to the Manager, which termination shall be effective at the end of the Fiscal Year for the final year of the Renewal Term.

 

10.4   Termination by the Manager

 

This Agreement may be terminated by the Manager:

 

  (a) after the fifth anniversary of the Public Offering, with twelve (12) months’ notice by the Manager to the Company; or

 

29


  (b) if, at any time, the Company materially breaches the Agreement and the matter is unresolved after ninety (90) days pursuant to the Dispute Resolution in Section 11 (“ Company Breach ”).

 

10.5   Automatic Termination

 

This Agreement will terminate automatically and immediately after a “Change of Control” of the Company. In this Section 10, a “ Change of Control ” means:

 

  (a) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, except such a disposition to a member of the Existing Ownership Group;

 

  (b) an order made for or the adoption by the Board of Directors of a plan of liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

 

  (c) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act ) becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than a majority of the Company’s Voting Securities (unless such “person” beneficially owns a majority of the Subordinated Shares or is a member of the Existing Ownership Group), measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

 

  (d) if, at any time, the Company becomes insolvent, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, commits an act of bankruptcy, is adjudged bankrupt or declares bankruptcy or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, a proposal or similar action under the bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of the Marshall Islands or any applicable jurisdiction or commences or consents to proceedings relating to it under any reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction;

 

  (e) a change in directors after which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors; or

 

  (f) the consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company with or into, any “person” (other than a member of the Existing Ownership Group), or the consolidation of any “person” (other than a member of the Existing Ownership Group) with, or the merger of any “person” (other than a member of the Existing Ownership Group) with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Common Shares or Subordinated Shares are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property or receive a payment of cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where (x) the Company’s voting stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for voting stock of the surviving or transferee “person” constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such voting stock of such surviving or transferee “person” immediately after giving effect to such issuance and (y) the Subordinated Shares are treated the same as the Common Shares.

 

30


10.6   Effects of Termination or Expiry

 

  (a) If the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Sections 10.3(a) through 10.3(e), the Company may purchase the Incentive Shares for $100 at the time of termination.

 

  (b) If the Manager terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.4(a):

 

  (1) the Company may purchase the Incentive Shares for $100 at the time of termination;

 

  (2) the Company shall have the option to require the Manager to continue to provide Technical Services to the Company at the Fair Market Fee for up to an additional two-year period from the date of termination of this Agreement, provided that the Manager or any of its Affiliates continues in the business of providing such services to third parties for similar types of vessels; and

 

  (3) the Omnibus Agreement shall remain in effect and binding on the parties thereto for a two-year period from the date of termination of this Agreement.

 

  (c) If the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Sections 10.3(f) through 10.3(h), or the Manager terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.4(b), the Manager or its Affiliates will continue to receive dividends on the Incentive Shares for a period of five (5) years from the date of actual termination of the Agreement and at the end of such five (5) year period the Incentive Shares will be surrendered to the Company at no cost to the Company.

 

  (d) If the Agreement terminates pursuant to Section 10.5, the Company may purchase the Incentive Shares or the Manager may cause the Company, or its successor, to purchase the Incentive Shares for the fair market value of such shares determined as follows:

 

  (1) the Manager and the Company shall each select an independent investment bank or other qualified appraiser with the consent of the other, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld;

 

  (2) each such investment bank or other qualified appraiser shall independently determine the fair market value of the Incentive Shares within forty-five (45) days assuming that the Incentive Shares have a term that ends five years from the earliest date that the Company can cause termination under Section 10.3(g);

 

  (3) in determining the fair market value, each investment bank or other qualified appraiser shall:

 

  (A) determine the fair market value of the Incentive Shares based on the projected dividends to be paid on the Incentive Shares for the relevant period, discounted at a rate of seven (7) percent;

 

  (B) value the projected cash flow of the Company;

 

31


  (C) disregard any potential increases or decreases with respect to the number of Vessels owned by the Company unless a written agreement for the purchase or sale of vessels has been approved by the Board of Directors;

 

  (D) disregard any impact caused or created by the transaction that results in the Change of Control, including any change in management; and

 

  (E) assume that dividends on the Incentive Shares for the relevant period will be the greater of (i) the average dividend paid on the Incentive Shares for the previous five (5) year period; and (ii) the amount of dividends projected to be declared on the Incentive Shares due to any anticipated increased cash flows of the Company; and

 

  (4) the purchase price for the Incentive Shares shall equal the average of the two appraisers’ valuations if the Company and the Manager so agree, failing which the matter shall be referred to an arbitrator who shall select one of the two valuations or determine an amount within the range of the two valuations.

 

The fair market value determined under this Section 10.6 shall be final and binding on the Company and the Manager.

 

  (e) Upon lawful termination or expiry of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be void and there shall be no liability on the part of any Party (or their respective officers, directors or employees) except that the obligation of the Company to pay to the Manager or its Affiliates the amounts accrued but outstanding under Section 8 and the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 9, 10.6 and 12.6 shall survive such termination. After a written notice of termination has been given under this Section 10 or upon expiry, the Company may direct the Manager to, at the cost of the Company, undertake any actions reasonably necessary to transfer any aspect of the ownership or control of the assets of the Company to the Company or to any nominee of the Company and to do all other things reasonably necessary to bring the appointment of the Manager to an end at the appropriate time, and the Manager will comply with all such reasonable directions. Upon termination or expiry of this Agreement, the Manager will deliver to any new manager or the Company any Books and Records held by the Manager under this Agreement and will execute and deliver such instruments and do such things as may reasonably be required to permit the new manager of the Company to assume its responsibilities.

 

10.7   Nature of the Agency

 

Except as specifically set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement, this Agreement and the engagement of the Manager hereunder may not be terminated by the Company, which acknowledges that the Manager and its affiliates have an on-going interest in the Company, its Containership Business and the agency relationship created by this Agreement. The agency relationship created hereunder is an agency coupled with the interest of the Manager and its affiliates as more fully described in the Recitals to this Agreement.

 

32


11.   DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

11.1   Notice Dispute

 

If a dispute or disagreement arises among the Parties with respect to any provisions of this Agreement (other than Section 8.9) including its interpretation or the performance of a Party under this Agreement, and any circumstance where (a) the Company in good faith believes that a Manager Breach has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur or (b) the Manager in good faith believes that a Company Breach has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur (each a “ Dispute ”), any Party may, or the Party alleging such breach shall deliver written notice to the other Party. Such notice shall contain in detail the specific facts and circumstances relating to the Dispute. Each Party shall designate an individual to negotiate and resolve the Dispute (each a “ Designated Representative ” and together, the “ Designated Representatives ”). The Designated Representatives shall in good faith attempt to resolve the matter within a thirty (30) day period from the date of the notice referred to above. If any Designated Representative intends to be accompanied by counsel at any meeting, such Designated Representative shall give the other Designated Representative at least three (3) Business Days’ notice. All discussions and negotiations pursuant to this Section 11 will be confidential but without prejudice to settlement negotiations.

 

11.2   Mediation

 

If a Dispute is not resolved by the Designated Representatives after the thirty (30) days provided in Section 11.1, any of the affected Parties will refer the matter to mediation, such mediator to be mutually agreed upon by the Parties, and such mediator will be instructed to:

 

  (a) review the terms of the Dispute and the position of the Parties;

 

  (b) consider the terms of and context of this Agreement; and

 

  (c) render a non-binding report within sixty (60) days of the appointment of the mediator (the “ Mediator’s Report ”) or such later date as to which the Parties may agree.

 

The Parties will consider the Mediator’s Report and may decide, unanimously, to make it a binding report. If the mediator is not able to facilitate a binding agreement between the Parties, the Dispute is not resolved to the satisfaction of the Parties as a result of the Mediator’s Report or a mediator cannot be chosen mutually by the Parties, this Agreement is breached and the Parties may commence legal proceedings in the Supreme Court of British Columbia in the City of Vancouver.

 

12.   GENERAL

 

12.1   Incentive Shares

 

The Advisor shall not transfer, sell or dispose of the Incentive Shares to another Person (other than to its Affiliates, an Affiliate of the Manager or members of the Existing Ownership Group) for the Term.

 

12.2   Assignment

 

The Parties may not assign any of their rights under this Agreement in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the other Parties, which consent may be arbitrarily withheld.

 

33


12.3   Change of Control of the Manager

 

If any Person or group of Persons acting in concert proposes to acquire Control of the Manager, directly or indirectly, the Manager will provide thirty (30) days’ written notice of the change of Control to the Company, which notice will identify the Person that will acquire, directly or indirectly, Control of the Manager. A change of Control of the Manager, may occur only with the consent of the Company, which consent cannot be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

12.4   Ownership of Advisor and Ship Manager

 

For the Term, the Manager will not transfer, sell or dispose of its interest in or otherwise relinquish Control of the Advisor or the Ship Manager, and the Ship Manager will not transfer, sell or dispose of its interest in or otherwise relinquish Control of the Crew Manager.

 

12.5   Force Majeure

 

Neither of the Parties shall be under any liability for any failure to perform any of their obligations hereunder if any of the following occurs (each a “ Force Majeure Event ”):

 

  (a) any event, cause or condition which is beyond the reasonable control of any or all of the Parties and which prevents any or all of the Parties from performing any of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (b) acts of God, including fire, explosions, unusually or unforeseeably bad weather conditions, epidemic, lightening, earthquake, tsunami or washout;

 

  (c) acts of public enemies, including war or civil disturbance, vandalism, sabotage, terrorism, blockade or insurrection;

 

  (d) acts of a governmental entity, including injunction or restraining orders issued by any judicial, administrative or regulatory authority, expropriation or requisition;

 

  (e) government rule, regulation or legislation, embargo or national defence requirement; or

 

  (f) labour troubles or disputes, strikes or lockouts, including any failure to settle or prevent such event which is in the control of any Party.

 

A Party will give written notice to the other Party promptly upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event.

 

12.6   Confidentiality

 

Each Party agrees that, except with the prior written consent of the other Party, it shall at all times keep confidential and not disclose, furnish or make accessible to anyone (except to employees, agents and professional advisors in the ordinary course of business) any confidential or proprietary information, knowledge or data concerning or relating to the other Party and to the business or financial affairs of the other Party to which such Party has been or shall become privy by reason of this Agreement, except for any (a) disclosure required by judicial or administrative process (including discovery for litigation), (b) information that becomes publicly available through no fault of such Party or otherwise ceases to be

 

34


confidential, (c) information required by law or applicable stock exchange rules, or (d) disclosure made to a Person under a binding confidentiality agreement in favour of the Party whose confidential or proprietary information is being disclosed.

 

12.7   Notices

 

Each notice, consent or request required to be given to a Party pursuant to this Agreement must be given in writing. A notice may be given by delivery to an individual or by fax, and will be validly given if delivered on a Business Day to an individual at the following address, or, if transmitted on a Business Day by fax addressed to the following Party:

 

(a)    if to the Company:

 

(b)    if to the Manager:

Name:

 

Name:

Address:

 

Address:

Attention:

 

Attention:

Fax No.:

 

Fax No.:

 

or to any other address, fax number or individual that the Party designates. Any notice

 

  (a) if validly delivered, will be deemed to have been given when delivered;

 

  (b) if validly transmitted by fax before 3:00 p.m. (local time at the place of receipt) on a Business Day, will be deemed to have been given on that Business Day; and

 

  (c) if validly transmitted by fax after 3:00 p.m. (local time at the place of receipt) on a Business Day, will be deemed to have been given on the Business Day after the date of the transmission.

 

12.8   Third Party Rights

 

The provisions of this Agreement are enforceable solely by the parties to this Agreement, and no shareholder, employee, agent of any Party or any other Person shall have the right, separate and apart from the Parties hereto to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to compel any party to this Agreement to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

 

12.9   Severability

 

Each provision of this Agreement is several. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of that provision will not affect:

 

  (a) the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement; or

 

  (b) the legality, validity or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction;

 

35


except that if:

 

  (c) on the reasonable construction of this Agreement as a whole, the applicability of the other provision presumes the validity and enforceability of the particular provision, the other provision will be deemed also to be invalid or unenforceable; and

 

  (d) as a result of the determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that any part of this Agreement is unenforceable or invalid and, as a result of this Section 12.9, the basic intentions of the parties in this Agreement are entirely frustrated, the parties will use all reasonable efforts to amend, supplement or otherwise vary this Agreement to confirm their mutual intention in entering into this Agreement.

 

12.10   Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

This Agreement is governed exclusively by, and is to be enforced, construed and interpreted exclusively in accordance with, the laws of British Columbia, which are deemed to be the proper laws of the Agreement. Each Party will submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of British Columbia and all courts having appellate jurisdiction thereover, in any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement commenced in such court by any party against any other party or parties and each party waives and will not assert by way of motion as a defence or otherwise in any such action, any claim that:

 

  (a) such party is not subject to the jurisdiction of such Court;

 

  (b) such action is brought in an inconvenient forum;

 

  (c) the venue of such action is improper; or

 

  (d) any subject matter of such action may not be enforced in or by such Court;

 

and will not seek and hereby waives in any suit or action brought to obtain a judgment for the recognition or enforcement of any final judgment rendered in a action and review, other than by way of appeal, in any court of any other jurisdiction of or pertaining to the merits of any action, whether or not such party appears in or defends the action.

 

12.11   Binding Effect

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors but shall not be assignable except as provided in Section 12.2.

 

12.12   Amendment and Waivers

 

No amendment, supplement, restatement or termination of any provision of this Agreement is binding unless it is in writing and signed by each Person that is a party to this Agreement at the time of the amendment, supplement, restatement or termination.

 

12.13   Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

 

36


12.14   Waiver

 

No failure by any Party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

 

12.15   Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on the Parties hereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the Parties hereto as of the date first above written.

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

SEASPAN MANAGEMENT SERVICES LIMITED
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

SEASPAN ADVISORY SERVICES LIMITED
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

SEASPAN SHIP MANAGEMENT LTD.
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

37


SEASPAN CREW MANAGEMENT LTD.
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

38


SCHEDULE A

 

VESSELS AND INITIAL TECHNICAL SERVICES FEES

 

The following table lists the Vessels that are presently owned or will be acquired by the Company on or after the date of this Agreement together with the applicable Initial Technical Services Fees.

 

Delivered Vessels


Vessel Name


   Charterer

  

Commencement of
Charter


   Initial
Technical
Services Fees
(US$) per day


  

Intended Flag


CSCL Hamburg

   CSCL    July 2001    4,500    Hong Kong

CSCL Chiwan

   CSCL    September 2001    4,500    Hong Kong

CSCL Ningbo

   CSCL    June 2002    4,500    Hong Kong

CSCL Dalian

   CSCL    September 2002    4,500    Hong Kong

CSCL Felixstowe

   CSCL    October 2002    4,500    Hong Kong

CSCL Oceania

   CSCL    December 2004    6,000    Hong Kong

CSCL Africa

   CSCL    January 2005    6,000    Hong Kong

CSCL Vancouver

   CSCL    February 2005    4,500    Hong Kong

CSCL Sydney

   CSCL    April 2005    4,500    Hong Kong

CSCL New York

   CSCL    May 2005    4,500    Hong Kong

Vessels under Construction


Vessel Name


   Charterer

  

Contractual
Delivery Date


   Initial
Technical
Services Fee
(US$) per day


  

Intended Flag


CSCL Melbourne

   CSCL    August 31, 2005    4,500    Hong Kong

CSCL Brisbane

   CSCL    October 15, 2005    4,500    Hong Kong

CP Kanha

   Lykes    December 14, 2005    4,500    Hong Kong

CP Corbett

   Lykes    March 14, 2006    4,500    Hong Kong

Containership Banyan

   Lykes    April 14, 2006    4,500    Hong Kong

Lykes Merchant

   Lykes    June 14, 2006    4,500    Hong Kong

TMM Morelos

   Lykes    September 14, 2006    4,500    Hong Kong

Containership Margosa

   Lykes    November 14, 2006    4,500    Hong Kong

Lykes Victor

   Lykes    January 14, 2007    4,500    Hong Kong

TMM Nuevo Leon.

   Lykes    April 14, 2007    4,500    Hong Kong

Containership Cassia.

   Lykes    June 14, 2007    4,500    Hong Kong

CSCL Zeebrugge

   CSCL    May 31, 2007    6,500    Hong Kong

CSCL Long Beach

   CSCL    August 31, 2007    6,500    Hong Kong

 


SCHEDULE B

 

FORM OF LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT effective as of the          day of July, 2005 (the “Effective Date”).

 

BETWEEN:

 

SEASPAN SHIP MANAGEMENT LTD.

 

AND:

 

GERRY WANG

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. The Executive has been employed by the Company since 2000 and is presently its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”).

 

B. Seaspan Management Services Limited (“SMS”), of which the Company is a subsidiary, has entered or will enter into a management services agreement (the “ Management Agreement ”) with Seaspan Corporation (“SC”), a Marshall Islands corporation, pursuant to which SMS has agreed to provide ship management and other services to SC.

 

C. SMS will enter into a subcontract with the Company pursuant to which the Company will provide the aforesaid ship management and other services to SC and the Executive will act as CEO of SC.

 

D. The Executive has agreed to act as CEO of SC.

 

NOW, THEREFORE in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth below, and the payment of ten dollars by the Company to the Executive, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In this Agreement:

 

Affiliate ” means any person who owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, the Company.

 

Agreement ” means this Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and the Executive.

 

Benefits ” means insured benefit plans and other employee benefits consistent with the policies of the Company customarily applicable to senior executives of the Company.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 


Change of Control ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 10.5 of the Management Agreement.

 

Company ” means Seaspan Ship Management Ltd. or any successor to its business and/or assets as provided in Section 9.3.

 

Competing Business ” means any individual, business, firm, company, partnership, joint venture, organization or other entity that competes, or has specific plans to compete, in a material respect, or that owns or controls a significant interest in any entity that competes, or has specific plans to compete in a material respect, directly with the Company or SC with respect to its Containership Business.

 

Confidential Information ” means information referred to in Section 6.3.

 

Containerships ” means any ocean-going vessel that is intended to be used primarily to transport containers or is being used primarily to transport containers.

 

Containership Business ” means the business of chartering or re-chartering Containerships to others and any other lawful act or activity customarily conducted in conjunction therewith.

 

Current Term ” means either the Initial Term or a Renewal Term within or at the end of which the Executive’s employment is terminated by any of the Company, the Executive, death, Disability or expiry of the term without renewal and extension.

 

Disability ” means the Executive has one or more illnesses or injuries that have rendered the Executive incapable (mentally, physically or otherwise) of substantially performing the SSML Services or the SC Services on a full-time basis for a period of one hundred twenty (120) consecutive calendar days or a total of one hundred eighty (180) calendar days in any 12-month period, as determined by a physician mutually chosen by the parties.

 

Employment Period ” means the period from the Effective Date to the Termination Date.

 

Executive ” means Gerry Wang.

 

Good Reason ” means the occurrence of any of the following events without the written consent of the Executive:

 

  (1) any reduction in the Executive’s Salary under this Agreement;

 

  (2) any material breach by the Company of this Agreement or the Management Agreement;

 

  (3) the Executive being assigned duties and responsibilities materially inconsistent with those normally associated with his position or there being any material change in the Executive’s title or reporting hereunder, provided that any change contemplated in Sections 2 or 3 of this Agreement will not be Good Reason;

 

  (4) notice from the Company that the Executive will be required to transfer the Executive’s primary place of employment outside of the metropolitan Vancouver, British Columbia area;

 

2


  (5) SC changes its purpose to include the conduct of business in addition to its Containership Business.

 

  (6) the occurrence of a winding up, dissolution or liquidation of the Company;

 

  (7) events referenced in 9.3; or

 

  (8) a Change of Control in SC,

 

provided that the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason hereunder within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date that he has actual notice of such reduction, change, material breach, transfer or event.

 

Initial Term ” means the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2008.

 

Just Cause ” means conduct of the Executive that constitutes just cause to terminate the Executive’s employment without any notice or compensation in lieu of notice at common law the occurrence or existence of any of the following events:

 

  (1) the Executive’s gross negligence in performing the SSML Services or the SC Services or the Executive’s willful, material failure to comply with any lawful directive of the Board unless written notice stating the basis for the termination is provided to the Executive and the Executive is given at least thirty (30) days to cure the neglect or conduct that is the basis of such claim and, if the Executive fails to cure such neglect or conduct (or such neglect or conduct is incurable), the Executive shall have an opportunity to be heard before the full Board (at which the Executive may be accompanied by counsel) and, after such hearing, there is a majority vote of all members of the Board (excluding the Executive) to terminate the Executive’s employment for Just Cause which vote is communicated to the Executive in writing;

 

  (2) the Executive’s willful, material breach of this Agreement or the Management Agreement unless written notice stating the basis for the termination is provided to the Executive and the Executive is given at least thirty (30) days to remedy the breach that is the basis of such claim and, if the Executive fails to remedy such breach (or such breach cannot be remedied), the Executive shall have an opportunity to be heard before the full Board (at which the Executive may be accompanied by counsel) and, after such hearing, there is a majority vote of all members of the Board (excluding the Executive) to terminate the Executive’s employment for Just Cause which vote is communicated to the Executive in writing;

 

  (3) the Executive having been convicted of, or having entered a guilty plea or settlement admitting guilt for, any crime, which commission, conviction, plea or settlement results in a Material Adverse Effect except where the Executive has been convicted of (or pleads nolo contendere to) a felony relating to environmental or shipping laws absent an international, criminal act by the Executive;

 

3


  (4) the Executive having been the subject of any order, judicial or administrative, obtained or issued by a securities commission, for, any securities violation involving fraud or other moral turpitude, which results in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

provided that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date the Company has actual notice of such gross negligence, failure, breach, order or event. The Company acknowledges that the Executive is obligated to act in the best interest of SC during the period that the Executive performs the SC Services. Accordingly, any conduct of the Executive that would otherwise constitute Just Cause will not constitute Just Cause if the Executive can demonstrate that the conduct was carried on reasonably in fulfillment of the obligations of the Executive to SC. Any conduct of the Executive that would constitute Just Cause for SC to terminate the employment of the Executive if the Executive were employed by SC, will be Just Cause.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material consequential negative effect on the financial conditions or operations of the Company, or a materially injurious and continuing effect on the reputation of the Company.

 

Renewal Date ” means December 31, 2008 and December 31 of each succeeding year.

 

Renewal Term ” means the period of twelve (12) months following the Renewal Date.

 

Salary ” means the salary of the Executive as set out in Section 4.1 of the Agreement.

 

SC Services ” means those services referred to in Section 2.3.

 

Search Period ” means the period of time reasonably required by the Company to identify and hire a replacement for the Executive hereunder and acceptable to SC so that the Company can meet its obligations to provide the CEO for SC pursuant to the Management Agreement.

 

Severance Payment ” means a lump sum cash payment, payable within thirty (30) days after the Termination Date, in an amount equal to the Salary the Executive would have been entitled to had the Executive remained an employee of the Company for the remainder of the Current Term.

 

SSML Services ” means those services set out in Section 2.2.

 

Termination Date ” means the earliest of:

 

  (a) if the Company terminates the employment of the Executive, the date on which the Company advises the Executive that the employment of the Executive is terminated, or if later, the date that the Company advises the Executive will be the date of termination of employment for the Executive;

 

  (b) if the Executive terminates the employment, the last day of active employment of the Executive;

 

  (c) the date of death of the Executive; and

 

4


  (d) if the Executive’s employment terminates by reason of the expiry and non-renewal of the Initial Term or Renewal Term and is not earlier terminated by the Company, December 31 of the year in which notice of non-renewal is provided pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

Vacation ” means the Executive’s entitlement to paid vacation set out in Section 4.3(c).

 

2. POSITION AND SERVICES

 

2.1 Employment by the Company

 

The Company will continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive will serve the Company, on the terms and conditions set out herein.

 

2.2 Appointment as CEO of the Company

 

Subject to Section 2.5 of this Agreement, during the Employment Period the Executive will hold the position of CEO of the Company and will have the powers and authorities customarily associated with such office, will perform the duties and responsibilities normally or usually associated with the position of CEO of the Company and will perform such other duties as may from time to time reasonably be delegated to the Executive by the Company (the “SSML Services”). The Executive will perform the SSML Services competently, efficiently and with due care and, except as provided in Sections 2.4 and 2.5, the Executive will act in the best interest of the Company.

 

2.3 Appointment as CEO of SC

 

From the Effective Date until the date determined in accordance with Section 5, the Executive also will hold the position of CEO of SC and will have the powers and authorities customarily associated with such office, will perform the duties and responsibilities associated with the position of CEO of SC and will perform such other duties as may from time to time reasonably be delegated to the Executive by SC (the “SC Services”). The Executive will perform the SC Services competently, efficiently and with due care and will act in the best interest of SC.

 

2.4 Devotion of Time

 

The Executive will devote substantially all of his normal business time and attention to the business of SC and the Company may delegate the performance of the SSML Services as necessary in consultation with the Board.

 

2.5 Conflict in Interests

 

If, during the period that the Executive is performing the SC Services, the interests of the Company and SC conflict, then despite Section 2.2 of this Agreement, the Executive will act in the best interests of SC and any action or inaction by the Executive in fulfilling his obligations to SC will not be a breach of this Agreement. The Executive will promptly notify the Board of any such conflict and the Company may, from time to time and in its sole discretion, require that the Executive not perform all or some of the SSML Services for a definite or indefinite period of time. If such an event occurs, the Executive will continue to be employed by the Company and will continue to provide the SC Services. In its sole

 

5


discretion, the Company may have the SSML Services performed by another person or persons during any such period. Such an event will not constitute a constructive dismissal of the Executive or be Good Reason. The Company will continue to provide the Executive with the compensation set out in Section 4.

 

2.6 Outside Employment

 

The Executive will not hold any type of outside employment, engage in any type of consulting or otherwise render services to or for any Competing Business without the advance written approval of the Board. The Executive may serve on corporate, civic, or charitable boards or committees and may manage his personal passive investments provided that any such activity does not interfere with the ability of the Executive to fulfill his obligations under this Agreement.

 

2.7 Location of Offices

 

The Company will maintain its principal executive offices at a location in the greater Vancouver, British Columbia metropolitan area. The Executive acknowledges that the effective performance of the SSML Services and the SC Services will require that he travel from time to time.

 

2.8 Fiduciary Obligation

 

The Executive acknowledges that by virtue of the employment contemplated by this Agreement, the Executive will be in a fiduciary relationship with the Company and SC and will owe fiduciary obligations to the Company and SC. The provisions of this Agreement are in addition to and do not amend, replace or otherwise reduce those obligations.

 

3. TERM

 

3.1 Initial Term

 

The initial term of this Agreement will be from the Effective Date to December 31, 2008 (the “Initial Term”). On December 31, 2008 and on December 31 of each succeeding year, this Agreement will automatically renew and extend for a period of twelve (12) months from the Renewal Date, unless written notice of non-renewal is delivered from one party to the other during the period beginning two hundred ten (210) days prior to the Renewal Date and concluding one hundred eighty (180) days prior to such Renewal Date. If such written notice of non-renewal is delivered from one party to the other, the employment of the Executive will terminate on December 31 of the year in which such notice is delivered.

 

3.2 Termination During Term

 

Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement, the employment of the Executive under this Agreement may be terminated in accordance with Section 5 at any time during the Initial Term or any Renewal Term.

 

6


3.3 Termination of the SC Services

 

After the Executive is directed to cease performing the SC Services, the Executive will continue to be employed by the Company to provide the SSML Services. Such event will not constitute a constructive dismissal of the Executive or be Good Reason. The Company will continue to provide the Executive with the compensation set out in Section 4.

 

4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

4.1 Salary

 

The Company will pay to the Executive an annual salary of US$600,000 (the “Salary”), less appropriate deductions and withholdings, payable on not less than a monthly basis, in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices for executive salaries. The Board will review the Salary from time to time during the Employment Period and may, in its sole discretion, increase the Salary. The Salary, as increased, may not be reduced without the written consent of the Executive.

 

4.2 Bonuses

 

The Executive will receive such bonuses, if any, as the Board determines in its sole discretion to pay the Executive. If the Board establishes a bonus program for executives, (a) the Executive will be entitled to participate in such program on a similar basis as other senior executives of the Company, provided that the terms and conditions of his participation may reflect the duties, responsibilities and expectations of the Executive as CEO of the Company; and (b) the Board will have the right on providing the Executive not less than 12 months reasonable notice thereof in writing to amend or discontinue such bonus program at any time in its sole discretion. The Executive will be eligible for and receive bonuses in accordance with any bonus plan, stock option plan, long term incentive or restricted share plan of SC.

 

4.3 Benefits

 

During the Employment Period:

 

  (a) the Company will provide parking, at no cost to the Executive, within reasonable proximity to the Company’s primary office location and the Executive will be responsible for any tax obligations arising from such parking;

 

  (b) the Company will make available to the Executive the Benefits, provided the Executive meets the eligibility requirements and other terms, conditions and restrictions of the Benefits; and

 

  (c) the Executive will be entitled to 5 weeks paid vacation during each calendar year (the “Vacation”), prorated for the 2005 year to reflect employment for less than the full year.

 

4.4 Expenses

 

  (a)

The Company will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable business and entertainment expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder. The Executive will account for such expenses in

 

7


 

accordance with the Company’s regular reimbursement procedures and practices in effect from time to time.

 

  (b) The Company will promptly reimburse the Executive for all of the Executive’s reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation and documentation of this Agreement.

 

4.5 No Other Compensation

 

The Executive is not entitled to any other compensation in respect of the SSML Services or the SC Services other than the compensation set out in Section 4 of this Agreement.

 

5. TERMINATION

 

5.1 Termination by the Company

 

The Company, in its sole discretion and at any time, may terminate the employment of the Executive:

 

  (a) for Just Cause; or

 

  (b) without Just Cause subject to providing the payments and benefits required by Section 5.2 or 5.4(b) of this Agreement as applicable;

 

in which case the Executive will be entitled to Salary, Benefits and an amount equal to the Salary in lieu of outstanding Vacation entitlement payable up to the Termination Date.

 

5.2 Payments in the Event of Termination Without Cause

 

If the employment of the Executive is terminated by the Company without Just Cause (and not by reason of Disability or after receiving notice of resignation (not for Good Reason) pursuant to Section 5.3(b) of this Agreement), the Company will pay the Executive the Severance Payment forthwith at the date of termination as a lump sum as the Executive requires and the Company will continue the participation of the Executive in the Benefits, except disability benefits, for the remainder of the Current Term, subject to the terms of the Benefits plans, but without set-off, deduction nor any other reduction or claim whatsoever.

 

5.3 Termination by Executive

 

  (a) The Executive may resign from employment (not for Good Reason) by providing to the Company 3 months’ prior written notice of resignation, except that if the resignation is proffered during the Initial Term, it will not be effective until the Search Period has concluded successfully.

 

  (b) The Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment with the Company at any time for Good Reason.

 

  (c)

If the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment for Good Reason, the Company will pay the Executive the Severance Payment, forthwith at the date of termination as a

 

8


 

lump sum as the Executive requires but without setoff, deduction nor any other reduction or claim whatsoever.

 

5.4 Death and Disability

 

  (a) Death . If the Executive dies during the Employment Period, the employment of the Executive will terminate as of the date of death and the Company will pay forthwith to the estate of the Executive the Salary, Benefits and an amount equal to the Salary in lieu of outstanding Vacation entitlement payable up to the Termination Date. In addition, the Company will pay to the estate of the Executive the Severance Payment forthwith provided that the amount of the Severance Payment will not be less than the annual Salary.

 

  (b) Disability . If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment by reason of Disability, the Company will pay the Executive continued Salary payments for the longer of the remainder of the Current Term and one (1) year from the Termination Date (the “Disability Term”) without setoff, deduction nor any other reduction or claim whatsoever. The Executive will continue to participate in the Benefits for the one (1) year period immediately following the Termination Date, subject to the terms and conditions of the Benefits plans without setoff, deduction, nor any other reduction or claim whatsoever.

 

5.5 Expiry of the Initial Term or a Renewal Term

 

If written notice of non-renewal is delivered from one party to the other within the time set out in Section 3.1, the employment of the Executive will terminate on December 31 of the Initial Term or Renewal Term and the Company will pay to the Executive up to December 31 the Salary and Benefits payable.

 

5.6 Termination of Obligations

 

In the event of termination of the employment of the Executive by the Company, by the Executive, by expiry of the Initial Term or a Renewal Term without renewal or extension or otherwise, all obligations of the Company to the Executive will terminate except as specifically set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement and the Company will have no further obligation or liability for any claim, action or demand, whether at common law or under any legislation from time to time applicable and in force or otherwise for damages or loss sustained by the Executive arising out of the employment of the Executive by the Company or the termination or cessation of that employment.

 

5.7 No Duty to Mitigate

 

Notwithstanding any term or condition of this Agreement to the contrary, the Executive shall have no duty to mitigate the Severance Payments and such Severance Payments shall not be subject to reduction, offset or repayment for any other compensation received by the Executive from employment in any capacity or other source following the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or on account of any claim the Company, SC and its Affiliates may have against the Executive.

 

9


6. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST, CONFIDENTIALITY, AND DEFENSE OF CLAIMS

 

6.1 Conflicts of Interest

 

During the Employment Period the Executive will promptly disclose to the Board any conflict of interest involving the Executive, upon the Executive becoming aware of such conflict.

 

6.2 Confidentiality

 

The Executive acknowledges that in the course of carrying out, performing and fulfilling the Executive’s obligations to the Company and SC, the Executive will have access to and be entrusted with Confidential Information of the Company and SC, and that the disclosure of such information to competitors, suppliers or clients of the Company or of SC or to the general public would be detrimental to the best interests of the Company and SC. All Confidential Information, and every portion thereof, constitutes the valuable intellectual property of the Company or SC, their respective customers, or third parties. The Executive further acknowledges the importance of maintaining the security and confidentiality of the Confidential Information. Upon termination of the Employment Period, the Executive will return any Confidential Information in his possession to the Company and SC except that the Executive shall be entitled to retain:

 

  (a) papers and other materials of a personal nature, including but not limited to, photographs, correspondence, personal diaries, calendars and Rolodexes, personal files and phone books,

 

  (b) information showing the Executive’s compensation or relating to reimbursement of expenses,

 

  (c) information that the Executive reasonably believes may be needed for tax purposes,

 

  (d) copies of plans or programs relating to the Executive’s employment, or termination thereof, with the Company or SC, and

 

  (e) minutes, presentation materials and personal notes from any meeting of the Board, or any committee thereof, while the Executive was a member of the Board (provided the Executive keeps such Board materials and personal notes relating to the Board or committee meetings confidential in accordance with this Section 6).

 

If the Executive retains any of the documents upon the termination of the Employment Period set out in (a) to (e) above, the Executive will provide a copy of such document to the Company.

 

6.3 Confidential Information

 

  (a)

For the purpose of this Agreement “Confidential Information” includes, but is not limited to, trade secrets, know-how, processes, drawings, formulas, standards, product specifications, marketing plans and techniques, strategic plans, cost figures, assets, all client or customer information (including without limitation their names, preferences, financial information, physical and e-mail addresses and contact numbers), all systems hardware and software applications, all software/systems source and object codes, data,

 

10


 

documentation, program files, flow charts, and all operational procedures of both the Company and SC.

 

  (b) All Confidential Information provided to the Executive is subject to this Agreement whether provided directly to the Executive or not and whether inadvertently disclosed to the Executive or not.

 

  (c) Despite Section 6.3(a) of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” does not include information which the Executive can prove is information which is in the public domain at the date of disclosure to the Executive, or which thereafter enters the public domain through no fault of the Executive (but only after it enters the public domain) provided that any combination of information that is Confidential Information will not be included within the exception merely because individual parts of the information were within the public domain unless the combination itself was in the public domain.

 

6.4 Restriction

 

  (a) Except as may be expressly required in the course of carrying out the Executive’s duties under this Agreement, the Executive will (1) keep the Confidential Information and all documentation and information relating thereto strictly confidential, and (2) not disclose any Confidential Information to any person or use or exploit, directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information for any purpose other than the proper purposes of the Company or SC or in any manner detrimental to the Company or SC either during the Employment Period or at any time thereafter.

 

  (b) Despite Section 6.4(a) of this Agreement, if the Executive is requested or required by any law, regulation or rule, or any legal, regulatory or administrative process to disclose any Confidential Information, the Executive shall promptly, if legally permitted, notify the Company and, if the request or requirement relates to Confidential Information of SC during the period when the Executive is performing the SC Services, in writing of such request or requirement so that the Company or SC may seek an appropriate protective order or other relief. The Executive will not oppose any effort by the Company or SC to resist or narrow such request or to seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. In any case, the Executive will:

 

  (i) disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information that, according the advice of his counsel, he is legally compelled or otherwise required to disclose;

 

  (ii) use his reasonable efforts (at the expense of the Company or SC) to obtain assurances that such Confidential Information will be treated confidentially; and

 

  (iii) if legally permitted, notify the Company and, if applicable, SC in writing as soon as reasonably practicable of the Confidential Information so disclosed.

 

6.5 Defense of Claims

 

The Executive will, during the Employment Period and for a period of twenty four (24) months after the Termination Date, upon request from the Company or SC, cooperate with the Company, SC and their

 

11


Affiliates in the defense of any claims or actions that may be made by or against the Company, SC or any of their Affiliates that relate to the SSML Services or the SC Services, except if the Executive’s reasonable interests are adverse to the Company, SC or their Affiliates in such claim or action. The Company will pay the Executive reasonable compensation for his time expended at a rate per diem therefore no less than the Salary per diem to meet his obligations hereunder and pay or reimburse the Executive for all of the Executive’s reasonable travel and other direct expenses incurred or to be reasonably incurred, to comply with the Executive’s obligations under this Section, against appropriate documentation of such expenses.

 

7. RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT

 

7.1 Restrictive Covenant Agreement

 

On the Effective Date, the Executive will enter into a restrictive covenant agreement with the Company and SC in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule A.

 

7.2 Value and Reasonableness

 

The Executive agrees and acknowledges the restrictive covenant agreement is given for good and valuable consideration (receipt of which is hereby acknowledged) and that by reason of the Executive’s unique knowledge of and association with the business of the Company, the scope of this covenant as to activity, time and area is reasonable and commensurate with the protection of the legitimate interests of the Company and SC.

 

8. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

 

8.1 Indemnity

 

The Company will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Executive to the fullest extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses of any nature (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Executive may be involved, or threatened to be involved as a party or otherwise, relating to the performance or non-performance of any act concerning the activities of the Company or SC if the Executive acted in good faith and the Executive’s conduct did not constitute gross negligence, willful misconduct or knowing violation of law in any material respect. Expenses (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements) incurred by the Executive in defending a proceeding will be secured, advanced or paid by the Company or necessary retainers will be funded in advance as required (in such capacity, the “Indemnitor”) in advance of the final disposition and throughout the currency of such proceeding, as incurred, including any appeal therefrom, upon receipt of an undertaking satisfactory to the Indemnitor by or on behalf of the Executive to repay such amount in the event of a final determination that the Executive is not entitled to be indemnified by the Indemnitor. Any indemnification provided hereunder will be satisfied solely out of the assets of the Indemnitor as an expense of the Indemnitor.

 

12


8.2 Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance

 

The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that SC purchases and maintains insurance that the Company reasonably determines to be adequate in respect of liabilities of the types described in Section 8.1, which insurance will cover the Executive in his capacity as a director and officer of SC.

 

9. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

[NTD: To be made consistent with other agreements]

 

9.1 Enforceability and Severability

 

It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be deemed amended to delete therefrom the portion thus adjudicated as invalid or unenforceable, such deletion to apply only with respect to the operation of such provision in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication is made.

 

9.2 Remedies

 

In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of Section 6 or 7 of this Agreement, the Company will be entitled to an injunction restraining the Executive from such breach. Nothing contained herein will be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available at law or equity for such breach or threatened breach of this Agreement nor limiting the amount of damages recoverable in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of Section 6 or 7 of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Executive acknowledges that, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by him of any of the provisions of Section 6 or 7 of this Agreement, the damages of the Company may exceed the amount paid to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement.

 

9.3 Assignment and Benefit

 

The Executive will not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s successors and legal representatives and the Company and its successors and permitted assigns. The Company may not assign its obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the Executive whether in connection with a merger, consolidation, asset sale or other transaction involving the sale or other transfer of all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company.

 

9.4 Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings, whether oral or written and whether express or implied, between the parties hereto. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any prior agreements or representations, whether oral or written and whether express or implied, between the

 

13


Executive and the Company, are hereby terminated and the Executive has no rights or entitlements under or arising from any such prior agreements or representations against the Company.

 

9.5 Notices

 

All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder will be in writing and sufficient if delivered personally or sent by telecopy (with confirmation of receipt) or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company, at:

 

If to the Executive, at:

 

or to such other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other party in writing in accordance herewith. Each such notice, request or communication will be deemed to have been given when received or, if given by mail, when delivered at the address specified in this Section or on the fifth business day following the date on which such communication is posted, whichever occurs first.

 

9.6 Amendments and Waivers

 

No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of, or consent required by, this Agreement, nor any consent to any departure herefrom, will be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the parties hereto. Such modification, amendment, waiver or consent will be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.

 

9.7 Headings

 

Descriptive headings are for convenience only and will not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

9.8 Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each such counterpart hereof will be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together will constitute but one agreement.

 

9.9 Canadian Dollars

 

All dollar amounts referred to herein will be in lawful currency of Canada.

 

9.10 Governing Law

 

This Agreement and its application and interpretation will be governed exclusively by the laws of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable in British Columbia.

 

14


9.11 Attornment

 

Each party will submit to the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of British Columbia and all Courts having appellate jurisdiction thereover in any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement commenced in such Court by one party against the other party (a “Permitted Action”), and each party waives and will not assert by way of motion as defense or otherwise in any Permitted Action, any claim that:

 

  (a) such party is not subject to the jurisdiction of such Court;

 

  (b) such Permitted Action is brought in an inconvenient forum;

 

  (c) the venue of such Permitted Action is improper; or

 

  (d) any subject matter of such Permitted Action may not be enforced in or by such Court.

 

In any suit or action brought to obtain a judgment for the recognition or enforcement of any final judgment rendered in a Permitted Action no party to this Agreement will seek, other than by way of appeal, in any Court of any jurisdiction any review pertaining to the merits of any Permitted Action, whether or not such party appears in or defends the Permitted Action.

 

9.12 Independent Legal Advice

 

The Executive hereby acknowledges that the Executive has had the opportunity to obtain independent legal advice regarding this Agreement.

 

9.13 Survival

 

Wherever appropriate to the intentions of the parties to this Agreement, the respective rights and obligations of the parties, including but not limited to Sections 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement will survive the Termination Date and will continue in full force and effect.

 

9.14 Collection and Use of Personal Information

 

The Executive acknowledges that the Company and SC will collect, use and disclose health and other personal information for employment and business related purposes. The Executive consents to the Company and SC collecting, using and disclosing health and other personal information of the Executive for employment and business related purposes in accordance with the privacy policy of the Company and SC.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

SEASPAN SHIP MANAGEMENT LTD.        
Per:                  
   

Authorized Signatory

          GERRY WANG

 

15


 

SCHEDULE A

 

FORM OF RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT effective as of the          day of                      , 2005 (the “Effective Date”).

 

AMONG:

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

(“ SC ”)

 

AND:

 

SEASPAN SHIP MANAGEMENT LTD.

 

(the “ Manager ”)

 

AND:

 

GERRY WANG

 

(the “ Executive ”)

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. On or about the Effective Date, the Executive entered into an executive employment agreement (the “Employment Agreement”) with the Manager;

 

B. Pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement, the Executive agreed to hold the position of Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of the Manager and of SC; and

 

C. The Manager and SC wish to limit the activities of the Executive on the terms and conditions set out in this agreement (the “Agreement”) to prohibit him from engaging in any activity that may compete with the business of SC.

 

NOW, THEREFORE in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth below, and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

The Executive hereby acknowledges that he has received and reviewed the omnibus agreement (the “ Omnibus Agreement ”) dated                      , 2005 between, among others, the Manager and SC and that he is aware of the terms and conditions of the Omnibus Agreement, including but not limited to Section 2 (Restricted Business Opportunities).

 

16


2. COVENANTS

 

During the term of the Employment Agreement and for (a) the period for which the Manager is bound by the terms of the Omnibus Agreement if the services provided by the Executive to SC are terminated by either the Manager or the Executive in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement but the Executive continues to be employed by the Manager, or (b) a period of two years from the date of termination if the services provided by the Executive to the Manager are terminated by either the Manager or the Executive in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement, the Executive will:

 

  (a) not engage in any activity that the Manager is prohibited from engaging in pursuant to the terms of the Omnibus Agreement; and

 

  (b) be bound by the terms of the Omnibus Agreement as if he were one of the “Seaspan Entities” as defined in the Omnibus Agreement.

 

3. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

3.1 Enforceability and Severability

 

It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be deemed amended to delete therefrom the portion thus adjudicated as invalid or unenforceable, such deletion to apply only with respect to the operation of such provision in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication is made.

 

3.2 Remedies

 

In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of this Agreement, the Manager or SC will be entitled to an injunction restraining the Executive from such breach. Nothing contained herein will be construed as prohibiting the Manager or SC from pursuing any other remedies available at law or equity for such breach or threatened breach of this Agreement nor limiting the amount of damages recoverable in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Executive acknowledges that, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by him of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the damages of the Manager or SC may exceed the amount paid to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement.

 

3.3 Assignment and Benefit

 

The Executive will not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Manager and SC. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s successors and legal representatives and the Manager and SC and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither the Manager nor SC may assign its obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the Executive whether in connection with a merger, consolidation, asset sale or other transaction involving the sale or other transfer of all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Manager or SC.

 

17


3.4 Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings, whether oral or written and whether express or implied, between the parties hereto. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any prior agreements or representations, whether oral or written and whether express or implied, between the Executive, the Manager and SC, are hereby terminated and the Executive has no rights or entitlements under or arising from any such prior agreements or representations against the Manager or SC.

 

3.5 Notices

 

All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder will be in writing and sufficient if delivered personally or sent by telecopy (with confirmation of receipt) or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Manager, at:

 

If to SC, at:

 

If to the Executive, at:

 

or to such other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other party in writing in accordance herewith. Each such notice, request or communication will be deemed to have been given when received or, if given by mail, when delivered at the address specified in this section or on the fifth business day following the date on which such communication is posted, whichever occurs first.

 

3.6 Amendments and Waivers

 

No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of, or consent required by, this Agreement, nor any consent to any departure herefrom, will be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the parties hereto. Such modification, amendment, waiver or consent will be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.

 

3.7 Headings

 

Descriptive headings are for convenience only and will not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

3.8 Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each such counterpart hereof will be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together will constitute but one agreement.

 

18


3.9 Governing Law

 

This Agreement and its application and interpretation will be governed exclusively by the laws of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable in British Columbia.

 

3.10 Attornment

 

Each party will submit to the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of British Columbia and all Courts having appellate jurisdiction thereover in any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement commenced in such Court by one party against the other party (a “ Permitted Action ”), and each party waives and will not assert by way of motion as defense or otherwise in any Permitted Action, any claim that:

 

  (a) such party is not subject to the jurisdiction of such Court;

 

  (b) such Permitted Action is brought in an inconvenient forum;

 

  (c) the venue of such Permitted Action is improper; or

 

  (d) any subject matter of such Permitted Action may not be enforced in or by such Court.

 

In any suit or action brought to obtain a judgment for the recognition or enforcement of any final judgment rendered in a Permitted Action no party to this Agreement will seek, other than by way of appeal, in any Court of any jurisdiction any review pertaining to the merits of any Permitted Action, whether or not such party appears in or defends the Permitted Action.

 

3.11 Independent Legal Advice

 

The Executive hereby acknowledges that the Executive has had the opportunity to obtain independent legal advice regarding this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION        
Per:                  
   

Authorized Signatory

          GERRY WANG
SEASPAN SHIP MANAGEMENT LTD.        
Per:                  
   

Authorized Signatory

           

 

19

Exhibit 10.4

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT effective as of the              day of July, 2005 (the “Effective Date”).

 

BETWEEN:

 

SEASPAN ADVISORY SERVICES LIMITED

 

(the “Company”)

 

AND:

 

GRAHAM PORTER

 

(the “Executive”)

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. The Company has offered to employ the Executive, and the Executive has agreed to be employed, as Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of the Company.

 

B. Seaspan Management Services Limited (“SMS”), of which the Company is a subsidiary, has entered or will enter into a management services agreement (the “ Management Agreement ”) with Seaspan Corporation (“SC”), a Marshall Islands corporation, pursuant to which SMS has agreed to provide strategic advisory services to SC.

 

C. SMS will enter into a subcontract with the Company pursuant to which the Company will provide the aforesaid strategic advisory services to SC.

 

D. The parties have agreed to set out in writing the terms and conditions of the employment of the Executive with the Company.

 

NOW, THEREFORE in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth below, and the payment of ten dollars by the Company to the Executive, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In this Agreement:

 

Affiliate ” means any person who owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, the Company.

 

Agreement ” means this Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and the Executive.

 

Benefits ” means insured benefit plans and other employee benefits consistent with the policies of the Company customarily applicable to senior executives of the Company.

 


Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Change of Control ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 10.5 of the Management Agreement.

 

Company ” means Seaspan Advisory Services Limited or any successor to its business and/or assets as provided in Section 9.3.

 

Competing Business ” means any individual, business, firm, company, partnership, joint venture, organization or other entity that competes, or has specific plans to compete, in a material respect, or that owns or controls a significant interest in any entity that competes, or has specific plans to compete in a material respect, directly with the Company or SC with respect to its Containership Business.

 

Confidential Information ” means information referred to in Section 6.3.

 

Containerships ” means any ocean-going vessel that is intended to be used primarily to transport containers or is being used primarily to transport containers.

 

Containership Business ” means the business of chartering or re-chartering Containerships to others and any other lawful act or activity customarily conducted in conjunction therewith.

 

Current Term ” means either the Initial Term or a Renewal Term within or at the end of which the Executive’s employment is terminated by any of the Company, the Executive, death, Disability or expiry of the term without renewal and extension.

 

Disability ” means the Executive has one or more illnesses or injuries that have rendered the Executive incapable (mentally, physically or otherwise) of substantially performing the Services on a full-time basis for a period of one hundred twenty (120) consecutive calendar days or a total of one hundred eighty (180) calendar days in any 12-month period, as determined by a physician mutually chosen by the parties.

 

Employment Period ” means the period from the Effective Date to the Termination Date.

 

Executive ” means Graham Porter.

 

Good Reason ” means the occurrence of any of the following events without the consent of the Executive:

 

  (1) any reduction in the Executive’s Salary under this Agreement;

 

  (2) any material breach by the Company of this Agreement;

 

  (3) the Executive being assigned duties and responsibilities materially inconsistent with those normally associated with his position or there being any material change in the Executive’s title or reporting hereunder, provided that any change contemplaced for Sections 2 or 3 of this Agreement will not be Good Reason;

 

  (4) notice from the Company that the Executive will be required to transfer the Executive’s primary place of employment outside of Bermuda;

 

2


  (5) SC changes its purpose to include the conduct of business in addition to its Containership Business;

 

  (6) the occurrence of a winding up, dissolution or liquidation of the Company;

 

  (7) events referenced in 9.3; or

 

  (8) a Change of Control in SC.

 

provided that the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason hereunder within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date that he has actual notice of such event.

 

Initial Term ” means the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2008.

 

Just Cause ” means conduct of the Executive that constitutes just cause to terminate the Executive’s employment without any notice or compensation in lieu of notice at common law and includes, but is not limited to, the occurrence or existence of any of the following events:

 

  (1) the Executive’s gross negligence in performing the Services or the Executive’s willful, material failure to comply with any lawful directive of the Board unless written notice stating the basis for the termination is provided to the Executive and the Executive is given at least thirty (30) days to cure the neglect or conduct that is the basis of such claim and, if the Executive fails to cure such neglect or conduct (or such neglect or conduct is incurable), the Executive shall have an opportunity to be heard before the full Board (at which the Executive may be accompanied by counsel) and, after such hearing, there is a majority vote of all members of the Board (excluding the Executive) to terminate the Executive’s employment for Just Cause which vote is communicated to the Executive in writing;

 

  (2) the Executive’s willful, material breach of this Agreement unless written notice stating the basis for the termination is provided to the Executive and the Executive is given at least thirty (30) days to remedy the breach that is the basis of such claim and, if the Executive fails to remedy such breach (or such breach cannot be remedied), the Executive shall have an opportunity to be heard before the full Board (at which the Executive may be accompanied by counsel) and, after such hearing, there is a majority vote of all members of the Board (excluding the Executive) to terminate the Executive’s employment for Just Cause which vote is communicated to the Executive in writing;

 

  (3) the Executive having committed, been convicted of, or having entered a guilty plea or settlement admitting guilt for, any crime, which commission, conviction, plea or settlement could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect except where the Executive has been convicted of (or pleads nolo contendere to) a felony relating to environmental or shipping laws absent an international, criminal act by the Executive; or

 

  (4)

the Executive having committed, or having been the subject of any judicial or administrative order, obtained or issued by a securities commission, for any securities violation involving fraud or other moral turpitude, including any such order consented to

 

3


 

by the Executive in which findings of fact or any legal conclusions establishing liability are neither admitted nor denied, which event could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

provided that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date the Company has actual notice of such event.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material consequential negative effect on the financial conditions or operations of the Company, a materially injurious effect on the reputation of the Company.

 

Renewal Date ” means December 31, 2008 and December 31 of each succeeding year.

 

Renewal Term ” means the period of twelve (12) months following the Renewal Date.

 

Salary ” means the salary of the Executive as set out in Section 4.1 of the Agreement.

 

Search Period ” means the period of time reasonably required by the Company to identify and hire a replacement for the Executive.

 

Services ” means those services set out in Section 2.2.

 

Severance Payment ” means a lump sum cash payment, payable within thirty (30) days after the Termination Date, in an amount equal to the Salary the Executive would have been entitled to had the Executive remained an employee of the Company for the remainder of the Current Term provided that the payment will be no less than the minimum requirement for compensation on termination pursuant to any applicable employment standards legislation.

 

Termination Date ” means the earliest of:

 

  (a) if the Company terminates the employment of the Executive, the date on which the Company advises the Executive that the employment of the Executive is terminated, or if later, the date that the Company advises the Executive will be the date of termination of employment for the Executive;

 

  (b) if the Executive terminates the employment, the last day of active employment of the Executive;

 

  (c) the date of death of the Executive; and

 

  (d) if the Executive’s employment terminates by reason of the expiry and non-renewal of the Initial Term or Renewal Term and is not earlier terminated by the Company, December 31 of the year in which notice of non-renewal is provided pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

Vacation ” means the Executive’s entitlement to paid vacation set out in Section 4.3(c).

 

4


2. POSITION AND SERVICES

 

2.1 Employment by the Company

 

The Company will employ the Executive, and the Executive will serve the Company, on the terms and conditions set out herein.

 

2.2 Appointment as CEO of the Company

 

During the Employment Period, the Executive will hold the position of CEO of the Company and will have the powers and authorities customarily associated with such office, will perform the duties and responsibilities normally or usually associated with the position of CEO of the Company and will perform such other duties as may from time to time reasonably be delegated to the Executive by the Company (the “Services”). The Executive will perform the Services competently, efficiently and with due care and the Executive will act in the best interest of the Company.

 

2.3 Devotion of Time

 

The Executive will devote substantially all of his business time and attention to the business of the Company.

 

2.4 Outside Employment

 

The Executive will not hold any type of outside employment, engage in any type of consulting or otherwise render services to or for any Competing Business without the advance written approval of the Board. The Executive may serve on corporate, civic, or charitable boards or committees and may manage his personal passive investments provided that any such activity does not materially interfere with the ability of the Executive to fulfill his obligations under this Agreement.

 

2.5 Location of Offices

 

The Company will maintain its principal executive offices at a location in Hamilton, Bermuda. The Executive acknowledges that the effective performance of the Services will require that he travel from time to time.

 

2.6 Fiduciary Obligation

 

The Executive acknowledges that by virtue of the employment contemplated by this Agreement, the Executive will be in a fiduciary relationship with the Company and will owe fiduciary obligations to the Company. The provisions of this Agreement are in addition to and do not amend, replace or otherwise reduce those obligations.

 

5


3. TERM

 

3.1 Initial Term

 

The initial term of this Agreement will be from the Effective Date to December 31,              (the “Initial Term”). On December 31, 2008 and on December 31 of each succeeding year, this Agreement will automatically renew and extend for a period of twelve (12) months from the Renewal Date, unless written notice of non-renewal is delivered from one party to the other during the period beginning two hundred ten (210) days prior to the Renewal Date and concluding one hundred eighty (180) days prior to such Renewal Date. If such written notice of non-renewal is delivered from one party to the other, the employment of the Executive will terminate on December 31 of the year in which such notice is delivered.

 

3.2 Termination During Term

 

Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement, the employment of the Executive under this Agreement may be terminated in accordance with Section 5 at any time during the Initial Term or any Renewal Term.

 

4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

4.1 Salary

 

The Company will pay to the Executive an annual salary of US$200,000 (the “Salary”) prorated for the 2005 year to reflect employment for less than the full year, less appropriate deductions and withholdings and payable on not less than a monthly basis, in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices for executive salaries. The Board will review the Salary from time to time during the Employment Period and may, in its sole discretion, increase the Salary. The Salary, as increased, may not be reduced without the written consent of the Executive.

 

4.2 Bonuses

 

The Executive will receive such bonuses, if any, as the Board determines in its sole discretion to pay the Executive. If the Board establishes a bonus program for executives, (a) the Executive will be entitled to participate in such program on a similar basis as other senior executives of the Company, provided that the terms and conditions of his participation may reflect the duties, responsibilities and expectations of the Executive as CEO of the Company; and (b) the Board will have the right on providing the Executive not less than 12 months reasonable notice thereof in writing to amend or discontinue such bonus program at any time in its sole discretion.

 

4.3 Benefits

 

During the Employment Period:

 

  (a) the Company will provide parking, at no cost to the Executive, within reasonable proximity to the Company’s primary office location and the Executive will be responsible for any tax obligations arising from such parking;

 

6


  (b) the Company will make available to the Executive the Benefits, provided the Executive meets the eligibility requirements and other terms, conditions and restrictions of the Benefits; and

 

  (c) the Executive will be entitled to 5 weeks paid vacation during each calendar year (the “Vacation”), prorated for the 2005 year to reflect employment for less than the full year.

 

4.4 Expenses

 

  (a) The Company will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable business and entertainment expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder. The Executive will account for such expenses in accordance with the Company’s regular reimbursement procedures and practices in effect from time to time.

 

  (b) The Company will promptly reimburse the Executive for all of the Executive’s reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation and documentation of this Agreement.

 

4.5 No Other Compensation

 

The Executive is not entitled to any other compensation in respect of the Services other than the compensation set out in Section 4 of this Agreement.

 

5. TERMINATION

 

5.1 Termination by the Company

 

The Company, in its sole discretion and at any time, may terminate the employment of the Executive:

 

  (a) for Just Cause; or

 

  (b) without Just Cause subject to providing the payments and benefits required by Section 5.2 or 5.4(b) of this Agreement as applicable;

 

in which case the Executive will be entitled to Salary, Benefits and an amount equal to the Salary in lieu of outstanding Vacation entitlement payable up to the Termination Date.

 

5.2 Payments in the Event of Termination Without Cause

 

If the employment of the Executive is terminated by the Company without Just Cause (and not by reason of Disability or after receiving notice of resignation (not for Good Reason) pursuant to Section 5.3(b) of this Agreement), the Company will pay the Executive the Severance Payment forthwith at the date of termination as a lump sum as the Executive requires and the Company will continue the participation of the Executive in the Benefits, except disability benefits, for the remainder of the Current Term, subject to the terms of the Benefits plans, but without set-off, deduction nor any other reduction or claim whatsoever.

 

7


5.3 Termination by Executive

 

  (a) The Executive may resign from employment (not for Good Reason) by providing to the Company 3 months’ prior written notice of resignation, except that if the resignation is proffered during the Initial Term, it will not be effective until the Search Period has concluded successfully.

 

  (b) The Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment with the Company at any time for Good Reason.

 

  (c) If the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment for Good Reason, the Company will pay the Executive the Severance Payment, forthwith at the date of termination as a lump sum as the Executive requires but without setoff, deduction nor any other reduction or claim whatsoever.

 

5.4 Death and Disability

 

  (a) Death . If the Executive dies during the Employment Period, the employment of the Executive will terminate as of the date of death and the Company will pay forthwith to the estate of the Executive the Salary, Benefits and an amount equal to the Salary in lieu of outstanding Vacation entitlement payable up to the Termination Date. In addition, the Company will pay to the estate of the Executive the Severance Payment forthwith provided that the amount of the Severance Payment will not be less than the annual Salary.

 

  (b) Disability . If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment by reason of Disability, the Company will pay the Executive continued Salary payments for the longer of the remainder of the Current Term and one (1) year from the Termination Date (the “Disability Term”) without setoff, deduction nor any other reduction or claim whatsoever. The Executive will continue to participate in the Benefits for the one (1) year period immediately following the Termination Date, subject to the terms and conditions of the Benefits plans without setoff, deduction, nor any other reduction or claim whatsoever.

 

5.5 Expiry of the Initial Term or a Renewal Term

 

If written notice of non-renewal is delivered from one party to the other within the time set out in Section 3.1, the employment of the Executive will terminate on December 31 of the Initial Term or Renewal Term and the Company will pay to the Executive up to December 31 the Salary and Benefits payable.

 

5.6 Termination of Obligations

 

In the event of termination of the employment of the Executive by the Company, by the Executive, by expiry of the Initial Term or a Renewal Term without renewal or extension or otherwise, all obligations of the Company to the Executive will terminate except as specifically set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement and the Company will have no further obligation or liability for any claim, action or demand, whether at common law or under any legislation from time to time applicable and in force or otherwise

 

8


for damages or loss sustained by the Executive arising out of the employment of the Executive by the Company or the termination or cessation of that employment.

 

5.7 No Duty to Mitigate

 

Notwithstanding any term or condition of this Agreement to the contrary, the Executive shall have no duty to mitigate the Severance Payments and such Severance Payments shall not be subject to reduction, offset or repayment for any other compensation received by the Executive from employment in any capacity or other source following the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or on account of any claim the Company, SC and its Affiliates may have against the Executive.

 

6. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST, CONFIDENTIALITY, AND DEFENSE OF CLAIMS

 

6.1 Conflicts of Interest

 

During the Employment Period the Executive will promptly disclose to the Board any conflict of interest involving the Executive, upon the Executive becoming aware of such conflict.

 

6.2 Confidentiality

 

The Executive acknowledges that in the course of carrying out, performing and fulfilling the Executive’s obligations to the Company, the Executive will have access to and be entrusted with Confidential Information of the Company, and that the disclosure of such information to competitors, suppliers or clients of the Company or to the general public would be detrimental to the best interests of the Company. All Confidential Information, and every portion thereof, constitutes the valuable intellectual property of the Company, its respective customers, or third parties. The Executive further acknowledges the importance of maintaining the security and confidentiality of the Confidential Information. Upon termination of the Employment Period, the Executive will immediately return any Confidential Information in his possession to the Company and SC and thereafter permanently delete any electronic form of Confidential Information in his possession except that the Executive shall be entitled to retain:

 

  (a) papers and other materials of a personal nature, including but not limited to, photographs, correspondence, personal diaries, calendars and Rolodexes, personal files and phone books,

 

  (b) information showing the Executive’s compensation or relating to reimbursement of expenses,

 

  (c) information that the Executive reasonably believes may be needed for tax purposes,

 

  (d) copies of plans or programs relating to the Executive’s employment, or termination thereof, with the Company or SC, and

 

  (e) minutes, presentation materials and personal notes from any meeting of the Board, or any committee thereof, while the Executive was a member of the Board (provided the Executive keeps such Board materials and personal notes relating to the Board or committee meetings confidential in accordance with this Section 6).

 

9


If the Executive retains any of the documents upon the termination of the Employment Period set out in (a) to (e) above, the Executive will provide a copy of such document to the Company.

 

6.3 Confidential Information

 

  (a) For the purpose of this Agreement “Confidential Information” includes, but is not limited to, trade secrets, know-how, processes, drawings, formulas, standards, product specifications, marketing plans and techniques, strategic plans, cost figures, assets, all client or customer information (including without limitation their names, preferences, financial information, physical and e-mail addresses and contact numbers), all systems hardware and software applications, all software/systems source and object codes, data, documentation, program files, flow charts, and all operational procedures of both the Company.

 

  (b) All Confidential Information provided to the Executive is subject to this Agreement whether provided directly to the Executive or not and whether inadvertently disclosed to the Executive or not.

 

  (c) Despite Section 6.3(a) of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” does not include information which the Executive can prove is information which is in the public domain at the date of disclosure to the Executive, or which thereafter enters the public domain through no fault of the Executive (but only after it enters the public domain) provided that any combination of information that is Confidential Information will not be included within the exception merely because individual parts of the information were within the public domain unless the combination itself was in the public domain.

 

6.4 Restriction

 

  (a) Except as may be expressly required in the course of carrying out the Executive’s duties under this Agreement, the Executive will (1) keep the Confidential Information and all documentation and information relating thereto strictly confidential, and (2) not disclose any Confidential Information to any person or use or exploit, directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information for any purpose other than the proper purposes of the Company or in any manner detrimental to the Company, either during the Employment Period or at any time thereafter.

 

  (b) Despite Section 6.4(a) of this Agreement, if the Executive is requested or required by any law, regulation or rule, or any legal, regulatory or administrative process to disclose any Confidential Information, the Executive shall promptly, if legally permitted, notify the Company so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or other relief. The Executive will not oppose any effort by the Company to resist or narrow such request or to seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. In any case, the Executive will:

 

  (i) disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information that, according the advice of his counsel, he is legally compelled or otherwise required to disclose;

 

10


  (ii) use his reasonable efforts (at the expense of the Company) to obtain assurances that such Confidential Information will be treated confidentially; and

 

  (iii) if legally permitted, notify the Company in writing as soon as reasonably practicable of the Confidential Information so disclosed.

 

6.5 Defense of Claims

 

The Executive will, during the Employment Period and for a period of twenty four (24) months after the Termination Date, upon request from the Company, cooperate with the Company and its Affiliates in the defense of any claims or actions that may be made by or against the Company or any of its Affiliates that relate to the Services, except if the Executive’s reasonable interests are adverse to the Company or its Affiliates in such claim or action. The Company will pay the Executive reasonable compensation for his time expended at a rate per diem therefore no less than the Salary per diem to meet his obligations hereunder and pay or reimburse the Executive for all of the Executive’s reasonable travel and other direct expenses incurred or to be reasonably incurred, to comply with the Executive’s obligations under this Section, against appropriate documentation of such expenses.

 

7. RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT

 

7.1 Restrictive Covenant Agreement

 

On the Effective Date, the Executive will enter into a restrictive covenant agreement with the Company in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule A.

 

7.2 Value and Reasonableness

 

The Executive agrees and acknowledges the restrictive covenant agreement is given for good and valuable consideration (receipt of which is hereby acknowledged) and that by reason of the Executive’s unique knowledge of and association with the business of the Company, the scope of this covenant as to activity, time and area is reasonable and commensurate with the protection of the legitimate interests of the Company.

 

8. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

 

8.1 Indemnity

 

The Company will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Executive to the fullest extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses of any nature (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Executive may be involved, or threatened to be involved as a party or otherwise, relating to the performance or non-performance of any act concerning the activities of the Company if the Executive acted in good faith and the Executive’s conduct did not constitute gross negligence, willful misconduct or knowing violation of law in any material respect. Expenses (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements) incurred by the Executive in defending a proceeding will be secured, advanced or paid by the Company (in such capacity, the “Indemnitor”) or necessary retainers will be funded by the Indemnitor in advance of the final disposition and throughout the currency of such

 

11


proceeding, as such expenses are incurred or as such retainers are required, including any appeal therefrom, upon receipt of an undertaking satisfactory to the Indemnitor by or on behalf of the Executive to repay such amount in the event of a final determination that the Executive is not entitled to be indemnified by the Indemnitor. Any indemnification provided hereunder will be satisfied solely out of the assets of the Indemnitor as an expense of the Indemnitor.

 

8.2 Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance

 

The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to purchase and maintain insurance that the Company reasonably determines to be adequate in respect of liabilities of the types described in Section 8.1, which insurance will cover the Executive.

 

9. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

[NTD: To be made consistent with other agreements]

 

9.1 Enforceability and Severability

 

It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be deemed amended to delete therefrom the portion thus adjudicated as invalid or unenforceable, such deletion to apply only with respect to the operation of such provision in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication is made.

 

9.2 Remedies

 

In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of Section 0 or 7 of this Agreement, the Company will be entitled to an injunction restraining the Executive from such breach. Nothing contained herein will be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available at law or equity for such breach or threatened breach of this Agreement nor limiting the amount of damages recoverable in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of Section 0 or 7 of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Executive acknowledges that, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by him of any of the provisions of Section 0 or 7 of this Agreement, the damages of the Company may exceed the amount paid to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement.

 

9.3 Assignment and Benefit

 

The Executive will not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s successors and legal representatives and the Company and its successors and permitted assigns. The Company may not assign its obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the Executive whether in connection with a merger, consolidation, asset sale or other transaction involving the sale or other transfer of all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company.

 

12


9.4 Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings, whether oral or written and whether express or implied, between the parties hereto. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any such prior agreements or representations, whether oral or written and whether express or implied, between the Executive and the Company, are hereby terminated and the Executive has no rights or entitlements under or arising from any such prior agreements or representations against the Company.

 

9.5 Notices

 

All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder will be in writing and sufficient if delivered personally or sent by telecopy (with confirmation of receipt) or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company, at:

 

[Hamilton, Bermuda Address]

 

If to the Executive, at:

 

1 The Pumphouse

70 Renforth Street, London

United Kingdom SE16 7JZ

 

or to such other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other party in writing in accordance herewith. Each such notice, request or communication will be deemed to have been given when received or, if given by mail, when delivered at the address specified in this Section or on the fifth business day following the date on which such communication is posted, whichever occurs first.

 

9.6 Amendments and Waivers

 

No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of, or consent required by, this Agreement, nor any consent to any departure herefrom, will be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the parties hereto. Such modification, amendment, waiver or consent will be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.

 

9.7 Headings

 

Descriptive headings are for convenience only and will not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

9.8 Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each such counterpart hereof will be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together will constitute but one agreement.

 

13


9.9 Canadian Dollars

 

All dollar amounts referred to herein will be in lawful currency of the United States.

 

9.10 Governing Law

 

This Agreement and its application and interpretation will be governed exclusively by the laws of Bermuda.

 

9.11 Attornment

 

Each party will submit to the jurisdiction of the Courts of Bermuda and all Courts having appellate jurisdiction thereover in any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement commenced in such Court by one party against the other party (a “Permitted Action”), and each party waives and will not assert by way of motion as defense or otherwise in any Permitted Action, any claim that:

 

  (a) such party is not subject to the jurisdiction of such Court;

 

  (b) such Permitted Action is brought in an inconvenient forum;

 

  (c) the venue of such Permitted Action is improper; or

 

  (d) any subject matter of such Permitted Action may not be enforced in or by such Court.

 

In any suit or action brought to obtain a judgment for the recognition or enforcement of any final judgment rendered in a Permitted Action no party to this Agreement will seek, other than by way of appeal, in any Court of any jurisdiction any review pertaining to the merits of any Permitted Action, whether or not such party appears in or defends the Permitted Action.

 

9.12 Independent Legal Advice

 

The Executive hereby acknowledges that the Executive has had the opportunity to obtain independent legal advice regarding this Agreement.

 

9.13 Survival

 

Wherever appropriate to the intentions of the parties to this Agreement, the respective rights and obligations of the parties, including but not limited to Sections 5, 0, 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement will survive the Termination Date and will continue in full force and effect.

 

14


9.14 Collection and Use of Personal Information

 

The Executive acknowledges that the Company will collect, use and disclose health and other personal information for employment and business related purposes. The Executive consents to the Company collecting, using and disclosing health and other personal information of the Executive for employment and business related purposes in accordance with the privacy policy of the Company.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

SEASPAN ADVISORY SERVICES LIMITED        
Per:                  
    Authorized Signatory           GRAHAM PORTER

 

15


 

SCHEDULE A

 

FORM OF RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT effective as of the          day of                      , 2005 (the “Effective Date”).

 

AMONG:

 

SEASPAN ADVISORY SERVICES LIMITED

(“SAS”)

 

AND:

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION

(“SC”)

 

AND:

 

SEASPAN SHIP MANAGEMENT LIMITED

(the “Manager” )

 

AND:

 

GRAHAM PORTER

(the “Executive” )

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. On or about the Effective Date, the Executive entered into an executive employment agreement (the “Employment Agreement”) with SAS;

 

B. Pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement, the Executive agreed to hold the position of Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of SAS and agreed to enter into this Agreement; and

 

C. The Manager, SC and SAS wish to limit the activities of the Executive on the terms and conditions set out in this agreement (the “Agreement”) to prohibit him from engaging in any activity that may compete with the business of SC.

 

NOW, THEREFORE in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth below, and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

The Executive hereby acknowledges that he has received and reviewed the omnibus agreement (the “ Omnibus Agreement ”) dated                          , 2005 between, among others, the Manager and SC and that he is aware of the terms and conditions of the Omnibus Agreement, including but not limited to Section 2 (Restricted Business Opportunities).

 

16


2. COVENANTS

 

During the term of the Employment Agreement and for a period of two years from the date of termination of the Executive, the Executive will:

 

  (a) not engage in any activity that the Manager is prohibited from engaging in pursuant to the terms of the Omnibus Agreement; and

 

  (b) be bound by the terms of the Omnibus Agreement as if he were one of the “Seaspan Entities” as defined in the Omnibus Agreement.

 

3. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

3.1 Enforceability and Severability

 

It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be deemed amended to delete therefrom the portion thus adjudicated as invalid or unenforceable, such deletion to apply only with respect to the operation of such provision in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication is made.

 

3.2 Remedies

 

In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of this Agreement, SAS, the Manager or SC will be entitled to an injunction restraining the Executive from such breach. Nothing contained herein will be construed as prohibiting SAS, the Manager or SC from pursuing any other remedies available at law or equity for such breach or threatened breach of this Agreement nor limiting the amount of damages recoverable in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Executive acknowledges that, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by him of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the damages of SAS, the Manager or SC may exceed the amount paid to the Executive pursuant to the Employment Agreement.

 

3.3 Assignment and Benefit

 

The Executive will not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of SAS, the Manager and SC. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s successors and legal representatives and SAS, the Manager and SC and their respective successors and permitted assigns. None of SAS, the Manager and SC may assign its obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the Executive whether in connection with a merger, consolidation, asset sale or other transaction involving the sale or other transfer of all or substantially all of the business and assets of SAS, the Manager or SC.

 

3.4 Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings, whether oral or written and whether express or implied, between the parties hereto. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any prior

 

17


agreements or representations, whether oral or written and whether express or implied, between or amongst the Executive, SAS, the Manager and SC, except the Employment Agreement, are hereby terminated and the Executive has no rights or entitlements under or arising from any such prior agreements or representations against SAS, the Manager or SC.

 

3.5 Notices

 

All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder will be in writing and sufficient if delivered personally or sent by telecopy (with confirmation of receipt) or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

If to SAS, at:

 

If to the Manager, at:

 

If to SC, at:

 

If to the Executive, at:

 

or to such other address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have furnished to the other party in writing in accordance herewith. Each such notice, request or communication will be deemed to have been given when received or, if given by mail, when delivered at the address specified in this section or on the fifth business day following the date on which such communication is posted, whichever occurs first.

 

3.6 Amendments and Waivers

 

No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of, or consent required by, this Agreement, nor any consent to any departure herefrom, will be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the parties hereto. Such modification, amendment, waiver or consent will be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.

 

3.7 Headings

 

Descriptive headings are for convenience only and will not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

3.8 Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each such counterpart hereof will be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together will constitute but one agreement.

 

3.9 Governing Law

 

This Agreement and its application and interpretation will be governed exclusively by the laws of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable in British Columbia.

 

18


3.10 Attornment

 

Each party will submit to the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of British Columbia and all Courts having appellate jurisdiction thereover in any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement commenced in such Court by one party against the other party (a “ Permitted Action ”), and each party waives and will not assert by way of motion as defense or otherwise in any Permitted Action, any claim that:

 

  (a) such party is not subject to the jurisdiction of such Court;

 

  (b) such Permitted Action is brought in an inconvenient forum;

 

  (c) the venue of such Permitted Action is improper; or

 

  (d) any subject matter of such Permitted Action may not be enforced in or by such Court.

 

In any suit or action brought to obtain a judgment for the recognition or enforcement of any final judgment rendered in a Permitted Action no party to this Agreement will seek, other than by way of appeal, in any Court of any jurisdiction any review pertaining to the merits of any Permitted Action, whether or not such party appears in or defends the Permitted Action.

 

3.11 Independent Legal Advice

 

The Executive hereby acknowledges that the Executive has had the opportunity to obtain independent legal advice regarding this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION        
Per:              
    Authorized Signatory       GRAHAM PORTER
SEASPAN SHIP MANAGEMENT LTD.       SEASPAN ADVISORY SERVICES LTD.
Per:             Per:      
    Authorized Signatory           Authorized Signatory

 

19

Exhibit 10.6

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

Seaspan Corporation

Room 503, 5/F Lucky Commercial Center

103 Des Voeux Road West

Hong Kong

China

 

July              , 2005

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

1. Subscription . The undersigned (the “Investor”) subscribes for and agrees to purchase the number of Class B common shares (“Subordinated Shares”) of Seaspan Corporation (the “Company”) set forth on the signature page hereof, for a price (“Contribution”) equal to US$___ per share. The Investor agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (as amended from time to time, the “Articles”) in the final form provided to the Investor.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of the Investor . To induce the Company to accept this subscription, the Investor represents and warrants as follows:

 

(a) The Investor has been furnished and has carefully read (i) the Company’s Articles and Bylaws (ii) the Registration Statement and Prospectus of the Company in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s common shares, (iii) the management agreement between the Company, Seaspan Management Services Limited, Seaspan Advisory Services Ltd., Seaspan Ship Management Ltd., dated as of              , 2005 (the “Management Agreement”) and Seaspan Crew Management Ltd., (iv) the omnibus agreement among the Company, Seaspan Management Services Limited, Seaspan Ship Management Ltd., Norsk Pacific Steamship Company Limited and Seaspan International Ltd. dated as of              , 2005 (the “Omnibus Agreement”), (v) the registration rights agreement between the Company, Dennis Washington, The Kevin Lee Washington Trust II, Gerry Wang, Tiger Container Shipping Company Limited, and Seaspan Eagle Shipping Company Limited, Seaspan Birdie Shipping Company Limited, Hemlock Shipping Company Limited and Spruce Shipping Company Limited, dated as of              , 2005 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) and (vi) the offering legends (the “Offering Legends”) attached hereto as Attachment A. The Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Subordinated Shares, and understands the risks of, and other considerations relating to, a purchase of an Subordinated Shares. The Investor understands that the Company has no operating history.

 

(b) The Investor’s acquisition of the Subordinated Shares is voluntary.

 


(c) To the full satisfaction of the Investor, the Investor has been furnished any materials the Investor has requested relating to the Company and the offering of Subordinated Shares, and the Investor has been afforded the opportunity to ask questions of representatives of the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the offering and to obtain any additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of any representations made in such materials, and all such questions, if asked, have been answered satisfactorily and all such documents, if examined, have been found to be satisfactory.

 

(d) Other than as set forth herein or in the Articles, the Investor is not relying upon any information, representation or warranty by the Company or any of its agents in determining to invest in the Company. The Investor has consulted, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Investor, with the Investor’s own advisors as to the financial, tax, legal and related matters concerning an investment in the Subordinated Shares and on that basis believes that an investment in the Subordinated Shares is suitable and appropriate for the Investor.

 

(e) If the Investor is a natural person, the Investor has all requisite legal capacity to acquire and hold the Subordinated Shares, and to execute, deliver and comply with the terms of each of the documents to be executed and delivered by the investor in connection with this subscription for interests.

 

(f) If the Investor is not a natural person, the Investor represents and warrants that (i) it is duly organized, formed or incorporated, as the case may be, and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Investor’s jurisdiction of organization, formation or incorporation, (ii) it has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Subscription Agreement, and each other document required to be executed and delivered by the Investor in connection with this subscription for Subordinated Shares, and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and (iii) the person signing this Subscription Agreement on behalf of the Investor has been duly authorized to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement, and each other document required to be executed and delivered by the Investor in connection with this subscription for Subordinated Shares.

 

(g) The execution and delivery by the Investor of, and compliance by the Investor with, this Subscription Agreement, the Articles and each other document required to be executed and delivered by the Investor in connection with this subscription for Subordinated Shares does not conflict with, or constitute a default under, any instruments governing the Investor, any law, regulation or order applicable to the Investor, or any agreement to which the Investor is a party or by which the Investor is bound.

 

(h) This Subscription Agreement has been duly executed by the Investor and constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement of the Investor, enforceable against the Investor in accordance with its terms.

 

2


3. Tax Information . The Investor agrees to provide to the Company in a timely manner any tax documentation that may be reasonably required by the Company.

 

4. Lock-up Period . The Investor agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any of the Subordinated Shares until the date that each of the 23 vessels described in the Registration Statement on form F-1 have been delivered to the Company, provided , however, that the Investor may pledge the Subordinated Shares to a bona fide lender.

 

5. Miscellaneous . The representations and warranties made by the Investor in this Subscription Agreement will survive the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby and any investigation made by the Company. Notwithstanding any provision of this Subscription Agreement, the Investor does not waive any rights granted to it under the Articles or applicable securities laws. This Subscription Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which together will constitute one instrument. This Subscription Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New York applicable to agreements to be made and performed entirely within such jurisdiction.

 

6. Distributions . Distributions to the Investor in respect of the Subordinated Shares will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified in writing by the Investor to the Company.

 

[Rest of page left blank intentionally]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Subscription Agreement on the date set forth above.

 

Number of Subordinated Shares: ________________

DENNIS WASHINGTON
 

Number of Subordinated Shares: ________________

THE KEVIN LEE WASHINGTON TRUST II
By:    
 
(Print Name and Title)

Number of Subordinated Shares: ________________

GERRY WANG
 
 

Number of Subordinated Shares: ________________

TIGER CONTAINER SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
By:    
 
(Print Name and Title)

 

The Company hereby accepts the above application for subscription of the Subordinated Shares.

 

Seaspan Corporation

By:    
   

Name:

 

Gerry Wang

   

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

4


Attachment A

 

OFFERING LEGENDS

 

IN MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION INVESTORS MUST RELY ON THEIR OWN EXAMINATION OF THE ISSUER AND THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, INCLUDING THE MERITS AND RISKS INVOLVED. THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN RECOMMENDED BY ANY U.S. FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR REGULATORY AUTHORITY. FURTHERMORE, THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES HAVE NOT CONFIRMED THE ACCURACY OR DETERMINED THE ADEQUACY OF THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

 

THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH 4 OF THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED THEREUNDER AND. UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.

 

FOR BRITISH COLUMBIA RESIDENTS ONLY

 

THIS IS NOT, AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS TO BE, CONSTRUED AS AN ADVERTISEMENT OR PUBLIC OFFERING OF SUBORDINATED SHARES IN BRITISH COLUMBIA. NO SECURITIES COMMISSION OR SIMILAR AUTHORITY IN CANADA HAS REVIEWED THE OFFERING MATERIALS OR HAS IN ANY WAY PASSED UPON THE MERITS OF THE SUBORDINATED SHARES WHICH MAY BE OFFERED IN THE MANNER CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, AND ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS AN OFFENCE. THE SUBORDINATED SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE PROSPECTUS AND REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA SECURITIES LAW AND, AS A RESULT OF THE INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SUBORDINATED SHARES PURSUANT TO SUCH EXEMPTIONS: (1) CERTAIN PROTECTIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES PROVIDED BY THE SECURITIES LAWS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA, INCLUDING STATUTORY RIGHTS OF RESCISSION OR DAMAGES, WILL NOT BE AVAILABLE TO THE INVESTOR; (2) THE INVESTOR MAY NOT RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE BE REQUIRED TO BE PROVIDED TO THE INVESTOR UNDER SUCH SECURITIES LAWS; AND (3) THE COMPANY IS RELIEVED FROM CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS THAT WOULD OTHERWISE APPLY UNDER SUCH SECURITIES LAWS. THE SUBORDINATED SHARES WILL BE SUBJECT TO RESALE RESTRICTIONS UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT WITH COUNSEL REGARDING APPLICABLE SECURITIES LEGISLATION BEFORE INVESTING IN OR RESELLING ANY OF SUCH SUBORDINATED SHARES.

 

5

Exhibit 10.7

 

SHAREHOLDERS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Shareholders Rights Agreement (this “ Rights Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                 , 2005, by and between Seaspan Corporation, a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent (the “ Rights Agent ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) has (a) authorized and declared a dividend of one right (the “ Right ”) for each share of the Corporation’s common shares, par value $.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”) held of record as of the Close of Business (as hereinafter defined) on             , 2005 (the “ Record Date ”) and (b) has further authorized the issuance of one Right in respect of each share of Common Shares that shall become outstanding (i) at any time between the Record Date and the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date (as such terms are hereinafter defined) or (ii) upon the exercise or conversion, prior to the earlier of the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date, of any option or other security exercisable for or convertible into shares of Common Shares, which option or other such security is outstanding on the Distribution Date; and

 

WHEREAS, each Right represents the right of the holder thereof to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock (as such number may hereafter be adjusted pursuant to the provisions hereof), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, having the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Certificate of Designations of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties hereby agrees as follows:

 

1. Certain Definitions .

 

Acquiring Person ” shall mean any Person who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, shall be the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Shares then outstanding, but shall not include the Corporation, any Subsidiary of the Corporation or any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or of any Subsidiary of the Corporation, or any entity holding shares of Common Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person as the result of an acquisition of shares of Common Shares by the Corporation which, by reducing the number of shares outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares beneficially owned by such Person to 15% or more of the shares of Common Shares of the Corporation then outstanding; provided, however , that a Person who (i) becomes the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Shares of the Corporation then outstanding by reason of share purchases by the Corporation and (ii) then after such share purchases by the Corporation, becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional shares of Common Shares of the Corporation (other than pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made by the Corporation on the outstanding shares of Common Shares in shares of Common Shares or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Shares), such Person shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person unless upon becoming the Beneficial Owner of such additional shares of Common Shares of the Corporation such Person does not beneficially own 15% or more of the shares of Common Shares of the Corporation then outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if the Corporation’s Board of Directors determines in good faith that a Person who would otherwise be an “Acquiring Person,” as defined herein, has become such inadvertently (including, without limitation, because (A) such Person was unaware that it beneficially owned a percentage of the shares of Common Shares that would otherwise cause such Person to be an “Acquiring Person,” as defined herein, or (B) such Person was aware of the extent of the shares of Common Shares it beneficially owned but had no actual knowledge of the consequences of such beneficial ownership under this Agreement) and without any intention of changing or influencing control of the Corporation, and if such Person divested or divests as promptly as practicable a sufficient number of shares of Common Shares so that such Person would no longer be an “Acquiring Person,” as defined herein, then such Person shall not be deemed to be or to have become an “Acquiring Person” for any purposes of this Agreement; and (ii) if, as of the date hereof, any Person is the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Shares outstanding, such Person shall not be or become an “Acquiring Person,” as defined herein, unless and until such time as such Person shall become the Beneficial Owner of additional shares of Common Shares (other than pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made by the Corporation on the outstanding shares of Common Shares in shares of Common Shares or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Shares), unless, upon becoming the Beneficial Owner of

 


such additional shares of Common Shares, such Person is not then the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Shares then outstanding.

 

Adjustment fraction ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(i) hereof.

 

Affiliate ” and “ Associate ” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

 

A Person shall be deemed the “ Beneficial Owner ” of and shall be deemed to “ Beneficially Own ” any securities:

 

(i) which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and Rule 13d-3 thereunder (or any comparable or successor law or regulation);

 

(ii) which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights (other than the Rights), warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however , that a Person shall not be deemed pursuant to this subsection (ii)(A) to be the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, (1) securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange, or (2) securities which a Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates may be deemed to have the right to acquire pursuant to any merger or other acquisition agreement between the Corporation and such Person (or one or more of its Affiliates or Associates) if such agreement has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation prior to there being an Acquiring Person; or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however , that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, any security under this subsection (ii)(B) if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations of the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or

 

(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the proviso to subsection (ii)(B) above) or disposing of any securities of the Corporation; provided, however , that in no case shall an officer or director of the Corporation be deemed (x) the Beneficial Owner of any securities beneficially owned by another officer or director of the Corporation solely by reason of actions undertaken by such persons in their capacity as officers or directors of the Corporation or (y) the Beneficial Owner of securities held of record by the trustee of any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation for the benefit of any employee of the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation, other than the officer or director, by reason of any influence that such officer or director may have over the voting of the securities held in the plan.

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Close of Business ” on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York time, on such date; provided, however , that if such date is not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

2


Common Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. Common Shares when used with reference to any Person other than the Corporation shall mean the capital stock (or equity interest) with the greatest voting power of such other Person or, if such other Person is a Subsidiary of another Person, the Person or Persons which ultimately control such first-mentioned Person.

 

Common Shares Equivalents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

 

Corporation ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble, subject to the terms of Section 13(a)(iii)(C) hereof.

 

Current Per Share Market Price ” of any security (a “Security” for purposes of this definition), for all computations other than those made pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, shall mean the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Security for the thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date, and for purposes of computations made pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, the Current Per Share Market Price of any Security on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Security for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date; provided, however , that in the event that the Current Per Share Market Price of the Security is determined during a period following the announcement by the issuer of such Security of (i) a dividend or distribution on such Security payable in shares of such Security or securities convertible into such shares or (ii) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of such Security, and prior to the expiration of the applicable thirty (30) Trading Day or ten (10) Trading Day period, after the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, then, and in each such case, the Current Per Share Market Price shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the current market price per share equivalent of such Security. The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last sale price or, if such last sale price is not reported, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by Nasdaq or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the Security is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Security selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. If on any such date no market maker is making a market in the Security, the fair value of such shares on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be used. If the Preferred Shares are not publicly traded, the Current Per Share Market Price of the Preferred Shares shall be conclusively deemed to be the Current Per Share Market Price of the shares of Common Shares as determined pursuant to this definition, as appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof, multiplied by 1000. If the Security is not publicly held or so listed or traded, Current Per Share Market Price shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes.

 

Current Value ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

 

Distribution Date ” shall mean the earlier of (i) the Close of Business on the tenth day after the Shares Acquisition Date (or, if the tenth day after the Shares Acquisition Date occurs before the Record Date, the Close of Business on the Record Date) or (ii) the Close of Business on the tenth Business Day (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Corporation’s Board of Directors) after the date that a tender or exchange offer by any Person (other than the Corporation, any Subsidiary of the Corporation, any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or of any Subsidiary of the Corporation, or any Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the Corporation for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) is first published or sent or given within the meaning of Rule 14d-2(a) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, if, assuming the successful consummation thereof, such Person would be an Acquiring Person.

 

Equivalent Shares ” shall mean Preferred Shares and any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation which is entitled to the same rights, privileges and preferences as the Preferred Shares.

 

3


Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Ratio ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 24(a) hereof.

 

Exercise Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Expiration Date ” shall mean the earliest to occur of: (i) the Close of Business on the Final Expiration Date, (ii) the Redemption Date, or (iii) the time at which the Board of Directors orders the exchange of the Rights as provided in Section 24 hereof.

 

Final Expiration Date ” shall mean                 , 2015.

 

Nasdaq ” shall mean the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System.

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

 

Post-event Transferee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(e) hereof.

 

Preferred Shares ” shall mean shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, of the Corporation.

 

Pre-event Transferee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(e) hereof.

 

Principal Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(b) hereof. “ Record Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals at the beginning of this Rights Agreement.

 

Redemption Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 23(a) hereof.

 

Redemption Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 23(a) hereof.

 

Rights Agent ” shall mean                 , or its successor or replacement as provided in Sections 19 and 21 hereof.

 

Rights Certificate ” shall mean a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

 

Section 13 Event ” shall mean any event described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 13(a) hereof.

 

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Shares Acquisition Date ” shall mean the first date of public announcement (which, for purposes of this definition, shall include, without limitation, a report filed pursuant to Section 13(d) under the Exchange Act) by the Corporation or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring Person has become such; provided that, if such Person is determined not to have become an Acquiring Person as defined herein, then no Shares Acquisition Date shall be deemed to have occurred.

 

Spread ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

 

Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean any corporation or other entity of which an amount of voting securities sufficient to elect a majority of the directors or Persons having similar authority of such corporation or other entity is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person, or any corporation or other entity otherwise controlled by such Person.

 

Substitution Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

 

Summary of Rights ” shall mean a summary of this Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

4


Total Exercise Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Trading Day ” shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which a referenced security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if a referenced security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day.

 

A “ Triggering Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred upon any Person, becoming an Acquiring Person.

 

2. Appointment of Rights Agent . The Corporation hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Corporation and the holders of the Rights (who, in accordance with Section 3 hereof, shall prior to the Distribution Date also be the holders of the shares of Common Shares) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Corporation may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable.

 

3. Issuance of Rights Certificates .

 

(a) Until the Distribution Date, (i) the Rights will be evidenced (subject to the provisions of Sections 3(b) and 3(c) hereof) by the certificates for shares of Common Shares registered in the names of the holders thereof (which certificates shall also be deemed to be Rights Certificates) and not by separate Rights Certificates and (ii) the right to receive Rights Certificates will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of shares of Common Shares. Until the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date, the surrender for transfer of certificates for shares of Common Shares shall also constitute the surrender for transfer of the Rights associated with the shares of Common Shares represented thereby. As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Corporation will prepare and execute, the Rights Agent will countersign, and the Corporation will send or cause to be sent (and the Rights Agent will, if requested, send) by first-class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of shares of Common Shares as of the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Corporation, a Rights Certificate evidencing one Right for each share of Common Shares so held, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the event that an adjustment in the number of Rights per share of Common Shares has been made pursuant to Section 11 hereof, then at the time of distribution of the Rights Certificates, the Corporation shall make the necessary and appropriate rounding adjustments (in accordance with Section 14(a) hereof) so that Rights Certificates representing only whole numbers of Rights are distributed and cash is paid in lieu of any fractional Rights. As of the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Rights Certificates and may be transferred by the transfer of the Rights Certificates as permitted hereby, separately and apart from any transfer of shares of Common Shares, and the holders of such Rights Certificates as listed in the records of the Corporation or any transfer agent or registrar for the Rights shall be the record holders thereof.

 

(b) On the Record Date or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Corporation will send a copy of the Summary of Rights by first-class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of shares of Common Shares as of the Close of Business on the Record Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Corporation’s transfer agent and registrar. With respect to certificates for shares of Common Shares outstanding as of the Record Date, until the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced by such certificates registered in the names of the holders thereof together with the Summary of Rights. Until the Distribution Date (or, if earlier, the Expiration Date), the surrender for transfer of any certificate for shares of Common Shares outstanding on the Record Date, with or without a copy of the Summary of Rights, shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the shares of Common Shares represented thereby.

 

5


(c) Unless the Board of Directors by resolution adopted at or before the time of the issuance of any shares of Common Shares specifies to the contrary, Rights shall be issued in respect of all shares of Common Shares that are issued after the Record Date but prior to the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date or, in certain circumstances provided in Section 22 hereof, after the Distribution Date. Certificates representing such shares of Common Shares shall also be deemed to be certificates for Rights, and shall bear the following legend:

 

THIS CERTIFICATE ALSO EVIDENCES AND ENTITLES THE HOLDER HEREOF TO CERTAIN RIGHTS AS SET FORTH IN A SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS AGREEMENT BETWEEN SEASPAN CORPORATION AND AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, AS THE RIGHTS AGENT, DATED AS OF                 , 2005, (THE “RIGHTS AGREEMENT”), THE TERMS OF WHICH ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AND A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF SEASPAN CORPORATION. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, AS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, SUCH RIGHTS WILL BE EVIDENCED BY SEPARATE CERTIFICATES AND WILL NO LONGER BE EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE. SEASPAN CORPORATION WILL MAIL TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE A COPY OF THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT WITHOUT CHARGE AFTER RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST THEREFOR. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, RIGHTS ISSUED TO, OR HELD BY, ANY PERSON WHO IS, WAS OR BECOMES AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR ANY AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE THEREOF (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT), WHETHER CURRENTLY HELD BY OR ON BEHALF OF SUCH PERSON OR BY ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER, MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID.

 

With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the earlier of (i) the Distribution Date or (ii) the Expiration Date, the Rights associated with the shares of Common Shares represented by such certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the surrender for transfer of any such certificate shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the shares of Common Shares represented thereby.

 

(d) In the event that the Corporation purchases or acquires any shares of Common Shares after the Record Date but prior to the Distribution Date, any Rights associated with such shares of Common Shares shall be deemed canceled and retired so that the Corporation shall not be entitled to exercise any Rights associated with the shares of Common Shares which are no longer outstanding.

 

4. Form of Rights Certificates .

 

(a) The Rights Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase shares of Common Shares and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto and may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Corporation may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange or a national market system, on which the Rights may from time to time be listed or included, or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of Section 11 and Section 22 hereof, the Rights Certificates, whenever distributed, shall be dated as of the Record Date (or in the case of Rights issued with respect to shares of Common Shares issued by the Corporation after the Record Date, as of the date of issuance of such shares of Common Shares) and on their face shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of one- thousandths of a Preferred Share as shall be set forth therein at the price set forth therein (such exercise price per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share being hereinafter referred to as the “ Exercise Price ” and the aggregate Exercise Price of all Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of one Right being hereinafter referred to as the “ Total Exercise Price ”), but the number and type of securities purchasable upon the exercise of each Right and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.

 

(b) Any Rights Certificate issued pursuant to Section 3(a) or Section 22 hereof that represents Rights beneficially owned by: (i) an Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person, (ii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person becomes such or (iii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with the Acquiring Person becoming such and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the Acquiring Person to holders of equity interests in such Acquiring Person or to any Person with whom such Acquiring Person has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer which the Corporation’s Board of Directors

 

6


has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding which has as a primary purpose or effect avoidance of Section 7(e) hereof, and any Rights Certificate issued pursuant to Section 6 or Section 11 hereof upon transfer, exchange, replacement or adjustment of any other Rights Certificate referred to in this sentence, shall contain (to the extent feasible) the following legend:

 

THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE ARE OR WERE BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY A PERSON WHO WAS OR BECAME AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR AN AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE OF AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT). ACCORDINGLY, THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE AND THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 7(e) OF THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

5. Countersignature and Registration .

 

(a) The Rights Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation by its Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Financial Officer, its President or any Vice President, either manually or by facsimile signature, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, either manually or by facsimile signature, and shall have affixed thereto the Corporation’s seal (if any) or a facsimile thereof. The Rights Certificates shall be manually countersigned by the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless countersigned. In case any officer of the Corporation who shall have signed any of the Rights Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Corporation before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Corporation, such Rights Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent and issued and delivered by the Corporation with the same force and effect as though the person who signed such Rights Certificates on behalf of the Corporation had not ceased to be such officer of the Corporation; and any Rights Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Corporation by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Rights Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Corporation to sign such Rights Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Rights Agreement any such person was not such an officer.

 

(b) Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at its office designated for such purposes, books for registration and transfer of the Rights Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Rights Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Rights Certificates and the date of each of the Rights Certificates.

 

6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Rights Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Rights Certificates .

 

(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 7(e), 14 and 24 hereof, at any time after the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the Close of Business on the Expiration Date, any Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates, entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets, as the case may be) as the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose. Neither the Rights Agent nor the Corporation shall be obligated to take any action whatsoever with respect to the transfer of any such surrendered Rights Certificate until the registered holder shall have completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of assignment on the reverse side of such Rights Certificate and shall have provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Corporation shall reasonably request. Thereupon the Rights Agent shall, subject to Sections 7(e), 14 and 24 hereof, countersign and deliver to the person entitled thereto a Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The Corporation may require payment of a sum sufficient

 

7


to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Rights Certificates.

 

(b) Upon receipt by the Corporation and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Rights Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to them, and, at the Corporation’s request, reimbursement to the Corporation and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Rights Certificate if mutilated, the Corporation will make and deliver a new Rights Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for delivery to the registered holder in lieu of the Rights Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

 

7. Exercise of Rights; Exercise Price; Expiration Date of Rights .

 

(a) Subject to Sections 7(e), 23(b) and 24(b) hereof, the registered holder of any Rights Certificate may exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as otherwise provided herein) in whole or in part at any time after the Distribution Date and prior to the Close of Business on the Expiration Date by surrender of the Rights Certificate, with the form of election to purchase on the reverse side thereof duly executed, to the Rights Agent at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, together with payment of the Exercise Price for each one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) as to which the Rights are exercised.

 

(b) The Exercise Price for each one-thousandth of a Preferred Share issuable pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall initially be twenty-five Dollars ($25), shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in accordance with paragraph (c) below.

 

(c) Upon receipt of a Rights Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase duly executed, accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Rights Certificate in accordance with Section 9(e) hereof, the Rights Agent shall, subject to Section 20(k) hereof, thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition from any transfer agent of the Preferred Shares (or make available, if the Rights Agent is the transfer agent for the Preferred Shares) a certificate or certificates for the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) to be purchased and the Corporation hereby irrevocably authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all such requests or (B) if the Corporation shall have elected to deposit the total number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) issuable upon exercise of the Rights hereunder with a depositary agent, requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts representing such number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) as are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the Preferred Shares (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with the depositary agent) and the Corporation hereby directs the depositary agent to comply with such request, (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Corporation the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof, (iii) after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder and (iv) when appropriate, after receipt thereof, deliver such cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate. The payment of the Exercise Price (as such amount may be reduced (including to zero) pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof) and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Rights Certificate in accordance with Section 9(e) hereof, may be made in cash or by certified bank check, cashier’s check or bank draft payable to the order of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation is obligated to issue securities of the Corporation other than Preferred Shares, pay cash and/or distribute other property pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Corporation will make all arrangements necessary so that such other securities, cash and/or other property are available for distribution by the Rights Agent, if and when appropriate.

 

8


(d) In case the registered holder of any Rights Certificate shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Rights Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to the registered holder of such Rights Certificate or to his or her duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof.

 

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, from and after the first occurrence of a Triggering Event, any Rights beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or an Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person, (ii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person becomes such (a “ Post-Event Transferee ”), (iii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with the Acquiring Person becoming such and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the Acquiring Person to holders of equity interests in such Acquiring Person or to any Person with whom the Acquiring Person has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer which the Corporation’s Board of Directors has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding which has as a primary purpose or effect the avoidance of this Section 7(e) (a “ Pre-Event Transferee ”) or (iv) any subsequent transferee receiving transferred Rights from a Post-Event Transferee or a Pre-Event Transferee, either directly or through one or more intermediate transferees, shall become null and void without any further action and no holder of such Rights shall have any rights whatsoever with respect to such Rights, whether under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise. The Corporation shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that the provisions of this Section 7(e) and Section 4(b) hereof are complied with, but shall have no liability to any holder of Rights Certificates or to any other Person as a result of its failure to make any determinations with respect to an Acquiring Person or any of such Acquiring Person’s Affiliates, Associates or transferees hereunder.

 

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Rights Agent nor the Corporation shall be obligated to undertake any action with respect to a registered holder upon the occurrence of any purported exercise as set forth in this Section 7 unless such registered holder shall, in addition to having complied with the requirements of Section 7(a), have (i) completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse side of the Rights Certificate surrendered for such exercise and (ii) provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Corporation shall reasonably request.

 

8. Cancellation and Destruction of Rights Certificates . All Rights Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Corporation or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in canceled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be canceled by it, and no Rights Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Corporation shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any Rights Certificate purchased or acquired by the Corporation otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. The Rights Agent shall deliver all canceled Rights Certificates to the Corporation, or shall, at the written request of the Corporation, destroy such canceled Rights Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the Corporation.

 

9. Reservation and Availability of Preferred Shares .

 

(a) The Corporation covenants and agrees that it will use its best efforts to cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued Preferred Shares not reserved for another purpose (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, out of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Shares and/or other securities), the number of Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of the Triggering Event, Common Shares and/or other securities) that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights.

 

(b) If the Corporation shall hereafter list any of its Preferred Shares on a national securities exchange, then so long as the Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, shares of Common Shares and/or other securities) issuable and deliverable upon exercise of the Rights may be listed on such exchange, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to cause, from and after such time as the

 

9


Rights become exercisable (but only to the extent that it is reasonably likely that the Rights will be exercised), all shares reserved for such issuance to be listed on such exchange upon official notice of issuance upon such exercise.

 

(c) The Corporation shall use its best efforts to (i) file, as soon as practicable following the earliest date after the first occurrence of a Triggering Event in which the consideration to be delivered by the Corporation upon exercise of the Rights is described in Section 11(a)(ii) or Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, or as soon as is required by law following the Distribution Date, as the case may be, a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, (ii) cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and (iii) cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Securities Act) until the earlier of (A) the date as of which the Rights are no longer exercisable for such securities and (B) the date of expiration of the Rights. The Corporation may temporarily suspend, for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days after the date set forth in clause (i) of the first sentence of this Section 9(c), the exercisability of the Rights in order to prepare and file such registration statement and permit it to become effective. Upon any such suspension, the Corporation shall issue a public announcement and notify the Rights Agent that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement and notification to the Rights Agent at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect. The Corporation will also take such action as may be appropriate under, or to ensure compliance with, the securities or “blue sky” laws of the various states in connection with the exercisability of the Rights. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable in any jurisdiction, unless the requisite qualification in such jurisdiction shall have been obtained, or an exemption therefrom shall be available, and until a registration statement has been declared effective.

 

(d) The Corporation covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Corporation) delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such securities (subject to payment of the Exercise Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable shares.

 

(e) The Corporation further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the original issuance or delivery of the Rights Certificates or of any Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Corporation) upon the exercise of Rights. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Rights Certificates to a person other than, or the issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for the Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Corporation) in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Rights Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or to deliver any certificates or depositary receipts for Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Corporation) upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such Rights Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Corporation’s satisfaction that no such tax is due.

 

10. Record Date . Each Person in whose name any certificate for a number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or other securities of the Corporation) is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Corporation) represented thereon, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which the Rights Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Total Exercise Price with respect to which the Rights have been exercised (and any applicable transfer taxes) was made; provided, however , that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon which the transfer books of the Corporation are closed, such Person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the transfer books of the Corporation are open. Prior to the exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Rights Certificate shall not be entitled to any rights of a holder of Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Corporation) for which the Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Corporation, except as provided herein.

 

10


11. Adjustment of Exercise Price, Number of Shares or Number of Rights . The Exercise Price, the number and kind of shares or other property covered by each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11.

 

(a) (i) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event the Corporation shall at any time after the date of this Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares, (B) subdivide the outstanding Preferred Shares, (C) combine the outstanding Preferred Shares (by reverse stock split or otherwise) into a smaller number of Preferred Shares, or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Preferred Shares (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Corporation is the continuing or surviving corporation), then, in each such event, except as otherwise provided in this Section 11 and Section 7(e) hereof: (1) the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted so that the Exercise Price thereafter shall equal the result obtained by dividing the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such time by a fraction (the “ Adjustment Fraction ”), the numerator of which shall be the total number of Preferred Shares (or shares of capital stock issued in such reclassification of the Preferred Shares) outstanding immediately following such time and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Preferred Shares outstanding immediately prior to such time; provided, however , that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation issuable upon exercise of such Right; and (2) the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or share of such other capital stock) issuable upon the exercise of each Right shall equal the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or share of such other capital stock) as was issuable upon exercise of a Right immediately prior to the occurrence of the event described in clauses (A)-(D) of this Section 11(a)(i), multiplied by the Adjustment Fraction; provided, however , that, no such adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 11(a)(i) to the extent that there shall have simultaneously occurred an event described in clause (A), (B), (C) or (D) of Section 11(n) with a proportionate adjustment being made thereunder. Each share of Common Shares that shall become outstanding after an adjustment has been made pursuant to this Section 11(a)(i) shall have associated with it the number of Rights, exercisable at the Exercise Price and for the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or shares of such other capital stock) as one share of Common Shares has associated with it immediately following the adjustment made pursuant to this Section 11(a)(i).

 

(ii) Subject to Section 24 of this Agreement, in the event a Triggering Event shall have occurred, then promptly following such Triggering Event each holder of a Right, except as provided in Section 7(e) hereof, shall thereafter have the right to receive for each Right, upon exercise thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and payment of the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the Triggering Event, in lieu of a number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share, such number of shares of Common Shares of the Corporation as shall equal the result obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the Triggering Event by the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable (or would have been exercisable if the Distribution Date had occurred) immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Triggering Event, and dividing that product by 50% of the Current Per Share Market Price for shares of Common Shares on the date of occurrence of the Triggering Event; provided, however , that the Exercise Price and the number of shares of Common Shares of the Corporation so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall be subject to further adjustment as appropriate in accordance with Section 11(e) hereof to reflect any events occurring in respect of the shares of Common Shares of the Corporation after the occurrence of the Triggering Event.

 

(iii) In lieu of issuing shares of Common Shares in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the Corporation may, if the Corporation’s Board of Directors determines that such action is necessary or appropriate and not contrary to the interest of holders of Rights and, in the event that the number of shares of Common Shares which are authorized by the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation but not outstanding or reserved for issuance for purposes other than upon exercise of the Rights are not sufficient to permit the exercise in full of the Rights, or if any necessary regulatory approval for such issuance has not been obtained by the Corporation, the Corporation shall: (A) determine the excess of (1) the value of the shares of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of a Right (the “ Current Value ”) over (2) the Exercise Price (such excess, the “ Spread ”) and (B) with respect to each Right, make

 

11


adequate provision to substitute for such shares of Common Shares, upon exercise of the Rights, (1) cash, (2) a reduction in the Exercise Price, (3) other equity securities of the Corporation (including, without limitation, shares or units of shares of any series of preferred stock which the Corporation’s Board of Directors has deemed to have the same value as Common Shares (such shares or units of shares of preferred stock are herein called “ Common Shares Equivalents ”)), except to the extent that the Corporation has not obtained any necessary Shareholder or regulatory approval for such issuance, (4) debt securities of the Corporation, except to the extent that the Corporation has not obtained any necessary Shareholder or regulatory approval for such issuance, (5) other assets or (6) any combination of the foregoing, having an aggregate value equal to the Current Value, where such aggregate value has been determined by the Corporation’s Board of Directors based upon the advice of a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Corporation’s Board of Directors; provided, however , if the Corporation shall not have made adequate provision to deliver value pursuant to clause (B) above within thirty (30) days following the later of (x) the first occurrence of a Triggering Event and (y) the date on which the Corporation’s right of redemption pursuant to Section 23(a) expires (the later of (x) and (y) being referred to herein as the “ Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date ”), then the Corporation shall be obligated to deliver, upon the surrender for exercise of a Right and without requiring payment of the Exercise Price, Common Shares (to the extent available), except to the extent that the Corporation has not obtained any necessary Shareholder or regulatory approval for such issuance, and then, if necessary, cash, which shares and/or cash have an aggregate value equal to the Spread. If the Corporation’s Board of Directors shall determine in good faith that it is likely that sufficient additional Common Shares could be authorized for issuance upon exercise in full of the Rights or that any necessary regulatory approval for such issuance will be obtained, the thirty (30) day period set forth above may be extended to the extent necessary, but not more than ninety (90) days after the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date, in order that the Corporation may seek Shareholder approval for the authorization of such additional shares or take action to obtain such regulatory approval (such period, as it may be extended, the “ Substitution Period ”). To the extent that the Corporation determines that some action need be taken pursuant to the first and/or second sentences of this Section 11(a)(iii), the Corporation (x) shall provide, subject to Section 7(e) hereof, that such action shall apply uniformly to all outstanding Rights and (y) may suspend the exercisability of the Rights until the expiration of the Substitution Period in order to seek any authorization of additional shares, to take any action to obtain any required regulatory approval and/or to decide the appropriate form of distribution to be made pursuant to such first sentence and to determine the value thereof. In the event of any such suspension, the Corporation shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect. For purposes of this Section 11(a)(iii), the value of the Common Shares shall be the Current Per Share Market Price of the Common Shares on the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date and the value of any Common Shares Equivalent shall be deemed to have the same value as the Common Shares on such date.

 

(b) In case the Corporation shall, at any time after the date of this Agreement, fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Preferred Shares entitling such holders (for a period expiring within forty-five (45) calendar days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares or securities convertible into Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares at a price per share (or having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares) less than the then Current Per Share Market Price of the Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares on such record date, then, in each such case, the Exercise Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares and Equivalent Shares (if any) outstanding on such record date, plus the number of Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares, as the case may be, which the aggregate offering price of the total number of Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares, as the case may be, to be offered or issued (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the convertible securities to be offered or issued) would purchase at such current market price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares and Equivalent Shares (if any) outstanding on such record date, plus the number of additional Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares, as the case may be, to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be offered are initially convertible); provided, however , that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation issuable upon exercise of one Right. In case such subscription price may

 

12


be paid in a consideration part or all of which shall be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent and the holders of the Rights. Preferred Shares and Equivalent Shares owned by or held for the account of the Corporation shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

 

(c) In case the Corporation shall, at any time after the date of this Agreement, fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of the Preferred Shares or of any class or series of Equivalent Shares (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Corporation is the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend, if any, or a dividend payable in Preferred Shares) or subscription rights, options or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 11(b)), then, in each such case, the Exercise Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Current Per Share Market Price of a Preferred Share or an Equivalent Share on such record date, less the fair market value per Preferred Share or Equivalent Share (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent) of the portion of the cash, assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to a Preferred Share or Equivalent Share, as the case may be, and the denominator of which shall be such Current Per Share Market Price of a Preferred Share or Equivalent Share on such record date; provided, however , that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation issuable upon exercise of one Right. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would have been in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Exercise Price; provided, however , that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 11(d) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest ten-thousandth of a share of Common Shares or other share or one hundred-thousandth of a Preferred Share, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 11(d), any adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three (3) years from the date of the transaction which requires such adjustment or (ii) the Expiration Date.

 

(e) If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 11(a) or 13(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock other than Preferred Shares, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Right and, if required, the Exercise Price thereof, shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Preferred Shares contained in Sections 11(a), 11(b), 11(c), 11(d), 11(g), 11(h), 11(i), 11(j), 11(k) and 11(l), and the provisions of Sections 7, 9, 10, 13 and 14 with respect to the Preferred Shares shall apply on like terms to any such other shares.

 

(f) All Rights originally issued by the Corporation subsequent to any adjustment made to the Exercise Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Exercise Price, the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

 

(g) Unless the Corporation shall have exercised its election as provided in Section 11(h), upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price as a result of the calculations made in Section 11(b) and (c), each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Exercise Price, that number of Preferred Shares (calculated to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a share) obtained by (i) multiplying (x) the number of Preferred Shares covered

 

13


by a Right immediately prior to this adjustment, by (y) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment of the Exercise Price, and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Exercise Price.

 

(h) The Corporation may elect on or after the date of any adjustment of the Exercise Price as a result of the calculations made in Section 11(b) or (c) to adjust the number of Rights, in substitution for any adjustment in the number of Preferred Shares purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment. Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one hundred-thousandth) obtained by dividing the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Exercise Price by the Exercise Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Exercise Price. The Corporation shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made. This record date may be the date on which the Exercise Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Rights Certificates have been issued, shall be at least ten (10) days later than the date of the public announcement. If Rights Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section 11(h), the Corporation shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Rights Certificates on such record date Rights Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Corporation, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Rights Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Corporation, new Rights Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment. Rights Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided for herein (and may bear, at the option of the Corporation, the adjusted Exercise Price) and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Rights Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.

 

(i) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Exercise Price or the number of Preferred Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Rights Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Exercise Price per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share and the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share which were expressed in the initial Rights Certificates issued hereunder.

 

(j) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Exercise Price below the par or stated value, if any, of the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Corporation shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue as fully paid and nonassessable shares such number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share at such adjusted Exercise Price.

 

(k) In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an adjustment in the Exercise Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Corporation may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event the issuing to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date of the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share and other capital stock or securities of the Corporation, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share and other capital stock or securities of the Corporation, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Exercise Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided, however , that the Corporation shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder’s right to receive such additional shares (fractional or otherwise) upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

 

(l) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11 to the contrary, prior to the Distribution Date, the Corporation shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Exercise Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any (i) consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred Shares or Common Shares, (ii) issuance wholly for cash of any Preferred Shares or Common Shares at less than the current market price, (iii) issuance wholly for cash of Preferred Shares or Common Shares or securities

 

14


which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred or Common Shares, (iv) stock dividends or (v) issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to in this Section 11, hereafter made by the Corporation to holders of its Preferred Shares or Common Shares shall not be taxable to such Shareholders.

 

(m) The Corporation covenants and agrees that, after the Distribution Date, it will not, except as permitted by Sections 23, 24 or 27 hereof, take (or permit to be taken) any action if at the time such action is taken it is reasonably foreseeable that such action will diminish substantially or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.

 

(n) In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the date of this Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Common Shares payable in shares of Common Shares, (B) subdivide the outstanding shares of Common Shares, (C) combine the outstanding Common Shares (by reverse stock split or otherwise) into a smaller number of shares of Common Shares, or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the shares of Common Shares (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Corporation is the continuing or surviving corporation), then, in each such event, except as otherwise provided in this Section 11(a) and Section 7(e) hereof: (1) each share of Common Shares (or shares of capital stock issued in such reclassification of the Common Shares) outstanding immediately following such time shall have associated with it the number of Rights as were associated with one share of Common Shares immediately prior to the occurrence of the event described in clauses (A)-(D) above; (2) the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted so that the Exercise Price thereafter shall equal the result obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such time by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Shares outstanding immediately prior to the event described in clauses (A)-(D) above, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event; provided, however , that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation issuable upon exercise of such Right; and (3) the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or shares of such other capital stock) issuable upon the exercise of each Right outstanding after such event shall equal the number of one- thousandths of a Preferred Share (or shares of such other capital stock) as were issuable with respect to one Right immediately prior to such event. Each share of Common Shares that shall become outstanding after an adjustment has been made pursuant to this Section 11(n) shall have associated with it the number of Rights, exercisable at the Exercise Price and for the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or shares of such other capital stock) as one share of Common Shares has associated with it immediately following the adjustment made pursuant to this Section 11(n). If an event occurs which would require an adjustment under both this Section 11(n) and Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the adjustment provided for in this Section 11(n) shall be in addition to, and shall be made prior to, any adjustment required pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

 

12. Certificate of Adjusted Exercise Price or Number of Shares . Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof, the Corporation shall promptly (a) prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment, (b) file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Preferred Shares a copy of such certificate and (c) mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of a Rights Certificate in accordance with Section 26 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the failure of the Corporation to make such certification or give such notice shall not affect the validity of such adjustment or the force or effect of the requirement for such adjustment. The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such certificate and on any adjustment contained therein and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of such adjustment unless and until it shall have received such certificate.

 

13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power .

 

(a) In the event that, following a Triggering Event, directly or indirectly:

 

(i) the Corporation shall consolidate with, or merge with and into, any other Person (other than a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Corporation in a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the state of incorporation of the Corporation and which complies with Section 11(m) hereof);

 

15


(ii) any Person shall consolidate with the Corporation, or merge with and into the Corporation and the Corporation shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such consolidation or merger and, in connection with such merger, all or part of the shares of Common Shares shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other person (or the Corporation); or

 

(iii) the Corporation shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer), in one or more transactions, assets or earning power aggregating 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any other Person or Persons (other than the Corporation or one or more of its wholly owned Subsidiaries in one or more transactions, each of which individually (and together) complies with Section 11(m) hereof),

 

then, concurrent with and in each such case:

 

(A) each holder of a Right (except as provided in Section 7(e) hereof) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof, at a price equal to the Total Exercise Price applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Section 13 Event in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such number of validly authorized and issued, fully paid, nonassessable and freely tradeable shares of Common Shares of the Principal Party (as hereinafter defined), free of any liens, encumbrances, rights of first refusal or other adverse claims, as shall be equal to the result obtained by dividing such Total Exercise Price by 50% of the Current Per Share Market Price of the shares of Common Shares of such Principal Party on the date of consummation of such Section 13 Event, provided, however , that the Exercise Price and the number of shares of Common Shares of such Principal Party so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall be subject to further adjustment as appropriate in accordance with Section 11(e) hereof;

 

(B) such Principal Party shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such Section 13 Event, all the obligations and duties of the Corporation pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(C) the term “Corporation” shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such Principal Party, it being specifically intended that the provisions of Section 11 hereof shall apply only to such Principal Party following the first occurrence of a Section 13 Event;

 

(D) such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of its Common Shares) in connection with the consummation of any such transaction as may be necessary to ensure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to its shares of Common Shares thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights; and

 

(E) upon the subsequent occurrence of any consolidation, merger, sale or transfer of assets or other extraordinary transaction in respect of such Principal Party, each holder of a Right shall thereupon be entitled to receive, upon exercise of a Right and payment of the Total Exercise Price as provided in this Section 13(a), such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property which such holder would have been entitled to receive had such holder, at the time of such transaction, owned the shares of Common Shares of the Principal Party receivable upon the exercise of such Right pursuant to this Section 13(a), and such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, reservation of shares of stock) as may be necessary to permit the subsequent exercise of the Rights in accordance with the terms hereof for such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property.

 

(F) For purposes hereof, the “earning power” of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries shall be determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors on the basis of the operating earnings of each business operated by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries during the three fiscal years preceding the date of such determination (or, in the case of any business not

 

16


operated by the Corporation or any Subsidiary during three full fiscal years preceding such date, during the period such business was operated by the Corporation or any Subsidiary).

 

Section 1.

 

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Principal Party” shall mean:

 

(i) in the case of any transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 13(a) hereof: (A) the Person that is the issuer of the securities into which the shares of Common Shares are converted in such merger or consolidation, or, if there is more than one such issuer, the issuer the shares of Common Shares of which have the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding, or (B) if no securities are so issued, (x) the Person that is the other party to the merger, if such Person survives said merger, or, if there is more than one such Person, the Person the shares of Common Shares of which have the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding or (y) if the Person that is the other party to the merger does not survive the merger, the Person that does survive the merger (including the Corporation if it survives) or (z) the Person resulting from the consolidation; and

 

(ii) in the case of any transaction described in clause (iii) of Section13(a) hereof, the Person that is the party receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power transferred pursuant to such transaction or transactions, or, if more than one Person that is a party to such transaction or transactions receives the same portion of the assets or earning power so transferred and each such portion would, were it not for the other equal portions, constitute the greatest portion of the assets or earning power so transferred, or if the Person receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power cannot be determined, whichever of such Persons is the issuer of shares of Common Shares having the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding; provided, however , that in any such case described in the foregoing clause (b)(i) or (b)(ii), if the shares of Common Shares of such Person are not at such time or have not been continuously over the preceding 12-month period registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, then (1) if such Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of another Person the shares of Common Shares of which are and have been so registered, the term “Principal Party” shall refer to such other Person, or (2) if such Person is a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of more than one Person, the Common Shares of which are and have been so registered, the term “Principal Party” shall refer to whichever of such Persons is the issuer of shares of Common Shares having the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding, or (3) if such Person is owned, directly or indirectly, by a joint venture formed by two or more Persons that are not owned, directly or indirectly by the same Person, the rules set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above shall apply to each of the owners having an interest in the venture as if the Person owned by the joint venture was a Subsidiary of both or all of such joint venturers, and the Principal Party in each such case shall bear the obligations set forth in this Section 13 in the same ratio as its interest in such Person bears to the total of such interests.

 

(c) The Corporation shall not consummate any Section 13 Event unless the Principal Party shall have a sufficient number of authorized shares of Common Shares that have not been issued or reserved for issuance to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with this Section 13 and unless prior thereto the Corporation and such issuer shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement confirming that such Principal Party shall, upon consummation of such Section 13 Event, assume this Agreement in accordance with Sections 13(a) and 13(b) hereof, that all rights of first refusal or preemptive rights in respect of the issuance of shares of Common Shares of such Principal Party upon exercise of outstanding Rights have been waived, that there are no rights, warrants, instruments or securities outstanding or any agreements or arrangements which, as a result of the consummation of such transaction, would eliminate or substantially diminish the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights and that such transaction shall not result in a default by such Principal Party under this Agreement, and further providing that, as soon as practicable after the date of such Section 13 Event, such Principal Party will:

 

(i) prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a prospectus at all times

 

17


meeting the requirements of the Securities Act) until the Expiration Date, and similarly comply with applicable state securities laws;

 

(ii) use its best efforts to list (or continue the listing of) the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on a national securities exchange or to meet the eligibility requirements for quotation on Nasdaq and list (or continue the listing of) the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on Nasdaq; and

 

(iii) deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial statements for such Principal Party which comply in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form F-1 (or any successor form) under the Exchange Act.

 

In the event that at any time after the occurrence of a Triggering Event some or all of the Rights shall not have been exercised at the time of a transaction described in this Section 13, the Rights which have not theretofore been exercised shall thereafter be exercisable in the manner described in Section 13(a) (without taking into account any prior adjustment required by Section 11(a)(ii)).

 

(d) In case the “Principal Party” for purposes of Section 13(b) hereof has provision in any of its authorized securities or in its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other instrument governing its corporate affairs, which provision would have the effect of (i) causing such Principal Party to issue (other than to holders of Rights pursuant to Section 13 hereof), in connection with, or as a consequence of, the consummation of a Section 13 Event, shares of Common Shares or Equivalent Shares of such Principal Party at less than the then Current Per Share Market Price thereof or securities exercisable for, or convertible into, shares of Common Shares or Equivalent Shares of such Principal Party at less than such then Current Per Share Market Price, or (ii) providing for any special payment, tax or similar provision in connection with the issuance of the shares of Common Shares of such Principal Party pursuant to the provisions of Section 13 hereof, then, in such event, the Corporation hereby agrees with each holder of Rights that it shall not consummate any such transaction unless prior thereto the Corporation and such Principal Party shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement providing that the provision in question of such Principal Party shall have been canceled, waived or amended, or that the authorized securities shall be redeemed, so that the applicable provision will have no effect in connection with or as a consequence of, the consummation of the proposed transaction.

 

(e) The Corporation covenants and agrees that it shall not, at any time after the Distribution Date, effect or permit to occur any Section 13 Event, if (i) at the time or immediately after such Section 13 Event there are any rights, warrants or other instruments or securities outstanding or agreements in effect which would substantially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights, (ii) prior to, simultaneously with or immediately after such Section 13 Event, the Shareholders of the Person who constitutes, or would constitute, the “Principal Party” for purposes of Section 13(b) hereof shall have received a distribution of Rights previously owned by such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates or (iii) the form or nature of organization of the Principal Party would preclude or limit the exercisability of the Rights.

 

(f) The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations or sales or other transfers.

 

14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares .

 

(a) The Corporation shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Rights Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right. For the purposes of this Section 14(a), the current market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable, as determined pursuant to this Agreement.

 

18


(b) The Corporation shall not be required to issue fractions of Preferred Shares (other than fractions that are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share) upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Preferred Shares (other than fractions that are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share). Interests in fractions of Preferred Shares in integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share may, at the election of the Corporation, be evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Corporation and a depositary selected by it; provided, that such agreement shall provide that the holders of such depositary receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and preferences to which they are entitled as beneficial owners of the Preferred Shares represented by such depositary receipts. In lieu of fractional Preferred Shares that are not integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, the Corporation shall pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a Preferred Share. For purposes of this Section 14(b), the current market value of a Preferred Share shall be one thousand times the closing price of a share of Common Shares (as determined pursuant to the terms hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.

 

(c) The Corporation shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Shares or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Common Shares upon the exercise or exchange of Rights. In lieu of such fractional shares of Common Shares, the Corporation shall pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a share of Common Shares. For purposes of this Section 14(c), the current market value of a share of Common Shares shall be the closing price of a share of Common Shares (as determined pursuant to the terms hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.

 

(d) The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Right expressly waives his or her right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares (other than fractions that are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share) upon exercise of a Right.

 

15. Rights of Action . All rights of action in respect of this Agreement, excepting the rights of action given to the Rights Agent under Section 18 hereof, are vested in the respective registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of the shares of Common Shares); and any registered holder of any Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the shares of Common Shares), without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the shares of Common Shares), may, in his or her own behalf and for his or her own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Corporation to enforce, or otherwise act in respect of, his or her right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Rights Certificate in the manner provided in such Rights Certificate and in this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations under, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of, the obligations of any Person subject to this Agreement.

 

16. Agreement of Rights Holders . Every holder of a Right, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Corporation and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:

 

(a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the shares of Common Shares;

 

(b) after the Distribution Date, the Rights Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the principal office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for such purposes, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer and with the appropriate forms and certificates fully executed; and

 

(c) subject to Sections 6(a) and 7(f) hereof, the Corporation and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name the Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common Shares certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Rights Certificates or the associated

 

19


Common Shares certificate made by anyone other than the Corporation or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Corporation nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

17. Rights Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder . No holder, as such, of any Rights Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose to be the holder of the Preferred Shares or any other securities of the Corporation which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Rights Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Rights Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a Shareholder of the Corporation or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to Shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting Shareholders (except as provided in Section 25 hereof), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Rights Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

18. The Rights Agent .

 

(a) The Corporation agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Corporation also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense, incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability in the premises. In no event will the Rights Agent be liable for special, indirect, incidental or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, even if the Rights Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damage.

 

(b) The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for, or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with, its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Rights Certificate or certificate for the Preferred Shares or shares of Common Shares or for other securities of the Corporation, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons, or otherwise upon the advice of counsel as set forth in Section 20 hereof.

 

19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent . Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided, however , that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 21 hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement, any of the Rights Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Agreement. In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Rights Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Agreement.

 

20


20. Duties of Rights Agent . The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Corporation and the holders of Rights Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

 

(a) The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Corporation), and the written advice or opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such written advice or opinion.

 

(b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter (including, without limitation, the identity of any Acquiring Person and the determination of Current Per Share Market Price) be proved or established by the Corporation prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

 

(c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the Corporation and any other Person only for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

(d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Rights Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Corporation only.

 

(e) The Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Rights Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Corporation of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Rights Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights or any adjustment in the terms of the Rights (including the manner, method or amount thereof) provided for in Sections 3, 11, 13, 23 or 24, or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such change or adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Rights Certificates after receipt by the Rights Agent of a certificate furnished pursuant to Section 12 describing such change or adjustment); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Preferred Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Rights Certificate or as to whether any Preferred Shares will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(f) The Corporation agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer or for any delay in acting while waiting for those instructions. Any application by the Rights Agent for written instructions from the Corporation may, at the option of the Rights Agent, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Rights Agent under this Rights Agreement and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Rights Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Rights Agent in

 

21


accordance with a proposal included in any such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than five (5) Business Days after the date any officer of the Corporation actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to an earlier date) unless, prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Rights Agent shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

 

(h) The Rights Agent and any Shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Corporation or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Corporation may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Corporation or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Corporation or for any other legal entity.

 

(i) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Corporation resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct, provided reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.

 

(j) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Rights Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

(k) If, with respect to any Rights Certificate surrendered to the Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the certificate attached to the form of assignment or form of election to purchase, as the case may be, has either not been completed or indicates an affirmative response to clause 1 and/or 2 thereof, the Rights Agent shall not take any further action with respect to such requested exercise or transfer without first consulting with the Corporation.

 

21. Change of Rights Agent . The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon thirty (30) days’ written notice mailed to the Corporation and to each transfer agent of the Preferred Shares and the Common Shares by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Rights Certificates by first-class mail. The Corporation may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon thirty (30) days’ written notice, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Preferred Shares and the Common Shares by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Rights Certificates by first-class mail. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Corporation shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Corporation shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after giving notice of such removal or after receiving written notice of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Rights Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his or her Rights Certificate for inspection by the Corporation), then the registered holder of any Rights Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Corporation or by such a court, shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States, in good standing, which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust or Shareholder services powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment, the Corporation shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Preferred Shares and the Common Shares, and mail a written notice thereof to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.

 

22


22. Issuance of New Rights Certificates . Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Corporation may, at its option, issue new Rights Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by its Board of Directors to reflect any adjustment or change in the Exercise Price and the number or kind or class of shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Rights Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In addition, in connection with the issuance or sale of shares of Common Shares following the Distribution Date and prior to the redemption or expiration of the Rights, the Corporation (a) shall, with respect to shares of Common Shares so issued or sold pursuant to the exercise of stock options or under any employee plan or arrangement or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of other securities of the Corporation outstanding at the date hereof or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of securities hereinafter issued by the Corporation and (b) may, in any other case, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, issue Rights Certificates representing the appropriate number of Rights in connection with such issuance or sale; provided, however , that (i) no such Rights Certificate shall be issued and this sentence shall be null and void ab initio if, and to the extent that, such issuance or this sentence would create a significant risk of or result in material adverse tax consequences to the Corporation or the Person to whom such Rights Certificate would be issued or would create a significant risk of or result in such options’ or employee plans’ or arrangements’ failing to qualify for otherwise available special tax treatment and (ii) no such Rights Certificate shall be issued if, and to the extent that, appropriate adjustment shall otherwise have been made in lieu of the issuance thereof.

 

23. Redemption .

 

(a) The Corporation may, at its option and with the approval of the Board of Directors, at any time prior to the Close of Business on the earlier of (i) the Shares Acquisition Date and (ii) the Final Expiration Date, redeem all but not less than all the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $0.01 per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being herein referred to as the “ Redemption Price ”) and the Corporation may, at its option, pay the Redemption Price either in shares of Common Shares (based on the Current Per Share Market Price thereof at the time of redemption) or cash. Such redemption of the Rights by the Corporation may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may establish. The date on which the Board of Directors elects to make the redemption effective shall be referred to as the “ Redemption Date ”.

 

(b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Corporation ordering the redemption of the Rights, evidence of which shall have been filed with the Rights Agent, and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price. The Corporation shall promptly give public notice of any such redemption; provided, however , that the failure to give or any defect in, any such notice shall not affect the validity of such redemption. Within ten (10) days after the action of the Board of Directors ordering the redemption of the Rights, the Corporation shall give notice of such redemption to the Rights Agent and the holders of the then outstanding Rights by mailing such notice to all such holders at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Shares. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made. Neither the Corporation nor any of its Affiliates or Associates may redeem, acquire or purchase for value any Rights at any time in any manner other than that specifically set forth in this Section 23 or in Section 24 hereof, and other than in connection with the purchase of shares of Common Shares prior to the Distribution Date.

 

24. Exchange .

 

(a) Subject to applicable laws, rules and regulations, and subject to subsection 24(c) below, the Corporation may, at its option, by action of the Board of Directors, at any time after the occurrence of a Triggering Event, exchange all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof) for shares of Common Shares at an exchange ratio of one share of Common Shares per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such exchange

 

23


ratio being hereinafter referred to as the “ Exchange Ratio ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall not be empowered to effect such exchange at any time after any Person (other than the Corporation, any Subsidiary of the Corporation, any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any such Subsidiary, or any entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, becomes the Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the Common Shares then outstanding.

 

(b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to subsection 24(a) of this Section 24 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of shares of Common Shares equal to the number of such Rights held by such holder multiplied by the Exchange Ratio. The Corporation shall give public notice of any such exchange; provided, however , that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange. The Corporation shall mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the shares of Common Shares for Rights will be effected and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of Rights which will be exchanged. Any partial exchange shall be effected pro rata based on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof) held by each holder of Rights.

 

(c) In the event that there shall not be sufficient shares of Common Shares issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit any exchange of Rights as contemplated in accordance with Section 24(a), the Corporation shall either take such action as may be necessary to authorize additional shares of Common Shares for issuance upon exchange of the Rights or alternatively, at the option of a majority of the Board of Directors, with respect to each Right (i) pay cash in an amount equal to the Current Value (as hereinafter defined), in lieu of issuing shares of Common Shares in exchange therefor, or (ii) issue debt or equity securities or a combination thereof, having a value equal to the Current Value, in lieu of issuing shares of Common Shares in exchange for each such Right, where the value of such securities shall be determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by majority vote of the Board of Directors, or (iii) deliver any combination of cash, property, shares of Common Shares and/or other securities having a value equal to the Current Value in exchange for each Right. For purposes of this Section 24(c) only, the Current Value shall mean the product of the Current Per Share Market Price of shares of Common Shares on the date of the occurrence of the event described above in subparagraph (a), multiplied by the number of shares of Common Shares for which the Right otherwise would be exchangeable if there were sufficient shares available. To the extent that the Corporation determines that some action need be taken pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 24(c), the Board of Directors may temporarily suspend the exercisability of the Rights for a period of up to sixty (60) days following the date on which the event described in Section 24(a) shall have occurred, in order to seek any authorization of additional shares of Common Shares and/or to decide the appropriate form of distribution to be made pursuant to the above provision and to determine the value thereof. In the event of any such suspension, the Corporation shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended.

 

(d) The Corporation shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Shares or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Common Shares. In lieu of such fractional shares of Common Shares, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates with regard to which such fractional shares of Common Shares would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole share of Common Shares (as determined pursuant to the terms hereof).

 

(e) The Corporation may, at its option, by majority vote of the Board of Directors, at any time before any Person has become an Acquiring Person, exchange all or part of the then outstanding Rights for rights of substantially equivalent value, as determined reasonably and with good faith by the

 

24


Board of Directors, based upon the advice of one or more nationally recognized investment banking firms.

 

(f) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to subsection 24(e) of this Section 24 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of rights in exchange therefor as has been determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with subsection 24(e) above. The Corporation shall give public notice of any such exchange; provided, however , that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange. The Corporation shall mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the transfer agent for the shares of Common Shares of the Corporation. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the Rights will be effected.

 

25. Notice of Certain Events .

 

(a) In case the Corporation shall propose to effect or permit to occur any Triggering Event or Section 13 Event, the Corporation shall give notice thereof to each holder of Rights in accordance with Section 26 hereof at least twenty (20) days prior to occurrence of such Triggering Event or such Section 13 Event.

 

(b) In case any Triggering Event or Section 13 Event shall occur, then, in any such case, the Corporation shall as soon as practicable thereafter give to each holder of a Rights Certificate, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which shall specify the event and the consequences of the event to holders of Rights under Sections 11(a)(ii) and 13 hereof.

 

26. Notices . Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Rights Certificate to or on the Corporation shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:

 

Seaspan Corporation

Attn: Gerry Wang

Room 503, 5/F, Lucky Commercial Center

103 Des Voeux Road West

Hong Kong

China

 

with a copy to:

 

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

666 Fifth Avenue

26th Floor

New York, New York 10103

Attention: Mike Rosenwasser

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Corporation or by the holder of any Rights Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Corporation) as follows:

 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

59 Maiden Lane

New York, NY 10038

 

25


Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Corporation or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Rights Certificate shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the Corporation.

 

27. Supplements and Amendments . Prior to the occurrence of a Distribution Date, the Corporation may supplement or amend this Agreement in any respect without the approval of any holders of Rights and the Rights Agent shall, if the Corporation so directs, execute such supplement or amendment. From and after the occurrence of a Distribution Date, the Corporation and the Rights Agent may from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders of Rights in order to (i) cure any ambiguity, (ii) correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, (iii) shorten or lengthen any time period hereunder or (iv) to change or supplement the provisions hereunder in any manner that the Corporation may deem necessary or desirable and that shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person); provided, this Agreement may not be supplemented or amended to lengthen, pursuant to clause (iii) of this sentence, (A) a time period relating to when the Rights may be redeemed at such time as the Rights are not then redeemable or (B) any other time period unless such lengthening is for the purpose of protecting, enhancing or clarifying the rights of, and/or the benefits to, the holders of Rights (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person). Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of the Corporation that states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 27, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment. Prior to the Distribution Date, the interests of the holders of Rights shall be deemed coincident with the interests of the holders of shares of Common Shares.

 

28. Successors . All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Corporation or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

 

29. Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors, etc . For all purposes of this Agreement, any calculation of the number of shares of Common Shares outstanding at any particular time, including for purposes of determining the particular percentage of such outstanding shares of Common Shares of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, shall be made in accordance with the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the exclusive power and authority to administer this Agreement and to exercise all rights and powers specifically granted to the Board, or the Corporation, or as may be necessary or advisable in the administration of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the right and power to (i) interpret the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Agreement (including a determination to redeem or not redeem the Rights or to amend the Agreement). All such actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations (including, for purposes of clause (y) below, all omissions with respect to the foregoing) which are done or made by the Board in good faith, shall (x) be final, conclusive and binding on the Corporation, the Rights Agent, the holders of the Rights Certificates and all other parties and (y) not subject the Board to any liability to the holders of the Rights.

 

30. Benefits of this Agreement . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Corporation, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the shares of Common Shares) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Corporation, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the shares of Common Shares).

 

31. Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated; provided, however , that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any such term, provision, covenant or restriction is held by such court or authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable and the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines in its good faith judgment that severing the invalid language from this Agreement would adversely affect the purpose or effect of this Agreement, the right of redemption set forth in Section 23 hereof shall be reinstated and shall not expire until the Close of Business on the tenth day following the date of such determination by the Board of Directors.

 

26


32. Governing Law . This Agreement and each Right and each Rights Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of New York and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such jurisdiction applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such jurisdiction.

 

33. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

34. Descriptive Headings . Descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Shareholder Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION
By:    
   

Name:

  Gerry Wang
   

Title:

  Chief Executive Officer
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY

By:

   
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

 

27


 

EXHIBIT A

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS OF RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND PRIVILEGES OF SERIES A

PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK OF SEASPAN CORPORATION

 

The undersigned, Mr. Gerry Wang and Mr. Kevin M. Kennedy do hereby certify:

 

1. That they are the duly elected and acting President and Secretary, respectively, of Seaspan Corporation , a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Corporation ”).

 

2. That pursuant to the authority conferred by the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the Corporation’s Board of Directors on                 , 2005 adopted the following resolution designating and prescribing the relative rights, preferences and limitations of the Corporation’s Series A Participating Preferred Stock:

 

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of the Corporation by the Articles of Incorporation, the Board does hereby establish a series of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, and the designation and certain powers, preferences and other special rights of the shares of such series, and certain qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereon, are hereby fixed as follows:

 

Section 1. Designation and Amount . The shares of such series shall be designated as “ Series A Participating Preferred Stock. ” The Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.01 per share, and the number of shares constituting such series shall initially be 1,000,000, which number the Board may from time to time increase or decrease (but not below the number then outstanding).

 

Section 2. Proportional Adjustment . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the issuance of any share or shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock (i) declare any dividend on the common shares of the Corporation par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”) payable in shares of Common Shares, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Shares or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the Corporation shall simultaneously effect a proportional adjustment to the number of outstanding shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock.

 

Section 3. Dividends and Distributions .

 

(a) Subject to the prior and superior right of the holders of any shares of any series of preferred stock ranking prior and superior to the shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive when, as and if declared by the Board out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the last day of January, April, July and October in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a “Quarterly Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Shares or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Shares since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock.

 

(b) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Participating Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (a) above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Shares (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Shares).

 

(c) Dividends shall begin to accrue on outstanding shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for

 

A-1


the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

 

Section 4. Voting Rights . The holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

 

(a) Each share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 1,000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the Shareholders of the Corporation .

 

(b) Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Shares shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of Shareholders of the Corporation.

 

(c) Except as required by law, holders of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the

 

(d) extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Shares as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

 

Section 5. Certain Restrictions .

 

(a) The Corporation shall not declare any dividend on, make any distribution on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Common Shares after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock unless concurrently therewith it shall declare a dividend on the Series A Participating Preferred Stock as required by Section 3 hereof.

 

(b) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Participating Preferred Stock as provided in Section 3 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not (i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Participating Preferred Stock; (ii) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with Series A Participating Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Participating Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled; (iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Participating Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Participating Preferred Stock; (iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Participating Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in

 

A-2


writing or by publication (as determined by the Board) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

 

(c) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (a) of this Section 5, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

 

Section 6. Reacquired Shares . Any shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of preferred stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein and, in the Articles of Incorporation, as then amended.

 

Section 7. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up . Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation , the holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive an aggregate amount per share equal to 1,000 times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of shares of Common Shares plus an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid dividends on such shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock.

 

Section 8. Consolidation, Merger, etc . In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Shares are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share equal to 1,000 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Shares is changed or exchanged.

 

Section 9. No Redemption . The shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

 

Section 10. Ranking . The Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of the Corporation’s preferred stock as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, unless the terms of any such series shall provide otherwise.

 

Section 11. Amendment . The Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be further amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preference or special rights of the Series A Participating Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

 

Section 12. Fractional Shares . Series A Participating Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Participating Preferred Stock.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the President or any Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of this Corporation be, and they hereby are, authorized and directed to prepare and file a Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges in accordance with the foregoing resolution and the provisions of Marshall Islands law and to take such actions as they may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent of the foregoing resolution.”

 

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

A-3


We further declare under penalty of perjury that the matters set forth in the foregoing Certificate of Designation are true and correct of our own knowledge.

 

Executed at on                      , 2005.

 

 

Gerry Wang

President

 

Secretary

 

A-4


 

EXHIBIT B

 

[FORM OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATE]

 

B-1


 

EXHIBIT C

 

SUMMARY OF RIGHTS

 

Distribution and Transfer of Rights:     
Distribution Date:    The rights will separate from the common shares and become exercisable after (1) a person or group acquires ownership of 15% or more of the company’s common shares or (2) the 10th business day (or such later date as determined by the company’s board of directors) after a person or group announces a tender or exchange offer which would result in that person or group holding 15% or more of the company’s common shares.
Preferred Stock Purchasable Upon
Exercise of Rights:
   On the Distribution Date, each holder of a right will be entitled to purchase for $25 (the “Exercise Price”) a fraction (1/1000th) of one share of the company’s preferred stock which has similar economic terms as one share of common shares.
Flip-in:    If an acquiring person (an “Acquiring Person”) acquires more than 15% of the company’s common shares then each holder of a right (except that acquiring person) will be entitled to buy at the Exercise Price, a number of shares of the company’s common shares which has a market value of twice the Exercise Price.
Flip-over:    If after an Acquiring Person acquires more than 15% of the company’s common shares, the company merges into another company (either as the surviving corporation or as the disappearing entity) or the company sells more than 50% of its assets or earning power, then each holder of a right (except for those owned by the acquirer) will be entitled to purchase at the Exercise Price, a number of shares of common shares of the surviving entity which has a then current market value of twice the Exercise Price.
Exchange Provision:    Any time after the date an Acquiring Person obtains more than 15% of the company’s common shares and before that Acquiring Person acquires more than 50% of the company’s outstanding common shares, the company may exchange each right owned by all other rights holders, in whole or in part, for one share of the company’s common shares.
Redemption of Rights:    The company can redeem the rights at any time prior to a public announcement that a person has acquired ownership of 15% or more of the company’s common shares.
Expiration of Rights:    The rights expire on the earliest of (1)                , 2015 or (2) the exchange or redemption of the rights as described above.
Amendment of Terms of Rights:    The terms of the rights and the Shareholder Rights Plan may be amended without the consent of the rights holders at any time on or prior to the Distribution Date. After the Distribution Date, the terms of the rights and the Shareholder Rights Plan may be amended to make changes, which do not adversely affect the rights of the rights holders (other than the Acquiring Person).
Voting Rights:    The rights will not have any voting rights.
Anti-dilution Provisions:    The rights will have the benefit of certain customary anti-dilution protections.

 

C-1

Exhibit 10.8

 

OMNIBUS AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of                      , 2005

 

Among

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION

SEASPAN MANAGEMENT SERVICES LIMITED

SEASPAN SHIP MANAGEMENT LTD.

SEASPAN ADVISORY SERVICES LIMITED

NORSK PACIFIC STEAMSHIP COMPANY LIMITED and

SEASPAN INTERNATIONAL LTD.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

    

1.1

 

Certain Definitions

   2

1.2

 

Construction

   5

1.3

 

Headings

   5

2.

 

RESTRICTED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

    

2.1

 

Restricted Businesses

   6

2.2

 

Permitted Exceptions

   6

2.3

 

Procedures for Offer to Sell

   7

2.4

 

Scope of Prohibition

   9

2.5

 

Enforcement

   9

3.

 

RIGHTS OF FIRST OFFER

    

3.1

 

Right of First Offer in Favor of the Manager and Seaspan International

   9

3.2

 

Right of First Offer in Favor of the Company

   9

3.3

 

Exceptions

   9

3.4

 

Transfer Notice

   10

3.5

 

Negotiation Period

   10

3.6

 

Consents to Transfer

   10

4.

 

GENERAL

    

4.1

 

Assignment

   10

4.2

 

Force Majeure

   10

4.3

 

Confidentiality

   11

4.4

 

Notices

   11

4.5

 

Third Party Rights

   12

4.6

 

Severability

   12

4.7

 

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

   12

4.8

 

Binding Effect

   13

4.9

 

Amendment and Waivers

   13

4.10

 

Entire Agreement

   13

4.11

 

Waiver

   13

4.12

 

Counterparts

   13

 


 

OMNIBUS AGREEMENT

 

THIS OMNIBUS AGREEMENT dated as of                                      , 2005,

 

AMONG:

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION, a corporation formed under the laws of the Marshall Islands

 

AND

 

SEASPAN MANAGEMENT SERVICES LIMITED, a corporation formed under the laws of Ireland

 

AND

 

SEASPAN SHIP MANAGEMENT LTD., a company formed under the laws of British Columbia

 

AND

 

SEASPAN ADVISORY SERVICES LIMITED, a company formed under the laws of Ireland

 

AND

 

NORSK PACIFIC STEAMSHIP COMPANY LIMITED, a corporation formed under the laws of the Bahamas

 

AND

 

SEASPAN INTERNATIONAL LTD., a corporation formed under the laws of British Columbia

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Section 2, with respect to (a) those business opportunities that the Seaspan Entities (as defined herein) will not pursue during the term of this Agreement and (b) the procedures whereby such business opportunities are to be offered to the Company (as defined herein) and accepted or declined; and

 

B. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Section 3, with respect to (a) the Company’s right of first offer with respect to certain Containership Assets (as defined herein) and (b) the right of first offer of the Manager (as defined herein) and Seaspan International (as defined herein) with respect to certain Containership Assets.

 


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and premises of the Parties herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each Party), the Parties agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Certain Definitions

 

In this Agreement, including the recitals hereto, unless the context requires otherwise, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

Acquiring Party ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(a).

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with, the Person in question.

 

Agreement ” means this omnibus agreement as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Asset Purchase Agreement ” means the asset purchase agreement, dated                      , 2005, among the Company and each of the signatories thereto.

 

Bid Containership Assets ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(b).

 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company as the same may be constituted from time to time.

 

Break-up Costs ” means the aggregate amount of any and all costs associated with the disposition of Containership Assets as contemplated in Section 2.3, including any taxes, registration fees, administrative expenses, Severance Costs, and other similar costs and expenses of the relevant Seaspan Entities that would be required to transfer Containership Assets to the Company Group pursuant to Section 2.3, separately from the assets acquired by the relevant Seaspan Entities in a larger transaction.

 

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday in Hong Kong, the Marshall Islands or Vancouver, British Columbia on which banks in Hong Kong, the Marshall Islands or Vancouver, British Columbia are required to close.

 

Charter ” means a charter party agreement between the Company and any Person that relates to any of the Vessels.

 

Charterer ” means any Person that has entered into a Charter with the Company.

 

Common Shares ” means the Class A common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

Company ” means Seaspan Corporation and any successor company permitted under this Agreement.

 

Company Breach ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Management Agreement.

 

Company Group ” means the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

2


Company Group Member ” means any member of the Company Group.

 

Containerships ” means any ocean-going vessel that is intended to be used primarily to transport containers or is being used primarily to transport containers.

 

Containership Assets ” means Containerships, or any assets that are customarily owned or operated in conjunction with Containerships, in each case, that are encompassed within the definition of “Containership Business.”

 

Containership Business ” means the business of chartering or re-chartering Containerships to others and any other lawful act or activity customarily conducted in conjunction therewith.

 

control ” or “ controlled ” means, with respect to any Person, the right to elect or appoint, directly or indirectly, a majority of the directors of such Person or a majority of the Persons who have the right, including any contractual right, to manage and direct the business, affairs and operations of such Person, or the possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

 

First Offer Negotiation Period ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.5.

 

Force Majeure Event ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.2.

 

Fully Built-Up Cost ” means, with respect to a Containership Asset to be acquired by a Company Group Member, the aggregate amount of all expenditures incurred (or to be incurred prior to delivery to the Company Group Member) by Seaspan International to acquire and bring such Containership Asset to the condition and location necessary for its intended use by the Company Group Member.

 

Management Agreement ” means the management agreement, dated as of              , 2005, among the Manager, the Ship Manager, the Strategic Manager and the Company.

 

Manager ” means Seaspan Management Services Corp. or any successor thereof permitted in accordance with the Management Agreement.

 

Manager Breach ” means any material breach of the Management Agreement by any of the Manager Entities and the matter is unresolved after ninety (90) days pursuant to the dispute resolution described in Section 11 thereof.

 

Manager Cause ” means the occurrence of both of the following: (a) the Manager has been convicted of, has entered a plea of guilty or nolo contendre with respect to, or has entered into a plea bargain or settlement admitting guilt for, a crime, which conviction, plea bargain or settlement is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company; and (b) a majority of the outstanding Common Shares elect to terminate the Management Agreement.

 

Manager Entities ” means the Manager, the Ship Manager and the Strategic Manager and each of their Subsidiaries.

 

Norsk ” means Norsk Pacific Steamship Company Limited or any successor thereof.

 

3


Offer ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(b).

 

Offer Period ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(d).

 

Offered Assets ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(b).

 

Offeree ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(b).

 

Parties ” means the Company, the Manager, the Strategic Manager, Norsk and Seaspan International, and “Party” means any one of them.

 

Person ” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or trustee, unincorporated organization, association, government, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

 

Potential Transferee has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.4.

 

Restricted Business ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1.

 

Sale Assets ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.4.

 

Seaspan Entities ” means the Manager Entities, Norsk and Seaspan International, and “Seaspan Entity” means any one of them.

 

Seaspan International ” means Seaspan International Ltd. or any successor thereof.

 

Severance Costs ” means the termination or severance liabilities, costs and expenses which employers are legally obliged to pay to or in respect of their employees as a result of the early termination of any employment.

 

Ship Manager ” means Seaspan Ship Management Ltd. or any successor thereof permitted in accordance with the Management Agreement.

 

Strategic Manager ” means Seaspan Advisory Services Ltd. or any successor thereof permitted in accordance with the Management Agreement.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more corporations Controlled by such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a corporation Controlled by such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, one or more corporations Controlled by such Person, or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more corporations Controlled by such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date

 

4


of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.

 

Transfer ” means, in respect of any assets or property, any transfer, assignment, sale or other disposition, excluding any grants of security interests in or mortgages or liens of such assets or property in favor of a bona fide third-party lender (but not the foreclosing of any such security interest, mortgage or lien).

 

Transfer Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.4.

 

Transferring Party ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.4.

 

Vessel ” means each vessel owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from time to time.

 

1.2 Construction

 

In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise:

 

  (a) references to laws and regulations refer to such laws and regulations as they may be amended from time to time, and references to particular provisions of a law or regulation include any corresponding provisions of any succeeding law or regulation;

 

  (b) references to money refer to legal currency of the United States of America;

 

  (c) the word “including” when following any general term or statement will not be construed as limiting the general term or statement to the specific matter immediately following the word “including” or to similar matters, and the general term or statement will be construed as referring to all matters that reasonably could fall within the broadest possible scope of the general term or statement;

 

  (d) words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing gender, include all genders;

 

  (e) references to time of day or date mean the local time or date in Vancouver, British Columbia;

 

  (f) a reference to an “approval”, authorizations”, “consent”, “notice” or “agreement” means an approval, authorization, consent, notice of agreement, as the case may be, in writing; and

 

  (g) each reference to a statute is deemed to be a reference to that statute, and to the regulations made under that statute, as amended or re-enacted from time to time.

 

1.3 Headings

 

All article or section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

 

5


2. RESTRICTED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

 

2.1 Restricted Businesses

 

During (a) the term of the Management Agreement and (b) if the Management Agreement is terminated for Manager Cause or Manager Breach or if the Manager elects to terminate the Management Agreement in accordance with its optional termination right pursuant to Section 10.4(a) of the Management Agreement, for a period of two years from the date of actual termination of the Management Agreement, the Seaspan Entities and each of their controlled Affiliates shall be prohibited from, directly or indirectly, engaging in the Containership Business and from acquiring or investing in any business involved in the Containership Business (each such business or activity, a “ Restricted Business ”).

 

2.2 Permitted Exceptions

 

  (a) Notwithstanding any provision of Section 2.1 to the contrary, the Seaspan Entities may:

 

  (i) acquire Containership Assets and subsequently engage in the Containership Business to the extent that such Containership Assets were part of an acquired business, provided that:

 

  (1) a majority of the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the applicable Seaspan Entity) of the total assets or business comprising the acquired business is not attributable to the Containership Business; and

 

  (2) the applicable Seaspan Entity has, prior to the contemplated transaction, offered to sell to the Company, immediately upon the completion of the contemplated transaction by the Seaspan Entity, for their fair market value plus any Break-up Costs, any and all Containership Assets that it would acquire pursuant to such transaction, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.3;

 

  (ii) acquire, directly or indirectly, collectively, with Gerry Wang, Graham Porter and each of the controlled Affiliates of the Seaspan Entities, Gerry Wang and Graham Porter, an aggregate of no more than 9.9% of the equity ownership, voting or profit participation, for investment purposes only, in any publicly traded Person that is engaged in the Containership Business;

 

  (iii) after the Management Agreement is terminated, acquire Containership Assets from the Company pursuant to the right of first offer in Section 3;

 

  (iv) provide technical ship management services relating to Containerships, including pre-delivery ship construction supervision and related services;

 

  (v) acquire Containerships that the Company does not purchase pursuant to Sections 3.6 and 3.8 of the Asset Purchase Agreement and subsequently engage in the Containership Business; and

 

6


  (vi) acquire and engage in the Containership Business with Containerships having a capacity of less than 1,000 TEU.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding any provision of Section 2.1 to the contrary, Seaspan International may acquire Containership Assets and subsequently engage in the Containership Business provided that, and only to the extent that such acquisition and such businesses are, related to discussions, negotiations or agreements that occurred prior to the date of the initial public offering of the Company (such Containership Assets being referred to herein as “ Bid Containership Assets ”); provided , however, that Seaspan International must offer to sell the Bid Containership Assets to the Company within one year from the acquisition date at a price equal to their Fully Built-Up Cost in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.3 hereof.

 

2.3 Procedures for Offer to Sell

 

  (a) Notification

 

In the event that (i) a Seaspan Entity acquires Containership Assets as part of a larger transaction in accordance with Section 2.2(a)(i), or (ii) Seaspan International acquires Bid Containership Assets in accordance with Section 2.2(b), then: (a) not later than 10 days after the consummation of the acquisition, in the case of clause (i) above or (b) not later than 30 days after the acquisition in the case of clause (ii) above, the relevant acquiring Party (the “ Acquiring Party ”) shall notify the Company of such transaction.

 

  (b) Offer

 

The Acquiring Party will offer to the Company the opportunity for the Company or if the Company so elects, one of its Affiliates (as applicable, the “ Offeree ”), to purchase such Containership Assets or Bid Containership Assets, as the case may be (the “ Offered Assets ”), (i) not later than 30 days after consummation of the acquisition, for their fair market value (plus any Break-up Costs), in the case of Section 2.3(a)(i) above, or (ii) not later than one year after consummation of the acquisition, for their Fully Built-Up Cost, in the case of Section 2.3(a)(ii) above, in each case on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with this Section 2.3 (the “ Offer ”). The Offer shall set forth the Acquiring Party’s proposed terms relating to the purchase of the Offered Assets by the Offeree. The Acquiring Party will deliver to the Offeree all information prepared by or on behalf of or in the possession of such Acquiring Party relating to the Offered Assets and reasonably requested by the Offeree.

 

  (c) Election

 

As soon as practicable, but in any event, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such offer, the Offeree shall notify the Acquiring Party in writing that either: (1) the Offeree has elected not to purchase such Offered Assets, in which event the Acquiring Party shall, subject to the other terms of this Agreement, be free to continue to own and operate such Offered Assets, subject to the restrictions in Section 2.4 below; or (2) the Offeree has elected to purchase, or indicated interest in purchasing, such Offered Assets, in which event the procedures in Section 2.3(d) shall be followed.

 

7


  (d) Purchase and Sale

 

After the receipt of the Offer by the Offeree, the Acquiring Party and the Offeree shall negotiate in good faith the fair market value (and any Break-up Costs) or the Fully Built-Up Cost, as applicable, of the Offered Assets that are subject to the Offer and the other terms of the Offer on which the Offered Assets will be sold to the Offeree. If the Acquiring Party and the Offeree agree on the fair market value (and any Break-up Costs) or the Fully Built-Up Cost, as applicable, of the Offered Assets that are subject to the Offer and the other terms of the Offer during the 30-day period (the “ Offer Period ”) after receipt by the Acquiring Party of the Offeree’s election to purchase, or indication of interest in purchasing, the Offered Assets, the Offeree shall purchase the Offered Assets on such terms as soon as commercially practicable after such agreement has been reached.

 

If the Acquiring Party and the Offeree are unable to agree on the fair market value (and any Break-up Costs) or the Fully Built-Up Cost, as applicable, of the Offered Assets that are subject to the Offer or the other terms of the Offer during the Offer Period, the Acquiring Party and the Offeree will engage a mutually acceptable independent ship broker and/or a mutually acceptable independent investment banking firm prior to the end of the Offer Period to determine the fair market value (and any Break-up Costs) or the Fully Built-Up Cost, as applicable, of the Offered Assets and/or the other terms on which the Acquiring Party and the Offeree are unable to agree. If the Acquiring Party and the Offeree are unable to agree on an independent ship broker and/or a mutually acceptable independent investment banking firm prior to the end of the Offer Period, then the parties shall appoint an arbitrator and such arbitrator shall make the selection.

 

In determining the fair market value (and any Break-up Costs) or the Fully Built-Up Cost, as applicable, associated with the Offered Assets and other terms on which the Offered Assets are to be sold, the ship broker or investment banking firm, as applicable, will have access to all information prepared by or on behalf of or in possession of the Acquiring Party relating to the original acquisition by the Acquiring Party, the proposed sale and purchase values and terms for the Offer submitted by the Acquiring Party and the Offeree, respectively. Such ship broker and/or investment banking firm will determine the fair market value (and any Break-Up Costs) or the Fully Built-Up Cost, as applicable, of the Offered Assets and/or the other terms on which the Acquiring Party and the Offeree are unable to agree within thirty (30) days of its engagement and furnish the Acquiring Party and the Offeree its determination. The fees and expenses of the ship broker or investment banking firm, as applicable, will be divided equally between the Acquiring Party and the Offeree. Upon receipt of such determination, the Offeree will have the option, but not the obligation, to:

 

  (i) purchase the Offered Assets for the fair market value (and Break-up Costs) or the Fully Built-Up Cost, as applicable, on the other terms determined by the ship broker and/or investment banking firm, as soon as commercially practicable after determinations have been made; or

 

  (ii) elect not to purchase such Offered Assets, in which event the Acquiring Party shall, subject to the other terms of this Agreement, be free to continue to own and operate such Offered Assets, subject to the restrictions in Section 2.4 below.

 

8


2.4 Scope of Prohibition

 

If any of the Seaspan Entities engages in, acquires or invests in any business involved in the ownership or operation of a Restricted Business pursuant to the exceptions described in Sections 2.2(a)(i), 2.2(a)(v) or 2.2(b), it may not subsequently expand that portion of such business; however, it may make maintenance and replacement capital expenditures with respect to that portion of such business.

 

2.5 Enforcement

 

Each Party agrees and acknowledges that the other Parties do not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach by any such Party of its covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 2, and that any breach by any such Party of its covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 2 would result in irreparable injury to such other Parties. Each Party further agrees and acknowledges that any other Party may, in addition to the other remedies which may be available to such other Party, file a suit in equity to enjoin such Party from such breach, and consent to the issuance of injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement.

 

3. RIGHTS OF FIRST OFFER

 

3.1 Right of First Offer in Favor of the Manager and Seaspan International

 

Each of the Company Group Members hereby grants to the Manager and Seaspan International a right of first offer on any proposed Transfer by the relevant Company Group Member of any Containership Assets owned or acquired by such Company Group Member. The right of first offer contained in this Section 3.1 is in effect, and applies only to a Transfer occurring, during the two (2) year period following expiry or termination of the Management Agreement, provided that such right of first offer will not be in effect if such termination is pursuant to Manager Breach, Manager Cause or Section 10.4(a) of the Management Agreement.

 

3.2 Right of First Offer in Favor of the Company

 

Each of the Manager Entities, Seaspan International and their controlled Affiliates hereby grants to the Company a right of first offer on any proposed Transfer by any of the Manager Entities, Seaspan International and their controlled Affiliates of any Containership Assets owned or acquired by any of them. The right of first offer contained in this Section 3.2 is in effect, and applies only to a Transfer occurring, during the term of the Management Agreement and shall extend for a two (2) year period following expiry or termination of the Management Agreement unless termination is for Company Breach or pursuant to Sections 10.3(f), 10.3(g) or 10.3(h) of the Management Agreement.

 

3.3 Exceptions

 

Sections 3.1 and 3.2 shall not apply to a Transfer of Containership Assets: (a) between or among any Affiliates of the respective Party; (b) that is completed pursuant to the terms of any Charter or other agreement with a Charterer; or (c) to the Charterers of any vessel acquired to replace any vessel so sold or transferred.

 

9


3.4 Transfer Notice

 

If, pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2 of this Agreement, a Company Group Member, a Seaspan Entity or a controlled Affiliate of a Seaspan Entity (as applicable, the “ Transferring Party ”) proposes to Transfer any Containership Assets (the “ Sale Assets ”), then prior to any Transfer of such Containership Assets (occurring in the circumstances other than as described in Section 3.3), such Transferring Party shall give the Manager or the Company, as applicable (the “ Potential Transferee ”), written notice setting forth a description of the Sale Assets and the material terms and conditions of a proposed Transfer, if any, on which the Transferring Party desires to Transfer the Sale Assets (the “ Transfer Notice ”). The material terms set forth in the Transfer Notice shall have been approved by the board of directors of the relevant entity.

 

3.5 Negotiation Period

 

If the Potential Transferee indicates an interest in writing to the Transferring Party with respect to the Sale Assets, the Transferring Party will negotiate in good faith with the Potential Transferee for a thirty (30) day period following the delivery of the Transfer Notice (the “ First Offer Negotiation Period ”) to reach an agreement for the Transfer of such Sale Assets to the Potential Transferee. If no such agreement with respect to the Sale Assets is concluded during the First Offer Negotiation Period, the Transferring Party may Transfer the Sale Assets to (or agree in writing to undertake such a transaction with) any Person within 180 days after the end of the First Offer Negotiation Period on terms generally no less favorable to the Transferring Party than those last proposed by the Potential Transferee to Transferring Party. If the Transferring Party has not concluded a Transfer of, or agreed in writing to Transfer, such Sale Assets to any Person within 180 days after the end of the First Offer Negotiation Period, the Transferring Party shall not thereafter Transfer any of the Sale Assets without first offering such assets to the applicable Potential Transferee in accordance with this Section 3.

 

3.6 Consents to Transfer

 

The Parties acknowledge that all potential Transfers of Containership Assets pursuant to this Section 3 are subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other non-affiliated third parties and to the terms of all existing agreements in respect of such Containership Assets.

 

4. GENERAL

 

4.1 Assignment

 

The Parties may not assign any of their rights under this Agreement in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the other Parties, which consent may be arbitrarily withheld.

 

4.2 Force Majeure

 

None of the Parties shall be under any liability for any failure to perform any of their obligations hereunder if the any of the following occurs (each a “ Force Majeure Event ”):

 

  (a) any cause of condition which is beyond the reasonable control of any or all of the Parties and which prevents any or all of the Parties from performing any of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

10


  (b) acts of God, including fire, explosions, unusually or unforeseeably bad weather conditions, epidemic, lightening, earthquake, tsunami, store or washout;

 

  (c) acts of public enemies, including war or civil disturbance, vandalism, sabotage, terrorism, blockade or insurrection;

 

  (d) acts of a governmental entity, including injunction or restraining orders issued by any judicial, administrative or regulatory authority, expropriation or requisition;

 

  (e) government rule, regulation or legislation, embargo or national defense requirement;

 

  (f) labor troubles or disputes, strikes or lockouts, including any failure to settle or prevent such event which is in the control of any Party; or

 

  (g) any other event or cause of any nature or kind beyond the reasonable control of a Party.

 

A Party will give written notice to the other Parties promptly upon the concurrent of a Force Majeure Event.

 

4.3 Confidentiality

 

Each Party agrees that, except with the prior written consent of the other Party, it shall at all times keep confidential and not disclose, furnish or make accessible to anyone (except to employees, agents and professional advisors in the ordinary course of business) any confidential or proprietary information, knowledge or data concerning or relating to the other Party and to the business or financial affairs of the other Party to which such Party has been or shall become privy by reason of this Agreement, except for any (a) disclosure required by judicial or administrative process (including discovery for litigation), (b) information that becomes publicly available through no fault of such Party or otherwise ceases to be confidential, (c) information required by law or applicable stock exchange rules, and (d) disclosure made to a Person under a binding confidentiality agreement in favor of the Party whose confidential or proprietary information is being disclosed.

 

4.4 Notices

 

Each notice, consent or request required to be given to a Party pursuant to this Agreement must be given in writing. A notice may be given by delivery to an individual or by fax, and will be validly given if delivered on a Business Day to an individual at the following address, or, if transmitted on a Business Day by fax addressed to the following Party:

 

(a)

   if to the Company:    (b)    if to the any of the Seaspan Entities:
     Name:         Name:
     Address:         Address:
     Attention:         Attention:
     Fax No.:         Fax No.:

 

or to any other address, fax number or individual that the party designates. Any notice:

 

  (a) if validly delivered, will be deemed to have been given when delivered;

 

11


  (b) if validly transmitted by fax before 3:00 p.m. (local time at the place of receipt) on a Business Day, will be deemed to have been given on that Business Day, and

 

  (c) if validly transmitted by fax after 3:00 p.m. (local time at the place of receipt) on a Business Day, will be deemed to have been given on the Business Day after the date of the transmission.

 

4.5 Third Party Rights

 

The provisions of this Agreement are enforceable solely by the parties to this Agreement, and no shareholder, employee, agent of any Party or any other Person shall have the right, separate and apart from the Parties hereto to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to compel any party to this Agreement to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

 

4.6 Severability

 

Each provision of this Agreement is several. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of that provision will not affect:

 

  (a) the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement; or

 

  (b) the legality, validity or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

except that if:

 

  (c) on the reasonable construction of this Agreement as a whole, the applicability of the other provision presumes the validity and enforceability of the particular provision, the other provision will be deemed also to be invalid or unenforceable; and

 

  (d) as a result of the determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that any part of this Agreement is unenforceable or invalid and, as a result of this Section 4.6, the basic intentions of the parties in this Agreement are entirely frustrated, the parties will use all reasonable efforts to amend, supplement or otherwise vary this Agreement to confirm their mutual intention in entering into this Agreement.

 

4.7 Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

This Agreement is governed exclusively by, and is to be enforced, construed and interpreted exclusively in accordance with, the laws of British Columbia, which is deemed to be the proper law of the Agreement. Each Party will submit to the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of British Columbia and all courts having appellate jurisdiction thereover, in any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement commenced in such court by any party against any other party or parties and each party waives and will not assert by way of motion as a defence or otherwise in any such action, any claim that:

 

(a) such party is not subject to the jurisdiction of such Court;

 

12


(b) such action is brought in an inconvenient forum;

 

(c) the venue of such action is improper; or

 

(d) any subject matter of such action may not be enforced in or by such Court;

 

and will not seek and hereby waives in any suit or action brought to obtain a judgment for the recognition or enforcement of any final judgment rendered in a action and review, other than by way of appeal, in any court of any other jurisdiction of or pertaining to the merits of any action, whether or not such party appears in or defends the action.

 

4.8 Binding Effect

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors but shall not be assignable except as provided in Section 4.1.

 

4.9 Amendment and Waivers

 

No amendment, supplement, restatement or termination of any provision of this Agreement is binding unless it is in writing and signed by each Person that is a party to this Agreement at the time of the amendment, supplement, restatement or termination.

 

4.10 Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

 

4.11 Waiver

 

No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

 

4.12 Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on the parties hereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the date first above written.

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

13


SEASPAN MANAGEMENT SERVICES LIMITED
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title

SEASPAN SHIP MANAGEMENT LTD.
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title

SEASPAN ADVISORY SERVICES LIMITED
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title

NORSK PACIFIC STEAMSHIP COMPANY LIMITED
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title

SEASPAN INTERNATIONAL LTD.
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title

 

14

Exhibit 10.10

 

_____________________________

Director or Officer

 

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

AGREEMENT, effective as of                      , 2005 between Seaspan Corporation, a Marshall Islands corporation (the “Company”), and                      (the “Indemnitee”).

 

WHEREAS, it is essential that the Company attract and maintain responsible, qualified directors and corporate officers; and

 

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is a director or corporate officer of the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, both the Company and the Indemnitee recognize the risk of litigation and other claims that may be asserted against directors and corporate officers of public companies, as well as the possibility that in certain situations a threat of litigation may be employed to deter them from exercising their judgment in the best interests of the Company, and the consequent need to allocate the risk of personal liability through indemnification and insurance; and

 

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (the “Charter”) requires the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted from time to time by law and the Indemnitee is willing to serve or continue to serve as a director or corporate officer of the Company provided that he be indemnified as provided herein; and

 

WHEREAS, in recognition of the Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against personal liability and of the Indemnitee’s reliance on the Charter, and in part to provide the Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the Charter will be available to the Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the Charter or any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors or any acquisition transaction involving the Company), the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancement of expenses to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of the Indemnitee under the Company’s directors and officers liability insurance policies.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

(a) Change in Control : Shall be deemed to have occurred if after the date hereof (i) a report on Schedule 13D shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”) disclosing that any person, other than the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company, is the beneficial owner (as the term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act) directly or indirectly, of

 

1


twenty percent or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of Rule 13d-3 under the Act in the case of rights to acquire Voting Securities); or (ii) any person, other than the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company, shall purchase shares pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer to acquire any Voting Securities of the Company (or securities convertible into such Voting Securities) for cash, securities or any other consideration, provided that after consummation of the offer, the person in question is the beneficial owner directly or indirectly, of twenty percent or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities (all as calculated under clause (i)); or (iii) the stockholders of the Company shall approve (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation (other than a merger of the Company in which holders of Common Shares of the Company immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of Common Shares of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger as immediately before), or pursuant to which Common Shares of the Company would be converted into cash, securities or other property, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange of other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all the assets of the Company; or (iv) there shall have been a change in the composition of the Board of Directors of the Company at any time during any consecutive twenty-four month period such that “continuing directors” cease for any reason to constitute at least a 70% majority of the Board. For purposes of this clause, “continuing directors” means those members of the Board who either were directors at the beginning of such consecutive twenty-four month period or were elected by or on the nomination or recommendation of at least a 70% majority of the then-existing Board. So long as there has not been a Change in Control within the meaning of clause (iv), the Board of Directors may adopt by a 70% majority vote of the “continuing directors” a resolution to the effect that a prior Change of Control within the meaning of clauses (i) or (ii) is no longer applicable for the purposes of future Expenses in connection with future Proceedings to which this Agreement relates.

 

(b) Expenses : Expenses of every kind actually and reasonably incurred in connection with a Proceeding, including, without limitation, counsel fees. Expenses shall include, without limitation, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone and fax charges, postage, delivery service charges, costs associated with procurement of surety bonds or loans or other costs associated with the stay of a judgment, penalty or fine, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

 

(c) Independent Counsel : A lawyer or law firm that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or the Indemnitee in any matter, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. Independent Counsel may be, but need not be, a member(s) of the bar of New York.

 

2


(d) Proceeding : Any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative and whether formal or informal. A “Proceeding” may be instituted by another party, or by or in the right of the Company, or by the Indemnitee. The term “Proceeding” shall also include any preliminary inquiry or investigation that the Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of a “Proceeding”.

 

(e) Reviewing Party : Any appropriate person or body, appointed by a majority vote of the directors of the Company’s Board of Directors who are not parties to the particular Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, consisting of (i) a member or members of the Company’s Board of Directors who is or are not parties to the particular Proceeding for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification or (ii) any other person or body who is not a party to the particular Proceeding for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, or (iii) Independent Counsel.

 

(f) Voting Securities : Any securities of the Company which vote generally in the election of directors.

 

2. TERM OF AGREEMENT: This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (i) the tenth anniversary after the date that the Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company (or in any other capacity in respect of which he has rights of indemnification hereunder) (the “Anniversary Date”); or (ii) the final determination of all pending Proceedings commenced by the Anniversary Date in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder, including any Proceeding commenced by the Indemnitee to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

3. RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE; HOW DETERMINED.

 

(a) In the event the Indemnitee was, is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in whole or in part out of) Indemnitee’s present or former status as a director or officer of the Company, or Indemnitee having served at the request of the Company in such capacity in another corporation, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law in effect on the date hereof (and to such greater extent as applicable law may hereafter permit) against the obligation to pay any and all Expenses, judgments, settlements, penalties, or fines (including any interest assessed, and including any excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan) incurred on account of or with respect to such Proceeding. Such indemnification shall be made as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than sixty days after a written demand, which reasonably evidences the Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, is presented to the Secretary of the Company. This Agreement shall be effective as well with respect to any such Proceedings which relate to acts or omissions occurring or allegedly occurring prior to the execution of this Agreement, and regardless of whether the Company may have been incorporated in a different jurisdiction at the time of such acts or omissions.

 

3


(b) In connection with any such Proceeding, if so requested in writing by the Indemnitee, the Company shall advance, within two business days of such written request and upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized hereunder, any and all reasonable Expenses to the Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”). An Expense Advance shall be made without awaiting the results of the Proceeding giving rise to the Expenses or the outcome of any further Proceeding to determine the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification hereunder, and without making any preliminary determination as to the Indemnitee’s state of mind at the time of the activities in question.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify under this Section 3 a person made a party to a Proceeding if (i) the Indemnitee is not successful within the meaning of Section 6, (ii) the appropriate Reviewing Party specified in subsection (e) below shall have determined (in a written opinion in any case in which Independent Counsel referred to in Section 4 hereof is involved, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee) that the Indemnitee’s activities in question were at the time taken known or believed by him to be clearly in conflict with the best interests of the Company or (iii) in the event and to the extent that such Indemnitee has entered a plea of guilty in the applicable criminal Proceeding. Subject to the limitations set forth herein and absent actual and material fraud in the request for indemnification, the obligation of the Company promptly to make an Expense Advance(s) pursuant to subsection (b) above is unqualified, is not subject to any means or other credit test, and shall be enforceable by the Indemnitee in summary judicial proceedings; but shall be subject, however, to the condition subsequent that if, when and to the extent the Reviewing Party may subsequently determine that the Indemnitee’s activities were at the time taken known or believed by him to be clearly in conflict with the best interests of the Company, then the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Indemnitee for all such amounts theretofore advanced. The obligation of the Indemnitee to make such reimbursement shall be unsecured and without interest. The Indemnitee hereby undertakes so to reimburse the Company, the receipt of which unsecured and interest free undertaking is hereby accepted by the Company as the sole condition of advancing the Indemnitee’s Expenses pursuant to subsection (b) above. If the Indemnitee has commenced legal or arbitration proceedings to secure a determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified hereunder, the Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final determination is made by the court or the arbitrators as the case may be that the Indemnitee’s activities were at the time taken known or believed by him to be clearly in conflict with the best interests of the Company.

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by the Indemnitee unless the Board of Directors has authorized or consented to the initiation of such Proceeding. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, a Proceeding shall not be deemed to have been “initiated” by the Indemnitee where its primary purpose is to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(e) If there has not been a Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be as determined by the Board of Directors, either in the specific case or under procedures adopted by the Board. If there has been a Change in Control (other than one approved in advance by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors who were elected by the public shareholders prior

 

4


to such Change in Control), the Reviewing Party shall be the Independent Counsel referred to in Section 4.

 

(f) If there has been a Change in Control and any dispute arises under this Agreement, the parties agree that at the Indemnitee’s option such dispute shall be resolved by binding arbitration proceedings in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association and the results of such proceedings shall be conclusive on both parties and shall not be subject to judicial interference or review on any ground whatsoever, including without limitation any claim that the Company was wrongfully induced to enter into this agreement to arbitrate such a dispute. The Indemnitee shall be entitled to advancement of his Expenses in connection with such proceedings and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in subsection (c) above, the Indemnitee shall be obligated to reimburse the Company for his Expenses in connection with such arbitration proceedings only if it is finally determined by the arbitrators that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder.

 

4. INDEPENDENT COUNSEL.

 

(a) The Company agrees that if there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change of Control which has been approved in advance by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors who were elected by the public shareholders prior to such Change in Control) then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of the Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under the Charter, this Agreement or any other agreement or Company by-law now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification, the Company shall (unless otherwise agreed by the Indemnitee) seek legal advice exclusively from Independent Counsel selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and to the Indemnitee as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel and fully to indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorney’s fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or such counsel’s engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(b) Following the initial selection of Independent Counsel by the Indemnitee, the Company may within seven (7) days deliver to the Indemnitee a written objection to such selection. Such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel selected does not satisfy the definition of Independent Counsel in subsection l(c) and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis for such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person, persons or firm selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is made, the Indemnitee may select alternate Independent Counsel. If the Company objects to the alternate selection the Indemnitee may either seek a judicial determination that such objections were inappropriate or else the Indemnitee may direct that the Company select Independent Counsel by lot from among the [New York] firms having more than [25] attorneys and having a rating of “av” or better in the then current Martindale-Hubbell Law Directory. Such selection by lot shall be made by the principal financial officer of the Company in the presence of the Indemnitee (and the Indemnitee’s legal counsel, or either or neither of them as the Indemnitee may elect). Such law firms shall be contacted in the order of their selection, requesting each firm to accept engagement to make the determination required,

 

5


until one of such firms accepts such engagement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in lieu of selection of alternate Independent Counsel after the Company has objected to the Indemnitee’s first or second selection, the Indemnitee may request in writing that the Independent Counsel method be dispensed with and that any dispute be decided by arbitration as provided in subsection 3(f).

 

5. INDEMNIFICATION FOR ENFORCEMENT EXPENSES. The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against any and all Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, if requested in writing by the Indemnitee, shall (within two business days of such written request and upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized hereunder) advance such Expenses to the Indemnitee that will be actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding initiated by the Indemnitee for: (i) indemnification or advancement of Expenses by the Company under the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act (the “BCA”), the Charter, this Agreement, or any other agreement or Company by-law, vote of shareholders or resolution of the Board now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification; or (ii) recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. The Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in so cooperating shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold the Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

6. SUCCESS; PARTIAL INDEMNITY, ETC. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all claims made against him in a Proceeding or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, judgments, settlements, penalties or fines paid as a result of a Proceeding but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which the Indemnitee is entitled.

 

7. BURDEN OF PROOF. In connection with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the person or persons or entity or body making such determination shall presume that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the burden of overcoming such presumption shall be on the Company. The termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that the Indemnitee’s activities were at the time taken known or believed by him to be clearly in conflict with the best interests of the Company, or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted. In addition, neither the failure of the Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to the Indemnitee’s state of mind, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party that the Indemnitee had a state of mind prior to the commencement of arbitration (if applicable) or legal

 

6


proceedings to secure a determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under this agreement and applicable law, shall be a defense to the Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption of any kind. The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent, fiduciary or employee of the Company shall not be imputed to the Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

8. NONEXCLUSIVITY, ETC. The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights the Indemnitee may have under the Charter, the BCA, any by-law of the Company, any other agreement, a vote of shareholders or a resolution of the Board of Directors or otherwise. To the extent that a change in the BCA (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Charter and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that the Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

 

9. CONTRIBUTION. In the event the indemnification provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement is unavailable to the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding under any Federal law, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying the Indemnitee, shall contribute to the Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in such proportion as deemed fair and reasonable by the Reviewing Party, in light of all the circumstances of the Proceeding giving rise to such Expenses, in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and the Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding, and (ii) the relative fault of each.

 

10. NOTICE OF PROCEEDINGS; DEFENSE OF CLAIM. The Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, with respect to any such Proceeding of which the Indemnitee notifies the Company, (a) the Company shall be entitled to participate therein at its own expense; (b) except as provided in this Section, to the extent that it may wish, the Company, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to the Indemnitee of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Company shall not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof except as otherwise provided below. The Indemnitee shall have the right to employ the Indemnitee’s own counsel in such Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of the Indemnitee unless: (i) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such Proceeding, or (iii) the Company shall not within 60 calendar days of receipt of notice from the Indemnitee in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of the Proceeding, in each of which cases, the fees and expenses of the Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which the Indemnitee shall have made the conclusion provided for in (ii) above; and (c) if the Company has assumed the defense of a Proceeding, the Company shall not

 

7


be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would involve an admission of guilt or wrongful conduct by the Indemnitee, or impose any penalty, prohibition, restriction or limitation on, or disclosure obligation with respect to, the Indemnitee without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent. Neither the Company nor the Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement.

 

11. LIABILITY INSURANCE. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, the Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer.

 

12. PERIOD OF LIMITATIONS. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against the Indemnitee, the Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action such shorter period shall govern.

 

13. PROCEDURES VALID. Each of the Company and the Indemnitee shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Agreement that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company and the Indemnitee, respectively, is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a final determination is made that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration (including, but not limited to, any appellate Proceedings).

 

14. AMENDMENTS, ETC. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

15. SUBROGATION. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute an appropriate document in favor of the Company to secure such rights.

 

16. NO DUPLICATION OF PAYMENTS. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Proceeding to the extent the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, the Charter, Company by-laws or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

 

8


17. BINDING EFFECT, ETC. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger or consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as a director or corporate officer of the Company or of any other entity at the Company’s request. In the event of his demise, this agreement shall be enforceable by the Indemnitee’s legal representatives as fully as if the Indemnitee had survived.

 

18. SEVERABILITY; HEADINGS; PRONOUNS. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable in any respect, and the validity and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. The headings of the Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof. The masculine pronoun wherever used in this Agreement includes the corresponding feminine pronoun.

 

19. NOTICES. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) upon delivery if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) on the third business day after mailing if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, and addressed as follows: If to the Indemnitee, as shown after the Indemnitee’s signature below; and if to the Company, to Corporate Secretary, Seaspan Corporation, Room 503, 5/F, Lucky Commercial Center, 103 Des Voeux Road West, Hong Kong, China, or such other address as may have been furnished in writing to the Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by the Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

20. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

SEASPAN CORPORATION

By:    
   

Gerry Wang

Chief Executive Officer

     
     
   

[Address]

 

9

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO   

R ELATIONAL A DVISORS LLC

12400 High Bluff Drive · Suite 600 · San Diego, California 92130 · Telephone (858) 704-3300 · Fax (858) 704-3340

 

May 18, 2005

 

Gerry Wang

Chief Executive Officer

Seaspan Corporation

200 Granville Street, Suite 2600

Vancouver, BC Canada V6C, 1S4

 

Dear Gerry,

 

1) This Agreement inclusive of Annex A (the “Agreement”), confirms that Seaspan Container Lines, Ltd., its affiliates, successors and/or assignees (the “Company”) has engaged Relational Advisors LLC (“Relational”) to act as its financial advisor. As financial advisor, Relational will be advising the Company on the Initial Public Offering of shares in the Company or a newly formed entity comprising all or a portion of the assets of the Company (the “Offering”) and any of the following:

 

  (i.) assist in the selection of underwriters;

 

  (ii.) assist in corporate governance matters;

 

  (iii.) review and/or assist in the preparation of financial projections for the Company;

 

  (iv.) provide advice on pro forma capitalization;

 

  (v.) provide advice on the proper pricing for the offering;

 

  (vi.) assist in raising debt facilities to support the Company’s new capital structure;

 

  (vii.) such other matters as you may reasonably request.

 

Specifically, our services shall consist of assistance with respect to the Offering or any transaction similar to any of the foregoing, whether directly or indirectly, or in a single transaction or series of transactions (individually or collectively, a “Transaction”).

 

2)

In connection with this Agreement, and in the event that the Company and/or any entity substantially owned by the Company and/or any partnership, affiliate and/or joint venture of the Company consummates a Transaction, the Company shall pay or cause Relational to be paid a fee equal to ten percent (10.0%) of the six percent (6.0%) Underwriting Spread. The Relational fee is to be paid from the six percent (6.0%) Underwriting Spread and is not an incremental fee. “Underwriting Spread” shall mean the difference between the public offering price per share and the price received by the Company per share multiplied by the number of shares sold in the Offering, including the underwriters’ over allotment option or “Green

 


Seaspan Container Lines Ltd.    Page 2    May 18, 2005

 

 

Shoe”. Any fee pursuant to this subparagraph shall be paid in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds simultaneously upon closing or consummation of such Transaction and/or the exercising and closing of the “Green Shoe”.

 

3) In addition to the foregoing compensation, and regardless of whether or not a Transaction occurs, the Company shall reimburse Relational (or cause Relational to be reimbursed) for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, which shall include the reasonable fees and disbursements of our counsel, as they are incurred.

 

4) Since Relational will be acting on the Company’s behalf, the Company agrees to provide Relational with an Indemnification, attached as Annex A. Further, in connection with this engagement, Relational is acting as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, with duties owing solely to the Company, and nothing in this Agreement is intended to create an agency and/or other fiduciary relationship between the parties and/or any of their affiliates, directors, officers, principals, agents and/or employees. The sole obligation of Relational hereunder shall be the contractual obligations specifically created by this Agreement. The Company acknowledges to Relational that the Company’s executive officers and directors have sufficient knowledge, experience and sophistication with respect to financial matters, the capital markets, transactions such as mergers, acquisitions, dispositions, recapitalizations, initial public offerings and business combinations to enable the Company to independently evaluate any recommendation made by Relational with respect to such matters and to act knowledgeably with respect thereto and that the Company is not relying exclusively on Relational and/or any of its employees, principals, owners, directors, officers and/or agents in determining the actions, if any, to be taken by the Company with respect to such matters. The Company further acknowledges that the final decision with respect to any action taken by the Company pertaining to any matter under Relational’s engagement shall be that of the Company. The Company acknowledges that it has been given an opportunity to be represented by counsel in connection with this engagement. Any rule of law and/or any legal decision that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the party that drafted it has no application and is expressly waived.

 

5) Relational’s services under this Agreement may be terminated by the Company or by Relational upon written notice to the other party. If the Company elects to terminate Relational’s services hereunder or if this Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms, then promptly following such termination, (i) any and all due but unpaid fees shall be paid to Relational by the Company and (ii) any and all reimbursable expenses incurred before the date of termination shall be paid to Relational by the Company. If Relational elects to terminate this Agreement, any and all due but unpaid fees and/or reimbursable expenses incurred before the date of termination shall be paid to Relational by the Company promptly following such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall survive any termination, whether by the Company, or by Relational, as a result of the passage of time or otherwise.

 

6)

Any written and/or oral opinion or other advice provided by Relational, whether formal or informal, in connection with our engagement hereunder is exclusively for the information of the Board of Directors and senior management of the Company, and may not be disclosed, in

 


Seaspan Container Lines Ltd.    Page 3    May 18, 2005

 

 

whole or in part, to any third party and/or circulated and/or referred to publicly by the Company, nor may the Company permit any third party to disclose, circulate and/or refer to such information without Relational’s prior written consent. Further, Relational shall have the opportunity prior to any dissemination to review and approve in writing any public announcement by the Company that includes reference to Relational.

 

7) In connection with Relational’s engagement, the Company will furnish, and/or arrange to have furnished, to Relational such information requested by Relational for purposes of performing the services hereunder. It is understood that Relational will be entitled to rely on and use such information and other information that was made publicly available by the Company without independent investigation and/or verification thereof and will not be responsible in any way for the accuracy, completeness and/or reasonableness of any such information or to conduct any independent verification thereof or any appraisal of assets. Relational agrees that all non-public information concerning the Company which is given to Relational will be used solely in the course of the performance of Relational’s services hereunder and will be treated confidentially for so long as it remains non-public. Except as otherwise required by law, judicial and/or regulatory process, Relational will not disclose this information to a third party without the consent of the Company.

 

8) The Company acknowledges that Relational may, at its option and expense and after consummation of a Transaction, place announcements and/or advertisements and/or otherwise publicize the Transaction and Relational’s role in it (which may include the reproduction of the Company’s logo and a hyperlink to the Company’s website) on Relational’s Internet Website, marketing materials and in such financial and other newspapers and journals as it may choose, stating that Relational has acted as financial advisor to the Company in connection with the Transaction and/or Financing. Furthermore, if requested by Relational, the Company shall include a mutually acceptable reference to Relational in any press release and/or other public announcement made by the Company regarding the Transaction.

 

9) This Agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

10) The invalidity and/or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity and/or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. The Agreement may not be amended and/or modified, except in writing, signed by each of the parties. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

11) This Agreement shall begin as of the date hereof and shall continue to a date of one (1) year after the date hereof, unless terminated earlier by the parties as provided in paragraph five (5) or extended by mutual written consent of the parties.

 

Please sign and return the duplicate of this Agreement and all attachments thereto, which shall thereupon constitute a binding agreement. The provisions of Annex A and paragraphs four (4), five

 


Seaspan Container Lines Ltd.    Page 4    May 18, 2005

 

(5), six (6), seven (7), eight (8), nine (9), ten (10) and, to the extent provided in paragraph five (5), the provisions of paragraphs two (2) and three (3), shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

This Agreement represents our entire agreement and supersedes any and all prior agreements and/or understandings between the Company and Relational in connection with the engagement.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ J AMES Z EHENTBAUER

RELATIONAL ADVISORS LLC

 

By: James Zehentbauer

Principal

 

Confirmed:  

/s/ G ERRY W ANG

 

Seaspan Container Lines Ltd.

 

By: Gerry Wang

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Date: July 12, 2005

 


 

Annex A

 

The Company will reimburse Relational Advisors LLC (“Relational”), and its affiliates and Relational’s and its affiliates’ respective directors, officers, principals, owners, agents, or employees, or each other person, if any, controlling Relational or any of its affiliates (individually or collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”), for any and all expenses (including but not limited to fees and expenses of counsel and the cost of any investigation, preparation and retention of expert witnesses) as they are incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding brought by any person or entity, including stockholders of the Company, any governmental or regulatory agency or otherwise, related to, arising out of or in connection with this engagement or any matter referred to in this Agreement, whether or not pending or threatened and whether or not any Indemnified Party is a party thereto. The Company also will indemnify and hold harmless each of the Indemnified Parties from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses related to, arising out of or in connection with this engagement or any matter referred to in this Agreement, except to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Relational in performing the services that are the subject of this Agreement.

 

If for any reason the foregoing indemnification is unavailable to the Indemnified Parties (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) or insufficient to hold them harmless, then in lieu of indemnification the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Indemnified Parties as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to Relational, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, of this engagement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of Relational and the Company, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, in no event shall Relational’s aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by Relational under this engagement. For the purposes of this agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and Relational of the engagement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company or the Company’s stockholders, as the case may be, in the transaction or transactions that are the subject of this engagement, whether or not any such transaction is consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to Relational under this engagement.

 

The reimbursement, indemnity and contribution obligations of the Company under this paragraph shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have, shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to any Indemnified Party, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Company or the Indemnified Parties. The Company also agrees that none of the Indemnified Parties shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either this engagement or any matter referred to in this Agreement except to the extent that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company are finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Relational in performing the services that are the subject of this Agreement.

 

The Company will not, without the prior written consent of Relational, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any action, claim, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder whether or not any Indemnified Party is a party thereto, unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes a release of each Indemnified Party from any liabilities arising out of such action, claim, suit or proceeding.

 

Prior to entering into any agreement or arrangement with respect to, or effecting, any proposed sale, exchange, dividend or other distribution or liquidation of all or a significant portion of its assets in one or a series of transactions or any significant recapitalization or reclassification of its outstanding securities that does not directly or indirectly provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company set forth in this Annex A, the Company will notify Relational in writing thereof (if not previously so notified) and, if requested by Relational, shall arrange in connection therewith alternative means of providing for the obligations of the Company set forth in this paragraph, including the assumption of such obligations by another party, insurance, surety bonds or the creation of an escrow, in each case in an amount and upon terms and conditions satisfactory to Relational.

 

The Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction and service and venue in any appropriate court in which any claim which is subject to this agreement is brought against any of the Indemnified Parties. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any action or proceeding arising in connection with or as a result of either this engagement or any matter referred to in this Agreement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.

 

It is understood that, in connection with Relational’s engagement, it may also be engaged to act for the Company in one or more additional capacities, and that the terms of the original engagement or any such additional engagement may be embodied in one or more separate written agreements. The provisions of this Annex A shall apply to the original engagement, any such additional engagement and any modification of the original engagement or such additional engagement and shall remain in full force and effect following the completion or termination of Relational’s engagement(s).

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Seaspan Corporation

 

None.

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors

Seaspan Corporation

 

We consent to the use of our report dated March 15, 2005, except as to notes 5 and 14 which are as of May 27, 2005, with respect to the predecessor combined balance sheets of Seaspan Corporation as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related predecessor combined statements of operations and owner’s equity (deficiency) and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP


Vancouver, Canada

July 21, 2005

 

 

Exhibit 23.6

 

CLARKSONS   

LOGO

St. Magnus House    3 Lower Thames Street    London    EC3R 6HE

  

+44 (0) 20 7334 0000

   www.clarksons.com

 

CLARKSON RESEARCH SERVICES LIMITED

TEL : +44 (0) 20 7283 8955

FAX: +44 (0) 20 7623 0539

crs@clarksons.co.uk

 

July 21, 2005

 

Seaspan Corporation

 

Ladies & Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Form F-1 registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) relating to the initial public offering of common shares by Seaspan Corporation (the “Company”).

 

We hereby consent to all references to our name in the Registration Statement and to the use of the graphical and statistical information supplied by us set forth in the sections of the Registration Statement entitled “Industry Trends” in the “Prospectus Summary” and “The International Containership Industry”. We further advise the Company that our role has been limited to the provision of those date, graphs, and tables. With respect to such statistical data, graphs and tables supplied by us, we advise you that:

 

    some industry data included in this discussion is based on estimates or subjective judgements,

 

    the published information of other maritime data collection experts may differ from this data, and

 

    while we have taken reasonable care in the compilation of the industry statistical data, graphs and tables and believe them to be correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of the Company on Form F-1 to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to the reference to our firm in the section of the Prospectus entitled “Experts”.

 

CLARKSON RESEARCH SERVICES LIMITED

By:  

/s/ C.J. Tyler

Name:

 

C.J. TYLER

Title:

  DIRECTOR

Exhibit 23.7

 

Consent of Nominee for Director

 

I hereby consent to being named as a person who will become a director of Seaspan Corporation, a Marshall Islands company (the “Company”), in the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (SEC File No. 333-            ) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Registration Statement”), to the disclosure under the caption “Management” in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

Date: July 21, 2005

 

/s/ David Korbin


David Korbin

 

 

Exhibit 23.8

 

Consent of Nominee for Director

 

I hereby consent to being named as a person who will become a director of Seaspan Corporation, a Marshall Islands company (the “Company”), in the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (SEC File No. 333- ) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Registration Statement”), to the disclosure under the caption “Management” in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

Date: July 21, 2005

 

/s/ Peter Lorange


Peter Lorange

 

 

Exhibit 23.9

 

Consent of Nominee for Director

 

I hereby consent to being named as a person who will become a director of Seaspan Corporation, a Marshall Islands company (the “Company”), in the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (SEC File No. 333- ) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Registration Statement”), to the disclosure under the caption “Management” in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

Date: July 21, 2005

 

/s/ Peter S. Shaerf


Peter S. Shaerf

 

 

Exhibit 23.10

 

Consent of Nominee for Director

 

I hereby consent to being named as a person who will become a director of Seaspan Corporation, a Marshall Islands company (the “Company”), in the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (SEC File No. 333- ) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Registration Statement”), to the disclosure under the caption “Management” in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

Date: July 21, 2005

 

 

/s/ Milton K. Wong


Milton K. Wong